diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 75654-0.txt | 8158 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 75654-h/75654-h.htm | 10328 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 75654-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 255435 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 75654-h/images/i_ix.jpg | bin | 0 -> 259252 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 75654-h/images/i_x.jpg | bin | 0 -> 254072 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 75654-h/images/i_xi.jpg | bin | 0 -> 258513 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 75654-h/images/i_xii_1.jpg | bin | 0 -> 240384 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 75654-h/images/i_xii_2.jpg | bin | 0 -> 249425 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 75654-h/images/i_xiii.jpg | bin | 0 -> 99319 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
12 files changed, 18503 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/75654-0.txt b/75654-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8f71df --- /dev/null +++ b/75654-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8158 @@ + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 75654 *** + + + + + +Transcriber’s Note: Italics are enclosed in _underscores_. Additional +notes will be found near the end of this ebook. + + + + +THE STORY OF UTOPIAS + + + + + THE + STORY OF UTOPIAS + + IDEAL COMMONWEALTHS + AND + SOCIAL MYTHS + + + BY + LEWIS MUMFORD + + With an Introduction + by + HENDRIK WILLEM VAN LOON + + + “_A Map of the World that + does not include Utopia is not + worth even glancing at._...” + + + GEORGE G. HARRAP & CO. LTD. + LONDON CALCUTTA SYDNEY + + + + + _Published 1923 + by_ GEORGE G. HARRAP & CO. LTD. + _39–41 Parker Street, Kingsway, London, W.C.2_ + + + + +ACKNOWLEDGMENTS + + +The first outline of this book dates back ten years; and since then I +have woven it and rewoven it in my mind. The actual work of composition +was started by a suggestion from Mr. Van Wyck Brooks; and without Mr. +Brooks’ encouragement I should perhaps never have begun or carried +through the task. The general background of ideas has been heavily +colored by my contacts with Professor Patrick Geddes, through his +books and by correspondence; and I owe a debt to him I have not always +been able to acknowledge in direct reference or in quotation marks. I +take the opportunity here to express the hearty gratitude which might +otherwise have been conveyed in the more archaic form of a dedication. + +In the revision of the MS. I have been blessed with the generous advice +and criticism of a number of friends; in particular, Mr. Clarence +Britten, Mr. Herbert Feis, Mr. Geroid Robinson, and Miss Sophia +Wittenberg, each of whom performed a unique service. To Messrs. Victor +Branford and Alexander Farquharson of the Sociological Society of Great +Britain I am indebted for many pertinent suggestions. My thanks are +also due to the editors of The Freeman for permission to use extracts +from two articles: Towards a Humanist Synthesis and Beauty and the +Picturesque. Finally, Mr. Hendrik van Loon’s friendly interest calls +for a departing beam of gratitude. + + LEWIS MUMFORD. + +New York City. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + _Introduction by Hendrik Willem van Loon, Ph.D._ + + + CHAPTER ONE + + How the will-to-utopia causes men to live in two worlds, and + how, therefore, we re-read the Story of Utopia--the other + half of the Story of Mankind. 9 + + + CHAPTER TWO + + How the Greeks lived in a New World, and utopia seemed just + round the corner. How Plato in the Republic is chiefly + concerned with what will hold the ideal city together. 27 + + + CHAPTER THREE + + How something happened to utopia between Plato and Sir Thomas + More; and how utopia was discovered again, along with the + New World. 57 + + + CHAPTER FOUR + + How the new Humanism of the Renascence brings us within sight + of Christianopolis; and how we have for the first time a + glimpse of a modern utopia. 79 + + + CHAPTER FIVE + + How Bacon and Campanella, who have a great reputation as + utopians, are little better than echoes of the men who + went before them. 101 + + + CHAPTER SIX + + How something happened in the eighteenth century which made + men “furiously to think,” and how a whole group of + utopias sprang out of the upturned soil of industrialism. + 111 + + + CHAPTER SEVEN + + How some utopians have thought that a good community rested + at bottom on the right division and use of land; and what + sort of communities these land-animals projected. 131 + + + CHAPTER EIGHT + + How Étienne Cabet dreamed of a new Napoleon called Icar, and + a new France called Icaria; and how his utopia, with that + which Edward Bellamy shows us in Looking Backward, gives + us a hint of what machinery might bring us to if the + industrial organization were nationalized. 149 + + + CHAPTER NINE + + How William Morris and W. H. Hudson renew the classic + tradition of utopias; and how, finally, Mr. H. G. Wells + sums up and clarifies the utopias of the past, and brings + them into contact with the world of the present. 171 + + + CHAPTER TEN + + How the Country House and Coketown became the utopias of the + modern age; and how they made the world over in their + image. 191 + + + CHAPTER ELEVEN + + How we reckon up accounts with the one-sided utopias of the + partisans. 235 + + + CHAPTER TWELVE + + How the half-worlds must go, and how eutopia may come; and + what we need before we can build Jerusalem in any green + and pleasant land. 265 + + + BIBLIOGRAPHY 309 + + + + +INTRODUCTION + +[Illustration] + + +It is a sunny day and I am sitting on the top of a mountain. + +Until this morning, it had been the mountain of a fairy story that was +twenty centuries old. + +Now, it is a mighty hill and I can feel its warm coat of white +reindeer-moss, and if I were willing to stretch out my hand, I could +pluck the red berries that are in full bloom. + +A hundred years from now it will be gone. + +For it is really a large chunk of pure iron, dumped by a playful +Providence in the very heart of Lapland. + +Do you remember an old tale of Norse mythology? How somewhere, far in +the north, there stood a high peak of iron, which was a hundred miles +high and a hundred miles wide? And how a little bird came to it once +every thousand years to sharpen its beak? And how, when the mountain +was gone, a single second of all eternity would have passed by? + +I heard it told as a child. + +I remembered it always, and I told it to my own boys when they began +to learn history. It seemed the invention of some prehistoric Hans +Christian Andersen. It belonged to the imaginary scenery of our dreams. + +The story has come true, and I have found my old mountain where I least +expected it. + +To make the cycle of coincidence perfect, this hill was named after +a bird. The Lapp, with a fine sense of sound, called the ptarmigan +“Kiru.” Kirunavaara no longer hears the shrill “kiru-kiru” of rising +birds. Twice a day it listens to the terrific detonation of half a +hundred charges of dynamite. + +Then it is shaken by the little trains which carry the rock to the +valley. + +In the evening, it sees the lights of the large electric engines +which hoist the valuable metal across the arctic wilderness of Lake +Tornotrask. + +Two months later, the ore has been melted and worked into those modern +articles of trade which go by the name of bridges and automobiles and +ships and apartment houses and a thousand other things which once +promised to elevate man from the ranks of the beasts of burden. + +What has become of that promise, the survivors of the last eight years +know with great if gruesome accuracy. + +Even the humble Lapp has heard of the great upheaval, and has asked why +the white people should kill each other when the whole world was full +of reindeer and when God has given us the hills and the plains so that +forever there should be food enough for the long days of summer and the +longer nights of the endless winter. + +[Illustration] + +But the ways of the Lapp are not the ways of the white man. + +These simple followers of a pure and much undiluted nature follow the +even tenor of their ways as their ancestors did, five and ten thousand +years ago. + +We, on the other hand, have our engines and we have our railroad +trains and we have our factories and we cannot get rid of these iron +servants without destroying the very basis of our civilization. We may +hate these ungainly companions, but we need them. In time to come, we +shall know how to be their masters. Then Plato shall give us a revised +Republic where all the houses are heated by steam and where all the +dishes are washed by electricity. + +We are not suffering from too much machinery, but from too little. For +let there be enough iron servants and more of us shall be able to sit +on the tops of mountains and stare into the blue sky and waste valuable +hours, imagining the things that ought to be. + +The Old Testament used to call such people prophets. They raised +strange cities of their hearts’ delight, which should be based +exclusively upon righteousness and piety. But the greatest of all their +prophets the Jews killed to make a Roman holiday. + +The Greeks knew such wise men as philosophers. They allowed them great +freedom and rejoiced in the mathematical precision with which their +intellectual leaders mapped out those theoretical roads which were to +lead mankind from chaos to an ordered state of society. + +The Middle Ages insisted with narrow persistence upon the Kingdom of +Heaven as the only possible standard for a decent Christian Utopia. + +They crushed all those who dared to question the positive existence of +such a future state of glory and content. They built it of stone and +precious metals, but neglected the spiritual fundament. + +[Illustration] + +And so it perished. + +The sixteenth and seventeenth centuries fought many bitter wars to +decide the exact nature of a whitewashed Paradise, erected upon the +crumbling ruins of the mediæval church. + +The eighteenth century saw the Promised Land lying just across the +terrible bulwark of stupidity and superstition, which a thousand years +of clerical selfishness had erected for its own protection and safety. + +There followed a mighty battle to crush the infamy of ignorance and +bring about an era of well-balanced reason. + +Unfortunately, a few enthusiasts carried the matter a trifle too far. + +Napoleon, realist-in-chief of all time, brought the world back to the +common ground of solid facts. + +Our own generation drew the logical conclusion of the Napoleonic +premises. + +Behold the map of Europe and see how well we have wrought. + +For alas! this world needs Utopias as it needs fairy stories. It +does not matter so much where we are going, as long as we are making +consciously for some definite goal. And a Utopia, however strange or +fanciful, is the only possible beacon upon the uncharted seas of the +distant future. + +[Illustration] + +It encourages us in our efforts. Sometimes the light is hidden by the +clouds and for a moment we may lose our way. Then the faint light once +more breaks through the darkness and we press forward with new courage. + +And when life is dull and meaningless (the main curse of all existence) +we find consolation in the fact that a hundred years from now, our +children shall reach the shore for which we were bound when we +ourselves left the bridge and were lowered to the peaceful bottom of +the ocean. + +[Illustration] + +And now the sun has gone down and a chill wind blows from Kebnekajse, +where the wild geese of little Nils Holgerson live amidst the endless +silence of the eternal snow. Soon the top shall be hidden in the mist +and I shall have to find my way back by the noise of the steam shovels, +plying their elephantine trade at the foot of the first terrace. + +The mountain of my fairy story once more will be the profitable +investment of a Company of Iron-mongers. + +But that does not matter. + +Lewis Mumford, for whom I am writing this, will understand what I mean. + +And I shall be content. + +[Illustration: + + Hendrik Willem van Loon +] + + Kiruna, Lapland, + 14 Sept., 1922. + + + + +CHAPTER ONE + + How the will-to-utopia causes men to live in two worlds, and how, + therefore, we re-read the Story of Utopias--the other half of + the Story of Mankind. + + + + +THE STORY OF UTOPIAS + + + + +CHAPTER ONE + + +1 + +Utopia has long been another name for the unreal and the impossible. We +have set utopia over against the world. As a matter of fact, it is our +utopias that make the world tolerable to us: the cities and mansions +that people dream of are those in which they finally live. The more +that men react upon their environment and make it over after a human +pattern, the more continuously do they live in utopia; but when there +is a breach between the world of affairs and the overworld of utopia, +we become conscious of the part that the will-to-utopia has played in +our lives, and we see our utopia as a separate reality. + +It is the separate reality of utopia that we are going to explore in +the course of this book--Utopia as a world by itself, divided into +ideal commonwealths, with all its communities clustered into proud +cities, aiming bravely at the good life. + +This discussion of ideal commonwealths gets its form and its color from +the time in which it is written. Plato’s Republic dates from the period +of social disintegration which followed the Peloponnesian War; and +some of its mordant courage is probably derived from the hopelessness +of conditions that came under Plato’s eye. It was in the midst of a +similar period of disorder and violence that Sir Thomas More laid the +foundations for his imaginary commonwealth: Utopia was the bridge by +which he sought to span the gap between the old order of the Middle +Age, and the new interests and institutions of the Renascence. + +In presenting this history and criticism of utopias we are perhaps +being pulled by the same interests that led Plato and More onwards, for +it is only after the storm that we dare to look for the rainbow. Our +fall into a chasm of disillusion has stimulated us to discuss in a more +thorough way the ultimate goods, the basic aims, the whole conception +of the “good life” by which, in modern times, we have been guided. In +the midst of the tepid and half-hearted discussions that continue to +arise out of prohibition laws and strikes and “peace” conferences let +us break in with the injunction to talk about fundamentals--consider +Utopia! + + +2 + +Man walks with his feet on the ground and his head in the air; and the +history of what has happened on earth--the history of cities and armies +and of all the things that have had body and form--is only one-half the +Story of Mankind. + +In every age, the external scenery in which the human drama has been +framed has remained pretty much the same. There have been fluctuations +in climate and changes in terrain; and at times a great civilization, +like that of the Mayas in Central America, has arisen where now only +a thick net of jungle remains; but the hills around Jerusalem are the +hills that David saw; and during the historic period the drowning +of a city in the Netherlands or the rise of a shifting bank of real +estate along the coast of New Jersey is little more than the wearing +off of the paint or a crack in the plaster. What we call the material +world constantly changes, it goes without saying: mountains are stript +of trees and become wastes, deserts are plowed with water and become +gardens. The main outlines, however, hold their own remarkably well; +and we could have travelled better in Roman days with a modern map than +with the best chart Ptolemy could have offered us. + +If the world in which men live were the world as it is known to the +physical geographer, we should have a pretty simple time of it. We +might follow Whitman’s advice, and live as the animals, and stop +whining for all time about our sins and imperfections. + +What makes human history such an uncertain and fascinating story +is that man lives in two worlds--the world within and the world +without--and the world within men’s heads has undergone transformations +which have disintegrated material things with the power and rapidity +of radium. I shall take the liberty of calling this inner world our +idolum (ido′lum) or world of ideas. The word “ideas” is not used here +precisely in the ordinary sense. I use it rather to stand for what the +philosophers would call the subjective world, what the theologians +would perhaps call the spiritual world; and I mean to include in it all +the philosophies, fantasies, rationalizations, projections, images, and +opinions in terms of which people pattern their behavior. This world +of ideas, in the case of scientific truths, for example, sometimes +has a rough correspondence with what people call the world; but it +is important to note that it has contours of its own which are quite +independent of the material environment. + +Now the physical world is a definite, inescapable thing. Its limits +are narrow and obvious. On occasion, if your impulse is sufficiently +strong, you can leave the land for the sea, or go from a warm climate +into a cool one; but you cannot cut yourself off from the physical +environment without terminating your life. For good or ill, you must +breathe air, eat food, drink water; and the penalties for refusing to +meet these conditions are inexorable. Only a lunatic would refuse to +recognize this physical environment; it is the substratum of our daily +lives. + +But if the physical environment is the earth, the world of ideas +corresponds to the heavens. We sleep under the light of stars that +have long since ceased to exist, and we pattern our behavior by ideas +which have no reality as soon as we cease to credit them. Whilst it +holds together this world of ideas--this idolum--is almost as sound, +almost as real, almost as inescapable as the bricks of our houses or +the asphalt beneath our feet. The “belief” that the world was flat was +once upon a time more important than the “fact” that it was round; +and that belief kept the sailors of the medieval world from wandering +out of sight of land as effectively as would a string of gun-boats or +floating mines. An idea is a solid fact, a theory is a solid fact, a +superstition is a solid fact as long as people continue to regulate +their actions in terms of the idea, theory, or superstition; and it is +none the less solid because it is conveyed as an image or a breath of +sound. + + +3 + +This world of ideas serves many purposes. Two of them bear heavily upon +our investigation of utopia. On one hand the pseudo-environment or +idolum is a substitute for the external world; it is a sort of house of +refuge to which we flee when our contacts with “hard facts” become too +complicated to carry through or too rough to face. On the other hand, +it is by means of the idolum that the facts of the everyday world are +brought together and assorted and sifted, and a new sort of reality is +projected back again upon the external world. One of these functions +is escape or compensation; it seeks an immediate release from the +difficulties or frustrations of our lot. The other attempts to provide +a condition for our release in the future. The utopias that correspond +to these two functions I shall call the utopias of escape and the +utopias of reconstruction. The first leaves the external world the way +it is; the second seeks to change it so that one may have intercourse +with it on one’s own terms. In one we build impossible castles in the +air; in the other we consult a surveyor and an architect and a mason +and proceed to build a house which meets our essential needs; as well +as houses made of stone and mortar are capable of meeting them. + + +4 + +Why, however, should we find it necessary to talk about utopia and the +world of ideas at all? Why should we not rest secure in the bosom of +the material environment, without flying off into a region apparently +beyond space and time? Well, the alternative before us is not whether +we shall live in the real world or dream away our time in utopia; for +men are so constituted that only by a deliberate discipline--such as +that followed by a Hindu ascetic or an American business man--can +one or the other world be abolished from consciousness. The genuine +alternative for most of us is that between an aimless utopia of escape +and a purposive utopia of reconstruction. One way or the other, it +seems, in a world so full of frustrations as the “real” one, we must +spend a good part of our mental lives in utopia. + +Nevertheless this needs a qualification. It is plain that certain +types of people have no need for private utopias and that certain +communities seem to be without them. The savages of the Marquesas whom +Hermann Melville described seem to have had such a jolly and complete +adjustment to their environment that, except for the raids of hostile +tribes--and this turned out to be chiefly sport which only whetted +their appetites for the feast that followed--everything needed for a +good life at the South Sea level could be obtained by direct attack. +The Marquesans had no need to dream of a happier existence; they had +only to grab it. + +At times, during childhood perhaps, life has the same sort of +completeness; and without doubt there are many mature people who have +manufactured out of their limitations a pretty adequate response to a +narrow environment; and have let it go at that. Such people feel no +need for utopia. As long as they can keep their contacts restricted, +only a deliberate raid from the outside world would create such a +need. They are like the sick man in the parable of the Persian poet, +whose only desire was that he might desire something; and there is no +particular reason to envy them. People who will not venture out into +the open sea pay the penalty of never having looked into the bright +eyes of danger; and at best they know but half of life. What such +folk might call the good life is simply not good enough. We cannot be +satisfied with a segment of existence, no matter how safely we may be +adjusted to it, when with a little effort we can trace the complete +circle. + +But there have been few regions, few social orders, and few people +in which the adjustment has not been incomplete. In the face of +perpetual difficulties and obstructions--the wind and the weather +and the impulses of other men and customs that have long outlived +their use--there are three ways, roughly, in which a man may react. +He may run away. He may try to hold his own. He may attack. Looking +around at our contemporaries who have survived the war, it is fairly +evident that most of them are in the first stage of panic and despair. +In an interesting article on The Dénouement of Nihilism, Mr. Edward +Townsend Booth characterized the generation born in the late eighties +as suffering a complete paralysis of will, or else, “if any initiative +remains to them, they emigrate to Europe or the South Sea Islands, or +crawl off into some quiet corner of the United States--but most of them +continue where they were stricken in a state of living death.” + +Speaking more generally, running away does not always mean a physical +escape, nor does an “attack” necessarily mean doing something practical +“on the spot.” Let us use Dr. John Dewey’s illustration and suppose +that a man is denied intercourse with his friends at a distance. One +kind of reaction is for him to “imagine” meeting his friends, and +going through, in fantasy, a whole ritual of meeting, repartee, and +discussion. The other kind of reaction, as Dr. Dewey says, is to see +what conditions must be met in order to cement distant friends, and +then invent the telephone. The so-called extrovert, the type of man +who has no need for utopias, will satisfy his desire by talking to the +nearest human being. (“He may try to hold his own.”) But it is fairly +plain that the extrovert, from the very weakness and inconstancy of his +aims, is incapable of contributing anything but “good nature” to the +good life of the community; and in his hands both art and invention +would probably come to an end. + +Now putting aside the extrovert, we find that the two remaining types +of reaction have expressed themselves in all the historic utopias. It +is perhaps well that we should see them first in their normal, everyday +setting, before we set out to explore the ideal commonwealths of the +past. + +More or less, we have all had glimpses of the utopia of escape: it is +raised and it collapses and it is built up again almost daily. In the +midst of the clanking machinery of a paper factory I have come across +a moving picture actress’s portrait, stuck upon an inoperative part of +the machine; and it was not hard to reconstruct the private utopia of +the wretch who minded the levers, or to picture the world into which +he had fled from the roar and throb and muck of the machinery about +him. What man has not had this utopia from the dawn of adolescence +onwards--the desire to possess and be possessed by a beautiful woman? + +Perhaps for the great majority of men and women that small, private +Utopia is the only one for which they feel a perpetual, warm interest; +and ultimately every other utopia must be translatable to them in some +such intimate terms. Their conduct would tell us as much if their +words did not confess it. They leave their bleak office buildings and +their grimy factories, and night after night they pour into the cinema +theater in order that they may live for a while in a land populated by +beautiful, flirtatious women and tender, lusty men. Small wonder that +the great and powerful religion founded by Mahomet puts that utopia +in the very foreground of the hereafter! In a sense, this is the most +elementary of utopias; for, on the interpretation of the analytical +psychologist, it carries with it the deep longing to return to and +remain at rest in the mother’s womb--the one perfect environment which +all the machinery and legislation of an eager world has never been able +to reproduce. + +In its most elemental state, this utopia of escape calls for a complete +breach with the butcher, the baker, the grocer, and the real, limited, +imperfect people that flutter around us. In order to make it more +perfect, we eliminate the butcher and baker and transport ourselves +to a self-sufficient island in the South Seas. For the most part, of +course, this is an idle dream, and if we do not grow out of it, we must +at any rate thrust other conditions into it; but for a good many of us, +idleness without a dream is the only alternative. Out of such fantasies +of bliss and perfection, which do not endure in real life even when +they occasionally bloom into existence, our art and literature have +very largely grown. It is hard to conceive of a social order so +complete and satisfactory that it would rob us of the necessity of +having recourse, from time to time, to an imaginary world in which our +sufferings could be purged or our delights heightened. Even in the +great idyll painted by William Morris, women are fickle and lovers +are disappointed; and when the “real” world becomes a little too hard +and too sullen to face, we must take refuge, if we are to recover our +balance, into another world which responds more perfectly to our deeper +interests and desires--the world of literature. + +Once we have weathered the storm, it is dangerous to remain in the +utopia of escape; for it is an enchanted island, and to remain there +is to lose one’s capacity for dealing with things as they are. The +girl who has felt Prince Charming’s caresses too long will be repulsed +by the clumsy embraces of the young man who takes her to the theater +and wonders how the deuce he is going to pay the rent if they spend +more than a week on their honeymoon. Moreover, life is too easy in the +utopia of escape, and too blankly perfect--there is nothing to sharpen +your teeth upon. It is not for this that men have gone into the jungle +to hunt beasts and have cajoled the grasses and roots to be prolific, +and have defied, in little open boats, the terror of the wind and sea. +Our daily diet must have more roughage in it than these daydreams will +give us if we are not to become debilitated. + +In the course of our journey into utopia we shall remain a little +while in these utopias of escape; but we shall not bide there long. +There are plenty of them, and they dot the waters of our imaginary +world as the islands that Ulysses visited dotted the Ægean Sea. These +utopias however belong to the department of pure literature, and in +that department they occupy but a minor place. We could dispense with +the whole lot of them, bag and baggage, in exchange for another Anna +Karenin or The Brothers Karamazov. + + +5 + +The second kind of utopia which we shall encounter is the utopia of +reconstruction. + +The first species represents, the analytical psychologist would tell +us, a very primitive kind of thinking, in which we follow the direction +of our desires without taking into account any of the limiting +conditions which we should have to confront if we came back to earth +and tried to realize our wishes in practical affairs. It is a vague and +messy and logically inconsequent series of images which color up and +fade, which excite us and leave us cold, and which--for the sake of the +respect our neighbors have for our ability to add a ledger or plane a +piece of wood--we had better confine to the strange box of records we +call our brain. + +The second type of utopia may likewise be colored by primitive desires +and wishes; but these desires and wishes have come to reckon with the +world in which they seek realization. The utopia of reconstruction is +what its name implies: a vision of a reconstituted environment which +is better adapted to the nature and aims of the human beings who dwell +within it than the actual one; and not merely better adapted to their +actual nature, but better fitted to their possible developments. If the +first utopia leads backward into the utopian’s ego, the second leads +outward--outward into the world. + +By a reconstructed environment I do not mean merely a physical thing. +I mean, in addition, a new set of habits, a fresh scale of values, a +different net of relationships and institutions, and possibly--for +almost all utopias emphasize the factor of breeding--an alteration of +the physical and mental characteristics of the people chosen, through +education, biological selection, and so forth. The reconstructed +environment which all the genuine utopians seek to contrive is a +reconstruction of both the physical world and the idolum. It is in this +that the utopian distinguishes himself from the practical inventor and +the industrialist. Every attempt that has been made to domesticate +animals, cultivate plants, dredge rivers, dig ditches, and in modern +times, apply the energy of the sun to mechanical instruments, has +been an effort to reconstruct the environment; and in many cases the +human advantage has been plain. It is not for the utopian to despise +Prometheus who brought the fire or Franklin who captured the lightning. +As Anatole France says: “Without the Utopians of other times, men would +still live in caves, miserable and naked. It was Utopians who traced +the lines of the first city.... Out of generous dreams come beneficial +realities. Utopia is the principle of all progress, and the essay into +a better future.” + +Our physical reconstructions however have been limited; they have +touched chiefly the surfaces of things. The result is that people +live in a modern physical environment and carry in their minds an odd +assortment of spiritual relics from almost every other age, from that +of the primitive, taboo-ridden savage, to the energetic Victorian +disciples of Gradgrind and Bounderby. As Mr. Hendrik van Loon pithily +says: “A human being with the mind of a sixteenth century tradesman +driving a 1921 Rolls-Royce is still a human being with the mind of +a sixteenth century tradesman.” The problem is fundamentally a human +problem. The more completely man is in control of physical nature, the +more urgently we must ask ourselves what under the heavens is to move +and guide and keep in hand the controller. This problem of an ideal, +a goal, an end--even if the aim persist in shifting as much as the +magnetic north pole--is a fundamental one to the utopian. + +Except in the writings of the utopians, and this is an important point +to notice in our travels through utopia, the reconstruction of the +material environment and the reconstitution of the mental framework +of the creatures who inhabit it, have been kept in two different +compartments. One compartment is supposed to belong to the practical +man; the other to the idealist. The first was something whose aims +could be realized in the Here and Now; the other was postponed very +largely to the sweet by-and-bye. Neither the practical man nor the +idealist has been willing to admit that he has been dealing with a +single problem; that each has been treating the faces of a single thing +as if they were separate. + +Here is where the utopia of reconstruction wins hands down. It not +merely pictures a whole world, but it faces every part of it at +the same time. We shall not examine the classic utopias without +becoming conscious of their weaknesses, their sometimes disturbing +idiosyncrasies. It is important at present that we should realize +their virtues; and should start on our journey without the feeling of +disparagement which the word utopian usually calls up in minds that +have been seduced by Macaulay’s sneer that he would rather have an acre +in Middlesex than a principality in utopia. + + +6 + +Finally, be convinced about the reality of utopia. All that has +happened in what we call human history--unless it has left a building +or a book or some other record of itself--is just as remote and in +a sense just as mythical as the mysterious island which Raphael +Hythloday, scholar and sailor, described to Sir Thomas More. A good +part of human history is even more insubstantial: the Icarians who +lived only in the mind of Étienne Cabet, or the Freelanders who +dwelt within the imagination of a dry little Austrian economist, +have had more influence upon the lives of our contemporaries than +the Etruscan people who once dwelt in Italy, although the Etruscans +belong to what we call the real world, and the Freelanders and Icarians +inhabited--Nowhere. + +Nowhere may be an imaginary country, but News from Nowhere is real +news. The world of ideas, beliefs, fantasies, projections, is (I must +emphasize again) just as real whilst it is acted upon as the post +which Dr. Johnson kicked in order to demonstrate that it was solid. +The man who wholly respects the rights of property is kept out of his +neighbor’s field perhaps even more effectively than the man who is +merely forbidden entrance by a no-trespass sign. In sum, we cannot +ignore our utopias. They exist in the same way that north and south +exist; if we are not familiar with their classical statements we at +least know them as they spring to life each day in our own minds. We +can never reach the points of the compass; and so no doubt we shall +never live in utopia; but without the magnetic needle we should not +be able to travel intelligently at all. It is absurd to dispose of +utopia by saying that it exists only on paper. The answer to this is: +precisely the same thing may be said of the architect’s plans for a +house, and houses are none the worse for it. + +We must lose our sense of remoteness and severity in setting out on +this exploration of ideal commonwealths, as some of the fine minds of +the past have pictured them. Our ideals are not something that we can +set apart from the main facts of our existence, as our grandmothers +sometimes set the cold, bleak, and usually moldy parlor apart from the +living rooms of the house: on the contrary, the things we dream of tend +consciously or unconsciously to work themselves out in the pattern +of our daily lives. Our utopias are just as human and warm and jolly +as the world out of which they are born. Looking out from the top of +a high tenement, over the housetops of Manhattan, I can see a pale +tower with its golden pinnacle gleaming through the soft morning haze; +and for a moment all the harsh and ugly lines in the landscape have +disappeared. So in looking at our utopias. We need not abandon the real +world in order to enter these realizable worlds; for it is out of the +first that the second are always coming. + +Finally, an anticipation and a warning. In our journey through the +utopias of the past we shall not rest content when we have traversed +the whole territory between Plato and the latest modern writer. If +the story of utopia throws any light upon the story of mankind it is +this: our utopias have been pitifully weak and inadequate; and if +they have not exercised enough practical influence upon the course of +affairs, it is because, as Viola Paget says in Gospels of Anarchy, +they were simply not good enough. We travel through utopia only in +order to get beyond utopia: if we leave the domains of history when +we enter the gates of Plato’s Republic, we do so in order to re-enter +more effectively the dusty midday traffic of the contemporary world. So +our study of the classic utopias will be followed by an examination of +certain social myths and partial utopias that have played an important +part in the affairs of the Western World during the last few centuries. +In the end, I promise, I shall make no attempt to present another +utopia; it will be enough to survey the foundations upon which others +may build. + +In the meanwhile, our ship is about to set sail; and we shall not heave +anchor again until we reach the coasts of Utopia. + + + + +CHAPTER TWO + + How the Greeks lived in a New World, and utopia seemed just round + the corner. How Plato, in the Republic, is chiefly concerned + with what will hold the ideal city together. + + + + +CHAPTER TWO + + +1 + +Before the great empires of Rome and Macedonia began to spread their +camps through the length and breadth of the Mediterranean world, +there was a time when the vision of an ideal city seems to have been +uppermost in the minds of a good many men. Just as the wide expanse of +unsettled territory in America caused the people of eighteenth century +Europe to think of building a civilization in which the errors and +vices and superstitions of the old world might be left behind, so the +sparsely settled coasts of Italy, Sicily, and the Ægean Islands, and +the shores of the Black Sea, must have given men the hope of being able +to turn over a fresh page. + +Those years between six hundred and three hundred B.C. were +city-building years for the parent cities of Greece. The city of +Miletus is supposed to have begotten some three hundred cities, +and many of its fellows were possibly not less fruitful. Since new +cities could be founded there was plenty of chance for variation and +experiment; and those who dreamed of a more, generous social order +could set their hands and wits to making a better start “from the +bottom up.” + +Of all the plans and reconstruction programs that must have been +put forward during these centuries, only a scant handful remains. +Aristotle tells us about an ideal state designed by one, Phaleas, who +believed like Mr. Bernard Shaw in a complete equality of property; and +from Aristotle, too, we learn of another utopia which was described +by the great architect, city planner, and sociologist--Hippodamus. +Hippodamus was one of the first city planners known to history, and +he achieved fame in the ancient world by designing cities on the +somewhat monotonous checkerboard design we know so well in America. He +realized, apparently, that a city was something more than a collection +of houses, streets, markets, and temples; and so, whilst he was putting +the physical town to rights, he concerned himself with the more basic +problem of the social order. If it adds at all to our sense of reality +in going through utopia, let me confess that it is ultimately through +the inspiration and example of another Hippodamus--Patrick Geddes, the +town planner for Jerusalem and many other cities--that this book about +utopias came to be written. In many ways the distance between Geddes +and Aristotle or Hippodamus seems much less than that which separates +Geddes and Herbert Spencer. + +When we look at the utopias that Phaleas and Hippodamus and Aristotle +have left us, and compare them with the Republic of Plato, the +differences between them melt into insignificance and their likenesses +are apparent. It is for this reason that I shall confine our +examination of the Greek utopia to that which Plato set forth in the +Republic, and qualified and broadened in The Laws, The Statesman, and +Critias. + + +2 + +Plato’s Republic dates roughly from the time of that long and +disastrous war which Athens fought with Sparta. In the course of +such a war, amid the bombast that patriotic citizens give way to, the +people who keep their senses are bound to get pretty well acquainted +with their enemy. If you will take the trouble to examine Plutarch’s +account of the Laws of Lycurgus and Mr. Alfred Zimmern’s magnificent +description of the Greek Commonwealth you will see how Sparta and +Athens form the web and woof of the Republic--only it is an ideal +Sparta and an ideal Athens that Plato has in mind. + +It is well to remember that Plato wrote in the midst of defeat; a +great part of his region, Attica, had been devastated and burned; and +he must have felt that makeshift and reform were quite futile when +a Peloponnesian war could make the bottom drop out of his world. To +Plato an ill-designed ship of state required more than the science of +navigation to pull it through stormy waters: if it was in danger of +perpetually foundering, it seemed high time to go back to the shipyards +and inquire into the principles upon which it had been put together. +In such a mood, I suggest parenthetically, we today will turn again to +fundamentals. + + +3 + +In describing his ideal community Plato, like a trained workman, begins +with his physical foundations. So far from putting his utopia in a +mythical island of Avilion, where falls not hail nor rain nor any snow, +it is plain that Plato was referring repeatedly to the soil in which +Athens was planted, and to the economic life which grew out of that +soil. Since he was speaking to his own countrymen, he could let a good +many things pass for common knowledge which we, as strangers, must +look into more carefully in order to have a firmer sense of his utopian +realities. Let it be understood that in discussing the physical side of +the Republic, I am drawing from Aristotle as well as Plato, and from +such modern Greek scholars as Messrs. Zimmern, Myres, and Murray. + +Nowadays when we talk about a state we think of an expanse of +territory, to begin with, so broad that we should in most cases be +unable to see all its boundaries if we rose five miles above the +ground on a clear day. Even if the country is a little one, like the +Netherlands or Belgium, it is likely to have possessions that are +thousands of miles away; and we think of these distant possessions and +of the homeland as part and parcel of the state. There is scarcely +any conceivable way in which a Dutchman in Rotterdam, let us say, +possesses the Island of Java: he does not live on the island, he is +not acquainted with the inhabitants, he does not share their ideas +or customs. His interest in Java, if he have an interest at all, is +an interest in sugar, coffee, taxes, or missions. His state is not a +commonwealth in the sense that it is a common possession. + +To the Greek of Plato’s time, on the contrary, the commonwealth +was something he actively shared with his fellow citizens. It was +a definite parcel of land whose limits he could probably see from +any convenient hilltop; and those who lived within those limits had +common gods to worship, common theaters and gymnasia, and a multitude +of common interests that could be satisfied only by their working +together, playing together, thinking together. Plato could probably not +have conceived of a community with civilized pretensions in which the +population was distributed at the rate of ten per square mile; and if +he visited such a territory he would surely have said that the people +were barbarians--men whose way of living unfitted them for the graces +and duties of citizenship. + +Geographically speaking, then, the ideal commonwealth was a +city-region; that is, a city which was surrounded by enough land to +supply the greater part of the food needed by the inhabitants; and +placed convenient to the sea. + +Let us stand on a high hill and take a look at this city-region; the +sort of view that Plato himself might have obtained on some clear +spring morning when he climbed to the top of the Acropolis and looked +down on the sleeping city, with the green fields and sear upland +pastures on one side, and the sun glinting on the distant waters of the +sea a few miles away. + +It is a mountainous region, this Greece, and within a short distance +from mountain top to sea there was compressed as many different kinds +of agricultural and industrial life as one could single out in going +down the Hudson valley from the Adirondack Mountains to New York +Harbor. As the basis for his ideal city, whether Plato knew it or not, +he had an “ideal” section of land in his mind--what the geographer +calls the “valley section.” He could not have gotten the various groups +which were to be combined in his city, had they been settled in the +beginning on a section of land like the coastal plain of New Jersey. +It was peculiarly in Greece that such a variety of occupations could +come together within a small area, beginning at the summit of the +valley section with the evergreen trees and the woodcutter, going down +the slope to the herdsman and his flock of goats at pasture, along +the valley bottom to the cultivator and his crops, until at length one +reaches the river’s mouth where the fisher pushes out to sea in his +boat and the trader comes in with goods from other lands. + +The great civilizations of the world have been nourished in such valley +sections. We think of the river Nile and Alexandria; the Tiber and +Rome, the Seine and Paris; and so on. It is interesting that our first +great utopia should have had an “ideal” section of territory as its +base. + + +4 + +In the economic foundations of the Republic, we look in vain for +a recognition of the labor problem. Now the labor problem is a +fundamental difficulty in our modern life; and it seems on the surface +that Plato is a little highbrow and remote in the ease with which he +gets over it. When we look more closely into the matter, however, and +see the way in which men got their living in the “morning lands”--as +the Germans call them--we shall find that the reason Plato does not +offer a solution is that he was not, indeed, confronted by a problem. + +Given a valley section which has not been ruthlessly stript of trees; +given the arts of agriculture and herding; given a climate without +dangerous extremes of heat and cold; given the opportunity to found new +colonies when the old city-region is over-populated--and it is only by +an exercise of ingenuity that a labor problem could be invented. A man +might become a slave by military capture; he did not become a slave +by being compelled, under threat of starvation, to tend a machine. +The problem of getting a living was answered by nature as long as men +were willing to put up with nature’s conditions; and the groundwork +of Plato’s utopia, accordingly, is the simple agricultural life, the +growing of wheat, barley, olives, and grapes, which had been fairly +well mastered before he arrived on the scene. As long as the soil was +not washed away and devitalized, the problem was not a hard one; and +in order to solve it, Plato had only to provide that there should be +enough territory to grow food on, and that the inhabitants must not let +their wants exceed the bounties of nature. + +Plato describes the foundations of his community with a few simple +and masterly touches. Those who feel that there is something a little +inhuman in his conception of the good life, when he is discussing the +education and duties of the ruling classes, may well consider the +picture that he paints for us here. + +Plato’s society arises out of the needs of mankind; because none of us +is self-sufficing and all have many wants; and since there are many +wants, many kinds of people must supply them. When all these helpers +and partners and co-operators are gathered together in a city the body +of inhabitants is termed a state; and so its members work and exchange +goods with one another for their mutual advantage--the herdsman gets +barley for his cheese and so on down to the complicated interchanges +that occur in the city. What sort of physical life will arise out of +this in the region that Plato describes? + +Well, the people will “produce corn and wine and clothes and shoes +and build houses for themselves.... They will work in summer commonly +stript and barefoot, but in winter substantially clothed and shod. +They will feed on barley and wheat, baking the wheat and kneading the +flour, making noble puddings and loaves; these they will serve up on +a mat of reeds or clean leaves; themselves reclining the while upon +beds of yew or myrtle boughs. And they and their children will feast, +drinking of the wine which they have made, wearing garlands on their +heads, and having the praises of the gods on their lips, living in +sweet society, and having a care that their families do not exceed +their means; for they will have an eye to poverty or war.” + +So Socrates, in this dialogue on the Republic, describes to his +hearers the essential physical elements of the good life. One of his +hearers, Glaucon, asks him to elaborate it a little, for Socrates has +limited himself to bare essentials. It is the same sort of objection, +by the way, that M. Poincaré, the physicist, made to the philosophy +of Tolstoy. Socrates answers that a good state would have the healthy +constitution which he has just described; but that he has no objection +to looking at an “inflamed constitution.” What Socrates describes as +an inflamed constitution is a mode of life which all the people of +Western Europe and America at the present day--no matter what their +religion, economic status, or political creed may be--believe in with +almost a single mind; and so, although it is the opposite of Plato’s +ideal state, I go on to present it, for the light it throws on our own +institutions and habits. + +The unjust state comes into existence, says Plato through the mouth of +Socrates, by the multiplication of wants and superfluities. As a result +of increasing wants, we must enlarge our borders, for the original +healthy state is too small. Now the city will fill up with a multitude +of callings which go beyond those required by any natural want; there +will be a host of parasites and “supers”; and our country, which was +big enough to support the original inhabitants, will want a slice of +our neighbor’s land for pasture and tillage; and they will want a slice +of ours if, like ourselves, they exceed the limits of necessity and +give themselves up to the unlimited accumulation of wealth. “And then +we shall go to war--that will be the next thing.” + +The sum of this criticism is that Plato saw clearly that an ideal +community must have a common physical standard of living; and that +boundless wealth or unlimited desires and gratifications had nothing to +do with a good standard. The good was what was necessary; and what was +necessary was not, essentially, many goods. + +Like Aristotle, Plato wanted a mode of life which was neither +impoverished nor luxurious: those who have read a little in Greek +history will see that this Athenian ideal of the good life fell rather +symbolically between Sparta and Corinth, between the cities which we +associate respectively with a hard, military life and with a soft, +super-sensuous æstheticism. + +Should we moderate our wants or should we increase production? +Plato had no difficulty in answering this question. He held that a +reasonable man would moderate his wants; and that if he wished to +live like a good farmer or a good philosopher he would not attempt to +copy the expenditures of a vulgar gambler who has just made a corner +in wheat, or a vulgar courtesan who has just made a conquest of the +vulgar gambler who has made a corner in wheat. Wealth and poverty, +said Plato, are the two causes of deterioration in the arts: both the +workman and his works are likely to degenerate under the influence +of either poverty or wealth, “for one is the parent of luxury and +indolence, and the other of meanness and viciousness, and both of +discontent.” + +Nor does Plato have one standard of living for his ruling classes and +another for the common people. To each person he would give all the +material things necessary for sustenance; and from each he would be +prepared to strip all that was not essential. He realized that the +possession of goods was not a means of getting happiness, but an effort +to make up for a spiritually depauperate life: for Plato, happiness was +what one could put into life and not what one could loot out of it: +it was the happiness of the dancer rather than the happiness of the +glutton. Plato pictured a community living a sane, continent, athletic, +clear-eyed life; a community that would be always, so to say, within +bounds. There is a horror of laxity and easy living in his Republic. +His society was stripped for action. The fragrance that permeates his +picture of the good life is not the heavy fragrance of rose-petals and +incense falling upon languorous couches: it is the fragrance of the +morning grass, and the scent of crushed mint or marjoram beneath the +feet. + + +5 + +How big is Plato’s community, how are the people divided, what are +their relations? Now that we have discussed the lay out of the land, +and have inquired into the physical basis of this utopia, we are ready +to turn our attention to the people; for it is out of the interaction +of folk, work, and place that every community--good or bad, real or +fancied--exists and perpetuates itself. + + +6 + +It follows almost inevitably from what we have said of Plato’s +environment, that his ideal community was not to be unlimited in +population. Quite the contrary. Plato said that “the city may increase +to any size which is consistent with its unity; that is the limit.” +The modern political scientist, who lives within a national state of +millions of people, and who thinks of the greatness of states largely +in terms of their population, has scoffed without mercy at the fact +that Plato limited his community to an arbitrary number, 5,040, about +the number that can be conveniently addressed by a single orator. As +a matter of fact there is nothing ridiculous in Plato’s definition: +he was not speaking of a horde of barbarians: he was laying down the +foundations for an active polity of citizens: and it is plain enough +in all conscience that when you increase the number of people in a +community you decrease the number of things that they can share in +common. Plato could not anticipate the wireless telephone and the daily +newspaper; still less would he have been likely to exaggerate the +difference which these instrumentalities have made in the matters that +most intimately concern us; and when he set bounds to the population +his city would contain, he was anticipating by more than two thousand +years the verdict of modern town planners like Mr. Raymond Unwin. + +People are not the members of a community because they live under +the same system of political government or dwell in the same country. +They become genuine citizens to the extent that they share certain +institutions and ways of life with similarly educated people. Plato +was primarily concerned with providing conditions which would make +a community hold together without being acted upon by any external +force--as the national state is acted upon today by war or the threat +of war. This concern seems to underlie every line of the Republic. In +attacking his problem, the business of supplying the physical wants of +the city seemed relatively unimportant; and even though Greece in the +time of Plato traded widely with the whole Mediterranean region, Plato +did not mistake commercial unity for civic unity. Hence in his scheme +of things the work of the farmer and the merchant and the trader was +subordinate. The important thing to consider was the general conditions +under which all the individuals and groups in a community might live +together harmoniously. This is a long cry from the utopias of the +nineteenth century, which we will examine later; and that is why it is +important to understand Plato’s point of view and follow his argument. + + +7 + +To Plato, a good community was like a healthy body; a harmonious +exercise of every function was the condition of its strength and +vitality. Necessarily then a good community could not be simply a +collection of individuals, each one of whom insists upon some private +and particular happiness without respect to the welfare and interests +of his fellows. Plato believed that goodness and happiness--for he +would scarcely admit that there was any distinct line of cleavage +between these qualities--consisted in living according to nature; +that is to say, in knowing one’s self, in finding one’s bent, and in +fulfilling the particular work which one had the capacity to perform. +The secret of a good community, therefore, if we may translate Plato’s +language into modern political slang, is the principle of function. + +Every kind of work, says Plato, requires a particular kind of aptitude +and training. If we wish to have good shoes, our shoes must be made +by a shoemaker and not by a weaver; and in like manner, every man has +some particular calling to which his genius leads him, and he finds a +happiness for himself and usefulness to his fellows when he is employed +in that calling. The good life must result when each man has a function +to perform, and when all the necessary functions are adjusted happily +to each other. The state is like the physical body. “Health is the +creation of a natural order and government in the parts of the body, +and the creation of disease is the creation of a state of things in +which they are at variance with the natural order.” The supreme virtue +in the commonwealth is justice; namely, the due apportionment of work +or function under the rule of “a place for every man and every man in +his place.” + +Has any such society ever come into existence? Do not too hastily +answer No. The ideal in Plato’s mind is carried out point for point in +the organization of a modern symphony orchestra. + +Now Plato was not unaware that there were other formulas for happiness. +He expressly points out however that in founding the Republic he +does not wish to make any single person or group happier beyond the +rest; he desires rather that the whole city should be in the happiest +condition. It would be easy enough “to array the husbandmen in rich and +costly robes and to enjoin them to cultivate the ground only with a +view to their pleasure,” and so Plato might have conferred a spurious +kind of felicity upon every individual. If this happened, however, +there would be a brief period of ease and revelry before the whole +works went to pot. In this Plato is a thoroughgoing realist: he is not +looking for a short avenue of escape; he is ready to face the road +with all its ups and downs, with its steep climbs as well as its wide +vistas; and he does not think any the worse of life because he finds +that its chief enjoyments rest in activity, and not, as the epicureans +of all sorts have always believed, in a release from activity. + + +8 + +Plato arrives at his apportionment of functions by a method which is +old-fashioned, and which anybody versed in modern psychology would +regard as a “rationalization.” Plato is trying to give a firm basis +to the division of classes which he favored; and so he compares the +community to a human being, possessed of the virtues of wisdom, valour, +temperance, and justice. Each of these virtues Plato relates to a +particular class of people. + +Wisdom is appropriate to the rulers of the city. Thus arises the class +of guardians. + +Valour is the characteristic of the defenders of the city and hence a +military class, called auxiliaries, appears. + +Temperance, or agreement, is the virtue which relates to all classes. + +Finally, there comes justice. “Justice is the ultimate cause and +condition of all of them.... If a question should arise as to which +of these four qualities contributed most by their presence to the +excellence of the State whether the agreement of rulers and subjects +or the preservation in the soldiers of the opinion which the law +ordains about the true nature of dangers, or wisdom and watchfulness +in the rulers would claim the palm, or whether this which I am about +to mention,” namely, “everyone doing his own work and not being a +busybody--the question would not be easily determined.” Nevertheless, +it is plain that justice is the keystone of the Platonic utopia. + +We must not misunderstand Plato’s division of classes. Aristotle +criticizes Plato in terms of a more simple system of democracy; but +Plato did not mean to institute a fixed order; within his Republic +the Napoleonic motto--_la carrière est ouverte aux talents_--was the +guiding principle. What lay beneath Plato’s argument was a belief which +present-day studies in psychology seem likely to confirm; a belief that +children come into the world with a bent already well marked in their +physical and mental constitutions. Plato advocated, it is true, an +aristocracy or government by the best people; but he did not believe in +fake aristocracies that are perpetuated through hereditary wealth and +position. Having determined that his city was to contain three classes, +rulers, warriors, and workers, his capital difficulty still remained to +be faced; how was each individual to find his way to the right class, +and under what conditions would he best fulfill his functions there? + +The answers to these questions bring us to the boldest and most +original sections of the Republic: the part that has provoked the +greatest amount of antagonism and aversion, because of its drastic +departure from the rut of many established institutions--in particular, +individual marriages and individual property. + +In order to perpetuate his ideal constitution Plato relies upon three +methods: breeding, education, and a discipline for the daily life. Let +us consider the effect of these methods upon each of the classes. + +We may dismiss the class of artisans and husbandmen very briefly. It is +not quite clear whether Plato meant his system of marriage to extend to +the members of this class. As for education, it is clear that he saw +nothing to find fault with in the system of apprenticeship whereby the +smith or the potter or the farmer trained others to follow his calling; +and so he had no reason for departing from methods which had proved, on +the whole, very satisfactory. How satisfactory that system was, indeed, +we have only to look at an Athenian ruin or vase or chalice to find +out. Any improvements that might come about in these occupations would +result from the Platonic rule of justice; and Plato followed his own +injunction strictly enough to keep away from other people’s business. + +This of course seems an odd and hasty manner of treatment, as I +said before, to those of us who live in a world where the affairs +of industry and the tendencies of the labor movement are forever +on the carpet. But Plato justifies his treatment by saying that +“when shoemakers become bad, and are degenerate, and profess to be +shoemakers when they are not, no great mischief happens to the state; +but when the guardians of the law and the State are not so in reality, +but only in appearance, you see how they entirely destroy the whole +constitution, if they alone shall have the privilege of an affluent +and happy life.” Hence Plato concentrates his attack upon the point +of greatest danger: while the shoemaker, as a rule, knows how to mind +his own business, the statesman is for the most part unaware of the +essential business which he has to mind; and tends to be negligent even +when he has some dim notion as to what it may be--being all too ready +to sacrifice it to golf or the favors of a beautiful woman. As we saw +in Plato’s original description of the State, the common folk would +doubtless have a good many of the joys and delights traditional in the +Greek cities; and doubtless, although Plato says nothing one way or the +other, they would be permitted to own such property as might be needed +for the conduct of their business or the enjoyment of their homes. +The very fact that no definite rule was prescribed for them, makes us +suspect that Plato was willing to let these things go on in the usual +way. + +The next class is known as the warriors, or auxiliaries. They are +different in character from the guardians who rule the state; but +frequently Plato refers to the guardians as a single class, including +the auxiliaries; and it seems that they figured in his mind as the +temporal arm of that class. At any rate, the auxiliaries as they are +painted in the Critias, which was the dialogue in which Plato attempted +to show his Republic in action, dwelt by themselves within a single +enclosure; and had common meals and common temples of their own; and +so we may surmise that their way of life was to be similar to that +of the higher guardians, but that it was not capable of being pushed +to the same pitch of development on the intellectual side. These +warriors of Plato are, after all, not so very much unlike the regular +or standing army in a modern State: they have a life of their own +within the barracks, they are trained and drilled to great endurance, +and they are taught to obey without question the Government. When you +examine the naked business of the warriors and artisans, you discover +that Plato is not, for all the difference in scale, so very far away +from modern realities. Apart from the fact that women were permitted +an equal place with men in the life of the camp and the gymnasium and +the academy, the real difference comes in the matter of breeding and +selection. At last we approach the Governors, or the Guardians. + +How does the Guardian achieve his position and power? Plato is a little +chary of answering this question; he hints that it can only happen at +the beginning if a person with the brains of a philosopher happen to +be born with the authority of a king. Let us pass this by. How are the +Guardians born and bred? This is the manner. + +For the well-being of the state the Guardians have the power to +administer medicinal lies. One of these is to be told to the youth when +their education has reached a point at which it becomes possible for +the Guardians to determine their natural talents and aptitudes. + +“Citizens, we shall say to them in our tale, you are brothers, yet God +has framed you differently. Some of you have the power to command, and +these he has composed of gold, wherefore also they have the greatest +honor; others of silver, to be auxiliaries; others again who are to be +husbandmen and craftsmen he has made of brass and iron; and the species +will generally be preserved in the children. But as you are of the same +original family, a golden parent will sometimes have a silver son, or +a silver parent a golden son. And God proclaims to the rulers, as a +first principle, that before all things they should watch over their +offspring, and see what elements mingle in their nature, for if the +son of a golden or silver parent has an admixture of brass and iron, +then nature orders a transposition of the ranks; and the eye of the +ruler must not be pitiful towards his child because he has to descend +in the scale and will become a husbandman or artisan, just as there may +be others sprung from the artisan class who are raised to honor, and +become guardians and auxiliaries.” + +As the safeguard of this principle of natural selection of functions, +Plato proposed a system of common marriage. “The wives of these +guardians are to be common, and their children are also common, and no +parent is to know his own child, nor any child his parent. Starting +from the day of the hymeneal, the bridegroom who was then married +will call all the male children who are born ten and seven months +afterwards his sons, and the female children his daughters, and they +will call him father.... And those who were born at the same time they +will term brothers and sisters, and they are not to intermarry.” One +of the features of this system is that the best stocks--the strongest +and wisest and most beautiful--are to be encouraged to reproduce +themselves. But this is not worked out in detail. There is to be +complete freedom of sexual selection among the guardians; and those who +are most distinguished in their services are to have access to a great +number of women; but beyond encouraging the guardians to be prolific, +Plato did not apparently consider the possibilities of cross-breeding +between the various classes. + +On the whole, one may say that Plato puts it up to the Guardians to +perpetuate themselves properly, and indicates that this is to be one +of their main concerns. His good breeding was biological breeding, not +social breeding. He recognized as some of our modern eugenists have +failed to--that good parents might throw poor stock, on occasion, and +that abject parents might have remarkably good progeny. Even if the +Guardians are to be encouraged to have good children, Plato provides +that the children themselves must prove their goodness before they +are in turn recognized as Guardians. As for the children of the baser +sort--well, they were to be rigorously limited to the needs and +resources of the community. Plato lived at a time when a great many +children were born only to be murdered through “exposure” as it was +called; and he had no qualms, apparently, about letting the Guardians +send the children with a bad heredity into the discard. If his +population could not grow properly in the sunlight without getting rid +of the weeds, he was prepared to get rid of the weeds. People who were +physically or spiritually too deformed to take part in the good life +were to be eliminated. Plato, like a robust Athenian, was for killing +or curing a disease; and he gave short shrift to the constitutional +invalids. + + +9 + +But to breed Guardians is only one-half the problem. The other half +comes under the heads of education and discipline; and when Plato +discusses these things, he is not speaking, as a modern college +president perhaps would, of book-learning alone; he is referring to +all the activities that mold a person’s life. He follows the older +philosopher, Pythagoras, and anticipates the great organizer, Benedict, +by laying down a rule of life for his guardians. He did not imagine +that disinterested activities, spacious thoughts, and clear vision +would arise in people who normally put their personal comfort and +“happiness” above the necessities of their office. + +Let us recognize the depth of Plato’s insight. It is plain that he +did not despise what a modern psychologist would call “the normal +biological career.” For the great majority of people happiness +consisted in learning a definite trade or profession, in doing one’s +daily work, in mating, and when the tension of the day relaxed, in +getting enjoyment and recreation in the simple sensualities of eating, +drinking, singing, love-making, and what not. This normal biological +career is associated with a home, and with the limited horizons of a +home; and a host of small loyalties and jealousies and interests are +woven into the very texture of that life. + +Each home, each small circle of relatives and friends, tends to be a +miniature utopia; there is a limited community of goods, a tendency to +adjust one’s actions to the welfare of the little whole, and a habit of +banding together against the world at large. But the good, contrary +to the proverb, is frequently the enemy of the better; and the little +utopia of the family is the enemy--indeed the principal enemy--of the +beloved community. This fact is notorious. The picture of a trade union +leader which Mr. John Galsworthy portrays in Strife, whose power to +act firmly in behalf of his group is sapped by the demands made by +family ties, could be matched in a thousand places. In order to have +the freedom to act for the sake of a great institution, a person must +be stript of a whole host of restraining ties and sentimentalities. +Jesus commanded his followers to leave their families and abandon their +worldly goods; and Plato, in order to preserve his ideal commonwealth, +laid down a similar rule. For those who as guardians were to apply +the science of government to public affairs, a private life, private +duties, private interests, were all to be left behind. + +As to the education of the Guardians, I have scarcely the space to +treat the more formal part of it in detail; for among other things, as +Jowett points out, the Republic is a treatise on education; and Plato +presents a fairly elaborate plan. The two branches of Greek education, +music and gymnastic, applied in the student’s early years to the +culture of the body and the culture of the mind; and both branches were +to be followed in common by both sexes. Instruction during the early +part of a child’s life was to be communicated through play activities, +as it is today in the City and Country School in New York; and only +with manhood did the student approach his subjects in a more formal +and systematic manner. In the course of this education the students +were to be tested again and again with respect to their mental keenness +and tenacity and fortitude; and only those who came through the fire +purified and strengthened were to be admitted to the class of guardians. + +The daily life of the Guardians is a rigorous, military regime. They +live in common barracks, and in order to avoid paying attention to +private affairs, instead of minding the good of the whole community, +no one is allowed to “possess any substance privately, unless there +be a great necessity for it”; next, Plato continues, none shall have +any dwelling or storehouse into which whoever inclines may not enter; +and as for necessaries, they shall be only such as brave and temperate +warriors may require, and as they are supported by other citizens, they +shall receive such a reward of their guardianship as to have neither an +overplus nor a deficit at the end of the year. They shall have public +meals, as in encampments, and live in common. They are to refrain from +using gold and silver, as all the gold and silver they require is in +their souls. + +All these regulations, of course, are for the purpose of keeping the +Guardians disinterested. Plato believed that the majority of people +did not know how to mind public business; for it seemed to him that +the ordering of a community’s life required a measure of science +which the common man could not possibly possess. Indeed, in a city +of a thousand men he did not see the possibility of getting as many +as fifty men who would be sufficiently well versed in what we should +today call sociology to deal intelligently with public affairs--for +there would scarcely be that many first-rate draughts players. At the +same time, if the government is to be entrusted to a few, the few +must be genuinely disinterested. If they possessed lands and houses +and money in a private way they would become landlords and farmers +instead of Guardians; they would be hateful masters instead of allies +of the citizens; and so “hating and being hated, plotting and being +plotted against, more afraid of the enemies within than the enemies +without, they would drag themselves and the rest of the state to speedy +destruction.” + +It remains to take a glance at the manhood and later life of the +Guardians. + +As young men, the Guardians belong to the auxiliaries; and since +they are not permitted to perform any of the manual arts--for skill +in any of the trades tended to make a man warped and one-sided, like +the symbolic blacksmith god, Hephæstos--their physical edge was +maintained by the unceasing discipline of the gymnasium and “military” +expeditions. I put military in quotation marks, because a greater part +of the warriors’ time is spent not in war but in preparation for war; +and it is plain that Plato looked upon war as an unnecessary evil, for +it arose out of the unjust state; and therefore he must have resorted +to warlike discipline for the educational values he found in it. From +thirty-five to fifty the potential Guardians undertake practical +activities, commanding armies and gaining experience of life. After +fifty, those who are qualified devote themselves to philosophy: out of +their experience and their inner reflection they figure the essential +nature of the good community; and on occasion each guardian abandons +divine philosophy for a while, takes his turn at the helm of the state, +and trains his successors. + + +10 + +What is the business of the Guardian? How does Plato’s ideal statesman +differ from Julius Cæsar or Mr. Theodore Roosevelt? + +The business of the Guardian is to manufacture liberty. The petty laws, +regulations, and reforms with which the ordinary statesman occupies +himself had nothing to do, in Plato’s mind, with the essential business +of the ruler. So Plato expressly foregoes making laws to regulate +marketing, the affairs of industry, graft, bribery, theft, and so +forth; and he leaves these matters with the curt indication that men +can be left to themselves to devise on a voluntary basis the rules +of the game for the different occupations; and that it is not the +business of the Guardian to meddle in such matters. In a well-founded +state, a great number of minor maladjustments would simply fall +out of existence; whilst in any other state, all the tinkering and +reforming in the world is quite powerless to amend its organic defects. +Those make-believe statesmen who try their hand at legislation and +“are always fancying that by reforming they will make an end of the +dishonesties and rascalities of mankind,” do not know that in reality +they are trying to cut away the heads of a hydra. + +The real concern of the Guardians is with the essential constitution of +the state. The means that they employ to perfect this constitution are +breeding, vocational selection, and education. “If once a republic is +set a-going, it proceeds happily, increasing as a circle. And whilst +good education and nurture are preserved, they produce good geniuses; +and good geniuses, partaking of such education, produce still better +than the former, as well in other respects, as with reference to +propagation, as in the case of other animals.” All the activities of +the Republic are to be patterned after the utopia which the Guardians +see with their inward eye. So gradually the community becomes a living +unity; and it exhibits the health of that which is organically sound. + + +11 + +What do we miss when we look around this utopia of Plato’s? Contacts +with the outside world? We may take them for granted. Downy beds, +Corinthian girls, luxurious furniture? We can well spare them. The +opportunity for a satisfactory intellectual and physical life? No: both +of these are here. + +What Plato has left out are the poets, dramatists, and painters. +Literature and music, in order to contribute to the noble education +of the Guardians, are both severely restricted in theme and in +treatment. Plato has his limitations; and here is the principal one: +Plato distrusted the emotional life, and whilst he was prepared to do +full homage to man’s obvious sensualities, he feared the emotions as +a tight-rope walker fears the wind; for they threatened his balance. +In one significant passage he classifies “love” with disease and +drunkenness, as a vulgar misfortune; and though he was ready to permit +the active expression of the emotions, as in the dance or the sexual +act, he treated the mere play upon the feelings, without active +participation, as a form of intemperance. Hence a great deal of music +and dramatic mimicry was taboo. Foreign as this doctrine sounds to +the modern reader, there is perhaps more than a grain of sense in it: +William James used to teach that no one should passively experience an +emotion at a concert or a play without trying to express that emotion +actively as soon as he could make the opportunity. At any rate, let us +leave this problem which Plato opens up with a free mind; and note here +in passing that in the utopia of William Morris novels drop naturally +out of existence because life is too active an ecstasy to be fed with +the pathetic, the maudlin, and the diseased. + + +12 + +As we leave this little city of Plato’s, nestling in the hills, and +as the thin, didactic voice of Plato, who has been perpetually at our +elbows, dies away from our ears--what impression do we finally carry +away? + +In the fields, men are perhaps plowing the land for the autumn sowing; +on the terraces, a band of men, women, and children are plucking the +olives carefully from the trees, one by one; in the gymnasium on the +top of the Acropolis, men and youths are exercising, and as they +practice with the javelin now and then it catches the sun and glints +into our eye; apart from these groups, in a shaded walk that overlooks +the city, a Guardian is pacing back and forth, talking in quick, +earnest tones with his pupils. + +These are occupations which, crudely or elaborately, men have always +engaged in; and here in the Republic they engage in them still. What +has changed? What has profoundly changed is not the things that men do, +but the relations they bear to one another in doing them. In Plato’s +community, servitude and compulsion and avarice and indolence are +gone. Men mind their business for the sake of living well, in just +relations to the whole community of which they are a part. They live, +in the strictest sense, according to nature; and because no one can +enjoy a private privilege, each man can grow to his full stature and +enter into every heritage of his citizenship. When Plato says no to the +institutions and ways of life that men have blindly fostered, his eyes +are open, and he is facing the light. + + + + +CHAPTER THREE + + How something happened to utopia between Plato and Sir Thomas + More; and how utopia was discovered again, along with the New + World. + + + + +CHAPTER THREE + + +1 + +There is a span of nearly two thousand years between Plato and Sir +Thomas More. During that time, in the Western World at any rate, utopia +seems to disappear beyond the horizon. Plutarch’s Life of Lycurgus +looks back into a mythical past; Cicero’s essay on the state is a +negligible work; and St. Augustine’s City of God is chiefly remarkable +for a brilliant journalistic attack upon the old order of Rome which +reminds one of the contemporary diatribes of Maximilian Harden. Except +for these works there is, as far as I can discover, scarcely any other +piece of writing which even hints at utopia except as utopia may refer +to a dim golden age in the past when all men were virtuous and happy. + +But while utopia dropt out of literature, it did not drop out of men’s +minds; and the utopia of the first fifteen hundred years after Christ +is transplanted to the sky, and called the Kingdom of Heaven. It is +distinctly a utopia of escape. The world as men find it is full of +sin and trouble. Nothing can be done about it except to repent of the +sin and find refuge from the trouble in the life after the grave. So +the utopia of Christianity is fixed and settled: one can enter into +the Kingdom of Heaven if a passport has been granted, but one can do +nothing to create or mold this heaven. Change and struggle and ambition +and amelioration belong to the wicked world, and bring no final +satisfaction. Happiness lies not in the deed, but in having a secure +credit in the final balance of accounts--happiness, in other words, +lies in the ultimate compensation. This world of fading empires and +dilapidated cities is no home except for the violent and the “worldly.” + +If the idea of utopia loses its practical hold during this period, +the will-to-utopia remains; and the rise of the monastic system and +the attempts of the great popes from Hildebrand onward to establish a +universal empire under the shield of the church show that, as always, +there was a breach between the ideas which people carried in their +heads and the things which actual circumstances and going institutions +compelled them to do. There is no need to consider these partial, +institutional utopias until we get down to the nineteenth century. What +concerns us now is that the Kingdom of Heaven, as a utopia of escape, +ceased to hold men’s allegiance when they discovered other channels and +other possibilities. + +The shift from a heavenly utopia to a worldly one came during that +period of change and uneasiness which characterized the decline of the +Middle Age. Its first expression is the “Utopia” of Sir Thomas More, +the great chancellor who served under Henry VIII. + + +2 + +In the introduction to More’s “Utopia” one gets a vivid impression of +the forces that were stirring men’s minds out of the sluggish routine +into which they had settled. The man who is supposed to describe the +commonwealth of Utopia is a Portuguese scholar, learned in Greek. +He has left his family possessions with his kinsmen and has gone +adventuring for other continents with Americus Vesputius. This Raphael +Hythloday is the sort of sunburnt sailor one could probably have +encountered in Bristol or Cadiz or Antwerp almost any day during the +late part of the fifteenth century. He has abandoned Aristotle, whom +the schoolmen had butchered and had made pemmican of, and through his +conquest of Greek he has come into possession of that new learning +which stems back to Plato; and his brain is teeming with the criticisms +and suggestions of a strange, pagan philosophy. Moreover, he has been +abroad to the Americas or the Indies, and he is ready to tell all who +will listen of a strange land on the other side of the world, where, as +Sterne said of France, “they do things better.” No institution is too +fantastic but that it might exist--on the other side of the world. No +way of life is too reasonable but that a philosophical population might +follow it--on the other side of the world. Conceive of the world of +ideas which Greek literature had just opened up coming headlong against +the new lands which the magnetic compass had given men the courage to +explore, and utopia, as a fresh conception of the good life, becomes a +throbbing possibility. + + +3 + +In setting out for Utopia Sir Thomas More left behind a scene which in +its political violence and economic maladjustment looks queerly like +our own. Indeed, there are a good many passages which need only have a +few names altered and the language itself cast into modern English in +order to serve as editorial comment for a radical weekly review. + +Consider this man Raphael Hythloday, this errant member of the +intelligentzia. Life as he knows it in the Europe of his day no +longer has a hold upon him. The rich are fattening upon the poor; +land is being gathered into big parcels, at least in England; and +turned over into sheep runs. The people who used to cultivate the land +are compelled to leave their few acres and are thrown on their own +resources. Soldiers who have returned from the wars can find nothing +to do; disabled veterans and people accustomed to live as pensioners +on the more prosperous have become destitute. Extravagant luxury grows +on one hand; misery on the other. Those who are poor, beg; those who +are proud, steal; and for their pains the thieves and the vagrants are +tried and sentenced to the gibbet, where by dozens they hang before the +eyes of the market crowds. + +Just as today, people complain that the laws are not strict enough or +that they are not enforced; and everyone stubbornly refuses to look at +the matter through Raphael Hythloday’s eyes and to see that the robbery +and violence which are abroad are not a cause of bad times but a result +of them. + +What can a man of intelligence do in such a world? + +More’s friend, Peter Giles, who is represented as the sponsor for +Raphael, wonders why a man of Raphael’s talent does not enter into the +service of the king--in short, go in for politics. Raphael answers +that he does not wish to be enslaved; and he cannot try to fetch +happiness on terms so abhorrent to his disposition, for “most princes +apply themselves more to the affairs of war than to the useful arts of +peace, and are more set on acquiring new kingdoms right or wrong than +on governing those they possess.” There is no use trying to tell them +about the wiser institutions of the Utopians: if they could not refute +your arguments they would say that the old ways were good enough for +their ancestors and are good enough for them, even though they have +willingly let go of all the genuinely good things that might have been +inherited from the past. + +So much for the help an intelligent man might give on domestic +problems. As for international affairs, it is a mess of chicane and +intrigue and brigandage. While so many people of influence are advising +preparedness and “how to carry on the war,” what chance would a poor +intellectual like Hythloday have if he stood up and said that the +government should withdraw their armies from foreign parts and try +to improve conditions at home, instead of oppressing the people with +taxes and spilling their blood without bringing them a single blessed +advantage, whilst their manners are being corrupted by a long war, and +their laws fall into contempt, with robbery and murder on every hand. + +More, through the tongue of Raphael Hythloday, is painting a picture of +the life he sees about him; but in it we seem to see every feature of +our own national countenance. + +This unhonored and disoriented intellectual is the very emblem of some +of our best spirits today. Rack and ruin have gone too far to admit +of any sort of repair except that which proceeds from the bottom up; +and so Hythloday freely admits that “as long as there is any property, +and while money is the standard of all other things, I cannot think +that a nation can be governed either justly or happily; not justly, +because the best things will fall to the share of the worst men; nor +happily, because all things will be divided among a few (and even these +are not in all respects happy), the rest being left to be absolutely +miserable.” In short, says Hythloday, there is no salvation except +through following the practices of the Utopians. + +So the new world of exploration brings us within sight of a new world +of ideas, and the beloved community, whose seed Plato had sought to +implant in men’s minds, springs up again, after a fallow period of +almost two thousand years. What sort of country is it? + + +4 + +Geographically viewed, the island of Utopia exists only in More’s +imagination. All that we can say of it is that it is two hundred miles +broad, shaped something like a crescent, with an entrance into its +great bay which lends itself to defence. There are fifty-four cities +in the island; the nearest is twenty-four miles from its neighbor, and +the farthest is not more than a day’s march distant. The chief town, +Amaurot, is situated very nearly in the center; and each city has +jurisdiction over the land for twenty miles around; so that here again +we find the city-region as the unit of political life. + + +5 + +The economic base of this commonwealth is agriculture, and no one is +ignorant of the art. Here and there over the countryside are great +farm-houses, equipt for carrying on agricultural operations. While +those who are well-adapted for rural life are free to live in the open +country the whole year round, other workers are sent by turns from the +city to take part in the farm-labor. Every farmstead or “family” holds +no less than forty men and women. Each year twenty of this family come +back to town after two years in the country; and in their place another +twenty is sent out from the town, so that they may learn the country +work from those who have had at least a year’s experience. + +Agricultural economics is so well advanced that the countryside knows +exactly how much food is needed by the whole city-region; but the +Utopians sow and breed more abundantly than they need, in order that +their neighbors may have the overplus. Poultry-raising is also highly +advanced. The Utopians “breed an infinite multitude of chickens in a +very curious manner; for the hens do not sit and hatch them, but vast +numbers of eggs are laid in a gentle and equal heat, in order to be +hatched”--in short, they have discovered the incubator! + +During the harvest season the country magistrates inform the city +magistrates how many extra hands are needed for reaping; a draft of +city workers is made, and the work is commonly done in short order. + +While every man, woman, and child knows how to cultivate the soil, +since each has learned partly in school and partly by practice, every +person also has some “peculiar trade to which he applies himself, +such as the manufacture of wool or flax, masonry, smith’s work or +carpenter’s work”; and no trade is held in special esteem above the +others. (That is a great jump from the Republic where the mechanic arts +are considered base and servile in nature!) The same trade usually +passes down from father to son, since each family follows its own +special occupation; but a man whose genius lies another way may be +adopted into a family which plies another trade; and if after he has +learnt that trade, he wishes still to master another, this change is +brought about in the same manner. “When he has learned both, he follows +that which he likes best, unless the public has more occasion for the +other.” + +The chief and almost the only business of the magistrates is to see +that no one lives in idleness. This does not mean that the Utopians +wear themselves out with “perpetual toil from morning to night, as if +they were beasts of burden,” for they appoint eight hours for sleep and +six for work, and the rest of the day is left to each man’s discretion. +They are able to cut down the length of time needed for work, without +our so-called labor saving machinery, by using the services of classes +which in More’s time were given for the most part to idleness--princes, +rich men, healthy beggars, and the like. The only exception to this +rule of labor is with the magistrates--who are not in the habit of +taking advantage of it--and the students, who upon proving their +ability are released from mechanical operations. If there is too great +a surplus of labor, men are sent out to repair the highways; but +when no public undertaking is to be performed, the hours of work are +lessened. + + +6 + +So much for the daily industrial life of the Utopians. How are the +goods distributed? + +Between the city and the country there is a monthly exchange of goods. +This occasion is made a festival, and the country people come into +town and take back for themselves the goods which the townspeople have +made; and the magistrates “take care to see it given to them.” In back +of this direct interchange of goods between town and country, between +household and household, there are doubtless regulations; and it is +simply our misfortune that Raphael Hythloday did not think it necessary +to go into them. Within the cities, we must add, there are storehouses +where a daily market takes place. + +As with the business of production, the family is the unit of +distribution; and the city is composed of these units, rather than of +a multitude of isolated individuals. “Every city is divided into four +equal parts, and in the middle of each there is a marketplace; what is +brought hither, and manufactured by the several families, is carried +from thence to houses appointed for that purpose, in which all things +of a sort are laid by themselves; and thither every father goes and +takes whatever he or his family stand in need of, without either paying +for it or leaving anything in exchange. There is no reason for giving +denial to any person, since there is such plenty of everything among +them; and there is no danger of a man’s asking for more than he needs; +they have no inducements to do this, since they are sure they shall +always be supplied.” + +More goes on to explain this direct system of exchange, and to justify +it. “It is the fear of want that makes any of the whole race of animals +either greedy or ravenous, but besides fear, there is in man a pride +that makes him fancy it a particular glory to excel others in pomp and +excess. But by the laws of the Utopians there is no room for this. Near +these markets are others for all sorts of provisions, where there are +not only herbs, fruits, and bread, but also fish, fowl, and cattle. +There are also, without their towns, places appointed near some running +water for killing their beasts, and for washing away their filth.” + +In addition to the monthly apportionment of goods by the local +magistrates, the great council which meets at Amaurot once a year +undertakes to examine the production of each region, and those regions +that suffer from a scarcity of goods are supplied out of the surplus +of other regions, “so that indeed the whole island is, as it were, one +family.” + +Taking it all together, there is pretty much the same standard of +well-being that we found in the Republic. More recognizes the instinct +for self-assertion and the exhibitionist element in man’s makeup; but +he does not pander to it. The precious metals are held in contempt: +gold is used to make chamberpots and chains for slaves; pearls are +given to children who glory in them and enjoy them while they are young +and are as much ashamed to use them afterwards as they are of their +puppets and other toys. Gaudy clothes and jewelry are likewise out of +fashion in Utopia. The shopkeepers of Bond Street and Fifth Avenue +would break their hearts here; for it is impossible to spend money or +to spend other people’s labor on articles which lend themselves solely +to conspicuous display, and are otherwise neither useful nor beautiful. +Contrast More’s Utopia with St. John’s vision of heaven, and the +worldly Utopia seems quite naked and austere. Two hundred years later, +in Penn’s city of Philadelphia, we might have fancied that we were +walking about the streets of Amaurot. + + +7 + +The town life of the Utopians, as I have explained, rests upon rural +foundations; there is such a mixture of town and country as Peter +Kropotkin sought to realize in his sketch of “Fields, Factories, and +Workshops.” Let us conjure up the town of Amaurot and see in what sort +of environment the townspeople spend their days. Our Utopian city, +alas! reminds us somewhat of its rivals in latter-day America; for +Raphael tells us that he who knows one of their towns knows all of them. + +Amaurot lies on the side of a hill; it is almost a square, two miles on +each side; and it faces the river Anider which takes its rise eighty +miles above the town, and gets lost in the ocean sixty miles below. The +town is compassed by a high, thick wall; the streets are convenient +for carriages and sheltered from the winds; and the houses are built +in rows so that a whole side of the street looks like a single unit. +(It was so that the great people built their houses in eighteenth +century London and Edinburgh, as Belgrave Square, Charlotte Square, and +the great Adelphi Mansion designed by the Brothers Adam show us.) The +streets are twenty feet broad; and in back of the houses are gardens, +which everyone has a hand in keeping up; and the people of the various +blocks vie with each other in ordering their gardens, so that there +is “nothing belonging to the whole town that is more useful and more +pleasant.” + +In every street there are great halls, distinguished by particular +names, and lying at an equal distance from each other. In each hall +dwells the magistrate of a district, who rules over thirty families, +fifteen living on one side and fifteen on another; and since a family +consists of not more than sixteen and not less than ten people, this +magistrate--or Philarch as he is called--is the “community leader” of +some four hundred people. + +In these halls everyone meets and takes his principal meal. The +stewards go to the market place at a particular hour, and, according +to the number of people in their halls, carry home provisions. The +people who are in hospitals--which are built outside the walls and are +so large they might pass for little towns--get the pick of the day’s +food. At the hours of dinner and supper the whole block is called +together by a trumpet, and everybody joins company, except such as are +sick or in hospital, just as the students and fellows to this day eat +their principal meal in an Oxford college. The dressing of meat and the +ordering of the tables belongs to the women; all those of every family +taking their place by turns. In the same building there is a common +nursery and chapel; and so the women who have children to care for +labor under no inconvenience. + +The midday meal is dispatched unceremoniously; but at the end of the +day music always accompanies the meals, perfumes are burnt or sprinkled +around, and they “want nothing that may cheer up their spirits.” Bond +Street and Fifth Avenue may weep about the absence of conspicuous +waste in Utopia; but at supper time, at any rate, William Penn would +be uncomfortable. There is the odor of an uncommonly good club in the +description of the final meal of the day: the smell of the barracks +or the poorhouse, which we should find later in Robert Owen’s common +halls, does not intrude for an instant. More, when you examine him +closely, does not altogether forget the mean sensual man who dwells +occasionally in all of us! + + +8 + +Now that we have laid the foundations of the material life, we must +observe the limitations that are laid upon the daily activities of the +Utopians. This brings us to the government. + +The basis of the Utopian political state, as in the economic province, +is the family. Every year thirty families choose a magistrate, known +as a Philarch; and over every ten Philarchs, with the families subject +to them, there is an Archphilarch. All the Philarchs, who are in +number 200, choose the Prince out of a list of four, who are named by +the people of the four divisions of the city. The Prince is elected +for life, unless he be removed on suspicion of attempting to enslave +the people. The Philarchs are chosen for a single year; but they are +frequently re-elected. In order to keep their rulers from conspiring to +upset the government, no matter of great importance can be set on foot +without being sent to the Philarchs, “who, after they have communicated +it to the families that belong to their divisions, and have considered +it among themselves, make report to the senate; and upon great +occasions the matter is referred to the council of the whole island.” + +Recollect that each household is an industrial as well as a domestic +unit, as was usual in the Middle Age, and you will perceive that this +is an astute combination of industrial and political democracy on a +genuine basis of common interest. + +The greater part of the business of the government relates to the +economic life of the people. There are certain other matters, however, +which remain over for them; and these affairs constitute a blot on +More’s conception of the ideal commonwealth. One of them is the +regulation of travel; another is the treatment of crime; and a third is +war. + +It is interesting to note that on two subjects which More is mightily +concerned to rectify in his own country--crime and war--he establishes +conditions which are pretty far from being ideal or humane in his +Utopia. A. E. has well said that a man becomes the image of the thing +he hates. Everything that Raphael brings up against the government of +England in the Introduction to Utopia could be brought with almost +equal force, I believe, against the very country which is to serve as a +standard. + +While any man may travel if there is no particular occasion for him +at home--whether he wishes to visit friends or see the rest of the +country--it is necessary for him to carry a passport from the Prince. +If he stay in any place longer than a night he must follow his proper +occupation; and if anyone goes out of the city without leave or +is found wandering around without a passport, he is punished as a +fugitive, and upon committing the offense a second time is condemned to +slavery. This is a plain example of unimaginative harshness; and it is +hard to explain away; indeed, I have no intention to. + +Apparently More could not conceive of a perfectly happy commonwealth +for the majority of men if they still had to perform certain filthy +daily tasks, like the slaughtering of beef; and so he attempts to kill +two birds with one stone: he creates a class of slaves, and he fills +this class by condemning to it people who have committed venial crimes. +In doing this, he overlooks the final objection to slavery in all its +forms; namely, that it tends to corrupt the master. + +Since we are discussing the conditions that undermine More’s +commonwealth, we may remark that war, too, remains; the difference +being that the Utopians attempt to do by strategy, corruption, and +what we should now call propaganda what less intelligent people do by +sheer force of arms. If the Utopian incubator anticipates the modern +invention, their method of conducting war likewise anticipates our +modern technique of undermining the enemy’s morale: these Utopians, in +the good and the bad, are our contemporaries! Among the just causes +of war the Utopians count the seizure of territory, the oppression of +foreign merchants, and the denial of access to land to nations capable +of cultivating it. They take considerable pains to keep their “best +sort of men for their own use at home, so they make use of the worst +sort of men for the consumption of war.” In other words, they regard +war as a means, among other things, of weeding out undesirable elements +in the community. + +It is a relief to turn away from these residual iniquities to marriage +and religion! + +In marriage there is a curious mixture of the personal conception of +sexual relations, which is the modern note, with a belief in certain +formal specifications which was the distinctly mediæval quality. +Thus on one hand the Utopians take care that the bride and the +bridegroom are introduced to each other, in their nakedness, before the +ceremony; and the grounds for divorce are adultery and insufferable +perverseness. When two people cannot agree they are permitted to escape +the bond by mutual agreement under approval granted by the Senate after +strict inquiry. On the other hand, unchastity is sternly punished, and +those who commit adultery are condemned to slavery and not given the +privilege of a second marriage. + +In religion there is complete toleration for all creeds, with this +exception: that those who dispute violently about religion or attempt +to use any other force than that of mild persuasion are punished for +breaking the public peace. + + +9 + +There is not the space to follow the life of the Utopians in all its +details. It is time to discuss the world of ideas by which these +Utopians chart their daily activities. This exposition of the basic +Utopian values has been so admirably put by Sir Thomas More himself +that the greater part of our conclusion will inevitably fall within +quotation marks. + +The Utopians “define virtue thus: that it is a living according to +Nature, and think that we are made by God for that end; they believe +that a man then follows Nature when he pursues or avoids things +according to the direction of reason.... Reason directs us to keep +our minds as free from passion and as cheerful as we can, and that we +should consider ourselves bound by the ties of good-nature and humanity +to use our utmost endeavors to help forward the happiness of all other +persons; for there never was any man such a morose and severe pursuer +of virtue, such an enemy to pleasure, that though he set hard rules for +men to undergo much pain, many watchings and other rigors, yet did not +at the same time advise them to do all they could to relieve and ease +the miserable, and who did not represent gentleness and good nature as +amiable dispositions.... A life of pleasure is either a real evil, and +in that case we ought not to assist others in their pursuit of it, but, +on the contrary, to keep them from it all we can, as from that which is +most hurtful and deadly; or if it is a good thing, so that we not only +may but ought to help others to it, why then ought not a man to begin +with himself? Since no man can be more bound to look after the good of +another than after his own.... + +“Thus as they define Virtue to be living according to Nature, so they +imagine that Nature prompts all people to seek after pleasure, as the +end of all they do. They also observe that in order to further our +supporting the pleasures of life, Nature inclines us to enter into +society; for there is no man so much raised above the rest of mankind +as to be the only favorite of Nature, who, on the contrary, seems to +have placed on a level all those that belong to the same species. +Upon this they infer that no man ought to seek his own conveniences +so eagerly as to prejudice others; and therefore they think that all +agreements between private persons ought to be observed, but likewise +that all those laws ought to be kept, which either a good prince has +published in due form, to which a people that is neither oppressed with +tyranny nor circumvented by fraud, has consented, for distributing +these conveniences of life which afford us all our pleasures. + +“They think it is an evidence of true wisdom for a man to pursue his +own advantages, as far as the laws allow it. They account it piety to +prefer public good to one’s private concerns; but they think it unjust +for a man to seek for pleasure by snatching another man’s pleasures +from him. + +“Thus upon an inquiry into the whole matter, they reckon that all +our actions, and even all our virtues, terminate in pleasure, as in +our chief end and greatest happiness; and they call every motion or +state, either of body or mind, in which Nature teaches us to delight, +a pleasure. They cautiously limit pleasure only to those appetites to +which Nature leads us; for they say that Nature leads us only to those +delights to which reason as well as sense carries us, and by which we +neither injure any other person nor lose the possession of greater +pleasures, and of such as draw no troubles after them.” + +Thus the Utopians discriminate between natural pleasures and those +which have some sting or bitterness concealed in them. The love of fine +clothes is considered by Utopians as a pleasure of the latter sort; +likewise is the desire of those who possess fine clothes to be kowtowed +to by other people. Men who heap up wealth without using it are in the +same class; and those who throw dice or hunt--for in Utopia hunting is +turned over to the butchers, and the butchers are slaves. + +Now Utopians “reckon up several sorts of pleasures which they call true +ones; some belong to the body and others to the mind. The pleasures of +the mind lie in knowledge, and in that delight which the contemplation +of truth carries with it; to which they add the joyful reflections on +a well-spent life; and the assured hopes of a future happiness. They +divide the pleasures of the body into two sorts; the one is that +which gives our senses some real delight, and is performed, either by +recruiting nature, and supplying those parts which feed the internal +heat of life by eating and drinking; or when nature is eased of any +surcharge that oppresses it; when we are relieved from sudden pain, +or that which arises from satisfying the appetite which Nature has +wisely given for the propagation of the species. There is another +kind of pleasure that arises neither from our receiving what the body +requires, nor its being relieved when overcharged, and yet by a secret, +unseen virtue affects the senses, raises the passions, and strikes the +mind with generous impressions; this is the pleasure that arises from +music. Another kind of bodily pleasure is that which arises from an +undisturbed and vigorous constitution of body, when life and active +spirits seem to actuate every part. This lively health, when entirely +free from all mixture of pain, of itself gives an inward pleasure ... +and Utopians reckon it the foundation and basis of all the other joys +of life, since this alone makes the state of life easy and desirable; +and when this is wanting a man is really capable of no other pleasure.” +The crowning pleasure of the Utopian is the cultivation of the mind; +and the leisure hours of the people, as well as the professional +scholars, are spent in the lecture hall and the study. + + +10 + +Such are the goals for which the Utopians direct their social order. +These values are, I need scarcely point out, rooted in the nature of +man, and not in any set of external institutions. The aim of every +Utopian institution is to help every man to help himself. When we put +the matter in these bald phrases, what More brings forward seems weak +and platitudinous. Behind it all, however, is a vital idea: namely, +that our attempts to live the good life are constantly perverted by our +efforts to gain a living; and that by juggling gains and advantages, +by striving after power and riches and distinction, we miss the +opportunity to live as whole men. People become the nursemaids of their +furniture, their property, their titles, their position; and so they +lose the direct satisfaction that furniture or property would give. + +To cultivate the soil rather than simply to get away with a job; to +take food and drink rather than to earn money; to think and dream and +invent, rather than to increase one’s reputation; in short, to grasp +the living reality and spurn the shadow--this is the substance of +the Utopian way of life. Power and wealth and dignity and fame are +abstractions; and men cannot live by abstractions alone. In this Utopia +of the New World every man has the opportunity to be a man because no +one else has the opportunity to be a monster. Here, too, the chief end +of man is that he should grow to the fullest stature of his species. + + + + +CHAPTER FOUR + + How the new Humanism of the Renascence brings us within sight of + Christianopolis; and how we have for the first time a glimpse + of a modern utopia. + + + + +CHAPTER FOUR + + +1 + +A hundred years pass, and the man who next conducts us into Utopia is +a Humanist scholar. After the manner of his time, he answers to the +latinized name, Johann Valentin Andreæ. He is a traveller, a social +reformer, and above all things a preacher; and so the vision he imparts +to us of Christianopolis seems occasionally to flicker into blackness +whilst he moralizes for us and tells us to the point of tedium what +his views are concerning the life of man, and in particular the +conceptions of Christianity which his countrymen, the Germans, are +debating about. Sometimes, when we are on the point of coming to grips +with his utopia, he will annoy us by going off on a long tirade about +the wickedness of the world and the necessity for fastening one’s gaze +upon the life hereafter--for Protestantism seems just as other-worldly +as Catholicism. It is the Humanist Andreæ rather than the Lutheran +Andreæ who paints the picture of a Christian city. While Andreæ sticks +to Christianopolis his insight is deep, his views are sound, and his +proposals are rational; and more than once he will amaze us by putting +forward ideas which seem to leap three hundred years ahead of his time +and environment. + +It is impossible to get rid of the personal flavor of Andreæ: his fine +intelligence and his candor make our contacts with Christianopolis +quite different from the dreary guidebook sketches which some of the +later utopians will inflict upon us. The two other utopians who +wrote in the same half century as Andreæ--Francis Bacon and Tommaso +Campanella--are quite second-rate in comparison; Bacon with his +positively nauseating foppishness about details in dress and his +superstitious regard for forms and ceremonials, and Campanella, the +lonely monk whose City of the Sun seems a marriage of Plato’s Republic +and the Court of Montezuma. When Bacon talks about science, he talks +like a court costumer who is in the habit of describing the stage +properties for a masque; and it is hard to tell whether he is more +interested in the experiments performed by the scientists of the New +Atlantis or the sort of clothes they wear while engaged in them. There +is nothing of the snob or the dilettante about Andreæ: His eye fastens +itself upon essentials, and he never leaves them except when--for he is +necessarily a man of his age--he turns his gaze piously to heaven. + +This teeming, struggling European world that Andreæ turns his back upon +he knows quite well; for he has lived in Herrenburg, Koenigsbrunn, +Tuebingen, Strassburg, Heidelberg, Frankfurt, Geneva, Vaihingen, +and Calw; and he is in correspondence with learned men abroad, in +particular with Samuel Hartlib, who lives in England, and with John +Amos Comenius. Like the Chancellor in Christianopolis, he longs for an +“abode situated below the sky, but at the same time above the dregs +of this known world.” Quite simply, he finds himself wrecked on the +shore of an island dominated by the city of Christianopolis. After +being examined as to his ideas of life and morals, his person, and his +culture, he is admitted to the community. + + +2 + +This island is a whole world in miniature. As in the Republic, the unit +once more is the valley section, for the “island is rich in grain and +pasture fields, watered with rivers and brooks, adorned with woods and +vineyards, full of animals.” + +In outward appearance, Christianopolis does not differ very much from +the pictures of the cities one finds in seventeenth century travel +books, except for a unity and orderliness that these cities sometimes +lack. “Its shape is a square whose side is 700 feet, well fortified +with four towers and a wall.... It looks therefore towards the four +quarters of the earth. Of buildings there are two rows, or if you count +the seat of the government and the storehouses, four; there is only one +public street, and only one marketplace, but this one is of a very high +order.” In the middle of the city there is a circular temple, a hundred +feet in diameter; all the buildings are three stories; and public +balconies lead to them. Provision against fire is made by building +the houses of burnt stone and separating them by fire-proof walls. In +general, “things look much the same all around, not extravagant nor yet +unclean; fresh air and ventilation are provided throughout. About four +hundred citizens live here in religious faith and peace of the highest +order.” The whole city is divided into three parts, one to supply food, +one for drill and exercise, and one for looks. The remainder of the +island serves the purposes of agriculture, and for workshops. + + +3 + +When we look back upon the Republic, with its external organization +so plainly modeled upon military Sparta, we see the camp and the +soldier giving the pattern to the life of the whole community. In +Utopia, the fundamental unit was the farmstead and the family; and +family discipline, which arises naturally enough in rural conditions, +was transferred to the city. In Christianopolis, the workshop and +the worker set the lines upon which the community is developed; and +whatever else this society may be, it is a “republic of workers, living +in equality, desiring peace, and renouncing riches.” If Utopia exhibits +the communism of the family, Christianopolis presents the communism of +the guild. + +Industrially speaking, there are three sections in Christianopolis. +One of them is devoted to agriculture and animal husbandry. Each of +these departments has appropriate buildings, and directly opposite them +is a rather large tower which connects them with the city buildings; +under the tower a broad vaulted entrance leads into the city, and a +smaller one to the individual houses. The dome of this tower roofs +what we should call a guildhall, and here the citizens of the quarter +come together as often as required to “act on sacred as well as +civil matters.” It is plain that these workers are not sheep led by +wise shepherds, as in the Republic, but the members of autonomous, +self-regulating groups. + +The next quarter contains the mills, bake-shops, meat-shops, and +factories for making whatever is done with machinery apart from +fire. As Christianopolis welcomes originality in invention, there +are a variety of enterprises within this domain; among them, paper +manufacturing plants, saw mills, and establishments for grinding +and polishing arms and tools. There are common kitchens and wash +houses, too; for, as we shall see presently, life in this ideal city +corresponds to what we experience today in New York, London, and many +another modern industrial city. + +The third quarter is given over to the metallurgical industries, as +well as to those like the glass, brick, and earthenware industries +which require constant fire. It is necessary to point out that in +planning the industrial quarters of Christianopolis, these seventeenth +century Utopians have anticipated the best practice that has been +worked out today, after a century of disorderly building. The +separation of the city into zones, the distinction between “heavy” +industries and “light” industries, the grouping of similar industrial +establishments, the provision of an agricultural zone adjacent to the +city--in all this our garden cities are but belated reproductions of +Christianopolis. + +Moreover, in Christianopolis, there is a conscious application of +science to industrial processes; one might almost say that these +artisans believed in efficiency engineering; for “here in truth +you see a testing of nature herself. The men are not driven to a +work with which they are unfamiliar, like pack-animals to their +task, but they have been trained before in an accurate knowledge of +scientific matters,” on the theory that “unless you analyze matter by +experiment, unless you improve the deficiencies of knowledge by more +capable instruments, you are worthless.” The dependence of industrial +improvement upon deliberate scientific research may be a new discovery +for the practical man, but it is an old story in Utopia. + + +4 + +What is the character of this artisan democracy? The answer to this +is summed up in one of those sayings that Andreæ, in the midst of his +energetic exposition, drops by the way. + +“To be wise and to work are not incompatible, if there is moderation.” + +So it follows that “their artisans are almost entirely educated men. +For that which other people think is the proper characteristic of a few +(and yet if you consider the stuffing of inexperience by learning, the +characteristic of too many already) this, the inhabitants argue, should +be attained by all individuals. They say that neither the substance of +letters is such, nor yet the difficulty of work, that one man, if given +enough time, cannot master both.” + +“Their work, or as they prefer to hear it called, ‘the employment of +their hands,’ is conducted in a certain prescribed way, and all things +are brought into a public booth. From here every workman receives out +of the stock on hand whatever is necessary for the work of the coming +week. For the whole city is, as it were, one single workshop, but of +all different sorts and crafts. The ones in charge of these duties +are stationed in the small towers at the corners of the wall; they +know ahead of time what is to be made, in what quantity, and of what +form, and they inform the mechanics of these items. If the supply of +material in the work booth is sufficient, the workmen are permitted to +indulge and give free play to their inventive genius. No one has any +money, nor is there any use for any private money; yet the republic has +its own treasury. And in this respect the inhabitants are especially +blessed, because no one can be superior to the other in the amount of +riches owned, since the advantage is rather one of power and genius, +and the highest respect that of morals and piety. They have very few +working hours, yet no less is accomplished than in other places, as it +is considered disgraceful by all that one should take more rest and +leisure time than is allowed.” + +In addition to the special trades, there are “public duties to which +all citizens have obligation, such as watching, guarding, harvesting +of grain and wine, working roads, erecting buildings, draining ground; +also certain duties of assisting in the factories which are imposed +upon all in turn according to age and sex, but not very often nor for +a long time. For even though certain experienced men are put in charge +of all the duties, yet when men are asked for, no one refuses the state +his services and strength. For what we are in our homes, they are in +their city, which they not undeservedly think a home. And for this +reason it is no disgrace to perform any public function.... Hence all +work, even that which is considered rather irksome, is accomplished in +good time, and without much difficulty, since the promptness of the +great number of workmen permits them easily to collect or distribute +the great mass of things.” + +In this Christianopolis, as Mr. Bertrand Russell would put it, the +creative rather than the possessive impulses are uppermost. Work is the +main condition of existence, and this good community faces it. It is a +pretty contrast to the attitude of the leisured classes who, as Andreæ +says, with an entirely mistaken sense of delicacy shrink from touching +earth, water, stones, coal, and things of that sort, but think it grand +to have in their possession to delight them “horses, dogs, harlots and +other similar creatures.” + + +5 + +The place of commerce in this scheme of life is simple. It does not +exist for the sake of individual gain. Hence no one engages in commerce +on his own hook, for such matters are put in the hands of “those +selected to attend to them,” and the aim of commerce is not to gain +money but to increase the variety of things at the disposal of the +local community; so that--and again Andreæ steps in for emphasis--“we +may see the peculiar production of each land, and so communicate with +each other that we may seem to have the advantages of the universe in +one place, as it were.” + + +6 + +The constitution of the family in Christianopolis follows pretty +definitely upon the lines dictated by urban occupations; for Andreæ +is a city man, and since he does not despise the advantages city life +can give, he does not shrink from their consequences. One of these +consequences is, surely, the restriction of domesticity, or rather, the +projection in the city at large of the functions that in a farmstead +would be carried on within the bosom of the family. + +When a lad is twenty-four and a lass is eighteen, they are permitted to +marry, with the benefit of Christian rites and services, and a decorous +avoidance of drunkenness and gluttony after the ceremony. Marriage is +a simple matter. There are no dowries to consider, no professional +anxieties to face, no housing shortage to keep one from finding a home, +and above all, perhaps, no landlord to propitiate with money, since +all houses are owned by the city and are granted and assigned to +individuals for their use. Virtue and beauty are the only qualities +that govern a marriage in Christianopolis. Furniture is provided with +the house out of the public store. If in Utopia the families are +grouped together in a patriarchal household, such as More himself +maintained at Chelsea, in Christianopolis they consist of isolated +couples, four, at most six people in all, a woman, a man, and such +children as are not yet of school age. + +Let us visit a young couple in Christianopolis. We reach the house +by way of a street, twenty feet broad, faced by houses with a wide +frontage on the street, some forty feet in length, and of from fifteen +to twenty-five feet in depth. In our crowded towns, today, where people +pay for land by the front foot, the frontage is narrow and the houses +are deep; and as a result there is a dreadful insufficiency of light +and air; but in Christianopolis, as in some of the older European +towns, the houses are built to get a maximum of air and sunlight. If +it is raining when we make our visit, a covered walk, five feet wide, +supported by columns twelve feet high, will shelter us from the rain. + +Our friends live, we shall say, in one of the average apartments; +so they have three rooms, a bathroom, a sleeping apartment, and a +kitchen. “The middle part within the tower has a little open space with +a wide window, where wood and the heavier things are raised aloft by +pulleys”--in short, a dumbwaiter. Looking out from the window in the +rear, we face a well-kept garden; and if our host is inclined to give +us wine, he may let us take our pick from among the cobwebs of a small +private cellar in the basement, where such things are kept. If it is a +cold day, the furnace is going; or if we happen to make our visit in +the summer time, the awnings are drawn. + +Our host makes apologies, perhaps, for a litter of wood and shavings +that occupies a corner of the kitchen, for he has just been putting up +a few shelves in his spare time, and has borrowed a kit of tools from +the public supply house. (Since he is not a carpenter, he has no need +for these tools the rest of the year; and other people can have their +turn at them.) Coming from Utopia, one of the things that strikes us is +the absence of domestic attendance; and when we ask our hostess about +it, she tells us that she will not have anyone to wait upon her until +she is confined. + +“But isn’t there a lot of work for you to do all by yourself?” we shall +ask. + +“Not for anybody with a college training,” she will answer. “You see +that our furnishings are quite simple; and since there are no gimcracks +to be dusted, no polished tables to be oiled, no carpets to be swept, +and nothing in our apartment that is just for show to prove that we can +afford to live better than our neighbors, the work is scarcely more +than enough to keep one in good health and temper. Of course, cooking +meals is always something of a nuisance; and washing up is worse. But +my husband and I share the work together, in everything but sewing and +washing clothes, and you would be surprised how quickly everything +gets done. Work is usually galling when somebody else is taking his +ease while one is doing it; but where husband and wife share alike, as +in Christianopolis, there is really nothing to it. If you’ll stay to +dinner, you’ll find out how easily it goes. Since you haven’t brought +your rations, my husband will get some cooked meats in the public +kitchen, and that will do for all of us.” + +“No one need be surprised at the rather cramped quarters,” Andreæ +hastens to interject. “People who house vanity ... can never live +spaciously enough. They burden others and are burdened themselves, and +no one measures their necessities, nay even their comforts, easily +otherwise than by an unbearable and unmovable mass. Oh, only those +persons are rich who have all of which they have real need, who admit +nothing else, merely because it is possible to have it in abundance.” + +Carried to its extreme, you will find this philosophy put once for all +in Thoreau’s Walden. We have got our bearings in Utopia, I believe, +when we have determined what a life abundant consists of, and what will +suffice for it. + + +7 + +Suppose that our friends have children. During the early years of +their life they are in the care of their mother. When they have +completed their sixth year, the children are given over to the care of +the community, and both sexes continue in school through the stages +of childhood, youth, and early maturity. “No parent gives closer or +more careful attention to his children than is given here, for the +most upright preceptors, men as well as women, are placed over them. +Moreover,” the parents “can visit their children, even unseen by them, +as often as they have leisure. As this is an institution for the public +good, it is managed agreeably as a common charge for all the citizens. +They see to it that the food is appetizing and wholesome, that the +couches and beds are clean and comfortable, and that the clothes and +attire of the whole body are clean.... If diseases of the skin or body +are contracted, the individuals are cared for in good time; and to +avoid the spreading of infection, they are quarantined.” + +There is scarcely need to examine the program of study except in its +broad outlines. It is enough to observe that “the young men have their +study period in the morning, the girls in the afternoon, and matrons as +well as learned men are their instructors.... The rest of their time +is devoted to manual training and domestic art and science, as each +one’s occupation is assigned to his natural inclination. When they +have vacant time they are permitted to engage in honorable physical +exercises either in the open spaces of the town or in the field.” + +Two points, however, deserve our attention. The first is that the +school is run as a miniature republic. The second is the calibre of the +instructors. “The instructors,” says our zealous humanist, “are not +men from the dregs of human society nor such as are useless for other +occupations, but the choice of all the citizens, persons whose standing +in the Republic is known and who very often have access to the highest +positions of the state.” + +The last phrase again transports me back to the modern world. I see +this fine humanist ideal budding in another place. This time it is +a summer school in the hills of New Hampshire, where the children +govern themselves in the classroom, where there is no punishment +except temporary exclusion from the group, and where, above all, each +instructor is chosen because of his creative practice in the subject +which he teaches: a highly gifted composer teaches music, an athlete +teaches gymnastics, a poet teaches literature. Then I think of all the +casual and wasted talents of people who for little more than the asking +would share their love of the arts and sciences with little children, +if only those who are in charge of little children were not too blind +or too fearful to make use of them. Faraday’s classic lectures on +the physics of the candle, and Ruskin’s addresses to a young ladies’ +boarding school on the function of literature--such things might be +multiplied. It is not the creation of this utopian method that is +difficult; for the thing has already been done: what we need is its +extension. Then children might come to school as gaily as they do in +Peterborough, N. H., on the lush summer mornings; and people would +not turn their backs on learning any more than they would turn their +backs on life. If anyone thinks that Johann Andreæ’s prescription for +a teaching staff is an impossible one, let him visit the Peterborough +School, and examine its records and achievements. + +It remains to record the further stages of learning. The halls of the +central citadel are divided into twelve departments, and except for the +armory, the archives, the printing establishment, and the treasury, +these halls are devoted entirely to the arts and sciences. + +There is, to begin with, a laboratory of physical science. “Here the +properties of metals, minerals, and vegetables, and even the life of +animals, are examined, purified, increased, and united for the use of +the human race and in the interests of health.... Here men learn to +regulate fire, make use of air, value the water, and test the earth.” + +Next to this laboratory is a Drug Supply House, where a pharmacy is +scientifically developed, for the curing of physical disease, and +adjoining this is a school of medicine, or as Andreæ reports, “a place +given over to anatomy.... The value of ascertaining the location of +the organs and of assisting the struggles of nature no one would deny, +unless he be as ignorant of himself as are the barbarians.... The +inhabitants of Christianopolis teach their youth the operations of life +and the various organs, from the parts of the physical body.” + +We come now then to a Natural Science laboratory which is in effect a +Museum of Natural History, an institution founded in Utopia a century +and a half before a partial and inadequate substitute--a mere extension +of the curio chamber of a Country House--was presented to an admiring +world as the British Museum. “This,” as Andreæ says, “cannot be too +elegantly described,” and I heartily agree with him; for he paints the +picture of a museum which the American Museum at New York or South +Kensington in London has only begun to realize within the last decade +or two of their existence. + +“Natural history is here seen painted on the walls in detail, and +with greatest skill. The phenomena of the sky, views of the earth in +different regions, the different races of men, representations of +animals, the forms of growing things, classes of stones and gems, are +not only on hand and named, but they even teach and make known their +nature and qualities.... Truly is not recognition of things of the +earth much easier of competent demonstration if illustrative materials +are at hand and if there is some guide to the memory? For instruction +enters altogether more easily through the eyes than through the ears, +and much more pleasantly in the presence of refinement than among the +base. They are deceived who think it is impossible to teach except in +dark caves and with a gloomy brow. A liberal minded man is never so +keen as when he has his instructors on confidential terms.” + +Going farther, we find a mathematics laboratory and a department of +mathematical instruments. The first is “remarkable for its diagrams of +the heavens, as the hall of physics for its diagrams of the earth.... +A chart of the star-studded heavens and a reproduction of the whole +shining host above were shown,” ... and also “different illustrations +representing tools and machines, small models, figures of geometry; +instruments of the mechanical arts, drawn, named, and explained.” I +cannot help expressing my admiration here for the concrete imagination +of this remarkable scholar: he deliberately anticipated, not in +the vague, allegorical form that Bacon does, but as lucidly as an +architect or a museum curator, the sort of institute which South +Kensington, with its Departments of Physical and Natural Science, +or perhaps the Smithsonian in America, has just begun to resemble. +If our museums had begun with the ideal Andreæ had in mind, instead +of with the miscellaneous rubbish which was the nucleus of their +collections--and still remains the nucleus in many of the less advanced +institutions--the presentation of the sciences would be a more adequate +thing than it is. + +Does Andreæ leave the fine arts out of his picture? By no means. +“Opposite the pharmacy is a very roomy shop for pictorial art, an art +in which the city takes the greatest delight. For the city, besides +being decorated all over with pictures representing the various phases +of the earth, makes use of them especially in the instruction of youth +and for rendering learning more easy.... Besides, pictures and statues +of famous men are to be seen everywhere, an incentive of no mean value +to the young for striving to imitate their virtue.... At the same time +also, the beauty of forms is so pleasing to them that they embrace with +a whole heart the inner beauty of virtue itself.” + +At the summit of art and science we naturally find in Christianopolis +the temple of religion. Alas! the hand of Calvin has been busy in +Christianopolis--recollect that Andreæ once lived in Geneva and admired +its ordinances--and attendance at prayers is compulsory. In order to +get an idea of this great circular temple, three hundred sixteen feet +in circumference and seventy feet high, we must think of a colossal +moving picture theater in a modern metropolis. The comparison is not +essentially sacrilegious; and I believe that those who will take +the trouble to look below the surface will find without difficulty +the common denominator between the profane and the ecclesiastical +institution. (Attendance at motion pictures, I must quickly add for the +benefit of the future historian, has not yet been made compulsory in +the modern metropolis.) + +One-half of the temple is where the public gatherings take place; and +the other is reserved for the distribution of the sacraments and for +music. “At the same time, the sacred comedies, by which they set so +much store, and are entertained every three months, are shown in the +temple.” + + +8 + +We have discussed folk, work, and place in Christianopolis; and we have +dealt in an admittedly sketchy fashion with culture and art. We must +now turn attention to the polity; and here we must note that Andreæ’s +description shifts for once to an allegorical plane, and departs not a +little from the realism of his treatment of science and the arts. + +At the bottom of the polity there are glimpses of a local industrial +association, meeting in the common halls that are provided in the +towers of each of the industrial quarters; and we gather that to +represent the city at large twenty-four councilmen are chosen, while +as the executive department there is a triumvirate consisting of a +Minister, a Judge, and a Director of Learning, each of whom is married, +for metaphorical point, to Conscience, Understanding, and Truth, +respectively. “Each one of the leaders does his own duty, yet not +without the knowledge of others; all consult together in matters that +concern the safety of the state.” + +In the censorship of books, Christianopolis reminds us of the Republic; +in the exclusion of lawyers it calls up nearly every other utopia; and +in its attitude towards crime it has a temperance and leniency that +is all its own, for “the judges of this Christian city observe this +custom especially, that they punish most severely those misdeeds which +are directed straight against God, less severely those which injure +men, and lightest of all those who harm only property. As the Christian +citizens are always chary of spilling blood, they do not willingly +agree upon the death sentence as a form of punishment.... For anyone +can destroy a man but only the best can reform.” + +How shall we sum up this government? Let Andreæ speak his own words; +for he has reached the innermost shrine of Christianopolis and +perceives the center of activity in the state. + +“Here religion, justice, and learning have their abode, and theirs +is the control of the city.... I often wonder what people mean who +separate and disjoint their best powers, the joining of which might +render them blessed as far as may be on earth. There are those who +would be considered religious, who throw off all things human; there +are some who are pleased to rule, though without any religion at all; +learning makes a great noise, flattering now this one, now that, yet +applauding itself most. What finally may the tongue do except provoke +God, confuse men, and destroy itself? So there would seem to be a need +of co-operation which only Christianity can give--Christianity which +conciliates God with men and unites men together, so that they have +pious thoughts, do good deeds, know the truth, and finally die happily +to live eternally.” + +There are some who might object to this statement on the ground that it +smacked too heartily of supernatural religion; but it remains just as +valid if we translate it into terms whose theological reactions have +been neutralized. To have a sense of values, to know the world in which +they are set, and to be able to distribute them--this is our modern +version of Andreæ’s conception of religion, learning, and justice. A +little search might uncover another expression of the Humanist ideal +as complete and magnificent as this; but I doubt if it would find a +better one. In essence, this blunt and forthright German scholar is +standing shoulder to shoulder with Plato: his Christianopolis is as +enduring as the best nature of men. + + + + +CHAPTER FIVE + + How Bacon and Campanella, who have a great reputation as + utopians, are little better than echoes of the men who went + before them. + + + + +CHAPTER FIVE + + +1 + +A Genoese sea-captain is the guest of a Grand Master of the Knights +Hospitaller. This sea-captain tells him of a great country under the +equator, dominated by the City of the Sun. The outward appearance of +this country is a little strange--the city with its seven rings named +after the seven planets, and its four gates that lead to the four +quarters of the earth, and the hill that is topt by a grand temple, +and the walls covered with laws and alphabets and paintings of natural +phenomena, and the Rulers--Power, Wisdom, and Love--with the learned +doctors, Astrologus, Cosmographus, Arithmeticus, and their like: it +is an apparition such as never yet was seen on land or sea. Small +wonder, for this City of the Sun existed only in the exotic brain of a +Calabrian monk, Tommaso Campanella, whose Utopia existed in manuscript +before Andreæ wrote his Christianopolis. + +We shall not stay long in the City of the Sun. After we have become +familiar with the outward color and form of the landscape, we discover, +alas! that it is not a foreign country we are exploring, but a sort of +picture puzzle put together out of fragments from Plato and More. As in +the Republic, there is a complete community of property, a community of +wives, and an equality of the sexes; as in Utopia, the younger people +wait upon the elders; as in Christianopolis, science is imparted, or +at least hinted at, by demonstration. When one subtracts what these +other Utopian countries have contributed, very little indeed remains. + +But we must not neglect to observe two significant passages. One of +them is the recognition of the part that invention might play in the +ideal commonwealth. The people of the City of the Sun have wagons that +are driven by the wind, and boats “which go over the waters without +rowers or the force of the wind, but by a marvelous contrivance.” There +is a very clear anticipation of the mechanical improvements which began +to multiply so rapidly in the eighteenth century. At the tale end of +the sea-captain’s recital, the Grand Master exclaims: “Oh, if you knew +what our astrologers say of the coming age, that has in it more history +within a hundred years than all the world had in four thousand years +before! Of the wonderful invention of printing and guns, and the use of +the magnet....” With the mechanical arts in full development, labor in +the City of the Sun has become dignified: it is not the custom to keep +slaves. Since everyone takes his part in the common work, there is not +more than four hours’ work to be done per day. “They are rich because +they want nothing; poor because they possess nothing; and consequently +they are not slaves to circumstances, but circumstances serve them.” + +The other point upon which Campanella’s observation is remarkably keen +is his explanation of the relation of private property and the private +household to the commonwealth. Thus: + +“They say that all private property is acquired and improved for the +reason that each one of us by himself has his own home and wife and +children. From this self-love springs. For when we raise a son to +riches and dignities, and leave an heir to much wealth, we become +either ready to grasp at the property of the state, if in any case +fear should be removed from the power which belongs to riches and +rank; or avaricious, crafty, and hypocritical, if any is of slender +purse, little strength, and mean ancestry. But when we have taken away +self-love, there remains only love for the state.” + +How shall the common Utopia keep from being neglected through each +one’s concern for his little private utopia? + +This is the critical problem that our utopians have all to face; +and Campanella loyally follows Plato in his solution. It is perhaps +inevitable that each utopian’s personal experience of life should +enter into his solution, and overwhelmingly give it color; and here +the limitations of our utopians are plain. More and Andreæ are married +men, and they stand for the individual family. Plato and Campanella +were bachelors, and they proposed that men should live like monks or +soldiers. Perhaps these two camps are not so far away as they would +seem. If we follow the exposition of that excellent anthropologist, +Professor Edward Westermarck, we shall be fairly well convinced, I +believe, that marriage is a biological institution, and thorough +promiscuity is, to say the least, an unusual form of mating. Plato +perhaps recognized this when he left us in doubt as to whether a +community of wives would be practiced by his artisans and husbandmen. +So he perhaps paves the way for a solution by which the normal life +for the great majority of men would be marriage, with its individual +concerns and loyalties, whilst for the active, creative elements in +the community a less secluded form of mating would be practiced. The +painter, Van Gogh, has given us a kernel to chew on when he says that +the sexual life of the artist must be either that of the monk or the +soldier, for otherwise he is distracted from his creative work. + +We may leave this question in the air, as long as we realize that all +our utopias rest upon our ability to discover some sort of a solution. + + +2 + +Francis Bacon’s New Atlantis is not a utopia in the sense that I +have explained our principle of selection in the preface to the +bibliography. It is only a fragment, and not very good as fragments go; +and it would drop out altogether from our survey were it not for the +hugely over-rated reputation that Bacon has as a philosopher of natural +science--indeed, as _the_ philosopher after Aristotle. + +The greater part of Bacon’s ideas are anticipated and more amply +expressed by Andreæ. When we have deleted Bacon’s multitudinous prayers +and exhortations, when we have disposed of his copious descriptions +of jewels and velvets and satins and ceremonial regalia, we find that +the core of his commonwealth is Salomon’s House, sometimes known as +the College of the Six Days’ Works; which he describes as the noblest +foundation that ever was upon earth, and the lantern of the kingdom. + +The purpose of this foundation is the “knowledge of the causes and +secret motions of things; and the enlarging of the bounds of human +empire, to the effecting of all things possible.” The material +resources of this foundation are manifold. It has laboratories dug into +the sides of hills, and observatories with towers half a mile high; +it has great lakes of salt and fresh water which seem to anticipate +the marine laboratories we know today; and it has engines for setting +things in motion. Besides this, there are spacious houses where +physical demonstrations are made, and sanatoria where various novel +cures are attempted; there are experimental agricultural stations, +too, where grafts and crosses are tried. Add to this pharmaceutical +laboratories, industrial laboratories, and numerous houses devoted +to such things as experiments with sounds, lights, perfumes, and +tastes--which Bacon presents in a wild farrago without any regard to +the essential sciences to which the work he describes is related--and +one has a tally of the “riches of Salomon’s House.” + +Twelve fellows of the college travel into foreign lands to bring +back books and abstracts, and reports on experiments and inventions. +Three make a digest of experiments. Three collect the experiments of +all the mechanical arts, and also of practices which are not brought +into the arts. Three try new experiments. Three devote themselves to +classifications; and another three, known as dowry men or benefactors, +look into the experiments of their fellows and cast about for means +of applying them to human life and knowledge. Three fellows consult +with the whole body of scientific workers and plan new channels of +investigation; and three, who are called interpreters of nature, +attempt to raise the results of particular investigations into general +observations and axioms. + +In telling all this, as in the rest of his New Atlantis, Bacon is +incredibly childish and incoherent: he gives such a description of +Salomon’s House as a six-year-old schoolboy might give of a visit to +the Rockefeller Foundation. Beneath these maladroit interpretations, +however, we see that Bacon had a grasp on some of the fundamentals of +scientific research, and of the part that science might play in the +“relief of man’s estate.” It is nothing more than a hint, this New +Atlantis; but a word to the wise is enough; and as we look about the +modern world we see that, in its material affairs at any rate, the +great scientific institutes and foundations--the United States Bureau +of Standards, for one--play a part not a little like that of the +College of the Six Days’ Works. + +Campanella with his dream of powerful mechanical inventions, in which +he had been anticipated by Leonardo, and Bacon with his sketch of +scientific institutes--with these two utopians we stand at the entrance +to the utopia of means; that is to say, the place in which all that +materially contributes to the good life has been perfected. The earlier +utopias were concerned to establish the things which men should aim +for in life. The utopias of the later Renascence took these aims for +granted and discussed how man’s scope of action might be broadened. In +this the utopians only reflected the temper of their time; and did not +attempt to remold it. As a result of our preoccupation with the means, +we in the Western World live in an inventor’s paradise. Scientific +knowledge and mechanical power we have to burn; more knowledge and more +power than Bacon or Campanella could possibly have dreamed of. But +today we face again the riddle that Plato, More, and Andreæ sought to +answer: what are men to do with their knowledge and power? + +As we skip here and there through the Utopias of the next three +centuries, this question gets more deeply impregnated in our minds. + + + + +CHAPTER SIX + + How something happened in the eighteenth century which made men + “furiously to think,” and how a whole group of utopias sprang + out of the upturned soil of industrialism. + + + + +CHAPTER SIX + + +1 + +There is a gap in the Utopian tradition between the seventeenth century +and the nineteenth. Utopia, the place that must be built, faded into +no-man’s land, the spot to which one might escape; and the utopias of +Denis Vairasse and Simon Berington and the other romancers of this +in-between period are in the line of Robinson Crusoe rather than the +Republic. + +One finds the clue to this lapse in Tiphaigne de la Roche’s Giphantia, +a sketch of what was and what is and what will be, and in particular, +an inquiry into the “Babylonian” mode of life. The author of Giphantia +tells a parable about Sophia, the incarnation of Wisdom, who rejects +the offers of the spendthrift, the merchant, the soldier, and the +student, and accepts the suit of a diffident fellow who had retired in +solitude to the country, to spend his days like a cultivated gentleman. +One remembers the way in which Montaigne spent his declining years; +one remembers Voltaire; and one sees how deeply the ideal of Robinson +Crusoe--a cultivated Robinson Crusoe, surrounded with books and beyond +the reach of any king and court--colored the deepest aspirations of +this period. Rousseau, writing about the corrupting influence of the +arts and sciences, and Chateaubriand, seeking the noble savage in the +American wilderness and finding him in his own bosom--these men struck +the dominating note of the eighteenth century. In a society that was +already painfully artificial and “arranged” the institutes of Lycurgus +and Utopus must have seemed as repressive as those of Louis XIV. So +almost two centuries pass before we find any fresh regions to explore +in Utopia. + + +2 + +The Utopia of Sir Thomas More, and those of the later men of the +Renascence, arose, as I have pointed out, from the contrast between the +possibilities that lay open beyond the sea and the dismal conditions +that attended the breakdown of the town economy of the Middle Age. +Like Plato’s Republic, it attempted to face the difficult problem of +transition. + +In the course of the next three centuries the adventure of exploring +and ransacking strange countries loses its hold upon men’s imagination; +and a new type of activity becomes the center of interest. The conquest +of alien countries and the lure of gold do not indeed die out with +this new interest; but they are subordinated to another type of +conquest--that which man seeks to effect over nature. Here and there, +particularly in Great Britain, untrained men “with a practical turn” +begin to busy themselves with improving the mechanical apparatus by +which the day’s labor is done. A retired barber, named Arkwright, +invents a spinning frame, a Scotchman named MacAdam discovers a new +method of laying roads; and out of a hundred such inventions during +the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries a new world comes +into existence--a world in which energy derived from coal and running +water takes the place of human energy; in which goods manipulated by +machinery take the place of goods woven or sawed or hammered by hand. +Within a hundred years the actual world and the idola were transformed. + +In this new world of falling water, burning coal, and whirring +machinery, utopia was born again. It is easy to see why this should +have happened, and why about two-thirds of our utopias should have been +written in the nineteenth century. The world was being visibly made +over; and it was possible to conceive of a different order of things +without escaping to the other side of the earth. There were political +changes, and the monarchic state was tempered by republicanism; there +were industrial changes, and two hungry mouths were born where one +could feed before; and there were social changes--the strata of society +shifted and “faulted,” and men who in an earlier period would have been +doomed to a dull and ignominious round, perhaps, took a place alongside +those whom inheritance had given all the privileges of riches and +breeding. + +In contrast to all these fresh possibilities were the dismal realities +which were easily enough perceived by people who stood outside this +new order, or who by temperament revolted against the indignities +and repressions and vilenesses that accompanied it. It is not my +particular business here to deal with the facts of history; but unless +one understands the facts of history, the utopias which I am about +to present lose a good part of their meaning. Those machines whose +output was so great that all men might be clothed; those new methods of +agriculture and new agricultural implements, which promised crops so +big that all men might be fed--the very instruments that were to give +the whole community the physical basis of a good life turned out, for +the vast majority of people who possessed neither capital nor land, to +be nothing short of instruments of torture. + +I do not speak too harshly of the early industrial age; it is +impossible to speak too harshly. Take the trouble to read Robert Owen’s +“Essay on the Formation of Character” (Manchester: 1837) and learn what +conditions were like in a model factory run by an enlightened employer: +it is a picture of unmitigated brutality. One must go back to the +blackest periods of ancient slavery for a parallel, if indeed one would +find it, for the Pyramids that were built under the lash have a certain +grandeur and permanence which justify their existence, whilst the goods +which were produced in Yorkshire through the maimed bodies of pauper +children proved to be as impermanent as the lives that were sacrificed +in making them. + +Those who were inside this new order--the Gradgrinds and Bounderbys +whom Dickens pictures in “Hard Times”--sought to realize their utopia +of the Iron Age on earth. When we are through with the genuine utopians +we shall examine the idola by which all the “practical” men of the +nineteenth century, Marx as well as Macaulay, patterned their behavior. +Those who stood out against this new order were not so much opposed to +the new methods as to the purposes for which they were being used: they +felt that an orderly conquest of Nature had turned into a wild scramble +for loot, and that all the goods industrialism promised were being +lost, for the benefit of a few aggressive and unsocialized individuals. +With the host of critics and interpreters and reformers that arose +in the nineteenth century we shall have a little reckoning to make +presently: those who concern us here however belong to the stock of +Plato, More, and Andreæ, in that they attempted to see society as a +whole, and to protect a new order which would be basically sound as +well as superficially improved. Yet with the exception of the utopias +which revolted against industrialism these nineteenth century essays +are partial and one-sided; for they tend to magnify the importance of +the industrial order as much as Gradgrind and Bounderby did, and in +doing this they lose sight of the whole life of man. These industrial +utopias are no longer concerned with values but with means; they are +all instrumentalist. I doubt whether an intelligent peasant in India or +China would get out of the whole batch of these utopias a single idea +which would have any bearing on the life that he has experienced--so +little of human significance remains when the problems of mechanical +and political organization have been disposed of! + +One symptom of this lack of individuality, this lack of what, in the +old-fashioned sense used to be called a philosophy, is the fact that +we can treat all these industrial utopias in groups. The first of +these group-utopias I shall call, perhaps somewhat arbitrarily, the +Associationists. + + +3 + +Among the Associationists, the most influential utopian is Charles +François Marie Fourier. He was a prolific and incoherent writer, and +his Utopia, if the truth be told, exists as disjecta membra rather than +as a single work; but in his case I make an exception to the criterion +of selection; because in every other respect he has a claim upon our +attention. This Fourier was a dry little French commercial traveller, +whose personal fortune was lost in the French revolution and whose +hopes for founding a real eutopia were blasted by the July revolution +of 1830. Again and again he transferred himself from one line of goods +to another in order to increase the area of the territory he covered +and learn more of the workings of society; and so in his writings a +wealth of concrete detail goes hand in hand with personal crotchets +and the opinionativeness which arises almost inevitably out of an +undisciplined solitude. What follows is a distillation of Fourier’s +thought, with the lees and orts left in the bottom of the flask. + +Fourier differs largely from the early utopians in that he is concerned +first of all not with modifying human nature but with finding out what +it actually is. His utopia is to be based upon an understanding of +man’s actual physical and mental makeup, and its institutions are to +be such as will permit man’s original nature to function freely. The +motive which draws his community together is attraction; the power +which sets his institutions going is “the passions.” Under the head of +passions--the original biological equipment--Fourier gives a list of +tendencies which corresponds roughly with the modern psychologist’s +list of instincts. + +Fourier takes these passions as “given”; his utopia is not designed to +“effect any change in our passions ... their direction will be changed +without changing their nature.” As Brisbane says in his Introduction to +Fourier’s philosophy, social institutions are to these passional forces +what machinery is to material forces. A good community, according to +Fourier, is one which will bring all these passions into play, in their +complex actions and interactions. + +As in the Republic, the ideal behind Fourier’s utopia is harmony; +for man has a threefold destiny; namely, “an industrial destiny, to +harmonize the material world; a social destiny, to harmonize the +passional or moral world; and an intellectual destiny, to discover +the laws of universal order and harmony.” What was at fault with +modern civilized societies was that they were incomplete, and in +their functioning they created a social dissonance. To overcome this, +says Fourier, men must unite into harmonious associations which will +give play to all their activities, and which, by erecting common +institutions, will do away with the waste arising in the individual’s +attempts to do for himself all the things which would be done by a +complete community. + +For this perfect association Fourier provides minute plans and tables; +but the general plan can be outlined with brevity. + +First of all, Fourier, too, goes back to the valley section. The +initial nucleus of his utopia is to consist of a company of 1,500 +or 1,600 persons, owning a good stretch of land comprising at least +a square league. Since this experimental phalanx, as Fourier called +it, would have to stand alone, and without the support of neighboring +phalanxes, there will in consequence of this isolation be many gaps +in “attraction,” and “many passional calms to dread in its workings.” +To overcome this, Fourier insists that it is necessary to locate the +phalanx on soil fit for a variety of functions. “A flat country, such +as Antwerp, Leipsic, Orleans, would be totally unsuitable ... owing +to the uniformity of land surface. It will therefore be necessary to +select a diversified region, like the surroundings of Lausanne, or at +the very least, a fine valley, provided with a stream of water and a +forest, like the valley of Brussel or of Halle.” + +This domain would be laid out in fields, orchards, vineyards, and so +forth, according to the nature of the soil and industrial requirements. +By devotion to horticulture and arboriculture, Fourier figures, an +intensive development would supply abundantly the needs of the colony. +The main economic occupation of the phalanx would be agricultural--this +is perhaps the great distinction between Fourier and later +Utopians--but all the arts would be practiced within the phalanstery, +since otherwise the association would be incomplete. + +The principle of the association is concretely embodied in a vast +edifice in the center of the domain: “a palace complete in all its +appointments serving as the residence of the associates. In this palace +there are three wings, corresponding to the Material, the Social, and +the Intellectual domains. In one wing are the workshops and halls of +industry. In another are the library, the scientific collections, +museums, artists’ studios, and the like. In the center, devoted to +the social element, are banquet halls, a hall of reception, and grand +salons. At one end of the palace is a Temple of the Material Harmonies, +devoted to singing, music, poetry, dancing, gymnastics, painting, and +so forth. At the other end is the Temple of Unityism, to celebrate with +appropriate rites man’s unity with the universe. On the summit there is +an observatory with telegraph and signal tower, for communication with +other phalanxes. + +The phalanx men are associationists; but it follows from Fourier’s +theory of the passions that they have private interests as well as +public ones; and these private interests are permitted to flourish +as long as they do not interfere with social solidarity. Thus they +avoid the waste inherent in private housekeeping by having public +kitchens, where, incidentally, the children are trained from an early +age at cooking, as they are today in one or two experimental schools: +nevertheless it is possible to dine in solitude as well as in company. +By the same token, every member of the phalanx is guaranteed a minimum +of food, clothing, lodging, and even amusements without respect to +work; at the same time, private property is sanctioned, and each +member extracts from the common store a dividend in proportion to the +amount of stock he holds in the association. This dividend, it must be +qualified, is considerably reduced by the fact that a system of profit +sharing replaces the pure wage system. There is thus a sort of balance +between private self-seeking and the maintenance of the public good. + +In order to manufacture goods economically, large scale production +is introduced wherever possible, and the division of labor is forced +to its ultimate limits. Fourier takes account of the resulting +monotony, however, and suggests that the monotony be corrected by +having recourse to changing tasks and occupations from time to time. +In commercial exchange, the phalanx acts as a unit; it constitutes a +great self-governing body which traffics in surplus goods with similar +associations, without any middleman, in something of the manner, +perhaps, that the Co-operative Wholesale Societies do today. + +By abolishing the individual household, the phalanx gives a new +freedom to women; and Fourier does not see how it is possible to +maintain the system of monogamic proprietorship once women have a free +choice of mates. So the women of the phalanx are not intellectual +nonentities; and since they no longer preside over the individual home, +they help run the whole community. Is it necessary to add the common +nurseries, the common schools, the informal education of the children, +and the number of other things which follow from this emancipation? + +Perhaps one of the most remarkable characteristics of this utopia is +its utilization of a moral equivalent for war, long before Professor +William James invented the phrase. One of the great functions of the +phalanx is the assemblage of productive armies even as “civilization” +assembles destructive ones. There is a fine passage in which Fourier +pictures an industrial army of golden youths and maidens, “instead of +devastating thirty provinces in a campaign, these armies will have +spanned thirty rivers with bridges, re-wooded thirty barren mountains, +dug thirty trenches for irrigation, and drained thirty marshes.” It is +for lack of such industrial armies, says Fourier, that civilization is +unable to produce anything great. + + +4 + +What strikes us when we put together the fragments of Fourier’s +utopia--as one might put together a jigsaw puzzle--is the fact that he +faces the variety and inequality of human nature. Instead of erecting +a standard for men to live up to, and rejecting mankind as unfit for +utopia because the standard is far beyond its height, the standard +itself is founded upon the utmost capacity which a community might be +able to exhibit. Fourier meets human nature half-way: he endeavors to +project a society which will give regular channels to all its divergent +impulses, and prevent them from spilling unsocially all over the +landscape. In his statement of this aim there are plenty of weaknesses +and absurdities; and I confess that it is hard to take this pathetic +little man seriously; but when one has grappled with Fourier’s thought +one discovers that there is something to take. + +Fourier died without persuading anyone to give a trial to his scheme of +association; and yet his work was not without its practical influence. +The Brook Farm experiment in America was a fumbling attempt to plant +a phalanstery without paying any attention to the conditions which +Fourier would have rigorously imposed; and the “familistere” of the +great steel works of Godin at Guise, in France, is another direct +result of Fourier’s inspiration. He remains, I believe, the first man +who had a plan for colonizing the wilderness of industrial barbarism +that existed at the beginning of the nineteenth century, and redeeming +that wilderness to civilization. + + +5 + +The name of Robert Owen is usually associated with utopianism; but his +work belongs more to the “real” world than to the idola of utopia; +and I pass over him with the briefest mention, for his projects for a +model industrial town have more of the flavor of a poor colony than +that of a productive human society. Let us grant him good intentions, +organizing ability, and moral fervor: without doubt he is a noble +figure, even when his attitude is strained and his tone strident. The +series of essays he wrote on love and marriage are marked by fine +sympathy and common sense; and it is to be regretted that they are not +as widely known as his plans for a new moral world. If this little note +can repair the neglect, I have done Owen ample justice: as an active +figure in English and American public life he is properly a subject for +the social historian. With Owen I must also dismiss John Ruskin, who +began in the last quarter of the nineteenth century to develop plans +for a “Guild of St. George.” This guild was to form a little island +of honest labor and sound education in the midst of the turbid sea of +industrialism; but it did not embrace the whole of society, and it was +utopian only in the sense that the Oneida Community, let us say, was +utopian. While they are full of pregnant suggestions, the plans for the +Guild are as fragmentary as the New Atlantis. + + +6 + +One of the neglected utopias of the mid-nineteenth century is that of +James Buckingham. + +James Buckingham was one of those erratic men of affairs which the +fertile soil of British individualism produces, and which hard British +common sense persistently ignores. Like Owen, Buckingham was acquainted +with industrial and commercial affairs from the inside: he travelled +widely and wrote upon various matters with that copious, amateurish +dogmatism and spirit which marks him, perhaps, as the philistine +counterpart of John Ruskin. If the utopias of the past express the +ideals of the soldier, the farmer, and the artisan, the community +which Buckingham projected represents the ideal of the bourgeoisie. +Buckingham’s Victoria is the ideal aspect of that Coketown which in a +later chapter we shall attempt to describe. + +We talk loosely of the individualism of the nineteenth century; but +in reality it was a period that was thriving with associations. +The scope of joint stock companies and philanthropic societies had +immeasurably widened. Along with the Mudfog Association, “for the +advancement of everything,” which Dickens satirized, there sprang up +a hundred different societies for performing some special function in +the industrial system or realizing some particular purpose in society. +Buckingham gives us a picture of his contemporaries which is also a +criticism: + +“We have the government of the country itself, passing acts of +parliament for the better drainage of towns, and a more ample supply +of water and air for ventilation.... Hence, too, arise associations of +noblemen and others for building model lodging houses for the labouring +classes; associations for improving the dwellings of the poor; +societies for providing baths and bath houses for families unable to +procure such conveniences for themselves; associations for establishing +suburban villages for the working classes, and to get them at night at +least out of the crowded haunts and vicious atmosphere of the towns. +And hence we have Temperance Societies, Tract Societies, Home Missions, +Asylums for Repentant Magdalens, Homes for Seaman out of Employ, and +Houses of Refuge for the Destitute, with soup kitchens and other modes +of temporary relief....” + +What does this all come to? Let Buckingham answer: + +“They are, after all, mere palliatives, and do not reach the seat of +the disease.... This can only be done by uniting the disjointed efforts +of all these well-meaning but partially curative bodies into one, in +order to achieve, by their union of means, influence, and example, the +erection of a “Model Society,” with its model farms, model pastures, +model mines, model manufactures, model town, model schools, model +workshops, model kitchens, model libraries, and places of recreation, +enjoyment, and instruction; all of which could be united in one new +Association.” + +Without inquiring too closely into what a model pasture may be, we may +admit that the notion behind Buckingham’s proposal was not unsound. The +industrial society of his day was in an inchoate, indeed in a chaotic +state. In order to sift out the necessary institutions and put them on +a firm basis, it was the better part of wisdom to start anew on a fresh +area of land and attempt to plan the development of the community as a +whole. It is true that in this proposal of Buckingham’s there is none +of Fourier’s brilliant intuitions of a true social order, and none of +Ruskin’s critical inquiry into what composed a good life: Buckingham +took contemporary values for granted. What he sought to do was to +realize these values completely, and in orderly fashion. Here are the +elements of his proposal. + +There is to be formed a model town association, with a limited +liability, for the purpose of building a new town called Victoria. The +town is to contain every improvement in “position, plan, drainage, +ventilation, architecture, supply of water, light, and every other +elegance and convenience.” Its size is to be about a mile square and +the number of inhabitants is not to exceed 10,000. A suitable variety +of manufactures and handicraft trades is to be established near the +edge of the town; and the town itself is to be surrounded by farm land +10,000 acres broad. All of the lands, houses, factories, and materials +are to be the property of the company, and not of any individual; and +this property is to be held for the benefit of all in proportion as +their shares entitle them. No person is to be a member of the company +or an inhabitant of the town except one who is a bona fide shareholder +to the extent of at least twenty pounds, and who is ready to subscribe +to a drastic series of blue laws which, while permitting freedom in +religious worship and preventing child labor, do away with liquor, +drugs, and even tobacco. + +In addition to these provisions there are to be common laundries, +kitchens, refectories, and nurseries; and medical advice is to be given +free, at home or in the hospital, as in the army and navy. Education is +to be undertaken by the community. Justice, it should be noted by those +who are acquainted with an experiment which has recently been started +in New York, is to be administered by competent arbitrators under a +written code of laws, without the expense, delay, and uncertainty +of ordinary legal proceedings. All members are to sign declarations +accepting arbitration and waiving other legal proceedings against +members of the company. + +All these affairs, especially the manner in which the town is to +be built, are worked out in considerable detail; thus the size and +character of the houses are set forth on the plan, and it is provided +that each workingman is to occupy at least one entire and separate +room for himself; whilst each married couple without children gets +two rooms, and each family in which there are children is to occupy +at least three rooms for domestic purposes. I have set down all these +details baldly because the plan itself is a bald one; and no amount +of fine writing will embellish it. Buckingham’s society is not based +upon a thoroughgoing criticism of human institutions: the ends for +which this society exists are doubtless those which were held good +and proper by the Macaulays and the Martineaus. What is interesting +in Buckingham’s utopia is the definite plans and specifications, +accompanied by drawings; for this is surely one of the first attempts +to put a problem in social engineering on a basis from which an +engineer or an architect could work. + +Buckingham thought that, given a successful model town, the rest of +England might in time be colonized by the surplus population, and +thus the old centers of black industry would be wiped out. Nor was +Buckingham altogether deceived. His utopia was a limited one, but out +of his limitations has come success. In 1848 this utopia was a chimera; +in 1898, Mr. Ebenezer Howard reconstructed it and set it forth in a +persuasive little book called Tomorrow, and as a direct result of +the plans advocated by Mr. Howard, a flourishing garden city called +Letchworth has come into existence; which in turn has propagated +another garden city, called Wellwyn; and at the same time has, by +example, paved the way for numerous garden villages and garden suburbs +in various parts of Europe and in America. + +With this mid-Victorian theorist, we pass over from a pre-scientific +method of thinking to one which sacrifices the artistic imagination to +a realistic grasp of the facts; and in this passage something is gained +and something is lost. Buckingham gains by confining his proposals to +what is immediately practicable. He loses by not having the imaginative +energy to criticize the ways, means, and ends that are sanctioned by +current practise. If utopia begins with Plato’s glorious dream of an +organic community, the image of the just man made perfect, it cannot +end with Buckingham’s invention of a shell. Nevertheless, through the +nineteenth century the superficial utopians, the shell-builders, are +dominant; and we must continue to examine them. + + + + +CHAPTER SEVEN + + How some Utopians have thought that a good community rested at + bottom on the right division and use of land; and what sort + of communities these land-animals projected. + + + + +CHAPTER SEVEN + + +1 + +Before the Industrial Revolution upset the balance of social power, +there were little villages in England where, on a limited scale and to +no very grand purpose, a quiet and placid and fairly jolly existence +must have been the rule of things. These villages were those in which +the land was either held in freehold by small proprietors, or where +there still remained for the use of each inhabitant certain common +pastures and wastes. Under this regime there was a fair degree of +prosperity with which only the wind and the weather and war could +interfere. Something of the savor of this life Mr. W. H. Hudson finely +conveys in his A Traveller in Little Things; and a century ago Cobbett +made a series of excellent snapshots in his Rural Rides. + +When the mediæval order broke down the great proprietors began to +seize this common land; and during the eighteenth century, under the +incentive of big-scale scientific agriculture, the seizure went on at a +merry pace. The peasant without land was forced to migrate to the new +towns, as the Hammonds have pictured in their graphic work on the Town +Laborer; and the labor of the peasant and his family fed the machines +which the Watts and Arkwrights were developing in the eighteenth +century. Industrial progress and social poverty went hand in hand. The +period before the Industrial Revolution seemed in comparison a real +utopia; and the key to this utopia was the land. + +The importance of land in the constitution of civil society was +emphasized by the Diggers of Cromwell’s time; one of them, Gerard +Winstanley, wrote a minor utopia to prove that the land should be held +in common; and this view was reinforced--without the communism--in a +purely political utopia called Oceana by James Harrington, who lived +during the same period. Harrington advocated such a distribution of +land that the landed gentry should be the leaders, and the commonalty +should have the preponderance of power. + +Out of all the modern utopias with which we have to reckon there are +two, in particular, in which the common possession of land is the +foundation of every other institution. These are Spensonia and A Visit +to Freeland. + + +2 + +The early part of the nineteenth century is remarkable for the fact +that men of common stock, usually self-educated, began to apply their +wits to improving the conditions of the class to which they belonged; +and in particular there was in London a peasant named William Cobbett, +a tailor named Francis Place, and a stationer named Thomas Spence who +devoted a good part of what remained over from their working days to +plans for bettering man’s estate. + +Thomas Spence had a shop in High Holborn from which he published +little pamphlets of rough philosophy, called Pig’s Meat; in 1795 he +issued A Description of Spensonia, which was followed in 1801 by The +Constitution of Spensonia: A Country in Fairyland situated between +Utopia and Oceana; brought from thence by Captain Swallow. Spence’s +title to have written a complete utopia rests upon the fact that +he proposes a return to an environment which had once been, in its +fashion, complete. + +Spensonia begins with a parable about a father who had a number of +sons, who built them a ship for traffic, and who provided that the +profits of the enterprise were to be shared in common. This ship is +wrecked upon an island; and the sons quickly awake to the conclusion +that if “they did not apply the Marine Constitution given them by +their father to their landed property, they would soon experience +inexpressible inconveniences. They therefore declared the property of +the island to be the property of them all collectively, in the same +manner as the ship had been, and that they ought to share the profits +thereof in the same way. The island they named Spensonia, after the +ship which their father had given them. They next chose officers to +mark out such portions of the land, as every person or family desired +to occupy, for which they were to receive for the use of the public a +certain rent according to its value. This rent was applied to public +uses or divided among themselves as they thought proper. But in order +to keep up the remembrance of their rights, they decreed that they +should never fail to share at rent-time, an equal dividend, though ever +so small, and though the public demands should be ever so urgent.... +As they had determined, when seeing that every ship they should build +and man, should ... be the property of the crew, so, in conformity +therewith, they decreed that every district or parish which they +should people, should be the property of the inhabitants, and the +rent and police of the same at their disposal.... A National Assembly +or Congress consisting of delegates from all the parishes takes care +of the national concerns, and defrays the expenses of the state and +matters of common utility, by a pound rate from each parish without any +other tax.” + +What is a parish and what is its work? Look around the English +countryside and see. + +A parish, to begin with, is a “compact portion of the country, +designedly not too large that it may the more easily be managed by the +inhabitants with respect to its revenues and the police.” + +“The parishes build and repair houses, make roads, plant hedges and +trees, and in a word do all the business of a landlord.... A parish +has many heads to contrive what ought to be done. Instead of debating +about mending the state, ... (for ours needs no mending) we employ +our ingenuity nearer home, and the result of the debates are in every +parish, how we shall work such a mine, make such a river navigable, +drain such a fen, or improve such a waste. These things we are all +immediately interested in, and have each a vote in executing.” + +There is a rough, homespun quality about this utopia, and it needs +a visit to the English villages of the New Forest or the Chiltern +Hills, where some of the common lands have been kept, to see what a +rural utopia would be like if it could keep itself free from invaders +who sought to live off the fat of the land without contributing their +labor. Spence was not altogether blind to the necessity of keeping +watch over this constitution of equality; and he places his utopia in +the care of two guardian angels--Voting by Ballot and the Universal +Use of Arms--two angels which look less formidable and potent in the +twentieth century than they did in the first decade of the nineteenth, +when the first had still to be tried, and when the second was not +complicated by the invention of machine guns and poison gases. + +At the bottom of Spence’s Utopia, however, lies the conviction which he +shares with Plato and all the other genuine utopians; namely, that in +Thoreau’s words less is accomplished by the thousands who are hacking +at the branches of evil than by one who is striking at the root. +Spence, it must be remembered, wrote in the thick of the agitation +for parliamentary reform which was the keynote of so much nineteenth +century activity--the chartist movement, parliamentary socialism, and +the like, being so many rainbows in the bubble of political effort +which burst with such a bang when the Great War broke out. Spence saw +the futility of these superficial demands. He said: + +“Thousands of abortive schemes are daily proposed for redressing +grievances and mending the constitution, whereas, the shoes were so +ill-made at first, and so worn, rotten, and patched already, that +they are not worth the trouble or expense, but ought to be thrown +to the dunghill; and a new pair should be made, neat, tight, and +easy as for the foot of one that loves freedom and ease. Then would +your controversies about this and the other way of cobbling, that +continually agitate you, be done away; and you would walk along the +rugged and dirty path of life easy and dry-shod.” + + +3 + +The next utopia, Freeland, marks a transition between the utopia in +which the land alone is held by the community and that in which land +and capital and all the machinery of production belong to a national +state. + +The writer of this utopia was an Austrian economist, Theodor Hertzka; +and he first published his view in considerable detail, with reference +to current economic doctrines, in a book called Freeland: A Social +Anticipation. He condensed these doctrines in another book called A +Visit to Freeland, or the new Paradise Regained, an attempt to picture +his freeman’s commonwealth in action. + +These books formed the center of a whirlwind of agitation; a magazine +sprang up; societies were organized in various cities in Europe and +America; and a definite attempt was made to colonize a certain section +of Africa, selected by Hertzka; an attempt which, alas! met with speedy +failure as a result of the obtuseness and international jealousy of +various colonial officials. The first book was published in 1889; and +all this happened in the early nineties. Perhaps the only practical +effect of it was--and this is mere conjecture--to turn the thoughts +of certain Zionists, like Israel Zangwill, from establishing Zion in +Jerusalem to building it up again in some more suitable region in the +heart of Africa. + +Freeland may be described as an individualist Utopia on a social +foundation. Hertzka was filled with sympathy and admiration for the +doctrines that Adam Smith set forth in The Wealth of Nations; and he +desired to realize a society in which the maximum amount of individual +freedom and initiative would prevail, especially in industrial +enterprises. This leads to a paradox; namely, that in order to ensure +freedom it is impossible to practise laissez faire; for the effect of +laissez faire is to permit accidental aggregations of wealth and power +to threaten the freedom that less fortunate individuals seek to enjoy. +So far from being an anarchist utopia, Freeland is a co-operative +commonwealth in which the State acts as an interested party in the +production and distribution of goods. This differs from socialism in +name; and it differed from the practical socialist agitation of the +time in that it relied, not upon turning over established institutions +in Europe, but in turning over a new leaf in the Kenia Highlands of +Africa; but Hertzka’s “individualism” comes to almost the same thing. + + +4 + +A visit to Freeland teaches us little about the arts of social life or +the constitution of a good society. What we can learn is one of the +methods by which--on hypothesis anyway--the industrial mechanism might +be controlled. + +In Freeland there are five fundamental laws; and of these the first is +the most important; namely, that: + +Every inhabitant has an equal right to the common land and to the means +of production which are furnished by the state. + +The other fundamental laws have to do with the support of women and +children, old men, and those otherwise unfit to work, all of whom +have the right of maintenance, corresponding to the amount of credit +belonging to the state; with the provision of universal suffrage for +all above twenty-five years of age; and with the establishment of +independent legislative and executive branches of the government. + +Let us follow the visitor to Freeland as he makes his first +explorations in Edendale, its principal city, and learns how affairs +are conducted. If this is an individualist utopia it is not by any +means free from the services of a bureaucracy; for first of all the +visitor turns to the Central Statistical Office, where records are kept +of the occupations that are open and the amount of pay offered by each. +“Every inhabitant of Freeland,” our visitor finds, “has the right to +become a member of any business he pleases. One has only to present +oneself for this purpose; for the managers only decide upon the manner +in which the members are to be employed, and not on the membership +itself.” In practice, the number of individuals with private businesses +and partnerships seems to be limited, for big companies not merely +operate factories but provide restaurant service, build houses, and +even supply domestic service to private individuals and households. + +(The visitor has his boots blacked by one of these associated menials, +and his hostess explains how the services of a caterer and a valet may +be obtained by calling up a central distributing agency.) + +The sole condition upon which a person or company is allowed to engage +in business is that the public be kept informed of all business +transactions. “The companies are therefore obliged to conduct their +book-keeping openly. The prices at which goods are bought and sold, +the net profits and the number of workmen, must be communicated at +intervals which are fixed according to the judgment of the central +office.” + +Observe that Hertzka reckons with the fact that in an industrial +society, access to machinery is just as important as access to the +land, since, in a manner of speaking, all our modern activities, +even agriculture, are parasitic upon machinery. Hence the collection +and distribution of capital is managed in the interests of the whole +community; the first being taken care of by a yearly tax, which +obviates the need--and perhaps the possibility--of individual savings, +whilst the capital is distributed without interest to the companies +that make application for it. The community pays for the plant through +the added charge which is laid on consumers; the credit advanced is +cancelled out through production. This arrangement does away with the +standing charge for capital which is maintained under present day +production for profit even after the original capital has been paid +off in dividends; and above all, it does away with the practice of +capitalizing increased returns in such a way as to enlarge the amount +of the standing charge for capital. The social use of capital to +advance production, rather than to provide fixed incomes for a rentier +class, is recognized in Freeland. + +Since our visitor is an engineer, he turns to a plant devoted to the +manufacture of railway equipment; and notes that it is run under the +following statutes. + +1. Everyone is free to join the first Edendale Engine and Railway +Manufacturing Co., even if he also belongs to other companies. Everyone +is also permitted to leave the company whenever he chooses. The board +of management decides in what branch of the works the members shall be +employed. + +2. Every member is entitled to an amount of the net proceeds of the +company corresponding to the quantity of work which is done. + +3. The amount of work is calculated according to the number of hours, +to which two per cent. is added to that of the older members, and ten +per cent. to foremen, and ten per cent. for night work. + +4. The engineers are paid as if working from ten to fifteen hours, +according to ability. The value of the manager is estimated in the +general assembly. + +5. Out of the company’s profits a deduction is first made towards +repayment of capital, and after this the tax to the state is deducted. +The remainder is divided among members. + +6. If the company is dissolved or liquidated, the members are +responsible in proportion to the amount of profit which they get +from revenues of the company, and this responsibility for the amount +which is still pledged is proportionately laid upon new members. When +a member leaves the company, his responsibility for debt which has +already been contracted is not extinguished. In case of dissolution, +liquidation, or sale, this responsibility corresponds to the claim of +the responsible member to the means of the company which are in hand, +or to his share in what is sold. + +7. The principal judicial body of the company is the general assembly +in which every member has the same right to speak and exercise the +same active and passive right of choice. The general assembly makes +its determination by simply counting the majority of votes. A majority +of three quarters is necessary for changing the statutes and for a +dissolution or liquidation of the company. + +8. The general assembly practises its right either directly or by means +of chosen officials, who are answerable to it for their actions. + +9. The business of the society is managed by a directorate of three +members who hold office at the will of the general assembly. The +subordinate functionaries are chosen by the managers. + +10. The general assembly selects every year a committee of inspection +which consists of five members. This body has to control and make a +report upon the books and the manner in which the company is conducted. + +Now, as a member of the company, our visitor would have the amount he +has earned credited to him at a Central Bank, which keeps his accounts +and sends him an abstract every week; and through this bank he would +make the larger part of his disbursements. The products of the company, +moreover, are valued, stored, and sold by a Central Warehouse, in much +the same fashion that under the present regime a manufacturer’s whole +output may be disposed of through a big department store or a mail +order house. + +Let us now sum this up. The collection and disposition of capital +belongs to the community; and the total capital available for +further production each year is based directly upon the productive +capacities of the community, without the waste and leakage that arises +in present-day society though what Mr. Thorstein Veblen calls the +conspicuous waste--the futile expenditures--of the leisured classes. +That this collection of a capital tax upon income would be any more +difficult than the present corporation tax or private income tax, +which is now dissipated to the extent of some 90 per cent. or so upon +armies and navies, is seriously to be doubted. In addition to this, the +process of open book-keeping enables the Central Bank and the Central +Warehouse to have an accurate knowledge of potential production, and +thus there exists an accurate basis for apportioning credit. At the +same time the value of commodities comes by this means to have a direct +relation to the costs of production rather than to what the traffic +will bear. + +On all these heads the trained economist will doubtless have many +points to contest; but in their broad outlines there is no abrupt +departure from current practise in any of these items, and not much +reason, perhaps, why they should not be more thoroughly instituted. + +With the various ramifications of Edendale industry and corporate +finance it is not my business to deal; we have gone far enough to see +that very little indeed remains when the question of means has been +gone into. + +The chief good that Freeland seems to offer is freedom in industrial +enterprise. An association of men can get land and capital on demand, +and devote themselves to either agriculture or manufacturing industry; +and the risk of failure is minimized by a complete knowledge of the +probable demand and probable supply calculated by the statistical +bureau. Failing an outlet for industry through association, there +remains the land itself, for individual cultivation. “Every family in +Freeland dwells in its own house, and every house is surrounded by its +great garden, a thousand square meters in extent. These houses are the +private property of the inhabitants, and serve, like the gardens, for +private use. The inhabitants of Freeland do not, as a rule, recognize +any kind of ownership of land; they rather go upon the principle that +the land must be put in everyone’s hands to do with what he chooses. +This, in the most literal and wide sense of the word, means that every +inhabitant of Freeland can cultivate every piece of land whenever he +pleases. But this only relates to the land which is set apart for +cultivation, and not that set apart for living upon.... The inhabitants +of Freeland have agreed, with regard to the size and disposition +of the land, serving for the creation of a dwelling house, to form +regulations, and a kind of building court ... which has to determine +what ground is and what is not to be built upon, parcels out the land +for building, sees to the laying out of streets, canals, and the like, +and especially takes care that not more than one building is erected +upon one building allotment.” + + +5 + + +What sort of life arises out of this kind of industrial association, +these provisions for the common use of machinery and land? It is all +rather dry and colorless, a sort of picture postcard view of the +Promised Land. + +We are told that there are a great number of public buildings in +Edendale--an administrative palace, the Central bank, the University, +the Academy of Arts, three Public Libraries, four Theaters, the grand +central goods warehouse, a great number of schools and other buildings. +In addition, extraordinary means are taken to provide for public +cleanliness, and the aqueducts in Edendale--we seem to be reading a +Chamber of Commerce report!--are “almost without any equal in the +world,” moreover, “they are being extended daily.” The refuse is +cleaned away by a system of pneumatic sucking apparatus. The streets +are entirely macadamized. Electric tramways cross them in every +direction and bind the suburbs to the town. Such glimpses as we get of +Edendale remind us, in fact, of a go-ahead city in California or South +Africa. The utopia of Freeland is progressive enough in all conscience; +for many of these mechanical devices were only vague anticipations in +1889; but it is progressive in a mechanical sense; and when we examine +it carefully, people seem to live the same sort of life here as they do +in a “modern” European or American city. + +There are differences, of course; and I do not seek to minimize their +importance: the slum proletariat has been abolished; everyone belongs +to the middle class and enjoys the felicities of a high-grade clerk +or an engineer or minor official. This is the peculiarity of our +nineteenth century utopians: they do not so much criticize the goods +of their times as demand more of them! Buckingham and Hertzka, though +they differ in details, wish to extend middle class values throughout +society--comfort and security and a plenitude of soap and sanitation. +Even when the means they propose are revolutionary, the institutions +they would erect are conceived very much in the image of current use +and wont, and are unspeakably tame. + +As we pass from Hertzka to Bellamy these facts glare insistently at +us. The slight air of tedium that I have not been able to disguise +in dealing with these utopias arises, I believe, from our excessive +familiarity with their contents. Our nineteenth century utopias, if +we except those of Fourier and Spence and a few more distinguished +ones which we shall presently come to, do not dream of a renovated +world: they keep on adding inventions to the present one. These utopias +become vast reticulations of steel and red-tape, until we feel that we +are caught in the Nightmare of the Age of Machinery; and shall never +escape. If this characterization seem unjust, I beg the reader to +compare the utopias before Bacon with the utopias after Fourier, and +find out how little human significance remains in the post-eighteenth +century utopia when the machinery for supporting the good life is +blotted out. These utopias are all machinery: the means has become the +end, and the genuine problem of ends has been forgotten. + + + + +CHAPTER EIGHT + + How Étienne Cabet dreamed of a new Napoleon called Icar, and + a new France called Icaria; and how his utopia, with that + which Edward Bellamy shows us in Looking Backward, gives us + a hint of what machinery might bring us to if the industrial + organization were nationalized. + + + + +CHAPTER EIGHT + + +1 + +Étienne Cabet opened his eyes upon the year that preceded the meeting +of the National Assembly in 1788, and closed them upon the Empire of +Napoleon III. + +It would be foolish to give an account of Cabet’s Voyage en Icarie +without noting these facts; for the reason that Cabet’s most +impressionable years were drenched with the flamboyant light of the +Napoleonic conquests and the Napoleonic tradition which remained as an +afterglow when the conquests themselves had fallen below the horizon. +The spectacle of a nationalized church and a nationalized system of +education, extending their ministrations to the smallest commune +through a vast system of bureaucracy, must have given a solidity to his +dreams which the interruption of the first Napoleon’s personal downfall +could only have reinforced. + +To understand why the Journey to Icaria, as we may call it, should +have been one of the best sellers among workingmen in 1845, and to see +why Louis Blanc should have attempted to set up an organization of +National Workshops in 1848, one must realize the historic momentum of +Napoleon’s dictatorship. Cabet consciously or unconsciously idealized +the Napoleonic tradition; and in Icaria he consummated it. That Cabet’s +futile will-to-power should have led him, under the inspiration of +Owen, to the swamps of Missouri as the leader of a little band of +communist pioneers is an ironic twist of circumstance: his Icaria was +a national state, with all its pomp and dignity and splendor, and not +a squalid collection of huts in the midst of a dreary prairie. Cabet +died in America, as much perhaps from an outraged sense of dignity as +from any physical disease, and nothing came of his utopia until Edward +Bellamy gave it a fresh outline in Looking Backward. + + +2 + +With the romantic element in the Journey to Icaria--the English lord +and the Icarian family he visits, and the various friendships and love +affairs that are outlined in its pages--I purpose to have nothing to +do. These things add an element of complication to Cabet’s picture +without doing very much to illuminate it. + +Icaria is a country divided into a hundred provinces almost equal +in extent and almost the same in population. These provinces are in +turn divided into ten communes, which are likewise almost equal, +and the provincial capital is in the center of the province, whilst +each communal city is the center of the commune. The elegance and +precision of the decimal system has overlaid the facts of geography +and as one looks over the map of the imaginary country one recalls +the way in which the French revolution divided France into arbitrary +administrative areas called departments, upsetting those ancient +regional groupings which corresponded, roughly, with the natural units +of soil, climate, population, and historic continuity. + +In the midst of Icaria is the city of Icara. Icara is a reconstructed +Paris, built on a reconstructed Seine. It is almost circular, cut +into two equal parts by a river whose banks have been straightened +and enclosed in two straight walls; and the bed has been deepened to +receive ocean vessels. In the middle of the city the river divides +into two arms, which form a rather big circular island--though the +islands formed naturally by the division of a river are inevitably +not circular!--and here is the civic center, planted with trees, in +the midst of which stands a palace. There is a superb garden elevated +on a terrace; in the center, a vast column surmounted by a colossal +statue that dominates all the buildings. On each side of the river +is a big quay, bordered by public offices. The effect is indubitably +metropolitan. + +The city is divided into quarters: Icara has sixty communes of almost +equal size. In each quarter is a school, a hospital, a temple, shops, +public places, and monuments. The streets are straight and wide, the +city being traversed by fifty avenues parallel to the river and fifty +perpendicular to it. How it is possible to reconcile this street plan +with a circular city I have no notion; and Cabet apparently did not +take the trouble to cast his verbal specifications into a definite +picture or plan. Each block has fifteen houses on each side, with a +public building in the middle, and one at each end; and between the +rows of houses are gardens which the inhabitants of Icaria, like +those of Utopia, have a great pride in keeping up. The blocks are +arranged around squares, very much like those of Belgravia and Mayfair +in London; but the gardens are public ones and are cared for by the +inhabitants. + +The Icarian villages are almost as metropolitan as the principal city +itself. One notes a great preoccupation with hygienic conveniences and +sanitary regulations. There are dust collectors of special model; the +sidewalks are covered with glass against rain; and the stations for +omnibuses are also covered. The streets are well-lighted and paved. +Stables, slaughter houses, and hospitals are on the outskirts of the +village. The factories and warehouses are on the railway lines and +canals, and half the streets are closed to all traffic except dog-carts. + +In sum, Icaria enjoys a highly sophisticated and metropolitan form of +life. Everything has been “arranged,” everything has been “attended +to.” There are no upsetting complications and diversities. Even the +weather has been disposed of. Nothing short of a very powerful and +persistent organization could have accomplished these things. What is +this organization? + + +3 + +In the beginning was Icar, the dictator who established the government +of Icaria, and out of Icar there sprang a number of bureaux, +departments, and committees. Let us follow a typical Icarian through +his day, and examine the institutions he comes in contact with. + +Our Icarian is an early riser by necessity, for at 6 A. M. breakfast is +served in a restaurant or factory. It is not a capricious breakfast; +it is such a breakfast, perhaps, as the guardians of Battle Creek, +Michigan, dream of. The food that is served in Icaria is regulated by +a committee of scientists; and while everybody has all that is good +for him, precisely what is good and in what amounts, someone else has +decided in advance. So it is at present in our armies and navies, +and to some extent in our cheap lunchrooms, the difference being that +there remains, outside Icaria, the possibility of breaking away from +the routine and following caprice and appetite without respect for the +committee of dietitians. + +When our Icarian has breakfasted, he goes to his work, seven hours +in summer, six in winter. He works the same number of hours as every +other Icarian, and whether he works in the field or the workshop, the +products of his industry are deposited in public stores. Who is his +employer? The State. Who owns all the instruments of production and +service, down to the horses and carriages? The State. Who organizes the +workers? The State. Who constructs the stores and factories, attends +to the cultivation of the ground, has houses built, and makes all the +things necessary for clothing, lodging, and transport? The same. In +theory, the public is the sole proprietor and director of industry; in +practice--Cabet doesn’t tell us otherwise and it necessarily follows in +a system of national industry--a body of engineers and officials have +taken over the dictatorship of Icar and are running the affairs of the +community. + +How familiar this Icaria seems to us. Utopia--_c’est la guerre_! + +When he is through with his work, our Icarian possibly changes his +clothes. Exactly what clothes are necessary, and what are permissible +has already been prescribed by a committee on clothes; which comes to +saying that every Icarian’s dress is a uniform, even as every Icarian +is an official of the State. Eating, working, dressing, sleeping--there +is no getting away from State regulations. The uniformity that irks +us in modern life and that makes people who have some remnant of free +initiative in their makeup chafe in the civil service, to say nothing +of the army, is extended to the last degree in Icaria. Napoleon’s +conception of a nation in arms is dominant; only now it is a nation in +overalls. + +Our Icarian’s father and mother were married after a six-month interval +of courtship. Since they took advantage of the institution at the +earliest moment permitted by law, he was twenty and she was eighteen. +By education, they had been taught to look upon conjugal fidelity as a +desideratum; and they realized that concubinage and adultery would be +looked upon as crimes by public opinion, even if these crimes were not +punished by law. Before our Icarian was born his mother received public +instruction on maternity. + +Up to the age of five our Icarian’s education was domestic; but from +the fifth to the seventeenth or eighteenth year, domestic instruction +was combined with intellectual and moral education, under a program +laid down by a committee which had consulted all systems of education, +ancient and modern. His general or elementary education was the same as +that of every other Icarian; but at seventeen for girls and eighteen +for men, his professional education began. + +The only industries or professions open to our Icarians were those +recognized and sanctioned by the State; and every year a list is +published telling the number of workers needed in each profession. The +number of workers, in turn, is determined by a committee on industry, +which plans the amount of goods that must be produced during the coming +year. Our Icarian begins work at eighteen, his sister at seventeen; +and he is exempt from work at sixty-five, while she would be exempt at +fifty. The republic, I may note parenthetically, asks from each commune +the sort of industrial and agricultural production which goes best +with its natural resources; delivering its surplus production to other +communes and giving it, in turn, what it may lack. + +Cabet describes all these institutions in the minutest fashion, down +to the noiseless window with which each Icarian’s house is equipt; but +the broad outlines of the industrial and social system are contained +in this picture. What we see is a National State, abundantly organized +for war, and remaining on that footing in the midst of its peace-time +activities. What is not of national importance, in this scheme of +things, is of no importance; and the people who decide what is or is +not of national importance are the officeholders--I find it difficult +to discover a utopian equivalent for this word or to fancy any great +improvement in utopia--in the capital. + +The political activities that regulate these Icarian institutions +do not greatly reassure us. From each of the thousand communes two +deputies are chosen to hold office for two years: this constitutes +the national representation. The basis of this system is the +communal assembly; and from this communal assembly the provincial +representatives are drawn. The national executive consists of sixteen +members, each with a special department; and it is plain that here is +the seat of power; for exactly what business remains in the hands of +the two thousand legislators when the food committee has determined +the amount and variety of food, the industrial committee the quantity +and kind of manufactured products, and the educational committee the +methods, subjects, and aims of education, it is a little hard to +determine. + +There are no newspapers and no means of organized criticism, except +the right of submitting propositions to the popular assemblies. The +only thing resembling public opinion is the collective opinion of +these assemblies. The newspapers are published by the government, one +for the nation, one for the province, and one for the commune; and +they are devoted solely to the presentation of news, divorced from +opinion. For this kind of political system, and for all the power that +it might presume to wield, there is a word in philosophy which has +no substitute--epiphenomenon. The popular system of representation +in Icaria is but a shadow of that dictatorial power which was first +wielded by Icar and was in turn transmitted to the committees and +bureaux. + +If I have been criticizing Icaria in terms of the last century of +political experience, I can only plead that it is because Icaria is so +little like Utopia and so much like the actual order of things. It must +be prepared to stand fire as a _fait accompli_: indeed, in the early +days of the second Russian revolution it came near to being a _fait +accompli_--there was more of Cabet than of Marx perhaps in embryonic +Soviet Russia! Icaria is essentially not an ideal but an idealization; +and it is in order to keep the two from being confused that I have +emphasized its little weaknesses. What is good in Icaria is what is +good in the institution of an army; what is bad is what is bad in the +execution of a war. If the good life could be perpetrated by a junta +of busybodies, as Plato would call them, Icaria would be a model +community. + + +4 + +Looking backward into the future: that was the paradox by which a +young New England romancer, Edward Bellamy, concerned like Thoreau and +Emerson and the rest of the great Concord school with the well-being +of his community, descended from literature to sociology; and stirred +the minds of thousands of people in America in much the same fashion +that Theodor Hertzka, writing at the same time, stirred his European +contemporaries. Having begun to romanticize about reality, Bellamy +during the decade that followed the publication of Looking Backward, +devoted himself to realizing his romance. In a later work, Equality, +he set forth his picture of the New Society of the year 2000 in much +greater detail; just as if the popularity of his first work committed +him to take up seriously the tasks of the economist and the statesman. + +The chief pleasure, nowadays, in both of these books is the familiar +one of recognition; for if Bellamy did not portray a better future he +at any rate, like Mr. H. G. Wells, in his early romances, outlined +many parts of a future that has for us, in the twentieth century, +become an actuality; a fact which makes us realize very poignantly +the limitations of his utopia. In spite of a thin-lipped style, +Bellamy handles his story in a neat, workmanlike way, with a certain +plausibility and familiarity which doubtless explains the fact that it +can still be found, without any difficulty, on the fiction shelves of +our circulating public libraries. + +The preface to Looking Backward is dated: “Historical Section Shawmut +College, Boston, December 26, 2000.” In that preface the work is +presented as an avowed romance which will enable the readers of 2000 +to realize the gaps that separate them from their ancestors, and to +value the prodigious “moral and material” transformation that has taken +place in a few generations. Julius West is a person whom our Shawmut +historian invents, to bridge the gap between the two eras. Julius West, +a young man of wealth, sensitive to the ignominy of his position, and +feeling that, as a “rich man living among the poor, an educated man +among the uneducated,” he “was like one living in isolation among a +jealous and alien race.” In order to overcome his insomnia West sleeps +in a vaulted room in the foundations of his house, and gets put to +sleep by a hypnotist; and so by a dramatic oversight he hibernates for +113 years, and awakens among strange faces. Needless to say, West has +a love affair in the old world which is carried on in the new, through +a descendant of the girl he meant to marry; and it is equally needless +to observe that he reawakens to the world of 1887 as soon as the +institutions of 2000 have been described and the love affair has been +resolved. + +Let us take West’s muzziness, his amazement, and his sense of isolation +for granted, and follow him as he explores his new environment. + + +5 + +If Plato cavalierly disposes of the labor problem of the Republic by +permitting things to remain pretty much as they were, Bellamy makes +the solution of labor organization and the distribution of wealth the +key to every other institution in his utopia. + +In the United States of 1887 the growing organization of labor and the +aggregation of capital into trusts were the two chief economic factors: +Dr. Leete, Julius West’s host, pictures how this aggregation and +combination were continued until, by a mere shift of gears, “the epoch +of trusts had ended in The Great Trust.” In a word, “the people of the +United States concluded to assume the conduct of their own business, +just as one hundred years before they had assumed the conduct of their +own government, organizing now for industrial purposes on precisely the +same grounds that they had organized for political purposes.” Was there +any violence in this transition? Ah no! everything had been prepared +beforehand by public opinion, the great corporations had gradually +trained everybody into an acceptance of large-scale organization, and +the final step of merging all the big corporations into a national +corporation occurred without a jar. With the assumption by the nation +of the mills, machinery, railroads, farms, mines, and capital in +general, all the difficulties of labor vanished, for every citizen +became by virtue of his citizenship an employee of the government, and +was distributed according to the needs of industry. + +In 2000 “the labor army” is not a figure of speech: it is an army +indeed, for the nation is a single industrial unit, and the principle +upon which the working force is recruited is universal compulsory +industrial service. After a man’s education has been completed in the +common school system, which extends straight through college, he must +first serve a term of three years in an unclassified labor army, which +performs all the rough and menial tasks of the community. When this +period is over, he is permitted to offer himself as a recruit in any of +the trades or professions which may be declared open by the government, +and can train for his calling up to the age of thirty, in the national +schools and institutes. In order to attract people into occupations +where they are needed, the hours are reduced and, for the dangerous +trades, volunteers are called for. There are however no discriminations +in pay. Every person is credited with a sum of four thousand dollars +per annum at the National Bank, a sum which he receives because of his +needs as a man and not because of his capacity as a worker. Instead +of being rewarded for giving the full measure of his energies and +abilities, a man is penalized if he fails to do so. It is possible +to shift from one branch of the service to another, under certain +restrictions, even as in the navy one can change one’s rating and +apply for service on a different ship or station, but except for the +possibility of retiring on a half-income at the age of thirty-three, +everyone must remain at work until he is forty-five. + +To this rule there is one exception; and we may note ironically that +it is made in favor of the writer’s guild. If a man produces a book he +may name his own royalties, and live as long from this income as the +sale will allow; and if he wishes to start a newspaper or a magazine, +and can get credit from a sufficient number of other people to support +his enterprise, there is nothing to prevent him from remitting service +to the amount his guarantors are ready to deduct from their personal +income. In other words, a man must “either by literary, artistic, +or inventive productiveness indemnify the nation for the loss of his +services, or must get a sufficient number of people to contribute to +such an indemnity.” This is the one open hole in our militarized, +industrial utopia; and I think it is the most acceptable feature in the +whole system. A community organized as a single unit, directed by a +general staff at Washington, and perpetually exhibiting a herd complex +which every institution would naturally reinforce, might not be a very +genial shelter for the soul of an artist; but if it were, this means of +support would doubtless be fair and excellent for the encouragement of +the arts. + +To go back to our army. The entire field of production and distribution +is divided into ten great departments, each representing a group of +allied industries; and each particular industry is in turn represented +by a subordinate bureau, which has a complete record of the plant and +the force under its control, of the present product, and of the means +of increasing it. The estimates of the distributive department, after +adoption by the administration, are sent as mandates to the ten great +departments, which allot them to the subordinate bureaux, representing +the particular industries, and these set the men at work.... “After the +necessary contingents have been detailed for the various industries, +the amount of labor left for other employment is expended in creating +fixed capital, such as buildings, machinery, engineering works, and so +forth.” + +In order to safeguard the consumer from the caprices of the +administration, a new article must be produced as soon as a certain +guaranteed demand for it has been established by popular petition, +whilst an old article must be continued to be produced as long as +there are customers for it, provision being made that the price rise in +accordance with the greater cost of production per unit. + +Now the general of this industrial army is the president of the United +States. He is chosen from among the corps commanders; and it is +provided that every officer in the army, from the president down to +the sergeant, must work his way up from the grade of common laborer. +The chief peculiarity of this system consists in the way in which the +voting is done. The voters are all honorary members of the guild to +which they belong; that is, men who are over forty-five years old; +this applies not merely to the ten lieutenant generals, but to the +commander-in-chief, who is not eligible for the presidency until he +has been a certain number of years out of office. The president is +elected by vote of all the men of the nation who are not connected +with the industrial army; for any other method, Bellamy thinks, +would be prejudicial to discipline. There are various names for this +practice: one of them is gerontocracy, or government by the aged; and +another, more familiar, is “alumni control.” When we recollect that +the hardships of military service look rather mild and pleasant to +the man who has been mustered out, I doubt if the youngsters in the +industrial army would stand much chance of having their lot improved +if the initiative for a change had to come from the alumni. Yet we +know what even the formation of a worker’s shop committee would be +in an industrial army: it would be mutiny. As for criticism of the +administration, that would be treason; admiration for the practices of +another country would be disloyalty; and advocacy of a change in the +method of industry would be sedition. + +True: corruption and bribe-taking and all the dirty scandals that +we associate today with a financial oligarchy would be wiped out +in utopia; but this merely means that the defects of the old order +would disappear along with its virtues. What would remain would be +the defects that arise when a nation is in arms, and when there is +no escape, by travel or mental withdrawal, from its institutions; in +short, the defects of a state of war. To call this a peaceful community +is absurd: one might as well call a battleship a pleasure-craft because +a modern one possesses a band and shows motion pictures to the crew. +The organization of this utopia is an organization for war; and the +one rule that such a community would not tolerate is “live and let +live.” If this is the peace that “industrial preparedness” ensures it +is scarcely worth having. Any community that liked this state of life +would scarcely need the constant exhortation of the recruiting sergeant +or the final compulsion of a conscription act. + + +6 + +The great part of Looking Backward is a discussion of this perfected +form of industrial organization; the manner in which it is worked; +and the effects of complete economic equality in doing away with the +necessity for the greater part of the legal machinery of the present +day, since crimes with an economic motive would almost, according to +Bellamy, be unthinkable. Here and there however we have glimpses of the +social life of this new age. + +First of all, there floats before our eyes the picture of a vast body +of superannuated persons, who for the most part spend their time in +a sort of country-club existence. They can travel, because the other +countries in the world are likewise nationalized, and by a simple +system of book-keeping foreign credit for goods and personal services +can be transferred from one country to another; and they can take up +special vocations and hobbies during their superannuated years; but +it is equally plain that their work has not done very much to foster +intellectual or emotional maturity, since in relation to the citizens +the state exists as a “Great White Father”; and there is good reason +perhaps for the great interest in sport which characterizes Bellamy’s +utopia. Games are organized, apparently, upon lines of industrial guild +rivalry; just as one has sports nowadays between rival battleship +squadrons perhaps; for “if bread is the first necessity of life, +recreation is a second, and the nation caters for both.” The demand +for bread and circuses, our guide explains, is recognized in the year +2000 as a wholly reasonable one. Both work and play are external to the +citizen’s inner trends and interests; and we should not be surprised +if an infantile element predominated in the character of this happy +republic. + +This externalism, this impersonality, seems to characterize the whole +scene. We follow Julius West and his new love, Edith, into a modern +shop, where everything is displayed by sample, and an order for goods +is sent to a central warehouse, and along with undoubted economies +of space and time, we note that there is an almost complete absence +of personal contacts or relationships: more than ever the worker has +become a cog in the machine, more than ever he deals with a thin, +barren, abstract world of paper notations, more than ever his desire +for social contacts is dammed up; and so, more than ever, there must be +occasion in this new age for stimulants and socialities beside which +the roller coasters of Coney Island and the promiscuities of a modern +dance hall would be insipid things. Bellamy does not show us what these +compensatory institutions would be: but he has invented a high-powered +engine of repression, and he does not fool us when he conceals the +safety-valve. Unless there is a safety-valve his universal army, under +a rigorous discipline for twenty-four years, is bound to blow up the +works. We can guess when we read the cheap illustrated papers, when we +go to the movies, when we watch the behavior of the crowds on Broadway, +what this twenty-first century Utopia would be like--it would be all +that a modern city is, exaggerated. In The New Society, Dr. Walter +Rathenau drew a picture of a socialized modern society, moving along +its present path without any change in its aims and ideals; and that +nightmare of his must be added to Bellamy’s dream in order to define it. + +It is the same with every other institution. There is a big communal +restaurant in which each family of the neighborhood has a private room; +this is the place where the principal meal is ordered by the family, +and served by young conscript waiters. Am I at fault if I point out +that this universal hostelry is a little too elaborate and mechanical; +that there is more promise of a genuine utopia in Plato’s olives and +cheese and beans, simply served, than in the “perfection of catering +and cooking” which the new age boasts. So one could go down the line +and enumerate the mechanical marvels which take the place of a fully +humanized life; marvels like the telephone concerts and sermons which +astoundingly anticipate by thirty-odd years the radio broadcasting +service which is now a prevalent mania in America. Are these things, as +Aristotle would have said, the material bases of the good life, or are +they substitutes for the good life? There may have been some doubt as +to the answer in Bellamy’s time; but I think there need not be any at +present. In so far as these instruments are consonant with humanized +purposes they are good; in so far as they are irrelevant they are so +much rubbish--idiotic rubbish. A free public library is a good thing; +but a free public library devoted exclusively to distributing the +novels of Gene Stratton Porter and the uplift books of Mr. Orison Swett +Marden would not contribute so much as a useful platitude towards a +vivid and stimulating society. + +There is no escaping the problem of ends and the problem of ends, if +I may be permitted a pun, belongs at the beginning. Subordinate to +humanized ends, machinery and organization--yes, complicated machinery +and organization--have undoubtedly a useful contribution to make +towards a good community; unsubordinated, or subordinated only to +the engineer’s conceptions of an efficient industrial equipment and +personnel, the most innocent machine may be as humanly devastating +as a Lewis gun. All this Bellamy overlooked in Looking Backward, and +yet--something remains. + +What remains in Looking Backward is the honest passion that inspired +the man; the play of generous impulses; the insistence that there +is no fun for an ordinarily imaginative person in dining with Dives +whilst Lazarus hangs around the table. Bellamy wanted everyone to +be equally educated, so that everyone might be his companion; he +wanted everyone to be decently fed and sheltered; he wanted to take +his share in the dirty work and to see that accidents of wealth did +not keep other people from taking theirs. He wanted private life to +be simple and public life to be splendid. He wanted men and women +to mate with each other without permitting this relationship to be +compromised by obligations to a father, a mother, or the butcher, +the baker, and the grocer. He wanted the generous, the just, and the +tender-hearted to be as well endowed as the cold-hearted, the greedy, +and the self-seeking. He pleaded for an absence of artificiality and +restraint in the relations of the sexes; for such a candor as has +perhaps come into fashion again--thank heaven!--today, a candor which +permits women physical freedom in dress, and a spiritual freedom in +exhibiting their love, and giving it freely. All this is to the good. +I do not question Bellamy’s fine motives; I question only the outlets +he imagined for them. There is a breach between Bellamy’s conception of +the good life and the structure he erected to shelter it. This breach +is due, I believe, to an over-emphasis of the part that wholesale +mechanical organization, directed by a handful of people, would play +in such a reconstruction. If Bellamy sometimes exaggerated the bad in +modern society, with its muddle of competitive privileges, he likewise +overestimated the good that it contained; and he was more than fair to +the present order of things when he made the future so closely in its +image. + + + + +CHAPTER NINE + + How William Morris and W. H. Hudson renew the classic tradition + of utopias; and how, finally, Mr. H. G. Wells sums up and + clarifies the utopias of the past, and brings them into + contact with the world of the present. + + + + +CHAPTER NINE + + +1 + +It would be a pretty sad thing if the Utopias of the nineteenth century +were all of a piece with those of Buckingham and Bellamy. In general we +may say that all the utopias of reconstruction had a deadly sameness +of purpose and a depressing singleness of interest; and although they +saw society whole, they saw the problem of reconstructing society +as a simple problem of industrial reorganization. Fortunately, the +utopias of escape have something to contribute which the utopias of +reconstruction lack; and if William Morris, for example, seems too +remote from Manchester and Minneapolis to be of any use, he is by that +token a little nearer the essential human realities: he knows that +the chief dignity of man lies not in what he consumes but in what he +creates, and that the Manchester ideal is--devastatingly consumptive. + +Before I go into these utopias of escape, I wish to point out the +strange way in which the three utopias we shall examine return as +it were upon their classic models, each of the returns being, it is +fairly plain, without the consciousness of the writer. Mr. W. H. Hudson +returns upon More; and in A Crystal Age the farmstead and the family +is the ultimate unit of social life. In News from Nowhere the city of +workers, such as Andreæ dreamed of, comes again into being; and in +A Modern Utopia, with its order of Samurai, we are ruled once more +by a highly disciplined class of Platonic guardians. Mr. Hudson is a +naturalist with a deep sympathy for the rural life of England; William +Morris was a craftsman who knew what the English town was like before +it had been blighted by industrialism; and with both of these men we +feel close to the essential life of man and the essential occupations. + + +2 + +As the clouded vision of the traveller to the Crystal Age clears, he +finds himself received in a great Country House, which is inhabited +by a large group of men and women who till the land and perform the +simple operations of weaving and stonecutting and the like. All over +the world, one gathers, these great country houses dot the landscape. +Each of them is no weekend center of social life but a permanent home; +indeed their permanence is almost past believing; for in each house +traditions are carried back thousands of years. The great cities and +the complicated metropolitan customs that they produced have long been +wiped away, as one might wipe away mold. The world has been stabilized; +the itch for getting and spending has disappeared. Our traveller must +bind himself to work for a whole year in order to pay for the garments +his house-mates weave for him, garments whose texture and cut have a +classic turn. + +This household, I say, is the social unit of the Crystal Age: the +house-father administers the laws and customs, and he dispenses the +punishment of seclusion when the visitor trespasses upon the code of +the house. The house-mates work together, eat together, play together, +and listen together to the music of a mechanical instrument called +the musical sphere. At night they sleep in separate little cubicles +which can be opened to the night air. The horses and dogs of the +Crystal Age have a degree of intelligence which our common breeds do +not possess, so that the horses all but harness themselves to the +plow, and the dog teaches the traveller when to leave off working the +animals. Each household has not merely its laws and traditions: it has +its literature; its written history; and the very girl with whom the +traveller falls in love bears a resemblance to the sculptured face of +an unhappy house-mother who lived and suffered in the immemorial past. +These houses, these families, these social relations are built for +endurance. What is the secret of their strength? + +The secret of our Crystal Age Utopia is the secret of the beehive: a +queen bee. The Crystallites have done away with the difficulties of +mating by appointing one woman, in every house, to be the house-mother, +the woman whose capital duty is to carry on the family: the entire +burden of each generation falls upon her shoulders, and in return for +the sacrifice she is treated with the respect due to divinity, like +the young man who was chosen in the Kingdom of Montezuma, as the tales +have it, to represent the chief deity until at the end of a year he +was disembowelled. The wish of a house-mother is a command; the word +of the house-mother is law. For a year before her retirement as mother +she is put into communion with the sacred books of the house, and has +at her command a store of knowledge which the rest of the hive are not +permitted to share. It is she who keeps burning the fires of life. + +For all except the house-mother sex is a matter of purely physical +appearance. The Crystallites, if we may speak irreverently, are +“content with a vegetable love--which would certainly not suit me” +nor, it appears, did it suit our traveller to the Crystal Age, when he +discovers that his passion could never be reciprocated by his beloved, +even if she so far transgressed the laws of the household as to give +way to him. Against the appearance of passion and all the mortal +griefs that it carries with it, the house-mother possesses a remedy. +When in the murk of despair our traveller turns to her for advice and +consolation, she gives him a phial of liquid. He drinks it in the +belief that it will make him as free from passion as his house-mates; +and he is not deceived; for--he dies. + +The social life of the household is not to be wrecked by the storms +and stresses of the individual’s passions. The engines of life are no +longer dangerous: the fuel has been taken away! A “chill moonlight +felicity” is all that remains. + + +3 + +There are times when one may look upon the whole adventure of civilized +life as a sort of Odyssey of domestication; and in this mood the +Crystal Age marks a terminus upon that particular aspect of the +adventure. To the objection that this sort of utopia requires that we +change human nature, the answer, in terms of modern biology, is that +there is no apparent scientific reason why certain elements in human +nature should not be selected and brought to the front, or why certain +others should not be reduced in importance and eliminated. So, for +all practical purposes, there is no apparent reason why human nature +should not be changed, or why we should not be prepared to believe +that in times past it has been changed--communities which selectively +bred for pugnacity and aggression committing suicide and opening the +way for communities which socially selected other traits that made +for survival. It is possible that in times past man has done a great +deal to domesticate himself and fit himself for harmonious social +life; and a utopia which rests upon the notion that there should be a +certain direction in our breeding is not altogether luny; indeed, is +nowadays less so than ever before, for the reason that it is possible +to separate romantic love from physical procreation without, as the +Athenians did, resorting to homosexuality. + +If A Crystal Age opens our minds to these possibilities it is not to +be counted purely as a romance; in spite of the fact that as a romance +it has passages that rival Green Mansions. Between the individual +households and common marriages, the utopia of the beehive is a third +alternative which possibly remains to be explored. + + +4 + +There are regions in the world--I am thinking perhaps of the table +land of South Africa and the Mississippi Valley--where if one dreamed +about utopia the apparatus to support it would be a gigantic network +of steel, and huge communities of people would naturally flow together +and coalesce in complicated patterns, somewhat after the fashion of +those which Mr. H. G. Wells describes in When the Sleeper Awakens. It +would be almost impossible, I fancy, to dream of a simple life and of +handfuls of people in those parts of the earth: the simplicity would +be barrenness, and a handful of people would be lost. + +It is different with the valley of the Thames, that little stream which +begins a short way above Oxford and meanders between banks of lush +grass and bending willows, down through Marlow, where musty ales have +long been made, past Windsor between the Great Park and the Chiltern +Hills, through Richmond and so down to Hammersmith where one might +perhaps ford the river at low tide if an iron bridge did not carry one +across, till below the city of London the estuary becomes a wide tide +of water and expands proudly to meet the sea. Nature has carved this +valley to the human scale: the houses are not dwarfed by the landscape; +and except for the huge warren of London--for which nature is not +responsible--there is a fitness between the actor and the scene which, +without offering any great Olympian moments, gives the naïve and jolly +and whole-hearted effect that one finds in a good English hunting print +or, let us say, in Pickwick Papers. In such an atmosphere, particularly +as one thinks of it on a day late in June, human nature bubbles +naturally into good nature, and whatever harshness remains, a tankard +of ale will drain away. + +It is in this valley of the Thames that William Morris awoke to find +his utopia, after returning to his home in Hammersmith, the last really +urban borough of London as one goes upstream. From that landscape, +sweetened and freshened and ridden of cockney landmarks, Morris evokes +the spirit of the River God, as Socrates and Phædrus, by the banks of +the Ilyssus, call forth the spirit of Pan. + +With all the grime and tedium of the dull ’eighties lying upon his +soul, Morris finds himself transported to a world which has been +cleansed by a revolution of a greater part of the nineteenth century +landmarks. In the meanwhile, grass has laid a decent blanket over many +irretrievable ruins. The house in which he has gone to bed is now a +Guest House; and he is first received into this refurbished world by +a boatman who takes him for a morning swim on the Thames, and knows +about the value of money only as a collector of copper curios might. At +breakfast, he finds himself among a group of friendly people, who call +him “Guest”; and he is taken firmly and sweetly and quite serenely in +hand by the comely young women who preside over the house. These women, +like everyone else in the new Thames valley, are healthy, full-blooded, +athletic, sane, and free from the puling maladies which idleness or +overwork gave to the women of the nineteenth century. The other guests +are a weaver who has come down from the north to take a turn at the +boatman’s job while the latter goes up towards Oxford to help gather in +the hay, and a loquacious dustman in marvellous greens and golds. + +In this new England, work has become what one would call in the +kindergarten “busy work”: in the simplification of the standard of +living and the release from the pressure of artificially stimulated +wants, the main business of getting a living is easily performed, +and the chief concern of everyone is to do his work under the +pleasantest conditions possible--a demand which brings back many of +the handicrafts, and places a great premium on manual skill. Although +the mechanical arts have been improved in certain directions, for in +his trip up the Thames our guest meets with a barge driven by some +internal engine, let us say by electricity, a good many devices have +been allowed to fall into disuse, because, although the output in goods +might be greater, the work itself and the way of life it promotes +are not so beneficial as the simple methods of hand labor. In every +direction, simplicity and direct action and the immediate supply and +interchange of goods out of local produce, has taken the place of +the monstrously complicated system of traffic that prevailed in the +earlier imperialistic world. Work is given freely, and the proceeds of +work exchanged freely, as a man might give of his goods and services +nowadays when he welcomes a friend within his own house. A great +part of the energy of this new community has gone into building; and +architecture, sculpture, and painting flourish in the townhalls and +common dining halls of which each village boasts. + +It follows from this that the big cities have disappeared. London +is again a congeries of villages, mingled in great woodlands and +meadows where in the summer children roam about and camp and pick up +the simple occupations of rural life. Of all the proud monuments of +London that the nineteenth century left, only the Houses of Parliament +remain, as a storage-place for dung. There are shops, where one takes +for the asking, and there are common halls where people eat and have +conversation, as they do now in restaurants--only these new hostels are +beautiful, spacious, and well-served. + +Since economic pressure is absent, the people of the Thames valley seem +to live a life of leisure; but this life of leisure is not the aimless +leisure of the country house, with its artificial stimulants, its +artificial exercises, and the like: the life of dignified leisure is +a life of work; in short, the life of the artist. If other people have +talked of the necessity for labor, the dignity of labor, the heroism of +labor, these simple Englishmen have discovered the beauty of leisurely +work--the simple grace that follows when even the practical arts are +pursued as if they were liberal arts. In this utopia the instinct +of workmanship, the creative impulse, has free play; and since the +majority of people are neither scholars nor scientists, as Sir Thomas +More would have had them, they find their fulfillment in adding beauty +to all the necessities of their daily toil. Where the work itself leads +purely to some useful end, as in the growing of wheat or grass, the +joy of work arises out of the comradeship and good-feeling that bind +together those who perform it, and the comparative lightness of the +tasks that find many hands eager almost to the point of competition to +perform them. + +One looks at the faces of these people, and the effects of their life +are visible. Their women are ten or fifteen years older than we should +judge by their appearance; and on every face is written the healthy +serenity that follows when people do good work, with a good spirit, +in a good place. There is a candor, a plainness, a wholesomeness, an +absence of furtive repressions in their every gesture; and as far as +men can be satisfied and happy in a good environment, this community +is satisfied and happy. There are grumblers, it goes without saying. +One of them is a crusty old fellow who has read ancient history and who +sighs for the cutthroat practices of the competitive era; and there +is another who complains of the tameness of Utopian literature, as +compared with that which dealt with the miseries and warped passion of +an earlier age. + +The only wretchedness in this utopia comes out of the essential human +tragedy--the disparity between one’s aims and one’s attainments, +between one’s desires and the circumstances that clog their +fulfillment. How can unhappiness be altogether wiped out as long as +maids are fickle and sexual passion strong? The boatman, for example, +has been mated with a beautiful girl who leaves him for another +man; but she tires of her new love, and under the eyes of the Guest +her uncle brings the pair together, and the drama of courtship and +mating goes on all over again; for there are no laws to bind people +together when every fibre of their being drives them apart; and in +a civilization that deals kindly even with its adults there is no +difficulty about giving the children all the care they need. For the +most part, those who suffer in love bear their burdens manfully, +without wailing over imaginary wrongs which are associated with the +worship of impossible chastities and reticences; and they turn their +balked impulses into the channels of work and poetry as completely as +they know how. + +Is this the arcadian age of innocence all over again? Are brutality +and lust forever wiped out? Not at all. In sudden passion even murders +occur, no matter how good and helpful the social order; but instead of +compounding murder with an additional murder, the guilty person is left +to his own remorse. Use and wont are more powerful than law, and the +whole guild that earns its living from the frictions and dissidences +of our social life has dropt into limbo. By the same token, the game +of the ins and the outs, which we call political government, has +disappeared; for the only matters in which our community is interested +are as to whether a new field is to be laid under the plow or a bridge +thrown over a stream or a townhall built; and about such things the +local community is competent to decide, without lining up in a purely +fictitious antagonism. + + +5 + +Sanity and health and good-will and tolerance--as one sculls along the +Thames, above Richmond, on a Sunday morning, between boatloads of gay +picnickers and sauntering people, it is not impossible to imagine a +new social order developing on simple lines and bringing these things +into existence. With five million people in England, and perhaps half a +million in the Thames valley, the thing would not be impossible. Then +the whole countryside would be dressed again in green; then buildings +would arise in the landscape like flowers out of the ground; then the +kindliness and spontaneous co-operation of a happy holiday would be +prolonged into the workaday week. We should know how to spend our time +and with what to occupy our heads and hands, if the great wen of London +were removed from the Thames valley, and all the cheap cockney things +that London has conjured into existence were to be blasted away. We +should know all these things, because William Morris has told us about +them; and we should do all these things, because in our heart of hearts +we realize that they would satisfy. + + +6 + +The utopia that remains for consideration is the last important one +in point of time; and it is, curiously enough, the quintessential +utopia, for it is written with a free and critical gesture, and with a +succinct familiarity towards the more important books that came before +it. Mr. H. G. Wells, it is true, has made more than one excursion +into an imaginary commonwealth: The Time Machine is his earliest and +The World Set Free may possibly be considered as his latest. A Modern +Utopia combines the vivid fantasy of the first picture with the more +strict regard for present realities that marks the second; and it is, +altogether, a fine and lucid product of the imagination. + +The assumption upon which Mr. Wells gains entrance into his utopia +differs from those shipwrecks and somnambulisms in which our modern +utopias have been stereotyped. He conceives of a modern man, a little +thickset and protuberant, seated at a desk and brooding over the +possibilities of man’s future; and gradually this image comes to +life and defines his views, and his voice rises into narrative in +something like the fashion of a lecturer, throwing from time to time +his illustrations of a New World upon the screen. He enters utopia by +hypothesis; that is, without any other subterfuge than an act of the +imagination; and in the thickening realities of a utopian community, +first discovered in an Alpine pass, he finds himself in the company of +a sentimental botanist, who is sick with a love affair and is maudlin +about dogs, and who again and again wrecks this exploration of utopia +by dragging into the midst of the scene some petty complication--about +his sweetheart or his doggie--that he has acquired on earth! + +Where and what is this modern utopia? By hypothesis, it is a globe +identical with the one on which we live; it has the same oceans and +continents, the same rivers and minor land-masses, the same animals +and plants; yes, even the same people, so that each one of us has his +utopian counterpart. Conveniently, this new earth is located beyond +Sirius; and for the most part its history is parallel to ours; except +that it had a critical turn for the better at a not too remote period; +so that, while mechanical invention and science and all that sort of +thing is exactly on the same level as ours, the scale and order is +entirely different. + +The scale and order of things is indeed different. Utopia is a world +community; it is a single civilization whose net of monorails and +posts, whose identification bureaux, whose rules of law and order are +the same in England as in Switzerland; and presumably the same in +Asia and Africa as in Europe. In every sense it is a modern utopia. +Machinery plays an important part, and the absence of menial service is +conspicuous from the very first contacts in which our travellers get +the hospitality of an inn, and find that interior decoration has verged +towards the style of the modern lunchroom and subway station, so that +the whole room can be redded, after use, by the guest himself. There +is no harking back to the past in industry, in architecture, or in the +mode of living. All that machinery has to offer has been accepted and +humanized: there is a cleanliness, an absence of squalor and confusion, +in this world-community, which indicates that utopia has not been +purchased by evasion. + +The price of this order and spaciousness is not as heavy as that +which Bellamy was willing to pay in Looking Backward. The land and +its natural resources are owned by the community and are in the +custody of regional authorities; and the means of communication and +travel are in the hands of one common administrative body. There are +great socialized enterprises such as the railways, with planetary +ramifications; there are regional industries, and there are a good many +minor affairs which are still undertaken by private individuals and +companies. Farms are worked by a co-operative association of tenant +farmers, upon lines suggested by Dr. Hertzka in Freeland. Perhaps the +most remarkable feature of utopian organization is the registration +of every individual, with his name, numeral, finger-print, changes of +residence and changes in life; all of which is filed in a huge central +filing office, to become part of a permanent file upon the individual’s +death. Utopian registration gets our travellers into hot water, for +they are naturally mistaken for their utopian doubles; but outside of +its use in the story this little device seems strangely beside the +point, and it arose, I believe, out of Mr. Wells’ temperamental regard +for tidiness--tidiness on a planetary scale--the tagging and labelling +of a well-conducted shop.... + +The people of our Modern Utopia are roughly divided into four classes: +the kinetic, the poietic, the base, and the dull. The kinetic are the +active and organizing elements in the community: as active kinetics +they are the managers, the enterprisers, the great administrators, +as passive kinetics they are the minor officials, the innkeepers, +the shoptenders, farmers, and the like. The poietic are the creative +elements in the community; the “intellectuals” we should perhaps call +them. This follows in general the lines laid down by Comte--chiefs, +people, intellectuals, and emotionals, and perhaps something of the +same classification was outlined by More in his Philarchs, people, +priests, and scholars. This division of classes is a very ancient +one. In that old Indian script, the Bhagavad Gita, we find that the +population is divided into Brahmans, Kshatriyas, Vaisryas, and Sudras, +and that their duties are “determined by the modes that prevail in +their separate natures.” The residual classes of the base and the +dull correspond to the Sudras; they are, of course, the slag of the +community; and the active elements in this class, the criminals, the +habitual drunkards, and the like are exported to various islands in the +Atlantic where they have organized a community of their own in which +they may practice fraud, chicane, and violence to their hearts’ content. + +Like Plato, Mr. Wells is concerned to provide for the education, +discipline, and maintenance of people who will be sufficiently +disinterested and intelligent to keep this vast organization a going +concern--no ordinary politician or captain of industry will do. Hence +there arises a class of Samurai. These Samurai are selected by rigorous +mental and physical tests out of youth who are past twenty-five, up to +which time they may be foolish and unsettled and may sow their wild +oats. These Samurai have a high intellectual standard of achievement. +They live a simple life. They are under strict moral discipline, and +follow a minute regimentation of dress and minor details of conduct. +They cannot marry out of their class. Once a year they are sent out +into the forests, the mountains, or the waste places to shift for +themselves; they go “bookless and weaponless, without pen or paper, +or money”; and they come back again with a new hardness and fineness +and fortification of spirit. It is such an organization as might have +been evolved at the time of the Reformation had the Order of Jesuits +been able to effect a dictatorship of Christendom. I say this without +disparagement of either the Jesuits or the Samurai, in order to point +out that these guardians of A Modern Utopia are plausible historic +characters. All the important economic and political enterprises of +the state, and important vocations like that of the physician, are in +the hands of Samurai. They are as necessary to the social organization +of A Modern Utopia as the research laboratories, which are provided by +charter with each factory, are necessary to its industrial organization. + + +7 + +The glimpses that one gets of this utopia are full of color and light +and movement; there are finely contained cities, surrounded by wide +suburban territories, cities that are not built of paper and alabaster. +Lovers pass arm in arm through the streets in the twilight; and there +is a soft dignity in the women, with their gay, sexually unemphatic +dresses, that charms. There are electric trains weaving silently on +rails over the landscape of Europe, crossing under the English Channel +by tube, and emerging in London with none of the bustle, the grinding, +or the dirt of a modern railway ride. There are well-cultivated +fields and adequate inns. There are no obstreperous patriotisms, as +one suspects in Looking Backward; there is none of the shirking one +might fear in News from Nowhere. (While our travellers are waiting to +be identified they stay for a while in a residential quadrangle at +Lucerne, and are given employment in a toy workshop.) There is less +dogmatism about creeds than in Christianopolis, and an entire absence +of menialism which contrasts with More’s Utopia. + +This modern utopia brings together, compares, and criticizes important +points that all the other utopias have raised; and it does all this +with a deftness and a turn of humor that speaks for Mr. Wells at his +best. Above all, A Modern Utopia strikes a new note, the note of +reality, the note of the daily world from which we endeavor in vain to +escape. More or less, all the other utopias assume that a change has +come over the population; that it has been diminished; that the blind, +the lame, and the deaf have been cured; that the mean sensual man has +been converted and is ready to flap his wings and sing Hallelujah! +There is a minimum of these assumptions in A Modern Utopia. It is above +all other things an accounting and a criticism; and so it forms a +fitting prelude to the remainder of this book. + + + + +CHAPTER TEN + + How the Country House and Coketown became the utopias of the + Modern Age; and how they made the world over in their image. + + + + +CHAPTER TEN + + +1 + +Now that we have ransacked the literature of ideal commonwealths for +examples of the utopian vision and the utopian method, there remains +another class of utopias which has still to be reckoned with, in order +to make our tally complete. + +All the utopias that we have dealt with so far have been filtered +through an individual mind, and whereas, like any other piece of +literature, they grew out of a certain age and tradition of thought, +it is dangerous to overrate their importance either as mirrors of the +existing order or as projectors of a new order. While again and again +the dream of a utopian in one age has become the reality of the next, +as O’Shaughnessy sings in his famous verses, the exact connection +between the two can only be guessed at, and rarely, I suppose, can it +be traced. It would be a little foolish to attempt to prove that the +inventor of the modern incubator was a student of Sir Thomas More. + +Up to the present the idola which have exercised the most considerable +influence upon the actual life of the community are such as have been +partly expressed in a hundred works and never perhaps fully expressed +in one. In order to distinguish these idola from those that have +occupied us till now, we should perhaps call them collective utopias or +social myths. There is a considerable literature that relates to these +myths in French, one of the best known works being M. George Sorel’s +Reflections on Violence; and in practice it is sometimes rather hard to +tell where the Utopia leaves off and the social myth begins. + +The history of mankind’s social myths has still in the main to be +written. There is a partial attempt at this over a limited period +in Mr. Henry Osborn Taylor’s The Mediæval Mind; but this is only a +beginning, and other ages are almost untouched. The type of myth +that concerns us here is not the pure action myth which M. Sorel has +analyzed; we are rather interested in those myths which are, as it +were, the ideal content of the existing order of things, myths which, +by being consciously formulated and worked out in thought, tend to +perpetuate and perfect that order. This type of social myth approaches +very closely to the classic utopia, and we could divide it, similarly, +into myths of escape and myths of reconstruction. Thus the myth of +political freedom, for example, as formulated by the writers of the +American revolution, frequently serves as an excellent refuge for +disturbed consciences when the Department of Justice or the Immigration +Bureau has been a little too assiduous in its harassment of political +agitators. + +Unfortunately, it has become a habit to look upon our idola as +particularly fine and exalted, and as representing the better side of +human nature. As a matter of fact, the myths which are created in a +community under religious, political, or economic influences cannot be +characterized as either good or bad: their nature is defined by their +capacity to help men to react creatively upon their environment and +to develop a humane life. We have still to recognize that a belief +in these idola is not by itself a creditable attitude. Even quite +base and stupid people are frequently governed by ideals; indeed, it +is the ideals that are in many cases responsible for their baseness +and stupidity. Neither is the habit of responding to idola any +evidence of rational thought. People respond to “ideas”--that is, +to word-patterns--as they respond to the stimulus of light or heat, +because they are human beings and not because they are philosophers, +and they respond to projections, to idola, for the same reason, and +not because they are saints. Our myths may be the outcome of rational +thought and practice or not; but the response to these myths is not +perhaps more than ten times in a hundred the result of following the +processes of reason from beginning to end. + +We must think of our idola as a sort of diffused environment or +atmosphere, which differs in “chemical content” and in extension with +each individual. Some of these idola have so uniformly taken possession +of men’s minds in a particular age that they are as much a part of the +environment a baby is born into as the furniture of his house. The +sociologists who follow Émile Durkheim have called a certain part of +these idola collective representations but they are wrong, I believe, +when they limit these “representations” to savage or ignorant groups +for they are an important part of every civilized person’s luggage. +Parallel with The Story of Mankind and with The Story of Utopias, which +I have just told, it would be amusing to write The Story of Mankind’s +Myths. This work, however, would require the scholarship and industry +of another Leibniz, and all that I wish to do here is to put together +the chief social myths that have played a part in Western Europe and +America during the modern period, to contrast these idola with the +utopias of the past and the partial remedies for the present, and to +suggest the bearing of all this upon any new departures we may be ready +to make. + +In selecting these idola--The Country House, Coketown, the +Megalopolis--I have been forced to gauge their strength and test their +quality very largely by their actual results in the workaday world, and +it is a little hard to purify them from the various institutions, old +and new, in which they are mixt. Yet with all this taint of actuality, +these idola are scarcely as credible as the Republic and it will help +matters a little to realize that we are still within the province of +utopia, and may exercise all the utopian privileges. + + +2 + +To understand the utopia of the Country House we must jump back a few +centuries in history. + +Anyone who has ranged through the European castles that were built +before the fourteenth century will realize that they were no more +built for comfort than is a modern battleship. They were essentially +garrisons of armed men whose main occupation was theft, violence, +and murder; and every feature of their environment reflected the +necessities of their life. These castles would be found beetling a +cliff or a steep hill; their walls and their buttresses would be made +of huge, rough hewn stones; their living arrangements would resemble +those of a barracks with an almost complete lack of what we now regard +as the normal decencies and privacies, except possibly for the lord and +his lady; and the life of these feudal bands was necessarily a crude +and limited one. + +Up to the fourteenth century in Western Europe the little fortified +town, or the unfortified town that lay beneath the protection of a +garrison on a hill, was the only other social unit that competed with +the even more limited horizons of the peasant’s village, or with the +spacious claims for the Here and the Hereafter which were put forward +by the Roman Church. To dream of huge metropolises and farflung armies +and food brought from the ends of the earth would have been wilder in +those days than anything More pictured in his Utopia. + +During the fifteenth century in England, and in other parts of Europe +the same thing seems to have happened sooner or later, this life of +agriculture and warfare and petty trade was upset: the feudal power +of the reigning nobles was concentrated in the hands of a supreme +lord, the King; and the King and his archives and his court settled in +the National Capital, instead of moving about from place to place in +the troubled realm. The territories of the feudal lords ceased to be +dispersed; their possessions were confined more and more within what +were called national boundaries; and instead of remaining in their +castles the great lords gave up their crude, barbaric ways, and went up +to the capital to be civilized. In the course of time money took the +place of direct tribute; instead of receiving wheat and eggs and labor, +the lord came into possession of a rent which could be figured in pence +and pounds; a rent which could be transferred to the new trading cities +for the goods which the rest of the world had for sale. There is a +fascinating picture of this change in W. J. Ashley’s Economic History; +and the old life itself is outlined, with a wealth of significant +detail, in J. S. Fletcher’s Memorials of a Yorkshire Parish. + +At the same time that this change was taking place in the physical +life of Western Europe, a corresponding change was taking place in the +domain of culture. Digging about the ruins of Rome and other cities, +the men of the late Middle Age discovered the remains of a great and +opulent civilization; and exploring the manuscripts and printed books +which were getting into general circulation, they found themselves face +to face with strange conceptions of life, with habits of refinement, +ease, and sensuous luxury which the hard life of the camp and the +castle had never really permitted. There followed a reaction against +their old life which was little less than a revulsion; and in that +reaction two great institutions fell out of fashion. Men ceased to +build castles to protect themselves against physical dangers; and they +left off entering monasteries in order to fortify their souls for the +Hereafter. Both the spiritual and the temporal life began to shift to +a new institution, the Country House. The idolum of the Country House +drew together and coalesced; and as a familiar symbol of this change +the colleges at Oxford which date from the Renascence can scarcely +be distinguished in architectural detail from the palaces which the +aristocracy were building in the same period; while our banks and our +political edifices to this day bear almost universally the stamp of +that Roman and Grecian litter which men discovered on the outskirts of +the mediæval city. + + +3 + +We do not know the Country House until we realize, to begin with, +what its physical characteristics are like. There are a great many +descriptions which the reader may consult if he does not happen to live +in the neighborhood of a great Country House: but perhaps instead of +examining the contemporary Country House it will be well to go back +to its beginnings, and see how it was pictured in all its encrusted +splendor at the first movement of the Renascence--in the setting which +François Rabelais, in one of the few downright serious passages in his +great work, Gargantua, sought to provide for the good life. + +Gargantua purposes to build a new Abbey which he calls the Abbey of +Theleme. This Abbey is to be in every respect what the mediæval Abbey +was not. Hence to begin with, the Abbey, unlike the castle, is to +lie in the midst of the open country; and unlike the monastery, it +is to have no walls. Every member is to be furnished with a generous +apartment, consisting of a principal room, a withdrawing room, a +handsome closet, a wardrobe, and an oratory; and the house itself +is to contain not merely libraries in every language, but fair and +spacious galleries of paintings. Besides these lodgings there is to +be a tilt-yard, a riding court, a theatre, or public playhouse, and +a natatory or place to swim. By the river, for the Abbey is to be +situated on the Loire, there is to be a Garden of Pleasure, and between +two of the six towers of the hexagon, in which form the building is +arranged, there are courts for tennis and other games. Add to this +orchards full of fruit trees, parks abounding with venison, and an +archery range, fill all the halls and chambers with rich tapestries, +cover all the pavements and floors with green cloth--and the furnishing +of the Abbey of Theleme is complete. + +The costumes of the inmates are equally splendid and elaborate. In +order to have the accoutrements of the ladies’ and gentlemen’s toilets +more convenient, there was to be “about the wood of Theleme a row of +houses to the extent of half a league, very neat and cleanly, wherein +dwelt the goldsmiths, lapidaries, jewellers, embroiderers, tailors, +gold drawers, velvet weavers, tapestry makers, and upholsterers....” +They were to be “furnished with matter and stuff from the hands of Lord +Nausiclete, who every year brought them seven ships from the Perlas and +Cannibal Islands, laden with ingots of gold, with raw silk, with pearls +and precious stones.” + +The women who are admitted to Theleme must be fair, well-featured, and +of sweet disposition; the men must be comely and well-conditioned. +Everyone is to be admitted freely and allowed to depart freely; and +instead of attempting to practice poverty, chastity, and obedience, the +inmates may be honorably married, may be rich, and may live at liberty. + +The liberty of Theleme is indeed complete; it is such a liberty as one +enjoys at a Country House to this day, under the care of a tactful +hostess; for everyone does nothing except follow his own free will and +pleasure, rising out of his bed whenever he thinks good, and eating, +drinking, and laboring when he has a mind to it. In all their rule and +strictest tie of their order, as Rabelais puts it, there is but one +clause to be observed-- + +“Do what you please.” + + +4 + +When we turn our attention from Rabelais’ conceit of an anti-monastic +order, we discover that he has given us an excellent picture of the +Country House, and of what I shall take the liberty of calling Country +House culture. We see pretty much the same outlines in the introduction +to Boccaccio’s Decameron; it is elaborately described in terms of that +most complete of Country Houses, Hampton Court, in Pope’s Rape of the +Lock; it is vividly pictured by Meredith in his portrait of The Egoist; +and it is analyzed in Mr. H. G. Wells’ cruel description of Bladesover +in Tono-Bungay, as well as by Mr. Bernard Shaw in Heartbreak House. +Whether Mr. W. H. Mallock holds the pattern of Country House culture up +to us in The New Republic or Anton Chekhov penetrates its aimlessness +and futility in The Cherry Orchard, The Country House is one of the +recurrent themes of literature. + +This renascence idolum of the Country House, then, is powerful and +complete: I know no other pattern which has imposed its standards and +its practices with such complete success upon the greater part of +European civilization. While the Country House was in the beginning an +aristocratic institution, it has penetrated now to every stratum of +society; and although we may not immediately see the connection, it +is responsible, I believe, for the particular go and direction which +the industrial revolution has taken. The Country House standards of +consumption are responsible for our Acquisitive Society. + + +5 + +Perhaps the shortest way to suggest the character of Country House +institutions is to say that they are the precise opposite of everything +that Plato looked upon as desirable in a good community. + +The Country House is concerned not with the happiness of the whole +community but with the felicity of the governors. The conditions which +underly this limited and partial good life are political power and +economic wealth; and in order for the life to flourish, both of these +must be obtained in almost limitless quantities. The chief principles +that characterize this society are possession and passive enjoyment. + +Now, in the Country House possession is based upon privilege and not +upon work. The title to land which was historically obtained for the +most part through force and fraud is the economic foundation of the +Country House existence. In order to keep the artisans and laborers +who surround the Country House at their work, it is necessary to keep +them from having access to the land on their own account, provision +always being made that the usufruct of the land shall go to the owner +and not to the worker. This emphasis upon passive ownership points +to the fact that in the Country House there is no active communion +between the people and their environment. Such activities as remain +in the Country House--the pursuit of game, for instance--rest upon +imitating in play activities which once had a vital use or prepared +for some vital function, as a child’s playing with a doll is a +preparation for motherhood. The Country House ideal is that of a +completely functionless existence; or at best, an existence in which +all the functions that properly belong to a civilized man shall be +carried on by functionaries. Since this ideal cannot be realized in the +actual world, for the reason that it is completely at odds with man’s +biological inheritance, it is necessary in the Country House utopia to +fill in by play and sport an otherwise desirable vacuity. + +In the Country House literature and the fine arts undoubtedly +flourish: but they flourish as the objects of appreciation rather +than as the active, creative elements in the community’s life; they +flourish particularly in the fashion that Plato looked upon as a +corrupting influence in the community. In the arts, a gourmandizing +habit of mind--the habit of receiving things and being played upon +by them--prevails; so that instead of the ability to share creative +ecstasy, the chief canon of judgment is “taste,” a certain capacity to +discriminate among sensory stimuli, a capacity which is essentially +just as hospitable to a decomposing cheese as to the very staff of +life. The effect of this gourmandism in the arts can be detected +in every element of the Country House from cellar to roof; for the +result has been to emphasize the collection of good things rather than +their creation, and there is an aspect in which the Country House is +little better than a robber’s hoard or a hunter’s cache--a miniature +anticipation of the modern museums of natural history and art. + +Observe the architecture of our Country House. If it has been built in +England during the last three hundred years, the style is probably that +bastard Greek or Roman which we call Renascence architecture; if the +Country House was built in America during the last thirty years, it is +as likely as not a Tudor residence with traces of castle fortification +left here and there on the façade. On the walls there will be plenty +of paintings; indeed a whole gallery may be devoted to them. In all +probability, however, the paintings have been created in other times by +men long since dead, and in other countries: there may be a portrait +by Rembrandt, a Persian miniature, a print by Hokusai. Some very fine +element in the structure, a fireplace or a bit of panelling, may have +been removed piece by piece from the original Country House in England, +Italy, or France; even as many features of the original Country House +were quarried, perhaps, from some mediæval abbey. The very china +that we use upon our tables nowadays is a Country House importation +which took the place of pewter and earthenware; and wall paper is +another importation. From feature to feature everything is derivative; +everything, in the last analysis, has either been stolen or purchased +from the original makers; and what has not been stolen or purchased has +been basely copied. + +The insatiability of the Country House to possess art is only equalled +by its inability to create it. In the Country House, the arts are not +married to the community, but are kept for its pleasure. + +Let there be no confusion as to either the facts or the ideal we are +examining. There is a vast difference between that fine mingling of +traditions which is the very breath of the arts, as the lover of +classic Greek statuary knows, and the rapacious imperialistic habit of +looting the physical objects of art which has been the essence of the +Country House method in modern times, even as it seems to have been +a couple of thousand years ago in the Roman villa. A genuine culture +will borrow steadily from other cultures; but it will go to them as +the bee goes to the flower for pollen, and not as the beekeeper goes +to the hive for honey. There is a creative borrowing and a possessive +borrowing; and the Country House has in the main limited itself to +possessive borrowing. The Country House ideal, in fact, is limitless +possession: so the great Country House masters have five or six houses, +perhaps, in their name, although they need but a single one to cover +their heads. + +Now the Country House idolum involves a dissociation between the +Country House and the community in which it is placed. If you will +take the trouble to examine mediæval conditions, you will find that +differences of rank and wealth did not make a very great difference +between the life of the lord in his castle, and his retainers: if the +common man could not claim to be as good as his lord, it is plain that +the lord shared most of the common man’s disabilities, and was, for all +the exaggerations of chivalry, just as ignorant, just as illiterate, +just as coarse. In the cities, too, the lowest workman in the guild +shared the institutions of his masters: the churches, the guild +pageants, and the morality plays were all part and parcel of the same +culture. + +The Country House changed this condition. Culture came to mean not a +participation in the creative activities of one’s own community, but +the acquisition of the products of other communities; and it scarcely +matters much whether these acquisitions were within the spiritual or +the material domain. There had of course been the beginnings of such +a split in mediæval literature, with its vulgar Rabelaisian tales and +its refined romances of the court; but with the integration of the +Country House idolum, this divorcement was accentuated in every other +activity of the community. One of the results of this split was that +popular institutions were deprived of their contacts with the general +world of culture, and languished away; or they were transformed, as +the public schools of England were transformed into restricted upper +class institutions. Far more important than this, perhaps, was the fact +that each separate Country House was forced to obtain for its limited +circle all the elements that were necessary to the good life in a whole +community such as Plato described. We shall deal with the effects of +this presently. + + +6 + +Let us admit what is valid in the utopia of the Country House. +Enjoyment is a necessary element in achievement, and by its regard for +the decent graces of life, for such things as an ease in manners and +a fine flow of conversation and the clash of wits and a sensitiveness +to beautiful things, the Country House was by all odds a humanizing +influence. In so far as the Country House fostered a belief in +contemplation and a desire for the arts apart from any uses that might +be made of them by way of civic advertisement; in so far as it urged +that all our pragmatic activities must be realized in things that are +worth having or doing for themselves, the Country House was right, +eminently right. It was no snobbery on the part of Russian soviet +officialism when it opened up some of its Country Houses as rest +houses for the peasants and workers, and then insisted that some of +the airs of the Country House should be acquired there, to replace the +rough usages of the stable, the dungpile, and the field. Ruskin and +Samuel Butler were possibly right when they insisted that the perfect +gentleman was a finer product than the perfect peasant or artisan: +he is a finer product because he is essentially more alive. Even by +its emphasis upon appreciation the Country House did no mean service; +for it called attention to the fact that there were more permanent +standards--standards which were common to the arts of Greece and +China--than those which were looked upon as sufficient in the local +region. In sum, the Country House emphasized a human best, which was +the sum of a dozen partial perfections; and so all that was crude +and inadequate in the old regional cultures was brought to light and +criticized. All these virtues I admit; and they hold just as good today +as they ever did. + +The fatal weakness of Country House culture comes out all the plainer +for this admission. The Country House did not see that enjoyment +rested upon achievement, and was indeed inseparable from achievement. +The Country House strove to put achievement in one compartment and +enjoyment in another; with the result that the craftsman who no longer +had the capacity to enjoy the fine arts no longer had the ability to +create them. The effect of an isolated routine of enjoyment is equally +debilitating; for enjoyment, to the masters of the Country House came +too easily, with a mere snap of the fingers, as it were, and the +tendency of connoisseurship was to set novelty above intrinsic worth. +Hence the succession of styles by which Country House decoration has +become a thing for mockery: Chinese in one age, Indian in another, +Persian in the next, with Egyptian, Middle African, and heaven knows +what else destined to follow in due order. There is nothing to settle +to, because there is no task to be done, and no problem to work out; +and as soon as the first taste for a style gets exhausted it is +speedily supplanted by another. + +It would be impossible to calculate the extent to which the Country +House has degraded our taste but I have little doubts as to the source +of the degradation. The stylicism which has perverted the arts and +has kept a congruent modern style from developing has been the work +of Country House culture. I remember well the contempt with which a +furniture manufacturer in the Chiltern Hills told me about the way +in which he produced an original Sheraton: his knowledge of sound +furniture design was subordinated to some other person’s knowledge of +“style” and the miscarriage of the man’s innate craftsmanship made him +so mordant on the subject that it seemed as though he had been reading +Thorstein Veblen’s Theory of the Leisure Class. It is the same through +all the arts. A visit to the industrial sections of the Metropolitan +Museum in New York will show how dismally the taste for novelty, which +led the Sheratons and Chippendales to find “classic motifs” in one age, +causes the designers of the present day to seek the motifs of Sheraton +and Chippendale. So much for what happened to the arts when enjoyment +and achievement are separated. + + +7 + +The industrial bearing of the Renascence ideal is of capital importance. + +During the Middle Age the emphasis in industry was upon the production +of tangible goods; the craft guilds set high standards in design and +workmanship; and the aim of the worker, in most of the trades, was to +get a living from his work, and not simply to get enough money to free +himself from the necessity of working. This is a broad generalization, +I need scarcely emphasize, and there is plenty of evidence of pecuniary +interests under the best of conditions; but it seems fair to say that +the dominant ideals of the older industrial order were industrial +rather than commercial. In the trading ventures that the Country House +promoted under its Drakes and Raleighs, ventures which were needed to +bring them “Ships from the Perlas and Cannibal Islands,” the emphasis +shifted from workmanship to sale; and the notion of working and +gambling to acquire multifarious goods took the place of that earlier +ideal which Henry Adams so sympathetically described in Mt. St. Michel +and Chartres. Thus the good life, as I have said elsewhere, was the +Goods Life: it could be purchased. If the whole community no longer +offered the conditions for this life, one might filch what one wanted +from the general store, and try to monopolize for self or family all +that was needed for a good life in the community. + +What is the chief economic outcome of this ideal? The chief outcome, +I think, is to exaggerate the demand for goods, and to cause an +enormously wasteful duplication of the apparatus of consumption. If the +limit to one’s possessions should be simply the extent of one’s purse; +if happiness is to be acquired through obtaining the comforts and +luxuries of life; if a man who possesses a single house is considered +fortunate, and a man who possesses five houses five times as fortunate; +if there are no standards of living other than the insatiable one that +has been set up in the Country House--well, then there is really no +limit to the business of getting and spending, and our lives become the +mean handiwork of coachman, cook, and groom. Our Country House will not +merely be a house: there will be a chapel, an art gallery, a theater, +a gymnasium, as François Rabelais imagined. As the common possessions +of the community dwindle, the private possessions of individuals +are multiplied; and at last, there remains no other community than +a multitude of anarchic individuals, each of whom is doing his best +to create for himself a Country House, notwithstanding the fact that +the net result of his endeavors--this is the drab tragedy and the +final thing to be said against it--is perhaps nothing better than six +inadequate rooms at the end of nowhere in a Philadelphia suburb. + +The Country House, then, is the chief pattern by means of which the +mediæval order was transformed into the modern order. It does not +matter very much whether the Country House is an estate on Long Island +or a cottage in Montclair; whether it is a house in Golder’s Green +or a family manor in Devonshire: these are essentially affairs of +scale, and the underlying identity is plain enough. The idolum of the +Country House prevails even when quarters are taken up in the midst +of the metropolis. More than ever the Country House today tries to +make up by an abundance of physical goods for all that has been lost +through its divorce from the underlying community; more than ever it +attempts to be self-sufficient within the limits of suburbia. The +automobile, the phonograph, and the radio-telephone have only served to +increase this self-sufficiency; and I need not show at length how these +instrumentalities have deepened the elements of acquisitiveness and +passive, uncreative, mechanical enjoyment. + +The Country House’s passionate demand for physical goods has given rise +to another institution, Coketown; and it is the idolum of Coketown, the +industrial age’s contribution to the Country House, that we have now to +consider. + + +8 + +The chief difference between the individual utopias of the nineteenth +century and the “collective representation” of Coketown is that these +individual utopias were concerned to repair certain points where +Manchester, Newark, Pittsburgh, and Elberfeld-Barmen fell short of the +ideal. In repairing these points, Bellamy and Hertzka were ready to +alter the conventional arrangements by which property and land were +held, and capital was accumulated. The final end however was the same; +and the differences are therefore more apparent than real. + +If the illustrative example of the Country House is in the Abbey of +Theleme, that of Coketown is in the sharp picture of industrialism +which Charles Dickens presents in Hard Times. + +Coketown, as Dickens sees it, is the quintessence of the industrial +age. It is perhaps one of the few idola of the modern world which has +no parallel in any earlier civilization that we have been able to +explore. In order to understand what Coketown brought into the world, +we must realize that before Coketown came into existence the center +of every important European city consisted of a marketplace, shadowed +over by a Cathedral, a Market Court, and a Guildhall; and frequently +there would be an adjacent university. This was the typical formation. +The various quarters of the city were subordinated to these central +institutions, and the work which was carried on within the city’s walls +was more or less concretely realized in the local community. + +Coketown, on the other hand, was the outcome of other conditions and +necessities. The center of Coketown’s activity was the mill, set at +first in the open country near falling water, and then as coal was +applied to steam engines, removed to areas more accessible to the coal +fields. The factory became the new social unity; in fact it became the +only social unit; and, as Dickens sharply put it, “the jail looked like +the town hall, and the town hall like the infirmary”--and all of them +looked like the factory, a gaunt building of murky brick that once was +red or yellow. The sole object of the factory is to produce goods for +sale; and every other institution is encouraged in Coketown only to the +extent that it does not seriously interfere with this aim. + +What are the outward physical aspects of Coketown? To begin with, the +city is laid out by an engineer; it is laid out with a mathematical +correctness and with a complete disregard for the amenities. If there +are hills where Coketown ought to stand, the hills are leveled; if +there are swamps, the swamps are filled; if there are lakes, the lakes +are drained away. The pattern to which Coketown’s activities are fitted +is that of the gridiron; there are no deviations and no allowances in +the working out of this plan; never will a street swerve as much as +a hair’s breadth to save a stand of trees or open up a vista. In the +matter of transportation and intercourse, the aim of Coketown is to +“get somewhere”; and it fancies that by laying down straight lines +and joining them in rectangles this aim is expedited; despite the +demonstration in every city of older growth that a radial system of +intercommunication is much more economical than the gridiron. As a +result, there is no terminus to any of the avenues of Coketown; for +they begin on a draughting board and end in infinity. It is impossible +to approach from the front the jails, hospitals, and sanatoria of which +Coketown boasts; the tendency is to run past them. So much for the +physical layout of the industrial city; what remains is obscured by +smoke. + +The factory is the center of Coketown’s social life; and it is here +that the greater part of the population spend their days. At its +purest, that is to say, during the first half of the nineteenth +century, and in a great many centers to this day, the factory is +the only institution that provides anything like a social life, in +spite of the fact that the unremitting toil which accompanies its +routine reduces the graces of social intercourse to such a minimum +that drunkenness and copulation are the only amusements which the +inhabitants can engage in as a relief from their noble duty of +providing the rest of the world with necessities, comforts, luxuries, +and nullities. + +The Coketown idolum has been disintegrating a little during the last +two decades, under the influence of the garden cities movement, +and I am aware that in certain departments I am celebrating a lost +cause and an abandoned idealism; but there still remain in acres and +acres of workingmen’s dwellings, such as one finds in Battersea and +Philadelphia, and in old-fashioned railway stations, and in buildings +like the Mechanics Halls of Pittsburgh and Boston, a notion of what +Coketown stood for when Coketown, the Frankenstein which had been +created by the Country House, had not been repudiated by its master. + +Coketown is devoted to the production of material goods; and there +is no good in Coketown that does not derive from this aim. The only +enjoyment which those who are inured to the Coketown routine can +participate in is mechanical achievement; that is to say, activity +along industrial and commercial lines; and the only result of this +achievement is--more achievement. It follows that all the standards +of Coketown are of a quantitative kind; so many score of machines, so +many tons of gew-gaws, so many miles of piping, so many dollars of +profit. The opportunities for self-assertion and constructiveness in +such a community are practically boundless; and I can never confront +the mechanical felicities of a printing plant without realizing how +fascinating these opportunities are, and how deeply they satisfy +certain elements in our nature. The unfortunate thing about Coketown, +however, is that these are the only sort of opportunities that are +available; and work whose standards are of a qualitative sort, the work +of scholars and artists and scientists, is either frozen out of the +community by deliberate ostracism, or is hitched to the machine; the +artist, for example, being compelled to sing the praises of Coketown’s +goods or to paint the portrait of Coketown’s supreme esthetic +achievement--the Self-Made Man. + +In its pristine state, Coketown is not a complete community. So it is +natural that the idolum should have provided certain additions. In the +first place, the activities of Coketown, whether they are beneficial +or wasteful, satisfy only certain elements in the human makeup; and +although much may be done by compulsory education to discipline the +younger generation to the machine, and to show them the necessity of +doing nothing which would interfere with the continued activity of the +machine--for work in Coketown, as Samuel Butler fearfully predicted +in Erewhon, is in the main simply attendance upon machinery--here +and there the igneous instincts of the workers will break through +the solidified layer of habit which the school and the factory have +produced, and the arcane energies of the population will flow either +into the Country House or into that other simulacrum of the civic life, +Broadway. + +Coketown for the workaday week, the Country House for the weekend, +is the compromise that has been practically countenanced; although +the country houses of the working classes may be nothing more than +a diminutive extension of the urban slum near sea or mountain. But +it must be admitted that there is a permanent Country House and a +permanent Coketown population in the more ideal aspects of the order. +Mr. Wells in the Time Machine has given a picture of Coketown which +is perhaps a little exuberant in some of its details--the picture of +a happy and careless Country House population, living on the surface +of the earth, mid all the graces of a jolly weekend, and that of the +factory population, the Morlocks, living in the bowels of the earth and +performing the necessary industrial functions. Mr. Wells’ presentation +is a little exaggerated, however, and we must be content here with such +a plain and outright description as Messrs. Bounderby and Gradgrind +would approve of. + +In the Coketown scheme of things, all that does not contribute to the +physical necessities of life is called a comfort; and all that does not +contribute either to comforts or necessities is called a luxury. These +three grades of good correspond to the three classes of the population: +the necessities are for the lower order of manual workers, together +with such accessory members as clerks, teachers, and minor officials; +the comforts are for the comfortable classes, that is, the small order +of merchants, bankers, and industrialists; while the luxuries are for +the aristocracy, if there is such an hereditary group, and for such as +are able to lift themselves out of the two previous orders. Chief among +the luxuries, it goes without saying, are art and literature and any of +the other permanent interests of a humane life. + +Let us note what an improvement the three classes of Coketown are +upon the three classes in Plato’s Republic. The custom of limiting +the earnings of the working classes to the margin of subsistence is +singularly effective in keeping them occupied with the business of +production--as long as there is no overplus in the market to throw +them out of work--and it is thus a safeguard of efficiency and +industry which Plato, who was deplorably obtuse in these matters, +did not provide. It is likewise obvious that the life of a middle +class citizen, with plenty to eat and drink, with his life protected +by the policeman, his pocketbook protected by the insurance company, +his spiritual happiness protected by the church, his human sympathies +protected by the charity organization society, his intelligence +protected by the newspaper, and his economic privileges protected +by the State--this middle class citizen is, after all, a much more +fortunate and happy individual than those Platonic warriors whose +life was a perpetual effort to keep the edge on their bodies and +minds. As for the Guardians of the State, it is plain that Plato did +not offer them any inducement to do their work which would attract a +normal commercial man: anyone who was worth a hundred thousand dollars +a year would have thought twice before assuming leadership in Plato’s +impoverished commonwealth, whereas in Coketown he would find that +his simple ability to make money would be taken as sufficient proof +of his education, his insight, and his wisdom in every department of +life. More than that, Coketown, when all is said and done, welcomes +the artist with a cordiality that puts Plato to shame: Coketown can +afford its luxuries since, when you look at the matter squarely, a rare +painting might be worth as much as a rare postage stamp; and it is +accordingly an acceptable addition to the Coketown milieu. + +Coketown has, in fact, only one question for the arts to answer: What +are they good for? If the answer can be expressed in money, the art +in question is taken to be almost as satisfactory as a device to save +labor, to increase speed, or to multiply the output. + + +9 + +There is one phenomenon still to be accounted for in the economy +of Coketown; one monumental instrument without which the wheels of +Coketown would become clogged and the very breath of Coketown be +extinguished. + +I refer to the rubbish heaps. + +The aim of production in Coketown is naturally more production, and it +is only by making things sufficiently shoddy to go to pieces quickly, +or by changing the fashion sufficiently often, that the machinery of +Coketown can for the most part be kept running. The rage and fury of +Coketown’s production has to be balanced off by an equal rage and +fury of consumption--continence would be fatal. As a result, nothing +in Coketown is finished or permanent or settled: these qualities are +another name for death. Coketown makes china to be broken, clothes +to be worn out, and houses to be torn down; and if something remains +over from an earlier age which made things more soundly, it is +either incarcerated in a museum, and derided as the monument of a +non-progressive age, or it is demolished as a nuisance. So powerful +is the idolum of Coketown that in the workaday world building after +building continues to meet with irreparable ruin at the hands of +barbarians from Coketown: why, I have even seen innocent little +half-timbered fifteenth century cottages whose fronts were obliterated +by a nineteenth century plasterer, in the name of progress. + +The status of every family in Coketown can be told by the size of its +rubbish heap. In fact, to “make a pile” in the markets of Coketown is +ultimately to make another pile--of dust and junk and litter--on the +edge of the town where the factory district dribbles off into the open +country. So in Coketown consumption is not merely a necessity: it is a +social duty, a means of keeping “the wheels of civilization turning.” +At times there appears to be a possibility that this utopia may defeat +its purposes by producing goods at such a pace that the rubbish heaps +will fall behind the demands of the market; and while this mars the +theoretic perfection of the Coketown social organization, it is offset +by periods of war, when the market is practically inexhaustible, and +Coketown’s prosperity increases to a point at which the working classes +are on the point of becoming the comfortable classes without having had +sufficient previous training to make their contribution to the rubbish +heap--a serious pass, amidst which confusion the working classes of +Coketown might take to reducing their working days and enjoying their +leisure without sufficient consumptive effort. + +This, then, is the idolum of Coketown. There are certain features in +it which need to be noticed. The first is that there is a certain +solid reality in Coketown that remains when all its pretensions +and idiocies have been incinerated. An environment that is devoted +solely to the production of material goods is obviously no sort of +environment for a good community, for life is more than a matter of +finding what we shall eat and wherewithal we shall be clothed: it is +an interaction with a whole world of landscapes, living creatures and +ideas, in comparison with which Coketown is a mere blister on the +earth’s surface. Nevertheless, with respect to the business of melting +steel and building roads and performing certain essential industrial +operations, the aims of Coketown are, up to a certain point, relevant: +we have already encountered them in Andreæ’s Christianopolis. There is +no need to dismiss the good that lies inside of industrialism because +it does not embrace the good that lies beyond it. + +Up to a certain point, then, using mechanical power rather than human +power is good; so is large-scale production, so is the division of +labor and division of operation; so is rapid transportation; so is +the accurate methodology of the engineer; and so are various other +features in the modern industrial world. One might even say a word for +efficiency, as against “doing things rather more or less.” Coketown +made the horrid mistake of believing that all these things were good in +themselves. New factories, for example, drew a bigger population into +the city: Coketown did not perceive that, as Plato pointed out, beyond +a certain point the city as a social unit would cease to exist. Bigger +and better was Coketown’s motto; and it resolutely refused to see that +there was no necessary connection between these adjectives. The whole +case for and against Coketown rests upon our admission of the phrase +“up to a certain point.” Up to a certain point, industrialism is good, +especially in its modern, neotechnic, electrical phase: Coketown, on +the other hand, believes that there is no limit to the usefulness of +industrialism. + +Up to a certain point--but what point? The answer is, up to the point +at which the cultivation of a humane life in a community of humane +people becomes difficult or impossible. + +Men come together, says Aristotle, to live; they remain together in +order to live the good life. This determination of the good life is +the only check and balance that we can have upon Coketown; and it is +perhaps because we have been so little concerned with it that the +practical effect of the Coketown idolum has been so devastating. +“Invention and organization,” as Mr. George Santayana admirably +points out, “which ought to have increased leisure by producing +the necessaries of life with little labor, have only increased the +population, degraded labor, and diffused luxury.” William Morris +conceived that men in the future might discard many complicated +machines because they could live more happily, aye, work more happily +without them. Whether indeed a good part of modern organization and +machinery could be scrapt is perhaps a debatable question: but the +possibility of scrapping it is at least conceivable once we become more +interested in the actual result of industrialism upon the life and +happiness of the people who are part of the organization than we are in +the profits which pile up upon paper, and are finally realized in an +ever-growing rubbish heap. + + +10 + +By what means can the Country House keep Coketown working for it? The +idolum of the Country House, which was built up during the Renascence, +and the idolum of Coketown, which was formed in the early part of the +nineteenth century, are obviously two separate worlds; and in order +that each might be realized in our daily life, it was necessary that +some connecting tissue be manufactured to keep them together. This +tissue was the social myth, the collective utopia, of the National +State. + +There is a sense in which we may look upon the National State as a +fact; but that great philosopher of the National State, Mazzini, +realized that the National State had continually to be willed; and +its existence lies plainly, therefore, on a different plane from the +existence of a bit of territory, a building, or a city. In fact, it is +only by the persistent projection of this utopia for the last three +or four hundred years that its existence has become credible; for all +the minute descriptions which the political historian gives to the +National State, its origins and its institutions and its people, read +a good deal like that fine story which Hans Andersen told about the +king who walked the streets naked because two rascally tailors had +persuaded him that they had woven and cut up for him a beautiful outfit +of clothes. + +It will help us to appreciate this beautiful fabrication of the +National State if we turn aside for a moment and glance at the actual +world as it is known to the geographer and the anthropologist. Here are +the physical facts in defiance of which the utopia of nationalism has +been clapped together. + + +11 + +The earth that the geographer surveys is divided into five great land +masses. These land masses in turn can be broken up into a number of +natural regions, each of which has within its rough and approximate +frontiers a certain complex of soil, climate, vegetation, and, arising +out of these, certain primitive occupations which the inhabitants +of the region originally practiced and later, through the advance +of trade and invention, elaborated. Between these natural regions +there are occasionally frontiers, such as the barrier of the Pyrenees +which separates “France” from “Spain”; but these barriers have never +altogether prevented movements of population from one area to another. +In order to have a more faithful knowledge of regional groupings in +certain important areas, the reader might with profit consult Professor +Fleure’s Human Geography in Western Europe. (London: Williams and +Norgate.) + +These natural regions are the groundwork of human regions; that is, the +non-political grouping of population with respect to soil, climate, +vegetation, animal life, industry and historic tradition. In each of +these human regions we find that the population does not consist of a +multitude of atomic individuals: on the contrary, when the geographer +plots houses and buildings on a topographic map, he finds that people +and houses cohere together in groups of more or less limited size, +called cities, towns, villages, hamlets. Normally, a vast amount of +intercourse takes place between these groupings; and in the Middle +Age, before the utopia of the National State had been created, the +pilgrim and the wandering scholar and the journeyman and the strolling +player could have been met with on all the highways of Europe. Under +the dispensation of the National State, however, the population, as +the German economist Buecher points out, tends to be more settled, +and we transport goods rather than people. It is important to realize +that, so far as the geographer can discover, this trade and intercourse +between local groups has been a part of Western European civilization +since Neolithic times, at least: it takes place continually between +individuals and corporate groups in one place and another, and as far +as geographical facts are concerned might more easily exist between +Dover and Calais, let us say, than between Calais and Paris. + +Now the interesting thing about the utopia of the National State is +that it has only the most casual relation to the facts of geography. +Wherever it suits the purposes of the Guardians of the State, the facts +are ignored, and an artificial relation is _willed_ into existence. +The human communities which the regional sociologist recognizes do not +always coincide with those which the statesman wishes to incorporate as +“national territory,” and when this conflict occurs, the idea rather +than the reality triumphs, if necessary by brute force. + +In the utopia of the National State there are no natural regions; and +the equally natural grouping of people in towns, villages and cities, +which, as Aristotle points out, is perhaps the chief distinction +between man and the other animals, is tolerated only upon the fiction +that the State hands over to these groups a portion of its omnipotent +authority, or “sovereignty” as it is called, and permits them to +exercise a corporate life. Unfortunately for this beautiful myth, which +generations of lawyers and statesmen have labored to build up, cities +existed long before states--there was a Rome on the Tiber long before +there was a Roman Imperium--and the gracious permission of the state is +simply a perfunctory seal upon the accomplished fact. + +Instead of recognizing natural regions and natural groups of people, +the utopia of nationalism establishes, by the surveyor’s line, a +certain realm called national territory, and makes all the inhabitants +of this territory the members of a single, indivisible group, the +nation, which is supposed to be prior in claim and superior in power +to all other groups. This is the only social formation that is +officially recognized within the national utopia. What is common to +all the inhabitants of this territory is thought to be of far greater +importance than any of the things that bind men together in particular +civic or industrial groups. + +Let us look at this world of national utopias. The contrast between +the politician’s map and the geographer’s would be little less than +amazing were our eyes not used to it, and were we not taught in modern +times to look upon it as inevitable. Instead of the natural grouping +of land masses and regions, one finds a multitude of quite arbitrary +lines: boundaries like those that separate Canada and the United States +or Belgium and the Netherlands are just as frequent as the natural +frontier of sea that surrounds England. Sometimes these national +territories are big, and sometimes they are little; but the bigness of +empires like those of France, England, or the United States is not due +to any essential identity of interests between the sundry communities +of these empires, but to the fact that they are forcibly held together +by a political government. National lines, in other words, continue to +exist only as long as the inhabitants continue to act in terms of them; +are ready to pay their taxes to support customs bureaux, immigration +offices, frontier patrols, and educational systems; and are prepared, +in the last extremity, to lay down their lives to prevent other groups +from crossing these imaginary lines without permission. + +The chief concern of the national utopia is the support of the central +government, for the government is the guardian of territory and +privilege. The principal business of that government is to keep the +territory properly defined, and to increase its limits, when possible, +so as to make the taxable area larger. By stressing the importance of +these concerns, and constantly playing up the dangers of rivalry from +other national utopias, the State builds a bridge between the Country +House and Coketown, and persuades the workers in Coketown that they +have more in common with the classes that exploit them than they have +in common with other groups within a more limited community. It would +seem that this reconciliation of Coketown and the Country House is +little less than miraculous, even as an ideal; and perhaps it would be +interesting to examine a little more carefully the apparatus by which +this is effected. + + +12 + +The chief instrument of the National State is Megalopolis, its biggest +city, the place where the idolum of the National Utopia was first +created, and where it is perpetually willed into existence. + +In order to grasp the quintessential character of Megalopolis we must +shut our eyes to the palpable earth, with its mantle of vegetation +and its tent of clouds, and conceive what might be made of the human +landscape if it could be entirely fabricated out of paper; for the +ultimate aim of the Megalopolis is to conduct the whole of human life +and intercourse through the medium of paper. + +The early life of a young citizen in Megalopolis is spent in acquiring +the tools by which paper may be used. The names of these tools +are writing, reading, and arithmetic; and once upon a time these +constituted the main elements in every Megalopolitan’s education. +There was, however, a good deal of dissatisfaction, on paper, +against this somewhat barren curriculum, and so at a fairly early +date in the history of Megalopolis, various other subjects, such as +literature, science, gymnastics, and manual training were added to +the curriculum--on paper. It is indeed possible for a Megalopolitan +student to know the atomic formula of clay without ever having seen it +in the raw earth, to handle pine wood in the workshop without having +walked through a pine forest, and to go through the masterpieces of +poetic literature without having experienced a single emotion which +would prepare him to appreciate anything different from one of the +influential Megalopolitan magazines, “Smutty Stories”, but as long as +his hours of attendance can be recorded on paper, and as long as he can +give a satisfactory account of his studies on an examination paper, his +preparation for life is practically complete; and so he is graduated +with a paper certificate of education into the industries of Coketown, +or into the multitudinous bureaus of Megalopolis itself. + +The end of this period of paper tutelage is but a prelude to its +continuation in another form; for the religious care of paper is +the Megalopolitan’s life work. The daily newspaper, the ledger, the +card index are the means by which he now makes contact with life, +whilst the fiction magazine and the illustrated paper are the means +by which he escapes from it. Through the translucent form of paper +known as celluloid, it has been possible to do away on the stage +with flesh-and-blood people; and therefore the drama of life, as the +Megalopolitan story writers tell it, can be enacted at one remove +from actuality. Instead of his travelling, the world moves before the +Megalopolitan, on paper; instead of his venturing forth on the highways +of the world, adventure comes to him, on paper; instead of his getting +him a mate, his bliss may be all but consummated--on paper. In fact, +so accustomed does the Megalopolitan become to experiencing all his +emotions on paper that he can be entertained by the representation of +a static bowl of flowers on a moving picture screen; while his cockney +ignorance of nature is so vast that a certain vaudeville performer, +seeking to amuse him by imitating the calls of birds and beasts, finds +it wise to have moving pictures taken of the rooster, the dog, and the +cat, in order to give his mimicries reality in minds destitute of any +personal image. + +The notion of direct action, direct intercourse, direct association, +is a foreign one to Megalopolis. If any action is to be taken by the +whole community, or by any group in it, it is necessary to carry it +through the Megalopolitan parliament, and have it established on paper, +after innumerable people, who have no genuine concern in the matter, +have committed their views about it to paper. If any intercourse is +to be carried on, it must be largely conducted on paper; and if that +medium is not directly available, subsidiary instruments, like the +telephone, are used. The chief form of association in Megalopolis is +that by political party, and it is through the political party that the +Megalopolitan expresses his views, on paper, as to what is necessary +to amend the paper constitution or promote the welfare of the paper +community; albeit he realizes that the promises made by political +parties are written on what Megalopolitans in their more cynical +moments call “non-negotiable” paper, and will probably never pass into +currency. + +By its traffic in Coketown’s multifarious goods and by its command over +certain kinds of paper known as mortgages or securities, Megalopolis +ensures a supply of real foods and real staples from the countryside. +Through incessant production of books, magazines, newspapers, +boilerplate features, and syndicated matter, Megalopolis ensures that +the idolum of the National Utopia shall be kept alive in the minds of +the underlying inhabitants of the country. Finally, by the devices of +“national education” and “national advertising” all the inhabitants +of the National Utopia are persuaded that the good life is that which +is lived, on paper, in the capital city; and that an approximation to +this life can be achieved only by eating the food, dressing in the +clothes, holding the opinions, and purchasing the goods which are +offered for sale by Megalopolis. So the chief aim of every other city +in the National Utopia is to become like Megalopolis; its chief hope +is to grow as big as Megalopolis; its boast is that it is another +Megalopolis. When the denizens of Megalopolis dream of a better world, +it is only a paper perfection of that National Utopia which Edward +Bellamy looked forward to in Looking Backward. + +Working in connection with the Machine Process of Coketown, the +Megalopolis erects a standard of life which can be expressed in +commercial terms, on paper, even if it does not offer any tangible +satisfaction in goods and services and perfections. The chief boast +of this standard is its uniformity; that is, its equal applicability +to every person in the community without respect to his history, his +circumstances, his needs, his actual rewards. Hence such goods as +Megalopolis creates in profusion are for the most part in the line of +plumbing and sanitary devices which, if they do not exactly heighten +the joy of living, at any rate make the routine of Megalopolitan life a +little less formidable. + +The total result of these standards and uniformities is that what was +originally a fiction in time becomes a fact. Whereas the inhabitants of +the national utopia may originally have been as diverse as the trees +in a forest, they tend to become, under the influence of education +and propaganda, as similar as telegraph poles along a road. It is +not a little to the credit of Megalopolis that the National Utopia +has pragmatically justified itself. It has created the sort of mental +environment on paper which is necessary to a smooth adjustment of +Coketown and the Country House. What is Megalopolis, in fact, but a +paper purgatory which serves as a medium through which the fallen sons +of Coketown, the producer’s hell, may finally attain the high bliss of +the Country House, the consumer’s Heaven? + + +13 + +It should be plain that in describing the National Utopia and +Megalopolis I have been trying to outline what Plato would call the +pure form. It is equally clear, I trust, that the pure form is an +idolum to which any existing national state or metropolis approximates +only so far as the idolum does not conflict too grossly with the +real men and women, the real communities, the real regions, the real +workaday occupations which continue, despite the reign of these idola, +to exist, and to occupy our main attention. Formal education has not +altogether taken the place of vital education; loyalty to the state +has not altogether succeeded as a substitute for deeper allegiances +and affiliations: occasionally, here and there, people meet each other +face to face, they eat real food, dig in real earth, smell real flowers +instead of coal tar perfumes that arise from paper bouquets, and embark +quite madly on real love affairs. It is true that these realities are +a disturbing influence: they are always threatening to undermine the +idola which the politicians and journalists and academic handymen +unite so valiantly to build up; but there they are--and even the most +stubborn idealist cannot help himself from occasionally confronting the +world that he denies! + +If you and I were perfect citizens of Megalopolis, we should never +let anything come between us and our loyalty to the State: when the +State called for our taxes, we should never think regretfully of the +amusements we must forego in order to pay them; when the State demanded +that we go to war, nothing like the claims of a family or an occupation +or a moral conviction would ever step between us and our national duty. +By the same token, we should never eat any other food than that which +had been nationally advertized, and never buy anything direct from +the producer when we might buy it from a third person in Megalopolis; +we should never read any literature that is not produced in our own +country, never desire any other climate than our own country can +boast, and never seek to find in any other culture, remote in space or +time, the things which we seem to miss in our own environment. If only +this utopia of nationalism could be realized completely it would be +self-sufficient; and there would be nothing on earth, in heaven, or in +the waters over the earth which did not bear the authentic trademark of +Megalopolis. + + +14 + +The picture of the National Utopia that I have drawn is perhaps a +little too black to stand out clearly; and I must now add a few high +lights for definition. + +As in Coketown, there was a point up to which efficiency in mechanical +production was a good thing, so in the national utopia there is a +point up to which uniformity is a good thing. The National State +seems historically to have arisen in some part through the relief +which the people of the Middle Age experienced in being able to travel +under the protection of the King’s law along the King’s highway, and +their discovery that common laws and customs, common weights and +measures, were on the whole an advantage over a multitude of senseless +irregularities which continued to exist in particular neighborhoods. +It was a distinct triumph for the good life when the men of London and +the men of Edinburgh, let us say, realized that they had something in +common as citizens of a single country, and emphasized the likenesses +which bound them as men rather than the antagonisms that separated them +as cities. If the National State erected barriers of trade against +other countries, it at any rate broke down barriers that had long +existed in even more limited regions, and that have long continued to +exist in certain cities in Italy and France. So much is to the good. + +But uniformity is not a good in itself. It is a good only in so far +as it promotes association and social intercourse. In breaking down +minor barriers, the State created major ones, and it created national +uniformities in regions where they were meaningless. Moreover, +nationalism is inimical to cultural unity, and it perpetuates +irrelevant conflicts in the Kingdom of the Spirit where there should +be neither slave nor free, neither white nor black, neither citizen +nor outlander. As a matter of fact, the two great international +cultural vehicles of the Middle Age--the Latin Language and the Roman +Church--were broken down by the propagation of a National Language, +that spoken at the National Capital, and a National Church, that which +was subservient to the State; and nothing that nationalism has done +since has repaired this loss. On one hand, the idolum of the National +State is too narrow, because the world of culture is man’s common +inheritance, and not the mere segment of it which is called “national +literature” or “national science.” And on the other hand, the idolum +is too big, for the reason that there is no bond except a paper one +between men who are as far apart as Bermondsey and Bombay, or New York +and San Francisco. The temporal community, as Auguste Comte finely +pointed out, is local, restricted, and multiform; this is its essential +nature and limitation. The spiritual community is universal. It was a +great cultural misdemeanor when the National Utopia, in its extension +as imperialism, sought to make the spiritual community restricted and +the temporal community universal; and it is this heresy to the good +life which makes all the pretensions of the national utopia so shabby +and insincere. + + +15 + +If Coketown and the Country House and the National Utopia had +remained on paper, they would doubtless be entertaining and edifying +contributions to our literature. Unfortunately, these social myths +have been potent; they have given a pattern to our lives; and they are +the source of a great many evils that threaten, like stinking weeds, +to choke the good life in our communities. It is not because these +myths are utopias that I have been criticizing them so assiduously; it +is rather because they continue to work such wholesale damage. Hence +it has seemed worth while to point out that they are on pretty much +the same level of reality as the Republic or Christianopolis. We may +perhaps approach our social institutions a little more courageously +when we realize how completely we ourselves have created them; and how, +without our perpetual “will to believe” they would vanish like smoke in +the wind. + + + + +CHAPTER ELEVEN + + How we reckon up accounts with the one-sided utopias of the + partisans. + + + + +CHAPTER ELEVEN + + +1 + +There have been many periods when men did not think it possible to make +life in the community reach much higher levels than it had attained, +without working a change upon human nature. The working of this +change has been one of the chief preoccupations of religion; but no +one can pretend that it has met, during the historic period, with any +overwhelming success. In the eighteenth century men became impatient +with the ministrations of institutional religion, and sought to effect +an improvement in the common life by a different method--by improving +the political, economic, and social mechanisms of society. + +Up to this time the only method that had seemed feasible for improving +the technique of social organization was the mandate of law. Although +Aristotle, for instance, predicted that slavery would come to an end +on the condition that the shuttle should weave by itself and the lyre +play without human hand, no one in the Greek community of his time saw +very much likelihood of improvement through mechanical inventions or +wholesale innovations in agriculture; and no one, apparently, concerned +himself seriously with the mechanical side of affairs. + +It was the same during the Middle Age. If the men of that time were +not exuberantly happy over their civilization, they had the dogmatic +conviction that nothing very satisfactory could come of a race that had +inherited the curse of Adam--a race whose only salvation could come +when its individuals were purged one by one of sin, and delivered, +by the intercession of the saints and the grace of God, into a more +benignly constituted afterworld. One might relieve the pressure a +little if the shoe pinched, perhaps, but scarcely anyone dreamed of +travelling in seven-league boots, or of establishing an Arcadia in +which boots could be dispensed with. It was foolish to look for a more +perfect society in a world that was rife with imperfect men. + +The Renascence, as we have seen, changed all this. Presently a school +of philosophers followed on the heels of the utopians who devoted +themselves to preparing fairly minute plans and specifications for the +social order. In the beginning, these plans were devoted to politics +and criminal reform, like those of Rousseau, Beccaria, Bentham, +Jefferson, Godwin, and the eighteenth century reformers generally; +in the nineteenth century the main accent was economic, and a number +of movements arose which could be traced back to the semi-scientific +investigations of Adam Smith, Ricardo, Proudhon, Malthus, Marx, and +perhaps half a dozen other thinkers of outstanding importance, among +whom we should perhaps include such latter day figures as Mill, +Spencer, and Henry George. + +All of these thinkers have in one way or another influenced our +thoughts and deflected our actions; and if one adds to this galaxy the +reforming elements which remained in the churches and the missionary +brotherhoods and the philanthropic organizations, we can observe, +growing up in the nineteenth century, a multitude of partisan +organizations and movements, each of which is strenuously bent on +realizing its private and partisan utopia. It is these private and +partisan utopias that I purpose to make a slight reckoning with in the +present chapter; but the field is such a huge and formidable one that I +shall limit my criticism in the main to those that attempted to effect +a change in the economic order. + + +2 + +For all the activities that men engage in we have separate words. This +is a great misfortune; for in using these words we tend to believe +that each action takes place in a separate compartment. Instead of +beginning with a whole man interacting in a whole community, we are +likely to consider only a partial man in a partial community, and by a +mental sleight of hand, before we know it, we have let the part stand +for the whole. It is this sort of abstraction, I believe, that has been +responsible for a good deal of fallacious thinking with regard to the +place of industry in the community. The economists seem to have made +the error first by talking of a creature whom they called the Economic +Man, a creature who had no instincts but those of construction and +acquisition, no habits but of working and saving, and no other ultimate +purpose than to become such a captain of industry as would make him a +candidate for the biographic sketches of Mr. Samuel Smiles, and his +present successors in the newspapers and popular magazines. + +Now this Economic Man was the embodiment of honest labor and rapacious +greed. Out of the better quality, Karl Marx painted the picture of +the faithful laborer in Coketown whose masters swindled him out of +the “surplus value” he produced; out of the worse quality classical +economists like Ricardo painted an equally entrancing picture of the +beneficent capitalist, through whose foresight, organizing ability, +and boldness business could be conducted on a scale a simpler age had +scarcely dreamed of. It was out of these conceptions, as they were +elaborated and rationalized in books like Porter’s Progress of the +Nineteenth Century and Marx’s Capital, that there grew up the notion +that the only fundamental problem in the modern world was the labor +problem--the problem as to who should control industry, who should +profit by its advances, and who should own the complicated instruments +by which it was conducted. + +Our business here is not to examine the various programs that were +offered during the last century in answer to these problems; merely +to catalog them with the barest explanation of their purpose would be +an imposing task, were it not for the fact that it has been neatly +done for us by Mr. Savel Zimand. It is enough to see here the common +element in capitalism, copartnery, State Socialism, Guild Socialism, +Co-operation, Communism, Syndicalism, the One Big Union, Trades +Unionism, and the like; whether these movements represent actual facts, +like capitalism, copartnery, or trades unionism, or whether they are +simply projections, like Syndicalism and the One Big Union. + +If our excursion through the classic utopias has been of any use, it +must have shown us how pathetic is this notion that the key to a good +society rests simply on the ownership and control of the industrial +plant of the community. Is it any less absurd when we confess that +most of the movements which were founded upon this assumption were +actuated by generous and humane motives, and that Francis Place, the +tailor of Charing Cross, who believed in a radical application of +laissez faire principles, was just as sincere a believer in the common +weal as Karl Marx, who predicted a dictatorship of the proletariat? +If a great many of these programs have had the notion that industrial +machinery, under socialism or guildism or co-operation was to be used +for the common benefit, what was lacking was any common notion as to +what the common benefit was. + +All that was common to these partisan utopias was a desire to get rid +of positive evils such as overwork or starvation or irregularity of +employment. In their rejection of the existing order of Coketown, with +its rubbish heaps for the disposal of material waste, and its jails, +hospitals, sanatoria, doss houses, Salvation Army Headquarters, and +charitable organizations for the disposal of the human excrement of +industrialism--in turning their backs upon these things and asserting +the simple elements of human dignity, all our radical programs were +right and inevitable. To reject what industrial society had to offer +its members in the filthy factory districts and wretched slums of +Coketown was obviously to reject barbarism and degradation of the worst +sort: the incredible thing about the industrial revolution, indeed, +is not that there were a few riots here and there against the use of +machinery, but that the industrial population has not been in a state +of continual insurrection, and that the industrial towns have not been +looted and razed again and again. It is nothing less than a tribute +to the fundamental good nature and sweetness of human beings that the +strikes by which the workers have expressed their sense of grievance +have not demolished the material hovels that today stand upright in the +valleys of York-Riding, in the valleys of the Ohio and its tributaries, +or in that terrible slum which stretches in back of the Jersey meadows +from Elizabeth into Patterson. There are many districts in these areas +which are scarcely worth the respect of orderly demolition. To give a +grim rejection to the society that produced them only mildly meets the +situation. They should be destroyed by trumpets and God’s wrath--like +Jericho! + +So much for what is sound and valid in the various one-sided programs +for reform. But if their attitude towards the past performances of +industrialism was sound, their gesture towards the future, and their +attitude towards the whole milieu, was little less than indifferent. +There were to be certain gains in money wages, in political control, +in the distribution of products, and so forth; but the realization +of these gains was never projected in any very vivid way--a vague +fellowship in peace and plenty under gay red banners was all that was +left over when the current efforts to “educate the masses,” “revise the +constitution,” or “organize the revolution” were taken for granted. + +In his Socialism: Utopian and Scientific, Friedrich Engels made a plea +for a realistic method of thought, which limited itself to a here and +now, as against what he derided as the utopian method, the attempt +on the part of a single thinker to give a detailed picture of the +society of the future. Yet at the present time it is easy to see that +if the utopian socialism of Owen has been ineffective, the realistic +socialism of Marx has been equally ineffective; for while Owen’s kind +of socialism has been partly fulfilled in the co-operative movement, +the dictatorship of the proletariat rests upon very shaky foundations, +and such success as it has had is due perhaps as much to Marx’s +literary picture of what it would be like as to anything else. I do not +doubt that the partisan movements have achieved many specific gains; +consumer’s co-operation alone has in England measurably lightened the +physical burden of existence for a great many people. Their weakness +consists in the fact that they have not altered the contents of +the modern social order, even when they have altered the method of +distribution; and in addition, a good many of these partisan utopias, +for lack of any definite and coherent scheme of values, crumble away +as soon as they meet the opposition of such powerful collective +utopias as Coketown or the Country House. In America, particularly, +the labor movement is paralyzed by this perpetual movement into the +bourgeoisie--concretely speaking, into Suburbia and the Country +House--and in Great Britain much the same sort of dereliction can be +observed within the narrower group from which the leaders of the trades +unions and the Labor Party are drawn. + +Hence also the less interesting problem of the Tired Radical, which +Mr. Walter Weyl suggestively outlined. There is indeed a pertinent +criticism of the paper environment of Megalopolis, in the tenacious way +in which people continue to cling to abstract programs and to movements +which never approach perceptibly nearer their fulfillment. The marvel +is that the concrete utopia of the Country House has not exercised a +more potent influence than it actually does. When one compares the vast +amount of agitation during the last century--the Chartist Movement, +the Socialist Movement, the International Peace Movement--with the +actual results in the reconstruction of work, place, and people, or +with the actual effects any reconstruction has had upon our polity, +our culture, our art--it is surprising that these movements have had +any effective claim upon our allegiance. Men will indeed work for an +idea--the notion that they will not is a superstition--but sooner or +later the spirit must be made manifest in the flesh, and if it never +comes to birth, or at best is an abortion, the idea is bound to wither +away. + +How long would the parliamentary clatter of socialism have mechanically +kept on--had it not been for the dislocation of war? How long could +its abstract programs have remained in the air, before coming down to +specifications? I obviously cannot answer these questions; but it seems +plain enough that our radical programs have had simply a sentimental +interest: they moved people without giving them a specific task, they +stirred them emotionally without giving them an outlet, and so, at +best, they are but partial utopias of escape, using the powers of +organization, collective meetings, and pronunciamentos to take the +place of the emotional stimuli which the avowed utopia of escape, like +News from Nowhere, supplies by introducing a beautiful girl. In this +aspect, the Socialist Party, with its revolutionary demands, did not +differ in its psychological performance from the Republican Party, +which specialized in the rhetorical device of the full dinner pail; +nor did it differ in any fundamental way from the defunct Progressive +Party, which for a time believed in a new heaven and earth to follow +the initiative, referendum, and recall with an intensity of moral +conviction beside which the social revolutionist was positively tame. + +Who doubts the honesty and sincerity of most of the members of these +parties? Who doubts their devotion to revolution or “uplift”? It is +all beside the point. A machine which doesn’t work because it is badly +constructed is just as useless as one that doesn’t work because its +maker is a deliberate fraud; and all the sincerity and good will and +honesty doesn’t make any one a smile the happier. It is about time that +we faced the facts and realized that in all our sundry mechanisms of +reform “there is a screw loose somewhere.” This pregnant metaphor of +the industrial age is usually applied to neurotic disorder; and I am +using it in the present context with fell intentions. I mean that the +utopia of the partisan is, psychologically speaking, a fetish; that +is to say, it is an attempt to substitute the part for the whole, and +to pour into the part all the emotional content that belongs to the +whole. When a man gets hold of a lady’s handkerchief or garter, and +behaves towards that object with as much intensity and interest as he +would towards its flesh and blood owner, the handkerchief or garter is +said to be a fetish. I hazard the judgment that Socialism, Prohibition, +Proportional Representation, and the various other abstract “isms” are +the fetishes of the partisan: they are attempts to make some particular +instrument or function of the community stand for the whole. It is +doubtless much easier to filch a handkerchief than to win a girl. +By the same token, it is easier to concentrate on the use of liquor +or the ownership of machinery and land than upon the totality of a +community’s activities. It is easier indeed; but it is fatal; for the +result of this fetishism is perhaps that the girl remains unmated, and +the society fails to undergo any fundamental change. Moreover, the +reforming elements in society become incapacitated by their practice +of fetishism to take a normal part in the community’s activities; and +remain so much waste material--at best, they wander between two worlds, +“one dead, the other powerless to be born.” + +We know these disoriented reformers, these disillusioned +revolutionaries, these tired radicals; we could mention names if it +were not so needless and so cruel. Apart from anything else, their +original mistake was to keep their problem within the compartment of +politics and economics, instead of venting it to the wide world. They +forgot that the adjustment of some single activity or institution, +without respect to the rest, begged the very difficulty they were +trying to overcome. If they were anti-militarists, they saw the world +simply as an armed camp; if they were socialists, they saw it as a +gigantic mechanism of exploitation; and alas! they saw only so much of +the world as would conveniently fit within these diagrams. The world +is perhaps an armed camp and a mechanism of exploitation; it is all +that and much more; but any attempt to deal with it on a wholesale plan +by eliminating all the qualifying elements in the problem is bound to +encounter the brute nature of things; and if the nature of things is +essentially antagonistic, the reform itself will fail. + +To say all this is to emphasize the obvious. If any further emphasis +were needed it would be necessary only to compare the doctrines of +Marx, as expounded by Lenin at the beginning of the Russian Revolution, +and the doctrines of Lenin, as tempered by experience and circumstance +a few years later. + + +3 + +There was still another weakness that characterized all the partisan +utopias of the nineteenth century. That weakness was their externalism. + +If the mediæval thinkers were convinced that, on the whole, nothing +could be done to rectify men’s institutions, while men themselves were +so easily bitten by corruption, their successors in the nineteenth +century committed the opposite kind of error and absurdity: they +believed that human nature was unsocial and obstreperous only because +the church, the state, or the institution of property perverted every +human impulse. Men like Rousseau, Bentham, Godwin, Fourier, and Owen +might be miles apart from one another in their criticism of society, +but there was an underlying consensus in their belief in human nature. +They looked upon human institutions as altogether external to men; +these were so many straitjackets that cunning rulers had thrown over +the community to make sane and kindly people behave like madmen; and +they could conceive of changing the institutions without changing the +habits and redirecting the impulses of the people by whom and for whom +they had been created. If one devised neat political constitutions, +with plenty of checks and balances, or laid out pauper colonies and +invited the countryside to make use of them--well, all would be to the +good. + +There was, it is true, one great exception to this notion that +institutions might be reformed without, in that process, making over +men. I refer to the belief in education which accompanied these +classic criticisms of human institutions; for this seems to point to +a perception that men needed a special training and discipline before +they could enter freely into the life of a reconstituted community. But +upon examination, this exception melts away. The emphasis in the new +programs of education was upon the formal, institutional acquirement +of the apparatus of knowledge; and they, too, began with the clean +slate of a new generation, whereas the critical difficulty was that +of getting the adult community sufficiently educated, in a realistic +sense, to be able to make over its educational institutions; and in +this respect the reformers were just as much in Cuckooland as--well, +Campanella. So it follows that the Country House and Coketown shared +honors in building up the new educational organizations; and the +outcome of the sort of education that the public school and college +provided was to make these redoubtable utopias practically unassailable. + +Besides, there were the adults: consider Robert Owen! + +Robert Owen, one of the most sanguine advocates of popular education, +was himself a living example of the need for a different kind of +discipline than his narrow and homiletic mind, with its childish +interpretation of religious belief and its equally childish +rationalism, was capable of framing. No one ever frustrated so many +good ideas, from the plan of garden cities down to the project for +co-operative production than this same Owen, whose bumptiousness, +arrogance, and conceit were bound to provoke reactions in other people +which would have defeated the plans of Omnipotence itself. The capital +difficulty was to get any sort of social improvement in a world that +was full of refractory Owens. A locomotive may, in a sense, be a more +perfect thing than the man who made it; but no social order can be +better than the human beings who take part in it; for whereas the +locomotive can stand apart from its operatives and perform all its +functions effectively even if the workers themselves are deficient in +every other respect than mechanics, with a social order the product and +the producer continue to be one. + +Not merely does a community need a Buddha, let us say, before it +can produce Buddhism; it needs a whole succession of Buddhas if the +religion itself is not to fritter away into the hideous ecclesiastical +grind it became in Thibet. This principle has a general application. +The social critics of the last century confused the mechanical problem +of transforming an institution or of creating a new organization +with the personal and social problem of spurring people to effect +the transformation and see it through. Their tactics were those of +a general who would go into battle without training his army; their +strategy was that of the demagogue who talks of a million armed men +springing up overnight. The personal problem, the problem of education, +was as easy as that! + +If we are to account for the poverty of our achievements in renovating +the community, in contrast with the enormous amount of quite +justifiable economic and political agitation, research, and criticism, +it is perhaps not altogether fair to put the entire burden of failure +upon the partisan’s lop-sided utopia. The plans of our reformers have +indeed been weak and jerrybuilt in themselves; but that is not all. +What has perhaps been even more conspicuously lacking has been people +who are accessible to the existing knowledge, people whose minds have +been trained to play freely with the facts, people who have learned the +fine and exacting art of co-operating with their fellows; people who +are as critical of their own mental processes and habits of behavior as +they are of the institutions they wish to alter. As Viola Paget says: +“The bulk of thinking and feeling intended to help on human improvement +has not really been good enough for the purpose. Not good enough in the +sense of not sufficiently impersonal and disciplined.” + +Between our programs, our utopias, and their fulfillment there has +usually dropt a thick veil of personalities; and were the plan itself +the collaborate product of the best minds of the race; as Mr. H. G. +Wells satirically pictured in Boon, it would still have to take its +chances with the wild asses of the devil that human weakness, apathy, +greed, lust for power, might release. Walt Whitman said of Carlyle +that behind the tally of his work and genius stood the stomach, and +gave a sort of casting vote. So one may say of every social movement, +that behind the tally of its theoretic background and its concrete +programs stand human beings--hale and sick, neurotic and stable, +well-intentioned and malicious--and give the casting vote. + +Anyone who has read an important book, and then met the author, who has +respected an apparently significant social movement, and then met the +leaders behind the scenes, will realize how frequent is the difficulty +of reconciling theoretic agreement with the inaccessibilities and +prejudices and repugnances of particular personalities. No one can join +the work of even the most trivial sort of committee--be it a delegation +to shake hands with the Congressman or a body designated to revise the +rules of a tennis club--without discovering how the work in hand is +perpetually being balked and diverted by the play of personalities. + +It is not a little significant that popular speech gives the word +“personalities” a derogatory meaning. Again and again the success or +failure in large collaborations hinges upon human factors that have no +bearing on the question at issue. Pope’s satiric words about wretches +hanging that jurymen may dine touches the point neatly. Our programs +for reconstruction that have not reckoned with the perpetual cussedness +of human nature and have no method for exorcising it are as shallow as +those older theologies which sought to make men live in grace without +altering the social order in which they functioned. Perhaps they could +learn something from the story of that ancient agitator who cured the +blind, the maimed, the sick, and the halt before he bade them enter +into the Kingdom of Heaven. Emerson well said in his essay on Man the +Reformer that it was stupid to expect any real or permanent change from +any social program which was unable to regenerate or convert--these are +religious phases for a common psychological phenomenon--the people who +are to engineer it and carry it through. + +It would be so easy, this business of making over the world, if it +were only a matter of creating machinery. There has probably never +been lacking the sort of energy and talent that is needed for this +sort of work; and at any rate, during the last three centuries, with +the growth of technology, the mechanical services at the command of +our engineers and organizers are huge and adequate. Unfortunately, we +are still in the same ditch that Carlyle mordantly pointed out in his +essay on Characteristics: Given a world of knaves, we are trying by +various cunning devices to produce an honesty from their united action. +I do not share Carlyle’s contempt for human nature in the raw, but he +is quite right, I believe, in making fun of the superficiality of our +partisan utopias. These utopias were so concerned to alter the shell +of the community’s institutions that they neglected to pay attention +to the habits of the creature itself--or its habitat. That is why +mechanical devices play such an important part, perhaps, in all these +utopias, from Jeremy Bentham, with his Panopticon method of reforming +criminals, down to the hideous cog-and-wheel utopia of Edward Bellamy. + +The conceptions of human life that our reforming groups have had have +been pretty thin and unsatisfying. Any adequate conception of a new +social order would, it seems to me, include the scenery, the actors, +and the play. It is a mark of our immaturity that we never seem able to +get beyond the scene shifting. Our social theorists, in so far as they +consider the actors at all, are inclined to treat them as mechanical +puppets. As for the play itself--the universal drama of courtship +and trial and adventure and contest and achievement, in which every +human being is potentially the hero or heroine--the play itself has +hardly entered into their consciousness. Their values have not been +human values: they have been such values as have been authenticated by +commerce and industry, values such as efficiency, fair wages, and what +not. These, at any rate, have been the immediate objects of effort, +and if human values hung vaguely in the background, they were to be +realized in a distant and unascertainable future. So one often feels +that no matter how base and deteriorated the modern community is, it +nevertheless retains in its totality a greater measure of human values +than many of the groups that have attacked its inadequacy have to offer. + +All this comes out pretty plainly in the attitude of the labor groups +towards the current situation. Whether they are organized for political +action or for industrial warfare, their aims are curiously similar. +In the very act of contending against the present order, they have +accepted the ends for which that order stands and have been content to +demand simply that they be universalized. This perhaps accounts for the +essential uncreativeness of the labor movement. By a revolution they do +not mean a transvaluation of values: they mean a dilution and spreading +out of established practices and institutions. There may indeed be +plenty of excuse for this attitude in any particular situation--a +group of unorganized and semi-destitute workers such as those in many +American steel plants--but the worst of it is that this attitude +characterizes the more advanced and economically secure groups, and +creeps into such ultimate programs as one can deduce from attempts to +create workers’ educational institutions--as if a change in ownership +or the balance of power would alter the face of Coketown so that its +fires would no longer burn and its cinders no longer smut. + +I have emphasized what is the weakness, as it seems to me, of the +labor movement; not because I am necessarily out of sympathy with any +particular measure that might be proposed, but because it illustrates +upon an enormous scale the point which I desire to make. The +prohibition movement, or the charity organization movement--towards +both of which I feel, on the contrary, a cordial antipathy--would +serve just as well for illustration; for they all have this common +distinction: they lack any explicit, consciously projected humane ends +which would make any particular measure that they might offer justified. + + +4 + +Let me now anticipate the answer which this criticism will probably +meet. To some people it will seem that the current movements for +reform are inevitably secular; that they have no business to concern +themselves with the ultimate faith of men; that they inevitably deal +with a limited here and now, a dollar more of wages, a drop less of +liquor, a touch more of uniformity, and so forth. In short, our partial +utopias need not concern themselves with any of the questions that have +to do with the life of the spirit. + +The simple answer to this crude philosophy is--so much the worse for +them. The breach between the institutions that deal with the material +life and those that deal with the ideal life results either in a +complete dissociation, by which each set of institutions becomes +paralytic and imbecile; or, as so often happens, in a capitulation +of the spiritual power to the temporal, and its complete engrossment +in temporal ends. I am aware that these phrases, “spiritual” and +“temporal,” have a certain old-fashioned smell; but they precisely +express my meaning: it is plain that every community contains the +corresponding institutions--one group being devoted to values and +the other to means. When our reforms are not touched by a sense of +values, the result is that purely temporal ends are taken as ultimate, +and we have such notions as efficiency or organization regarded +as the very touchstone of social improvement. This is scarcely an +improvement over the old order of things, with which we are now so +dismally familiar--the state in which our values were not fertilized +by any intercourse with the concrete and actual world about us, and so +remained remote and sterile. In short, unless our reformers concern +themselves with the ultimate values of men, with what constitutes +a good life, they are bound to pander to such immediate faiths and +superstitions as the National State, Efficiency, or the White Man’s +Burden. + + +5 + +There is a final criticism of the partial utopias: our one-sided +reforms have had this fatal defect--they are one-sided. This +partisanship was expressed by their relation to the facts upon which +their programs were based, and in their attitude towards the people who +were to be affected by them. + +The mood of partisanship has been that of a lawyer who is getting up +an argument and is looking for such facts as will bolster up his case. +That mood is inimical to free and intelligent thought: its object +is rhetorical triumph. Now it happens that in all the matters which +intimately concern a community, a person’s attitude towards the facts +not merely seems more important than the facts themselves, but seems so +deucedly important that the facts are ignored. The attitude of a group +of Southern whites who will lynch a negro on the report that he has +raped a white woman before they investigate the truth of the assertion +is a bestial exaggeration of a very natural human tendency. Men are +built for action rather than thought; or rather, since thought, on the +psychologist’s interpretation, is inhibited action, the business of +inhibition naturally comes a little hard to us; and when we are in a +place where we have the rough choice of pushing through the obstacle, +under a strong impulse of resentment (instinct of pugnacity) or may +quietly withdraw from the obstacle, survey it, and frame a plan of +action to circumvent it, our fundamental impulse is to follow the first +mode. + +It is easy to see, for example, how the hideous human suffering +which accompanied the growth of the capitalist organization--and +still exists!--caused the socialists to concentrate attention upon +the subjects of ownership and profits, and long blinded them to the +specific problems of organization, distribution, and control within +the industries that might be affected by the program of socialization. +This concentration upon the particular aspect of a problem, like +the concentration upon a particular aspect of the solution, has +the weakness of ignoring the total situation, and it too crudely +simplifies the difficulties. In their haste to arrive at solutions and +remedies--for the life of man is short and the needs of the moment are +pressing--the partisans neglect to make a complete tally of the facts; +and they are too ready to let “common knowledge” take the place of a +thorough investigation of the data. + +This weakness arises out of an almost instinctive tendency towards +partisanship; and it is one of the reasons that partisanship continues. +If nothing else prevents groups from getting together, their failure +to agree about the facts, and their lack of a method for getting at +the facts and focussing them, is responsible. If an examination of +the facts did nothing else, it might show at least the impossibility +of drawing any conclusion from them, and it might warn the partisan +to step warily. Thus the testimony that was offered for and against +Prohibition came from fairly high authorities on both sides; and if +there had been anything like right reason in the strategically stronger +camp, it would have convinced those who were interested in the welfare +of the community that nothing could be wisely done while the very basis +for judgment--scientific knowledge as to the place of alcoholic stimuli +in the life of the human organism--had not been established. + +It is of course conceivable that men will quarrel and split when they +are fully apprised of the facts: we may well remember the story of +the British ambassador who confessed to his French colleague that +the reason he did not get on very well with the Americans was that +both countries unfortunately spoke the same language; but it is +inconceivable that they should ever reach an intelligent agreement +before they are in common possession of the facts. By ignoring the +necessity for substantiating his claims and assertions the partisan +frequently not merely fails to see his whole problem in all its +implications, but also prevents any one else from seeing it. Even when +the partisan is not intentionally blind, he lacks the discipline which +is essential to an open-eyed judgment of the case. What that discipline +may be I shall attempt to discuss in the next chapter. + +The second weakness of partisanship is that it breaks the community +into vertical divisions, and promotes fictitious antagonisms and +kinships which run against the horizontal affiliations and loyalties of +a man’s life. This tendency was nicely illustrated in a play by Mr. St. +John Ervine, called Mixed Marriage, which dealt with the love affair +of a young girl and a young man who were separated by the religions +that had been handed down by their parents. In Mr. Ervine’s wretched +little Ulster community, these religions served as an excuse to keep +people from being friendly and decent to their neighbors. Now it is +obvious that mating, and making friends with those who have common +interests and sentiments, and mixing freely within the whole community, +are highly important horizontal interests; they tend to unite people +in a common bond which is fundamental for the reason that these +interests and activities are essentially human. The antagonism between +two Christian sects, on the other hand, undermines the good life as a +whole, because it insists that there is no other good than a religious +good--a good embodied in a pope, or in the practice of scoffing at a +pope--while it is obvious to anyone who has possession of his senses +that kissing a pretty girl is good, and having a friendly pipe with +one’s neighbor is good, and that institutions which prevent one from +doing these things at appropriate times are perverted and antisocial. +It is true that people who emphasize religious interests take “high +ground,” as the saying is, and that those who value the friendly pipe +seem by implication to take low ground: but what the partisans fail to +see is that there is a good human case for low ground, and that, for +the great majority of people it may prove to be not merely the only +practicable ground, but in its own right a good and sufficient one. + +Now for Catholic and Protestant in Mr. St. John Ervine’s play one +may substitute Democrat and Republican, White Guard and Red Guard, +Socialist and Financier, Prohibitionist and anti-Prohibitionist and +the results will be just as deplorably the same. There are any number +of interests in a well-wrought life which lie altogether beyond these +categories, and it is the chief misdemeanor of partisanism, as opposed +to utopianism, that it tends to slight these general interests, and +either bring them into the service of the “ism” or urge that they be +neglected in devotion to the “cause.” The first method has been used +by the apostles of nationalism. The National State, recognizing that +art and culture and science could not be altogether engrossed in the +strategy of political warfare, promptly put these goods in the pigeon +hole labelled national resources. The partisans of the State talked +about American science as opposed to German science, of Italian art +as opposed to French art; and thus emphasized the things which men in +America had with other Americans in order to mark off more clearly the +things they had apart from men of similar interests in other countries. +The same thing happened in the Russian communist state, with its +attempt to set aside the common cultural heritage of mankind at large +and define a purely proletarian culture. The results in every case are, +I believe, incurably mischievous; and those who would promote the good +life must cease this infantile practice of asserting vainly that “my +father knows more than your father,” “my mother is more beautiful than +your mother”--and so on. + +For the most part the second method has been indefatigably used. In +the political state the partisans make a great show of the gulf which +separates the political party in power from that which is outside, +and every other interest in life is supposed to be secondary to this +abysmal cleavage. In relatively crude communities, like the United +States and Ireland, these differences seem to be taken by the great +mass of people at their face value; whereas in England, which at least +has the virtues of disillusion, it is the great tradition of Parliament +that all the animosities of the floor are ignored in the bar of the +House of Commons, while all the congenialities and convivialities that +bind men together are emphasized. Lest I be accused of prejudice where +none exists, let me add that in the most substantial reconstruction +movement that Ireland possesses--I refer to agricultural co-operation +as promoted by Sir Horace Plunkett and A. E.--the horizontal interests +which bind men together as farmers and members of a local community +are successfully emphasized to the exclusion of irrelevant vertical +differences, at least in matters touching the organization and conduct +of the Irish Agricultural Organization Society; and that, as far as +I can see, this single organization has done more to promote the +good life in Ireland than any other institution, with the possible +exception of the equally non-partisan literary association which grew +up in Dublin under the leadership of A. E., William Butler Yeats, Lady +Gregory, and the rest of that fine and glorious crew. + +Obviously, it is not altogether for nothing that men have joined +together in vertical organizations which are as broad as a continent, +let us say, or the European world. There is a sense in which the +Christians of Jerusalem have more in common with the Christians of Rome +than they have with the Jews and Mohammedans of their local region. In +the same way, I find myself more deeply drawn to certain friends of +mine in Bombay and London than I am towards my next door neighbor, +with whom the only recognizable bond is our common animus against a +rapacious landlord. So long as the vertical affiliation with people of +the same views in politics or religion or philosophy is a spiritual +affiliation a great deal of good may come out of it. When, however, +the things that draw people together as members of a vertical group +are used as a means of inflicting similar opinions or practices upon +the local community, without respect to its regional qualities, the +results are little less than disastrous. The rain falls on the just and +the unjust; more than that, the food that we grow, the houses that we +build, the roads that we lay down, the thoughts that we think, belong +to us as members of the human species who have inherited the earth and +the fullness thereof; and it is absurd to let differences in our idola +prevent us from participating equally in this common heritage. + +At long last, the things that unite human beings as human beings, +the social inheritance that enables them to realize their stature as +human beings, are more important than any particular element that the +partisan may lay hold of. Whether our partisanism consists in being +first and foremost an American or first and foremost a Theosophist, +it tends to limit the world with which we may have commerce and so +impoverishes the personality. The person who insists upon being a +hundred per cent. American has by that very emphasis become something +less than half a man. By fastening attention upon a segment of the +world, the partisan creates a segment of a personality. It is these +segments or sects that any movement which aims at a general good in the +community must contend against. So long as work for the common welfare +meets with irrelevant partisanisms, so long will we lack the means of +creating whole men and women; and so long will the main concerns of +civilization be side-tracked. + + +6 + +What a vision these partisan utopias present! They are like the +scattered bones that the prophet saw in the terrible valley, and one +doubts whether even the breath of the Lord could knit them together +again into real bodies.... + +One of these partisan utopias issues from a bundle of red-tape; +everything is filed and ticketed and labelled there; and anything in +life that cannot be treated in this fashion does not exist. Another +is a mechanical contraption; somehow it seems to litter little +mechanical contraptions; and its aim is, it would seem, to do away with +vegetation and reproduction, so that everything under the sun might be +performed with the sterile accuracy of the machine. A third utopia of +the partisan calls human beings, with all their color and thickness, +“individuals,” and makes the good life a matter of legal relationships +without any regard to their necessities in time and space; such a +utopia could almost be carried in one’s pocket, so much is it a matter +of verbal statement. We need not go down the line. Singly, it is plain +that not one of these utopias would create a happy community; while if +all of these partisanisms could be realized the result could scarcely +be anything else than discord--such a discord as now exists and every +day becomes more raucous. + +It would seem that we are at an impasse. Even if I have absurdly +exaggerated the futility of the reformers and revolutionaries, their +lack of any fundamental program and their inability to conceive an +essential reorientation in modern society, come out pretty plainly. If +our analysis did not prove this, the atmosphere of disillusion which we +breathe today, and which permeates every branch of literature, would +tell as much. In so far as we have accepted the modern social order we +are in ruin; and the next war that now threatens will, if it actually +comes to pass, only carry the ruin a little further. In so far as +we have pinned our hopes to current movements for reconstruction or +revolution, our plans are sickly and debilitated. In fact, the only +genuine signs of life seem to be in regions like Ireland, Denmark, +India, and China, which have stood outside the movement of industrial +civilization and have retained the values of an order which elsewhere +has been undermined and almost destroyed. It is not a pretty situation +to face; and small wonder that we are so slow and so reluctant to face +it. Whichever way we look, bankruptcy seems to threaten us. + +It is time we endeavored to cash in the paper roubles of the partisan. +If our civilization is to hold together we must place its intellectual +currency on a new basis; we must exchange our abstract idealisms, our +abstract programs, our paperized pursuit of happiness for some of the +golden coinage of life, even though we cannot have our gold without +mixing it with baser metals. + + + + +CHAPTER TWELVE + + How the half-worlds go, and how eutopia may come; and what we + need before we can build Jerusalem in any green and pleasant + land. + + + + +CHAPTER TWELVE + + +1 + +The sort of thinking that has created our utopias has placed desire +above reality; and so their chief fulfillment has been in the realm of +fantasy. This is true of the classic utopias that we have surveyed, +and it is true--though not perhaps quite so apparent--of the partial +utopias that were formulated by the various reconstruction movements +during the last century. + +While the classic utopias have so far been nearer to reality that +they have projected a whole community, living and working and mating +and spanning the gamut of man’s activity, their projections have +nevertheless been literally up in the air, since they did not usually +arise out of any real environment or attempt to meet the conditions +that this environment presented. This defect has been suggested by the +very name of Utopia, for as Professor Patrick Geddes points out, Sir +Thomas More was an inveterate punster, and Utopia is a mock-name for +either Outopia, which means no-place, or Eutopia--the good place. + +It is time to bring our utopian idola and our everyday world into +contact; indeed, it is high time, for the idola that have so far served +us are now disintegrating so rapidly that our mental world will soon +be as empty of useful furniture as a deserted house, while wholesale +dilapidation and ruin threaten the institutions that once seemed +permanent. Unless we can weave a new pattern for our lives the outlook +for our civilization is almost as dismal as Herr Spengler finds it +in Der Untergang des Abendlandes. Our choice is not between eutopia +and the world as it is, but between eutopia and nothing--or rather, +nothingness. Other civilizations have proved inimical to the good +life and have failed and past away; and there is nothing but our own +will-to-eutopia to prevent us from following them. + +If this dissipation of Western Civilization is to cease, the first +step in reconstruction is to make over our inner world, and to give +our knowledge and our projections a new foundation. The problem +of realizing the potential powers of the community--which is the +fundamental problem of eutopian reconstruction--is not simply a matter +of economics or eugenics or ethics as the various specialist thinkers +and their political followers have emphasized. Max Beer, in his History +of British Socialism, points out that Bacon looked for the happiness of +mankind chiefly in the application of science and industry. But by now +it is plain that if this alone were sufficient, we could all live in +heaven tomorrow. Beer points out that More, on the other hand, looked +to social reform and religious ethics to transform society; and it is +equally plain that if the souls of men could be transformed without +altering their material and institutional activities, Christianity, +Mohammedanism, and Buddhism might have created an earthly paradise +almost any time this last two thousand years. The truth is, as Beer +sees, that these two conceptions are still at war with each other: +idealism and science continue to function in separate compartments; +and yet “the happiness of man on earth” depends upon their combination. + +If we are to build up genuine eutopias, instead of permitting ourselves +to pattern our behavior in terms of fake utopias like Coketown, the +Country House, the National State, and all the other partial and +inadequate myths to which we have given allegiance, we must examine +anew the idola which will assist us in reconstituting our environment. +So we are forced to consider the place of science and art in our social +life, and to discuss what must be done in order to make them bear more +concretely upon “the improvement of man’s estate.” + + +2 + +There was a time when the world of knowledge and the world of dreams +were not separated; when the artist and the scientist, for all +practical purposes, saw the “outside world” through the same kind of +spectacles. + +What we call “science” today was in its primitive state part and +parcel of that common stock of knowledge and belief which makes up a +community’s literature, or, as Dr. Beattie Crozier would have said, its +“Bible.” The departure of science from this main body of literature +begins for the Western World, probably, with the death of Plato and +the institution of Aristotle’s collections in natural history; and +from that point onwards the separate sciences, increasingly isolate +themselves from the general body of knowledge, and utilize methods +which had been unknown to the earlier philosophers and sages; so that +by the time the twentieth century dawns the process of differentiation +has been completed, and philosophy, once the compendium of the +sciences, has disappeared except as a sort of impalpable, viscous +residue. + +When Aristotle divided his writing into the exoteric and esoteric +groups, into the popular and the scientific, he definitely +recognized the existence of two separate branches of literature, +two different ways of taking account of the world, two disparate +methods of approaching its problems. The first branch was that of +the philosophers, the prophets, the poets, and the plain people. Its +background was the generality of human experience: its methods were +those of discussion and conference: its criteria were those of formal +dialectics: its interests were specifically those of the community, +and nothing human was foreign to it. With the petrification of +Greek thought that followed the collapse of the Alexandrian school, +the second branch was slow in coming into its own. As late as the +eighteenth century its adherents were called natural philosophers, to +distinguish them from the more humane variety; and it is only with the +nineteenth century that the subject became universally known as science +and its practitioners as scientists. + +In the Phædrus Socrates had expressed the humanist outlook of +literature by saying: “Trees and fields, you know, cannot teach me +anything, but men in the city can.” The shortest way of describing the +attitude of science is to say that it resolutely turned its back on +men in the city and devoted itself to the trees and fields and stars +and the rest of brute nature. If it paid attention to men at all it +saw them--if we may abuse an old quotation--as trees walking. Socrates +had said: Know thyself. The scientist said: Know the world that lies +outside man’s dominion. As science progressed these attitudes became +more rigid, unfortunately, and a conflict grew up between literature +and science, between the humanities and natural philosophy, which +has given both art and science the peculiar twist we shall presently +examine. + +Now the developments in modern science go back, through the Arabic +thinkers, to ancient Greece; but the great advances that have been +made date back scarcely three centuries. On the basis of the precise +knowledge of physical relations which became available in mathematics, +physics, mechanics, and chemistry the startling changes which have been +crudely labelled the “industrial revolution” were carried through. If +the essential relationship between the world of ideas and the world +of action were ever in doubt, the industrial revolution, especially +in its later phases, would be a final demonstration; for beneath the +ostensible skyscrapers, subways, factories, telephone lines, and sewers +of the modern industrial city lie the immaterial foundations of western +physical science, laid down stone by stone in the remote, theoretic +researches of Boyle, Faraday, Kelvin, Leibniz, and the rest of that +great galaxy. With the far reaching effect of the idola of physical +science it is hardly necessary to deal. Everyone realizes how dependent +the advance in technology has been upon theoretic science, even though +the scientist himself, as Kropotkin pointed out, is sometimes slow in +admitting the debt of science itself to practical invention. The actual +world of machinery is at present, it seems fair to say, a parasite upon +this body of knowledge, and it would speedily starve to death if the +host were annihilated. + +Science has provided the factual data by means of which the +industrialist, the inventor, and the engineer have transformed +the physical world; and without doubt the physical world has been +transformed. Unfortunately, when science has furnished the data its +work is at an end: whether one uses the knowledge of chemicals to +cure a patient or to poison one’s grandmother is, from the standpoint +of science, an extraneous and uninteresting question. So it follows +that while science has given us the means of making over the world, +the ends to which the world has been made over have had, essentially, +nothing to do with science. Accordingly, as I have suggested, the idola +of the Country House and Coketown and the National State, which were +built up by literature and art, have given the effective direction to +these transformations. So far, science has not been used by people +who regarded man and his institutions scientifically. The application +of the scientific method to man and his institutions has hardly been +attempted. + +Even when one qualifies this last generalization, its outline remains +pretty sharp. The development of what are called the social sciences +was dimly outlined in Bacon’s Novum Organon; but it was not till the +eighteenth century, with Quesnay and Montesquieu, that the movement +gained any real headway, and down to this day a large part of what is +called science in Economics, Politics, and Sociology is only disguised +literature--work in which the jargon of science is accepted as a +substitute for the scientific method of arriving at factual truth, and +in which the effort to mold conduct overwhelms the attempt to reach +correct conclusions. Indeed, among the economists and sociologists +there has been a persistent dribble of discussion as to whether or not +their subjects entitled them to the august designation of scientists. + +It is not without reason that the social and human sciences have been +distrusted by the devotees of physical science, so that, for example, +the British Association has long had a single section devoted to +the social sciences in which Sociology, the mother of them all, is +permitted to enter as a subclassification of Anthropology! The nearer +the investigator gets to man, the more easily he is overwhelmed with +the complexity of his subject; and the more tempted he is to adopt the +swift and easy partisan methods of the novelist, the poet, the prophet. +The mere concealment of this act of seduction under the rough, grey +cover of scientific jargon means frequently that the social scientist +has added to the offense of not being a good scientist by not even +being a good literary man. + +Hence there is a great gap between the more external part of the world +which has been affected by science, and that part, nearer to man and +man’s institutions, which has yet for the greater part to be conquered. +While the physical equipment of New York compares with that of fourth +century Athens as Athens itself would compare with an Aurignacian cave, +the life of men in the city is perhaps more disordered and futile and +incomplete than the author of the Republic found it. The moral of +this contrast need hardly be pointed in so many words. The idolum of +science is incomplete; for it chiefly touches life in its physical +sector; and it remains to complete the span so that every activity and +condition may be described, measured, and grasped in scientific terms. +With the vast modern improvement in our physical arrangements in view, +it must occur to almost anyone that a permanent advance in social +life depends upon a much more thorough and realistic acquaintance with +the facts than the social sciences have yet been able to provide. +Before an army moves over the land it is well for it to have moved in +someone’s mind over a topographic map. Lacking such maps, all our day +to day improvements have been wasteful sallies into eutopia, proceeding +without order, without a sufficient equipment, and without any general +plan. + + +3 + +There is a point up to which each science may well be left to cultivate +its field for its own sake, without any regard for the fruits. Mr. +Thorstein Veblen, in The Place of Science in Civilization, has well +pointed out the way in which science arises out of idle curiosity; +and science, studied and advanced for its own sake, is surely one of +the great playthings of the race. In this aspect, while science seeks +a quite different path to the contemplative life than art takes, its +end is the same--the dominant interest is an esthetic one, the joy of +pure perception. Science is thus a sort of world in itself, and it is +self-sufficient: there is no need for it to make contact with the real +world in which we fight and love and earn our daily bread. In its own +world, science is no better and no worse than theosophy or astrology or +fables about deity. + +But the divorce of science from the daily life of the community is not +altogether an advantage. If it fosters a whole-hearted cultivation +of science for its own values, it tends to lose sight of realities +without which its values are meaningless. It is hard perhaps to locate +the point at which science, divorced from every day realities, ceases +to have any social relevance; but it seems to me that such a point +exists; and when the sciences remain disparate and unrelated one to +the other, they tend to pass over from a public world to the private +world of the specialist; and the knowledge which obtains in that world +can with difficulty be brought out again to irrigate the common life +of the community; or if it is brought out, as bacteriology is brought +out in relation to the treatment of disease, it is divorced from a +consideration of the total situation in a way that makes so many +specialist advances in medicine, for example, the stamping ground for +the fanatic. + +This loss of contact, I believe, is highly dangerous; for it lessens +the effect of scientific discipline upon daily affairs quite as much as +a cloistered religion, by erecting impossible sanctions, opens the way +for much unalloyed slackness and baseness, and by demanding that Pistol +and Falstaff live like Christ prevents these biological rapscallions +from achieving so much as the level of Robin Hood. The upshot of this +dissociation of science and social life is that superstition takes +the place of science among the common run of men, as a more easily +apprehended version of reality. + +Today the whole corpus of knowledge is in an anarchic state, and it +lacks order precisely because it lacks any definite relations to +the community which creates it, and for which it, in turn, provides +the spectacles through which the world is seen. Against the gains +that have come from the increasing specialization of the sciences, +we have to set off the losses which the community suffers from the +development of crude forms of science, and from quackeries like +astrology and spiritualism which succeed in giving a complete account +of man’s place in the universe in terms that are fairly intelligible +to the lay mind. It seems to me, then, that in the cultivation of the +sciences a definite hierarchy of values must be established which +shall have some relation to the essential needs of the community. The +independence of science from human values is a gross superstition: +the desire for order, for security, for esthetically satisfactory +patterns--along with the desire for fame or the favor of princes--have +all played their parts in the development of science. Though the logic +of science may discount the human factor as far as possible in its +internal operations, it is because men have placed a certain value upon +disinterested intellectual operations that these activities are pursued +in modern communities to the exclusion of other interests and claims. + +Let us put the problem concretely. A community which cultivates +chemical science to the point at which it is able to wipe out a whole +city by a few explosions of poisonous gas is in a pretty treacherous +situation. If the science that it possesses has not helped to found a +eutopia, it has at any rate provided the foundations for a kakotopia, +or bad place: in short, for a hell. Indeed scientific knowledge has +not merely heightened the possibilities of life in the modern world: +it has lowered the depths. When science is not touched by a sense of +values it works--as it fairly consistently has worked during the past +century--towards a complete dehumanization of the social order. The +plea that each of the sciences must be permitted to go its own way +without control should be immediately rebutted by pointing out that +they obviously need a little guidance when their applications in war +and industry are so plainly disastrous. + +We must be prepared to recognize that “truths” do not stand together +on a high and lofty pedestal: some are important and some are trivial, +some are innocent and some are dangerous, and while the pursuit of +truth is a good in itself--_and complete freedom in that pursuit +is a_ sine qua non _of a good social life_--certain departments of +investigation may need to be offset and corrected by work in other +fields. In a modern Western European community, a sociological insight +into the causes and conditions of war and peace is a needed corrective +to the crudities of applied physical science and without such +correction the mere increase of scientific knowledge, of which we boast +so vacuously, may be highly inimical to the practice of the good life +in the community. + + +4 + +If the sciences are to be cultivated anew with respect for a definite +hierarchy of human values, it seems to me that the sciences must be +focussed again upon particular local communities, and the problems +which they offer for solution. Just as geometry in Egypt arose out of +the need for annually surveying the boundaries that the Nile wiped +out, and as astronomy developed in Chaldea in order to determine the +shift of the seasons for the planting of crops, as geology in modern +times developed out of the questions that a practical stone mason, like +Hugh Miller, found himself confronted with--so may the sciences which +are today incomplete and partial develop along the necessary lines +by a survey of existing conditions and intellectual resources in a +particular community. + +On one hand, science must be in contact with the whole idolum of +scientific thought--with that vast overworld of scientific effort which +is the product of no single place or people or time. On the other +hand, it must be related to the definite local community, limited in +time and in space, in which its researches and its speculations will +be realized and applied. Out of these surveys of existing conditions +we should find, I believe, that in social psychology, in anthropology, +in economics there are a vast number of facts and relations which +remain to be described; and that, similarly, certain departments +like craniology and jurisprudence and folklore have been vastly +overcultivated in proportion to any genuine importance that their +researches may have upon our control over the community’s development. +Such an investigation would bring out, above all, the weakness of +contemporary sociological thought, with its diabetic flatulence of +special sociologies, and its lack of any general agreement as to the +field which is to be cultivated. + +Apart from its great function as a plaything, science is valuable +only to the extent that its researches can be brought to bear upon +the conditions in a particular community, in a definite region. The +difference between science as a plaything and science as an instrument +for enabling us to establish more effective relations with other men +and with the rest of our environment, is the difference between firing +a shot at a target and firing at a buck for provender. The practice +one gets in firing at a target is great fun, and incidentally it +improves one’s marksmanship; such idle sport is perhaps one of the +stigmata of a civilized community. Nevertheless, unless one’s skill +can be definitely brought home it remains a personal achievement; and +the community as a whole is not a pound of meat the better for it. If +science is to play the significant part that Bacon and Andreæ and Plato +and the other great humanists desired it to, it must be definitely +brought home and realized in our here and now. + +The need for this humanization of science has already been perceived in +Great Britain. During the last decade a movement has gathered headway +in the schools and extended itself to associations outside the schools. +The title of this movement is “Regional Survey,” and its point of +origin is, I believe, the Outlook Tower in Edinburgh which was well +described more than two decades ago as the “world’s first sociological +laboratory.” + +The aim of the Regional Survey is to take a geographic region and +explore it in every aspect. It differs from the social survey with +which we are acquainted in America in that it is not chiefly a survey +of evils; it is, rather, a survey of the existing conditions in all +their aspects; and it emphasizes to a much greater extent than the +social survey the natural characteristics of the environment, as they +are discovered by the geologist, the zoologist, the ecologist--in +addition to the development of natural and human conditions in the +historic past, as presented by the anthropologist, the archæologist, +and the historian. In short, the regional survey attempts a local +synthesis of all the specialist “knowledges.” + +Such a survey has been conducted in the Southeastern counties of +England under the auspices of various local scientific societies; +and the result of it is a complete description of the community’s +foundations, its past, its manner of working and living, its +institutions, its regional peculiarities, and its utilization of +physical, vital, and social resources. Each of the sciences draws +upon its general body of knowledge to illuminate the points under +observation; and when problems arise which point definitely to the +lack of scientific or scholarly data, new trails are opened and new +territory defined. + +In looking at the community through the Regional Survey, the +investigator is dealing with a real thing and not with an arbitrary +idolum. In so far as the local community has certain elements in common +with similar regions in other countries, or has absorbed elements from +other civilizations, these things will be given their full value, +instead of being disregarded because they weaken the identity of the +local community with that precious myth, the National State. The +greater part of the data that is thus brought to light may be plotted +on a map, graphically presented in a chart, or photographed. In Saffron +Walden, England, there is an admirable little museum devoted to such +an exhibition of its region; and in the Outlook Tower, at Edinburgh, +there used to be a library and an apparatus of exhibition by which one +could begin at the point where one was standing and work outwards, in +thought, to embrace the whole wide world. Knowledge that is presented +in this fashion is available so that whoever runs may read; it has +every feature, therefore, of popular science as it is purveyed in the +cheap newspaper and magazine, whilst it remains real science and is not +presented as something that verges from a miracle to a superstition. + +The knowledge embodied in the Regional Survey has a coherence and +pithiness which no isolated study of science can possibly possess. It +is presented in such a form that it can be assimilated by every member +of the community who has the rudiments of an education, and it thus +differs from the isolated discipline which necessarily remains the +heritage of the specialist. Above all, this knowledge is not that of +“subjects,” taken as so many water tight and unrelated compartments: +it is a knowledge of a whole region, seen in all its aspects; so that +the relations between the work aspect and the soil aspect, between the +play aspect and the work aspect, become fairly simple and intelligible. +This common tissue of definite, verifiable, localized knowledge is what +all our partisan utopias and reconstruction programs have lacked; and +lacking it, have been one-sided and ignorant and abstract--devising +paper programs for the reconstruction of a paper world. + +Regional survey, then, is the bridge by which the specialist whose face +is turned towards the library and the laboratory, and the active worker +in the field, whose face is turned towards the city and region in which +he lives, may come into contact; and out of this contact our plans and +our eutopias may be founded on such a permanent foundation of facts +as the scientist can build for us, while the sciences themselves will +be cultivated with some regard for the human values and standards, as +embodied in the needs and the ideals of the local community. This is +the first step out of the present impasse: we must return to the real +world, and face it, and survey it in its complicated totality. Our +castles-in-air must have their foundations in solid ground. + + +5 + +The needed reorientation of science is important; but by itself it is +not enough. Knowledge is a tool rather than a motor; and if we know +the world without being able to react upon it, we are guilty of that +aimless pragmatism which consists of devising all sorts of ingenious +machines and being quite incapable of subordinating them to any +coherent and attractive pattern. + +Now, men are moved by their instinctive impulses and by such +emotionally colored pattern-ideas or idola as the dreamer is capable +of projecting. When we create these pattern-ideas, we enlarge the +environment, so that our behavior is guided by the conditions which we +seek to establish and enjoy in an imaginary world. However crude the +Marxian analysis of society may have been, it at least had the merit of +presenting a great dream--the dream of a titanic struggle between the +possessors and the dispossessed in which every worker had a definite +part to play. Without these dreams, the advances in social science +will be just as disorderly and fusty as the applications of physical +science have been in our material affairs, where in the absence of any +genuine scale of values, a patent collar button is regarded as equally +important as a tungsten filament if the button happens to bring the +inventor as great a financial reward. + + +6 + +Up to about the middle of the seventeenth century, before modern +physical science had rigorously defined its field, the breach between +literature and science, which Aristotle had made, was not altogether +complete; and while the humanist ideal was intact both literature and +science were regarded as coeval phases of man’s intellectual activity. +The two dominating figures of the Renascence, Leonardo da Vinci and +Michael Angelo, were artists, technicians, and men of science; and in +a comparison between a translation of Michael Angelo’s sonnets and a +photograph of St. Peter’s the sonnets come off rather well. + +The great contribution of the Renascence was the ideal of fully +energized human beings, able to span life in all its manifestations, +as artists, scientists, technicians, philosophers, and what not. This +ideal exercised a powerful influence on lesser figures, like the +Admirable Crichton and Sir Walter Raleigh, and even down to the time +of Descartes it contributed to that exuberance of the intellectual +life which was the Renascence at its best. When John Amos Comenius +wrote his remarkable little book called The Labyrinth of the World +and the Paradise of the Heart in 1623, he combined the outlooks of +science and art in a remarkable synthesis; for the first part of this +work is a picturesque survey of the actual world as Comenius found +it, and the second a picture of the transition to the heavenly world +promised in the Christian religion. The idea behind Comenius’ Labyrinth +was the same that inspired Andreæ; and were it not for the complete +otherworldliness of this theological utopia, the Paradise of the Heart, +Comenius’ discourse would take a high place in the history of utopian +thought. + +There is no genuine logical basis, as far as I can see, in the +dissociation of science and art, of knowing and dreaming, of +intellectual activities and emotional activities. The division between +the two is simply one of convenience; for both these activities are +simply different modes in which human beings create order out of the +chaos in which they find themselves. Such is the humanist view. As an +instance of this, when the Royal Society was projected in England in +the middle of the seventeenth century, Johann Andreæ advised his friend +Samuel Hartlib, then in London, not to neglect the humanities while +furthering the pursuit of the physical sciences. Unfortunately, the men +who gathered together to form the Royal Society were specialists in +physical science; and in the lapse of the humanist tradition through +the religious acerbities of the time, they had lost some of their +desire for a complete life. As a result, the original charter of the +society confined its work to the physical sciences. + +Insignificant as it now appears in the annals of science, this decision +seems to me to mark a definite turning point in human thought. +Henceforth the scientist was to be one sort of person and the artist +another; henceforth the idolum of science and the idolum of art were +not to be cemented together in a single personality; henceforth, in +fact, the dehumanization of art and science begins. It is interesting +to note that with the divorce of the humanities from science, art and +science entered upon separate careers which, for all their diversities, +are curiously similar. Both art and science, for example, ceased to be +the common property of the community; and each of them split up into a +multiplying host of specialisms. In this process, art and science made +many notable advances; so that this period is usually spoken of as a +period of enlightenment or progress; but the result on the community +was what we discovered in our examination of Coketown and the Country +House. + + +7 + +We must now consider the development of the arts in the modern +community. At the height of the Middle Age, as in fifth century Athens, +the arts formed together a living unity. A citizen did not go into +a concert hall to hear music, to a church to say his prayers, to a +theatre to see a play, to a picture gallery to view pictures: it was +a mean town, indeed, that could not boast a cathedral and a couple of +churches; and in these buildings, drama and music and architecture and +painting and sculpture were united for the purpose of ringing changes +on the emotional nature of men and converting them to accept the +theological vision of otherworldly utopia. + +The splitting up of these arts into a number of separate boxes was +part of that movement towards individualism and protestantism whose +effects most people are familiar with in the field of religion alone. +Henceforward, music, drama, painting, and the other arts developed +largely in isolation; and each of them was forced to build up a +separate world. The greater part of the gains that were made in these +worlds was not carried over into the community at large, but remained +the possession of the artists themselves or their private patrons and +critics in the Country House. With such exceptions as the Italian and +Japanese woodcuts of the eighteenth century, and the few survivals +of ballad and drama that slipt over from the Middle Age, popular art +became another name for all that was coarse and stunted and depressed. +The popular architecture of the nineteenth century is the sordid +little redbrick rabbit hutch: popular religion is embodied in the +stunted sheet-iron or brick chapel (as it is called in England) of the +Baptists and Methodists: popular music is the latest barrel organ lilt: +popular painting is the calendar lithograph: and popular literature is +the dime novel. + +The divorce of the art of the cultivated classes from that of the whole +community tended to deprive it of any other standards than the artist +himself was content to erect. Here again the comparison with science +is curiously pertinent. The world of art is in a sense a separate +world, and it can be cultivated for a time without reference to the +desires and emotions of the community out of which it has sprung. But +the motto “Art for art’s sake” turns out in practice to be something +quite different--namely, art for the artist’s sake; and art which is +produced in this manner, without any external standard of performance, +is frequently just an instrument for overcoming a neurosis or enabling +the artist to restore his personal equilibrium. Divorced from his +community, the artist was driven back upon himself: instead of seeking +to create a beauty which all men might share, he devoted himself to +projecting a poignant angle of his personal vision--an angle which I +shall call the picturesque. The cause of this divorce I have already +pointed out in the chapter on the Country House; it is with the effects +of this divorce, for which the artist was not greatly to blame, that we +are here concerned. + +This conflict between “beauty” and the “picturesque” is perhaps common +to all the arts, and with sufficient factual detail I might be able to +trace its effects on literature and music. For the sake of clearness +and simplicity I shall confine myself to painting and sculpture, with +the proviso that our conclusions will apply, by and large, to the whole +field. + +Let me emphasize, before going any further, that I am using the terms +“beauty” and the “picturesque” in quite different senses from the vague +ones that are usually attached to them; and that I use them without +any preliminary judgment as to their place and value in the good life. +The picturesque, in the quite arbitrary sense in which the word is +used here, is an abstract quality of vision, sound, or meaning which +creates what we might call pure esthetic experience. In painting, the +picturesque probably arose with the discovery, on the part of the +leisured classes in the Country House, that it was possible to achieve +rapture, a sort of esthetic trance, a complete state of beatitude, by +the more or less prolonged contemplation of a pictorial subject. Up to +the time of this discovery, painting was simply a branch of interior +decoration; the great paintings of the Christian World served, for the +public, as illustrations to that outline of history which mediæval +theology provided: they had a habitat, a social destination. + +With the splitting off of the picturesque from the main body +of ecclesiastical art, painting came into its own as an end in +itself, apart from any place that it might have in the scheme of +the community’s affairs. The symptom of this change is the rise of +landscape painting: in the search for pure esthetic experience the +painter began to look for themes which were divorced from any human +interest but that of pure contemplation. During the last century +this split between painting as a form of social art and painting as a +means of achieving contemplative ecstasy has become deeper: even those +academic painters who followed the methods of the older artists no +longer have the same field to work in, whilst the revolutionist--the +impressionists of one period, the cubists of another, and the +post-impressionists or expressionists of a third--are forced by the +general irrelevance of art in Coketown to produce work which only the +more or less initiate will appreciate. + +Now, I would not for worlds underrate the gains which have been +achieved by the divorce of art from the whole life of the community. +In their isolation from the social group that produced them the modern +artists have been able to pursue their solitary way to limits which +the common man is probably incapable of reaching: they have widened +the field of esthetic delight and have introduced new values into the +world of painting, values which will remain even though the disease +which created them disappears, just as one can salvage a pearl from an +oyster whose sickness is healed. The view from the mountain top is none +the worse because many people are afflicted with dizziness and nausea +before they have reached the summit; and, like the pursuit of truth, +the pursuit of esthetic values is a good in itself apart from any +values which may be realized in the community. On these terms, Cézanne +and Van Gogh and Ryder, to mention a few of the dead, will hold their +own, and keep the boundaries of art from ever shrinking again, I trust, +to its academic limits. + +Nevertheless, the effects of focussing on the picturesque can no more +be overlooked in art than the dangers of specialization in science. It +is almost a banality to point out how, historically, as the picturesque +developed in art, beauty has tended to disappear from life. Whilst +the cultivated few have become gloriously alive to more exquisite +sensations than their ancestors had probably ever experienced, the +“mutilated many” have been forced to live in great cities and in abject +country towns of a blackness and ugliness such as the world, if we are +to judge by the records that exist, has never seen before. In other +words, we have become more sensitive to experiences--to the contents of +our inner worlds--only to become more callous to things, to the brash +surfaces of the world without. In our preoccupation with the inner +worlds we have to a large extent lost our hold upon beauty, which, +in the limiting sense in which the word is used here, is the quality +by which anything, from a torso to a building, shows its adaptation +to an end and its sensitiveness to esthetic values--values which are +abstracted and intensified in the pure picturesque--that are involved +in such an adaptation. In this sense, the beautiful, as Emerson said, +rests on the foundations of the necessary: it is the outward token of +an inward grace; its appearance is the manifestation of a humanized +life; and its existence and development constitute, in fact, a sort of +index to a community’s vitality. + +The divorce of the artist from the community, and the turning away of +his energies from beauty, in which the picturesque might be fulfilled, +to the picturesque itself, separate from any practical needs, has +scarcely been compensated by the advances that have been made in the +separate world of art. The result has been that work which should +have been done by artists of great capacity has been done by people of +minor or degraded ability. Anonymous jerrybuilders have erected the +greater number of our houses, absurd engineers have laid out our towns +with no thought for anything but sewers and paving contracts; rapacious +and illiterate men who have achieved success in business discourse to +the multitude on what constitutes the good life--and so on. There is +really no end to the number of things which we do badly in the modern +community, for want of the artist to do them at all. + +This generalization applies to the whole range of the arts. The +greater part of the creative dreaming and planning which constitutes +literature and art has had very little bearing upon the community in +which we live, and has done little to equip us with patterns, with +images and ideals, by means of which we might react creatively upon +our environment. Yet it should be obvious that if the inspiration for +the good life is to come from anywhere, it must come from no other +people than the great artists. An intense social life, as Gabriel +Tarde pointed out in his fine utopian fantasy, Underground Man, has +“for its indispensable condition the esthetic life and the universal +propagation of the religion of truth and beauty.” The common man, when +he is in love, has a little glimpse of the way in which the drudgery +of the daily world may be transmuted through emotional stimulus; it +is the business of the artist to make the transmutation permanent, +for the only difference between the artist and the common man is that +the artist is, so to say, in love all the while. It is out of the +vivid patterns of the artist’s ecstasy that he draws men together and +gives them the vision to shape their lives and the destiny of their +community anew. + + +8 + +No matter how the modern artist may use or fritter away his abilities, +it is plain that he has an enormous reservoir of power at his disposal. +What, for instance, has made America so wholly devoted to the conquest +of material things? Why are we so given over to collecting those vast +miscellanies of goods which are temptingly displayed in the advertising +sections of our illustrated weeklies and monthly magazines? The +necessity for ameliorating the hard, crude life of the pioneer has +indeed been an important influence; but the traditions of this life +in turn produced all the minor “artists” or “artlings” who write and +draw for the popular papers, who create the plots of plays and motion +picture scenarios; and since most of these poor wretches have never +been educated in the humanist sense to any degree--since they know no +other environment than New York or Los Angeles or Gopher Prairie, since +they are acquainted with the achievements of no other age than their +own, they have devoted themselves wholeheartedly to idealizing a great +many of the things that are crude or ugly or stupid in their beloved +community. So the idola of business have been perpetuated by “artlings” +who themselves know only the standards of the business man. + +Because of the limited horizons of the American artist, therefore, the +rising generation aspires after the things that Messrs. Jack London, +Rupert Hughes, Scott Fitzgerald, and heaven knows who else have +thought good and fine; the younger generation talks like the heroes +and heroines of a melodrama by Mr. Samuel Shipman, when they do not +attain the higher level of comic cuts; the younger generation thrills +to the type of beauty which Mr. Penryhn Stanlaws sets before its gaze. +The notion that the common man despises art is absurd. The common man +worships art and lives by it; and when good art is not available he +takes the second best or the tenth best or the hundredth best. The +success of Mr. Eugene O’Neil, one of the few playwrights of any girth +who has contributed to the American stage, proves that the only way +that people can be kept away from good art is by not providing it. The +younger generation might just as well have had its idea-patterns shaped +by Sophocles, Praxiteles, and Plato, if our genuine artists were not so +aloof to their responsibilities, and if they were intellectually mature +enough to accept the full burden of their vocation. It is a sign of a +terrific neurosis--and no mark at all of esthetic aptitude--that our +genuine art is so completely disoriented and so thoroughly out of touch +with the community. We must turn to a man of such uneven parts as Mr. +Nicholas Vachel Lindsay before we have anything like a recognition of +the classic rôle of the artist. + +Art for the artist’s sake is largely a symptom of that neurotic +individualism which drives the artist out of a public world which +baffles him into a private world where he may reign in solitude as +an unruly demiurge. Art for the public’s sake, on the other hand, +substitutes the vices of the extrovert for the vices of the introvert. +When I say that art must have some vital contact with the community I +do not mean, let me emphasize, that the artist must cater to public +whim or demand. Art in its social setting is neither a personal +cathartic for the artist, nor a salve to quiet the itching vanity of +the community: it is essentially a means by which people who have had +a strange diversity of experiences have their activities emotionally +canalized into patterns and molds which they are able to share pretty +completely with each other. Pure art is inevitably propaganda. I mean +by this that it is meant to be propagated, and that in so far as it +fails to impregnate the community in which it exists with its ideas +and images, in so far as the community is not changed for better or +worse by its existence, its claims are spurious. Propagandist art, on +the other hand, is inevitably impure since instead of bringing people +together on a common emotional plane, as men, it tends to accentuate +their differences, and to void emotions which are proper to art into a +realm where the emotions of the missionary’s tent or the soapboxer’s +platform hold exclusive sway. It is just because the “artist” in +America has been impure in motive--a propagandist for Pollyanna in +the face of Euripides, a propagandist for “just folks” in the face of +Swift, a propagandist for niceness in the face of Rabelais--that he has +failed miserably as an artist, and has left our communities to stew so +completely in their own savorless juice. + + +9 + +For examples of what the artist might be, and what his proper relation +to the community might be when he was mature enough to recognize it +and discipline himself to it, let us look at Mr. William Butler Yeats +or A. E. There are doubtless a good many other examples that might be +offered in Europe; but these are particularly good; for the reason that +with A. E. one can see in his The National Being how the conceptions +of art enter into the tissues of all his plans for renovating life in +the Irish Countryside. In the work of these artists and their fellows +we have a clue to one of the most promising attempts to establish a +concrete eutopia which shall rise out of the real facts of the everyday +environment and, at the same time, turn upon them and mold them +creatively a little nearer the heart’s desire. + +In the account of Four Years which Mr. Yeats published in The +Dial he explains his attitude towards the literature and social +life of Ireland; and I recommend that account to all the forlorn +revolutionaries and reformers who wonder why the dry bones of their +doctrines remain dry bones, instead of knitting themselves together and +becoming alive. This passage in particular, defines the relation of the +artist both to the tradition of his art and to the community in which +he must find a root: + +“The Huxley, Tyndall, Carolus Duran, Bastien-Lepage coven, asserted +that an artist or a poet must paint or write in the style of his own +day, and this with the Fairy Queen and the Lyrical Ballads and Blake’s +early poems in its ears, and plain to the eyes, in book and gallery, +those great masterpieces of later Egypt, founded upon that work of the +ancient kingdom already further in time from Later Egypt than Later +Egypt is from us.” He dismisses this claim with the just assertion +that the artist is free to choose any style that suits his mood and +subject; for in the world of art time and space are irrelevant; and +he goes on to say, “We had in Ireland imaginative stories, which the +uneducated classes knew and even sang, and might we not make those +stories current among the educated classes, rediscovering, for the +work’s sake, what I have called ‘the applied arts of literature,’ the +association of literature, that is, with music, speech, and dance; and +at last, it might be, so deepen the political passion of the nation +that all, artist and poet, craftsman and day laborer, would accept a +common design. Perhaps even these images, once created and associated +with river and mountain, might move of themselves and with some +powerful, even turbulent life, like those painted horses that trample +the rice-fields of Japan.” + +By citing Mr. Yeats’ conceptions I do not mean to limit the artist +to a single function--that of patterning the good life. It is quite +plain that pure esthetic experience is a good in itself; and when the +artist has rendered this experience in a picture, a poem, a novel, a +philosophy, he has performed a unique and indispensable piece of work. +Could italics keep this passage from being ignored I should employ them. + +What I have called the picturesque is in reality just as +self-sustaining and delightful as the radiant good health which Sir +Thomas More rated so highly in his Utopia. If the community went to +the dogs, it would still be exuberantly self-sustaining, whilst anyone +had the time or the capacity to enjoy it. What I protest against is +the way in which the field of the genuine artist, during these last +three hundred years, has been whittled away, so that it has become +more and more a mark of the artist to concern himself solely with +the narrow province of pure esthetic experience, and to protest his +complete aloofness from anything that lies outside this realm. Such an +attitude would have struck Euripides or Milton or Goethe or Wagner as +undignified and stupid, I am sure, because art is as large as life, and +it does not gain in vigor or intensity by reducing its scope to that of +the puppet stage. The point is that there is an artistic function to be +performed in the community, for the community, as well as in the world +of art, for those who are lifted up to art. + +“Nations, races, and individual men,” as Mr. Yeats says again, “are +unified by an image, or a bundle of related images, symbolical and +provocative of the state of mind that is of all states of mind not +impossible, the most difficult to that man, race, or nation because +only the greatest obstacle that can be contemplated without despair +rouses the will to full intensity.” + +Whether these images shall be provided by patrioteers, hack editors, +politicians, advertising men and commercialized “artists” or whether +they shall be created by genuine playwrights and poets and philosophers +is an important question. The function of creating these images is an +artistic one, and the artist who evades his responsibility is making +life for himself and his kind more difficult, since in the long run +a community whose sacred literature is written by Colonel Diver and +Scadder and Jefferson Brick--the great heroes of Civilization as the +star of empire westward makes its way--will make even the most solitary +cultivation of the arts a thorny and difficult task. + +In the good life, the purely esthetic element has a prominent place; +but unless the artist is capable of moving men to the good life, the +esthetic element is bound to be driven farther and farther away from +the common realities, until the world of the artist will scarcely be +distinguishable from the phantasia of dementia præcox. Already, the +symptoms of this corrosive futility have appeared in literature and +painting in Western Europe and America; and such light as comes forth +from this art is but the phosphorescence of decay. If the arts are not +to disintegrate utterly, must they not focus more and more upon eutopia? + + +10 + +It comes to this then: our plans for a new social order have been as +dull as mud because, in the first place, they have been abstract and +cockney, and have not taken into account the immense diversity and +complexity of man’s environment; and in the second place, they have not +created any vivid patterns that would move men to great things. They +have not been “informed by science and ennobled by the arts.” + +Through the paralysis of the arts and sciences our contemporary +programs for revolution and reform have done very little to lift our +heads over the disorderly and bedraggled environments in which we +conduct our daily business. This failure to create a common pattern +for the good life in each region has made such excellent efforts as +the garden city movement seem weak and ineffectual when we place them +alongside the towns that mediæval civilization, which had such a common +pattern, created. Without the common background of eutopian idola, +all our efforts at rehabilitation--the new architecture, the garden +city movement, the electrification of industry, the organization of +great industrial guilds such as the Building Trades have achieved in +England and the garment workers seem on the point of effecting in +America--without these common idola, I say, all our practical efforts +are spotty and inconsecutive and incomplete. It was not, let us +remember, by any legislative device that the cities of the industrial +age were monotonously patterned in the image of Coketown. It was rather +because everyone within these horrid centers accepted the same values +and pursued the same ends--as they were projected by economists like +Ricardo, industrialists like Stephenson, and lyric poets like Samuel +Smiles--that the plans of the jerrybuilder and the engineer expressed +to perfection the brutality and social disharmony of the community. +The same process that gave us Coketown can, when our world of ideas is +transformed, give us something better than Coketown. + +The chief use of the classic utopias that we have surveyed is to +suggest that the same methods which are used by the utopian thinkers +to project an ideal community on paper may be employed, in a practical +way, to develop a better community on earth. The weakness of the +utopian thinkers consisted in the assumption that the dreams and +projects of any single man might be realized in society at large. +From the bitter frustration of Fourier, Cabet, Hertzka, and even John +Ruskin those who are in search of the beloved community may well take +a warning. Where the critics of the utopian method were, I believe, +wrong was in holding that the business of projecting prouder worlds was +a futile and footling pastime. These anti-utopian critics overlooked +the fact that one of the main factors that condition any future are +the attitudes and beliefs which people have in relation to that +future--that, as Mr. John Dewey would say, in any judgment of practise +one’s belief in a hypothesis is one of the things that affect its +realization. + +When we have projected the pattern of an ideal community and tend +to warp our conduct in conformity with that pattern, we overcome +the momentum of actual institutions. In feeling free to project new +patterns, in holding that human beings can will a change in their +institutions and habits of life, the utopians were, I believe, on solid +ground; and the utopian philosophies were a great improvement over the +more nebulous religious and ethical systems of the past in that they +saw the necessity for giving their ideals form and life. In fact, it +has been in the pictures of ideal commonwealths such as Plato’s that +the “ideal” and the “actual” have met. + +It is true that the pure utopians have overlooked the fact that every +institution has a momentum of its own: its speed may be quickened or +reduced, it may be switched on another track, as the Roman Church +during the Reformation was switched from the main line of civilization +to a subsidiary route; and at times, in the catastrophe of war or +revolution, an institution may jump the track altogether and be +wrecked. The critical problem for the eutopian, the problem of the +transition from one set of institutions to another, from one way of +life to another, was overlooked. Plato’s Republic, for example, was +a fairly attractive place; but one wonders in what Greek city in the +Fourth Century B.C. the transition could have taken place. A transition +implies not merely a goal but a starting point: if we are to move the +world, as Archimedes threatened to with his lever, we must have some +ground to stand on. It is only by paying attention to the limitations +of each region, and by allowing for the driving force of history, that +we can make the earth come to terms with man’s idola. This is perhaps +the most difficult lesson that the eutopian must learn. + + +11 + +What, then, is the first step out of the present disorder? The first +step, it seems to me, is to ignore all the fake utopias and social +myths that have proved either so sterile or so disastrous during the +last few centuries. There is perhaps no logical reason why the myth of +the national state should not be preserved; but it is a myth which has +done very little, on the whole, to promote the good life, and has on +the contrary done a great deal to make the good life impossible; and to +continue to cling to it in the face of perpetual wars, pestilences, and +spiritual devastations is the sort of fanaticism which will probably +seem as blind and cruel to future generations as persecutions for +Christian heresy do to the present one. On the same grounds, there are +a number of other social myths, like the proletarian myth, which run +so badly against the grain of reality that they cannot be preserved +without ignoring a great many values which are essential to a humane +existence; and on pragmatic grounds it would be fine and beneficial to +drop them quickly into limbo. There is no reason to think that there +will be a quick conversion from these myths: the holocaust of war has +only intensified the myth of the National State; and our experience +with religious myths suggests on the contrary that the forms at any +rate will be preserved long after the last shred of reality has +disappeared. But the sooner those who are capable of intellectual +criticism abandon these particular myths, the sooner will these idola +fall into the state which has been happily described as “innocuous +desuetude.” + +If our knowledge of human behavior counts for anything, however, we +cannot put aside old myths without creating new ones. The eighteenth +century agnostics very wisely realized that if they wished to maintain +the values which had been created by Deism, they could not abandon God +without inventing him all over again. In turning away from obsolete and +disastrous social myths I do not suggest that we give up the habit of +making myths; for that habit, for good or bad, seems to be ingrained +in the human psyche. The nearest we can get to rationality is not to +efface our myths but to attempt to infuse them with right reason, and +to alter them or exchange them for other myths when they appear to work +badly. + +Here is where we reap the full benefit of the great utopian tradition. +In turning away from the social myths that hamper us, we do not jump +blindly into a blankness: we rather ally ourselves with a different +order of social myth which has always been vivified and enriched by the +arts and sciences. + +The idolum of eutopia which we may seek to project in this or that +region is not a _carte blanche_ which any one may fill in at his will +and caprice; certain lines have already been fixed; certain spaces have +already been filled. There is a consensus among all utopian writers, +to begin with, that the land and natural resources belong undividedly +to the community; and even when it is worked by separate people or +associations, as in Utopia and Freeland the increment of the land--the +economic rent--belongs to the community as a whole. There is also +a pretty common notion among the Utopians that, as land is a common +possession, so is work a common function; and no one is let off from +some sort of labor of body or mind because of any inherited privileges +or dignities that he can point to. Finally, there is the almost equally +common notion, among the utopians, that the perpetuation of the species +leaves plenty of room for improvement, and that, as far as human +knowledge and foresight are worth anything, it should be applied to +propagation; so that the most reckless and ill-bred shall not burden +the community with the support of their offspring while those of finer +capacity are neglected or overwhelmed in numbers. + +Besides these general conditions for the good life which the utopians +unite to emphasize, there are certain other points in the utopian +tradition of which one writer or another has given the classic +statement. + +With Plato we see the enormous importance of birth and education; we +recognize the part good breeding, in every sense of the word, must +play in the good community. Sir Thomas More makes us aware of the fact +that a community becomes a community to the extent that it has shared +possessions, and he suggests that the local group might develop such a +common life as the old colleges of Oxford have enjoyed. When we turn +to Christianopolis, we are reminded that the daily life and work of +the community must be infused with the spirit of science, and that an +acute practical intelligence such as we find today among the engineers +need not be divorced from the practice of the humanities. Even the +nineteenth century utopias have a contribution to make. They remind +us by their overemphasis that all the proud and mighty idealisms in +the world are so many shadows unless they are supported by the whole +economic fabric--so that “eutopia” is not merely a matter of spiritual +conversion, as the ancient religions taught, but of economic and +geotechnic reconstruction. Finally, from James Buckingham and Ebenezer +Howard we can learn the importance of converting the idolum of eutopia +into plans and layouts and detailed projections, such as a townplanner +might utilize; and we may suspect that a eutopia which cannot be +converted into such specific plans will continue, as the saying is, to +remain up in the air. + +Taken together, there is a powerful impulse towards creating a good +environment for the good life in the classic utopias we have examined: +from one or another utopia we may draw elements which will enrich +every part of the community’s life. By following the utopian tradition +we shall not merely escape from the fake utopias that have dominated +us: we shall return to reality. More than that, we shall return upon +reality and perhaps--who can tell?--we shall re-create it! + + +12 + +In discussing the foundations of Eutopia I am conscious of a certain +abstractness in my method of argument; conscious that I have not been a +good utopian in dealing with these proud idola that we may project in +every region. Let us come down to earth now and realize what all this +amounts to when we turn away from the library and mingle again on the +highways that lead past our door. + +First of all, I conceive that we shall not attempt to envisage a single +utopia for a single unit called humanity; that is the sort of thin and +tepid abstraction which the discipline of the Regional Survey will +tend to kill off even in people who are now inured by education to +dealing only in verbal things. All the human beings on the planet are +a unity only for the sake of talking about them; and as far as that +goes, there is very little profitable conversation that can apply to a +Greenlander, a Parisian, and a Chinaman, except the mere observation +that they are all on the same little boat of a planet and would +probably be much happier if they minded their own business and were not +too insistent about inflicting their institutions and their idola upon +their neighbors. + +We shall have to dismiss, as equally futile, the notion of a single +stratification of mankind, such as the working class, serving as +the foundation for our Eutopia: the notion that the working class +consists simply of urban workers is a cockney imbecility, and as soon +as one rectifies it and includes the agricultural population, we have +“humanity” pretty much all over again. Finally, if we are to give +eutopia a local habitation it will not be founded upon the National +State, for the National State is a myth which sane people will no more +sacrifice their lives to than they would hand their children into the +furnace of some tribal Moloch; and a good idolum cannot be founded on +the basis of a bad one. + +As far as extent or character of territory goes, we will remember that +the planet is not as smooth as a billiard ball, and that the limits +of any genuine community rest within fairly ascertainable geographic +regions in which a certain complex of soil, climate, industry, +institutional life and historic heritage has prevailed. We shall not +attempt to legislate for all these communities at one stroke; for we +shall respect William Blake’s dictum that one law for the lion and +the ox is tyranny. There are some 15,000,000 local communities in the +world, the Postal Directory tells us; and our eutopia will necessarily +take root in one of these real communities, and include within its +co-operations as many other communities, as have similar interests +and identities. It may be that our eutopia will embrace a population +as great as that in the Metropolis of London or New York; but it is +needless to say that the land which lies beyond the limits of the +metropolis will no longer be regarded as a sort of subterranean factory +for the production of agricultural goods. In sum, as Patrick Geddes has +finely said, in the Kingdom of Eutopia--the world Eutopia--there will +be many mansions. + +The inhabitants of our eutopias will have a familiarity with their +local environment and its resources, and a sense of historic +continuity, which those who dwell within the paper world of Megalopolis +and who touch their environment mainly through the newspaper and the +printed book, have completely lost. The people of Newcastle will no +longer go to London for coals, as the people in the provinces have +in a sense been doing this last century and more: there will be a +more direct utilization of local resources than would have seemed +profitable or seemly to the metropolitan world which now has command +of the market. In these varied eutopias, it is safe to say, there +will be a new realization of the fact that a cultivated life is +essentially a settled life: their citizens will have discovered that +the great privilege of travelling from Brooklyn to Bermondsey, and +from Bermondsey to Bombay is scarcely worth the trouble when the +institutions of Brooklyn, Bermondsey, and Bombay, and every other +purely industrial center, are identical--sanitary drinking devices and +canned goods and moving pictures being the same wherever mechanical +duplication of goods for a world market has taken the place of direct +adaptation to local needs. + +It should not surprise us therefore if the foundations of eutopia +were established in ruined countries; that is, in countries where +metropolitan civilization has collapsed and where all its paper +prestige is no longer accepted at its paper value. There was the +beginning of a genuine eutopian movement in Denmark after the war +with Germany in the ’sixties: under the leadership of Bishop Gruntwig +came a revival of folk traditions in literature and a renascence of +education which has renewed the life of the Danish countryside and made +an intelligent farmer and an educated man out of the boor. It would +not be altogether without precedent if such a eutopian renascence took +place in Germany, in Austria, in Russia; and perhaps on another scale +in India and China and Palestine; for all these regions are now face to +face with realities which the “prosperous” paperism of our metropolitan +civilization has largely neglected. + +If the inhabitants of our Eutopias will conduct their daily affairs +in a possibly more limited environment than that of the great +metropolitan centers, their mental environment will not be localized or +nationalized. For the first time perhaps in the history of the planet +our advance in science and invention has made it possible for every +age and every community to contribute to the spiritual heritage of the +local group; and the citizen of eutopia will not stultify himself by +being, let us say, a hundred per cent Frenchman when Greece, China, +England, Scandinavia and Russia can give sustenance to his spiritual +life. Our eutopians will necessarily draw from this wider environment +whatever can be assimilated by the local community; and they will thus +add any elements that may be lacking in the natural situation. + +The chief business of eutopians was summed up by Voltaire in the final +injunction of Candide: Let us cultivate our garden. The aim of the real +eutopian is the culture of his environment, most distinctly not the +culture, and above all not the exploitation, of some other person’s +environment. Hence the size of our Eutopia may be big or little; +it may begin in a single village; it may embrace a whole region. A +little leaven will leaven the whole loaf; and if a genuine pattern +for the eutopian life plants itself in any particular locality it may +ramify over a whole continent as easily as Coketown duplicated itself +throughout the Western World. The notion that no effective change can +be brought about in society until millions of people have deliberated +upon it and willed it is one of the rationalizations which are dear to +the lazy and the ineffectual. Since the first step towards eutopia is +the reconstruction of our idola, the foundations for eutopia can be +laid, wherever we are, without further ado. + +Our most important task at the present moment is to build castles +in the air. We need not fear, as Thoreau reminds us, that the work +will be lost. If our eutopias spring out of the realities of our +environment, it will be easy enough to place foundations under them. +Without a common design, without a grand design, all our little +bricks of reconstruction might just as well remain in the brickyard; +for a disharmony between men’s minds betokens, in the end, the speedy +dilapidation of whatever they may build. Our final word is a counsel +of perfection. When that which is perfect has come, that which is +imperfect will pass away. + + + + +BIBLIOGRAPHY + + +For the benefit of the reader who wishes to travel further along the +trails opened up in this survey of utopias, I am giving a list of the +principal books on the subject. This list includes all the important +utopias that are accessible in English, as well as a few that are not; +but it is not exhaustive, for the region of Utopia has its swamps and +arid places as well as its fertile and cultivated land; and no one but +a scholarly explorer need attempt to enter the more forbidding parts of +the country. + +Needless to say, in dealing with our historic utopias I had a rough +criterion of selection. I set out to treat such plans for the +improvement of the human community as had been embodied in complete +pictures of an ideal commonwealth: this excluded important essays in +politics like Hobbes’ Leviathan and Harrington’s Oceana; and it ruled +out any treatment of abstract idealisms which, however important, did +not exemplify the essential utopian method. Next, I resolved to deal at +length only with those utopias which have exercised some influence on +thought and life, particularly in the Western European world. Third, +I sought to emphasize what was common in the methods and ends of the +classic utopias; making plain their relations within the world of +utopias and their relevance in the present day, rather than attempting +to show in any detail the social milieu in which each utopian wrote. +In dealing with the nineteenth century my criterion became a little +shaky; and I frankly chose the nineteenth century utopias on the basis +of their association with temporal movements like state socialism, the +single tax, and syndicalism, rather than because of their conformity +to standards which served to weed out irrelevant utopias in the earlier +centuries. In devoting a little space to Fourier and Spence and +giving short shrift to Owen I have tried to restore these interesting +and significant figures to the place that they deserve. There will +doubtless be disagreements over my selections and the amount of space +I have allotted to various writers; but at least, where there has been +madness there has also been method. + +Certain parts of the argument are not covered by this list of utopias. +The best introductions to utopian literature in general are in German; +see R. Blueher’s excellent pamphlet on Moderne Utopien; Ein Beitrag +zur Geschichte des Sozialismus, Bonn: 1920. While Mr. Van Wyck Brooks +put me independently on the trail of Rabelais’ Abbey of Theleme I +must acknowledge, with as much grace as possible, that Herr Blueher +anticipated me in grasping this clue to Renascence culture; and if +any credit is due, he deserves it. The most exhaustive catalogue of +pre-nineteenth century utopias is contained in Kautsky’s Vorläufer des +Modernen Sozialismus. Max Beer’s History of British Socialism has an +excellent discussion of the relation of the Utopians to socialism. See +also Moritz Kaufmann’s Utopias; or Schemes of Social Improvement, from +Sir Thomas More to Karl Marx, London: 1879. In the excellent History +of Utopian Thought, by Dr. J. O. Hertzler (Macmillan: 1923), the +phantasists are sympathetically treated. + +The chapter on the Country House might well be prefaced by Mr. +Thorstein Veblen’s Theory of the Leisure Class, a satire which seems +to me unique in scholarship and originality. The importance of our +social myths and our collective representations has been noted by a +whole school of French sociologists who follow Émile Durkheim; and the +dynamic force of ideas has been treated by Alfred Fouillée. On both +these topics there is a whole literature; and it would give a sense of +false simplicity to single out any particular essay. There is a fairly +popular discussion of the place of myths and ideals in the George +Sorel’s Reflexions on Violence, and Benjamin Kidd’s Science of Power +(especially Chapter V.). + +As a loose illustration of the general method and outlook embodied +in this book I refer to the Making of the Future Series, edited by +Messrs. Patrick Geddes and Victor Branford and published by Williams +& Norgate, London. There is an able exposition of the regionalist +movement and of the fundamental realities upon which this movement +is based in two books published in that series; namely, Professor +Fleure’s Human Geography in Western Europe and C. B. Fawcett’s The +Provinces of England. Two works by the editors, The Coming Polity and +Our Social Inheritance are likewise suggestive. Professor Geddes is +the outstanding exponent of the Eutopian method both in thought and in +practical activity; and the reader should consult his City Development +(1904) and his Town-Planning towards City Development: a Report to the +Durbar of Indore, 2 vols. Indore, 1918. Both of these books are mines +from which all sorts of precious thoughts can be quarried. Remaindered +copies of the first can be obtained from John Grant, Bookseller, +Edinburgh; while the second is sold by Botsford, High Holborn, London. +Professor Geddes’ work exemplifies concretely a good part of what I +have sought to explain and define in not altogether adequate prose. + + + + +UTOPIAS + + + PLATO (427 B.C.–347 B.C.). The Republic. Translated with notes + and essays by Benjamin Jowett. Oxford: 1894. See also Plato’s + Critias and Statesman in the same edition. The Laws, which + is a more detailed attempt to work out the details of a good + polity, is so lacking in Plato’s original inspiration that, + but for Aristotle’s allusion to it, one would promptly take + it for the work of another hand. + + MORE, SIR THOMAS (1478–1535). Utopia. Published originally in + Latin in 1516. There are numerous modern editions. See Ideal + Commonwealths, edited by Henry Morley. + + ANDREÆ, JOHANN VALENTIN (1586–1654). Christianopolis. Published + in 1619 and translated in 1916 by Felix Emil Held under the + title of Christianopolis: An Ideal State of the 17th Century. + Oxford University Press. Mr. Held’s introduction contains an + account of Andreæ’s life. + + BACON, FRANCIS (1561–1626). The New Atlantis. Published in + 1627. Bacon contemplated writing a second part which would + deal with the laws of his ideal commonwealth. See Ideal + Commonwealths. + + CAMPANELLA, TOMASSO (1568–1639). The City of the Sun. Published + in 1637 as Civitas Solis Poetica: Idea Reipublicæ + Philosophiæ. See Ideal Commonwealths. ALLAIS, DENIS VAIRASSE + D’ (--). L’Histoire des Sevarambes. Written in 1672 and + translated into English as The History of the Sevarites, + written by one Captain Siden, London: 1675. In Kautsky’s + Vorläufer des Modernen Sozialismus this utopia is given + high praise and is ranked as the French parallel of More’s + Utopia; but I feel that this is a sad error in judgment which + perhaps arose out of the bare fact that the first law of + the great dictator Sevarias was to put all private property + in the hands of the state, to be disposed of absolutely by + its authority, and to do away with distinctions of rank + and hereditary dignity. There is little that is fresh or + imaginative in Vairasse’s treatment, however, and there + is nothing like More’s detailed effort to guard against + usurpation of power by the ruling classes. As simple fiction, + the History of the Sevarites is, however, readable. See + also L’Histoire des Galligènes, by Tiphaigne de la Roche; + likewise the excellent satire, Giphantia. The description of + Salentum, under Mentor, in Fénélon’s Telemachus should not be + neglected. The Abbé Morelly’s Basiliade is little more than a + definition of his Code de la Nature. + + MERCIER, LOUIS SEBASTIEN (1740–1814). Memoirs of the Year 2500. + Published in French in 1772 and translated into English, + Liverpool: 1802. + + SPENCE, THOMAS (1750–1814). Description of Spensonia. + Constitution of Spensonia. London: 1795. Privately printed at + the Courier Press; Leamington Spa: 1917. + + FOURIER, CHARLES FRANÇOIS MARIE (1772–1837). Traité de + l’Association domestique agricole. 2 vols. 1822. Le Nouveau + Monde Industriel. 2 vols. 1829. See also Albert Brisbane in + his General Introduction to the Social Sciences (Fourier’s + “Social Destinies”), and Selections from the Works of + Fourier, translated by Julia Franklin, with an introduction + by Charles Gide, London: 1901. + + CABET, ÉTIENNE (1788–1856). Voyage en Icarie. Published in 1845 + and numerous editions followed during the next five years; + see that of the Bureau du Populaie, Paris: 1848. + + BUCKINGHAM, JAMES SILK (1786–1855). National Evils and Practical + Remedies, with a plan for a model town. London: 1848. + + BULWER-LYTTON, E. (1803–1873). The Coming Race; or the New + Utopia. London: 185--. A fantastic romance about a people who + live underground, possess detachable wings, and command a + potency known as “vril.” It is perhaps not altogether without + significance that this new hierarchy of industrial angels was + conceived by Lytton in the same decade that saw the building + of the Crystal Palace. + + PEMBERTON, ROBERT (--). The Happy Colony. London: 1854. This is + an appeal to the working class, somewhat similar in temper + and method to Buckingham’s appeal to the middle class. + Pemberton had an individual system of psychology which he + desired to apply in education. This utopia has now only a + limited historical significance. + + BELLAMY, EDWARD (1850–1898). Looking Backward; Boston: 1888. + Equality; Boston: 1897. + + HERTZKA, THEODOR (1845–?). Freeland: A Social Anticipation. + First edition published in German, 1889; English translation + published by the British Freeland Association in 1891. A + Visit to Freeland, or the New Paradise Regained. Translation + published by the above Association, London: 1894. The first + work lays the foundations for the utopia; the second is the + ideal commonwealth in action. + + MORRIS, WILLIAM (1834–1896). News from Nowhere. London: 1890. + There have been numerous editions. + + HOWARD, EBENEZER (1850–?). Garden Cities of Tomorrow. London: + 1902. First published as Tomorrow in 1898. Unique among + utopian books in that its eutopia has been partly realized. + See numerous descriptions of Letchworth, the first Garden + City. + + HUDSON, W. H. (--). A Crystal Age. London: 1906. + + THIRION, ÉMILE (1825–?). Neustria: Utopie Individualiste. Paris: + 1901. This is one of the rare, deliberately individualistic + utopias, founded on work, liberty, and property. It assumes + that a colony of Girondists were able to establish themselves + in South America. + + HERZL, THEODOR (1860–1904). Altneuland. Leipzig: 1903. + + TARDE, GABRIEL (1843–1904). Underground Man. London: 1905. A deft + and well-conceived fantasy, full of excellent criticism. + Towards the past it is a utopia of reconstruction, towards + the future--but herein lies much of its charm!--it is one of + escape. + + WELLS, H. G. (1866-?). A Modern Utopia. New York: 1905. + + CRAM, RALPH ADAMS (1863–?). Walled Towns. Boston: 1919. Dr. + Cram does not classify this work as a utopia; but the + honest critic cannot help giving it that label. Dr. Cram + sees no basis for eutopia without the system of values and + the sanctions perpetuated by the Christian Church; since + this leaves the greater part of humanity in Darkness, I + cannot agree with him. Dr. Cram, however, is a fine scholar + and a stimulating critic; and if one could only grant his + assumptions his conclusions would be magnificent. + + MORLEY, HENRY. Ideal Commonwealths; Plutarch’s Lycurgus, More’s + Utopia, Bacon’s New Atlantis, Campanella’s City of the Sun, + and a Fragment of Hall’s Mundus Alter et Idem, with an + introduction by Henry Morley. London: G. Routledge, 1886. + + + + +Transcriber’s Notes + + +Punctuation, hyphenation, and spelling were made consistent when a +predominant preference was found in the original book; otherwise they +were not changed. + +Simple typographical errors were corrected; unbalanced quotation +marks were remedied when the change was obvious, and otherwise left +unbalanced. + +Chapter One did not indicate the beginning of section “5”. Transcriber +added it by referencing an earlier edition of the book. + +Text mostly uses “utopia” but sometimes uses “eutopia”. Both retained +here. + +Page 104: “the tale end” was printed that way. + +Page 224: “perfunctory seal upon” was printed as “perfunctory real +upon”; changed here. + +Page 231: “advertized” was printed that way. + +Page 294: “A. E.” was the pseudonym of George William Russell. + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 75654 *** diff --git a/75654-h/75654-h.htm b/75654-h/75654-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eca2b26 --- /dev/null +++ b/75654-h/75654-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,10328 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html> +<html lang="en"> +<head> + <meta charset="UTF-8"> + <title> + The Story of Utopias | Project Gutenberg + </title> + <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover"> + <style> /* <![CDATA[ */ + +body { + margin-left: 2.5em; + margin-right: 2.5em; +} +.x-ebookmaker body {margin: 0;} +.x-ebookmaker-drop {color: inherit;} + +h1, h2, h3 { + text-align: center; + clear: both; + margin-top: 2.5em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + word-spacing: .2em; +} + +h1 {line-height: 1;} + +h2.chap {margin-bottom: 0;} +h2+p {margin-top: 1.5em;} +h3 {margin-top: 1.5em;} +.x-ebookmaker h1, .x-ebookmaker .chapter, .x-ebookmaker .section {page-break-before: always;} +.x-ebookmaker h1.nobreak, .x-ebookmaker h2.nobreak, .x-ebookmaker .nobreak {page-break-before: avoid; padding-top: 0;} + +.transnote h2 { + margin-top: .5em; + margin-bottom: 1em; +} + +p { + text-indent: 1.75em; + margin-top: .51em; + margin-bottom: .24em; + text-align: justify; +} +.x-ebookmaker p { + margin-top: .5em; + margin-bottom: .25em; +} + +.caption p, .center p, p.center {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;} + +.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} +.p4 {margin-top: 4em;} +.vspace {line-height: 1.5;} + +.in0 {text-indent: 0;} +.in4 {padding-left: 4em;} + +.smaller {font-size: 85%;} +.larger {font-size: 125%;} +.large {font-size: 150%;} +.xxlarge {font-size: 200%;} + +.center {text-align: center;} + +.right {text-align: right; margin-right: 2em;} + +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} +.firstword {font-variant: small-caps;} + +.bold {font-weight: bold;} + +hr { + width: 33%; + margin: 4em auto 4em auto; + clear: both; +} +.x-ebookmaker hr { + margin-top: .1em; + margin-bottom: .1em; + visibility: hidden; + color: white; + width: .01em; + display: none; +} + +table { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + max-width: 80%; + border-collapse: collapse; +} +.x-ebookmaker table {width: auto; max-width: 90%; margin: 1em auto 1em auto;} + +.tdl { + text-align: left; + vertical-align: top; + padding-right: 1em; + padding-left: 1.75em; + text-indent: -1.75em; +} +.x-ebookmaker .tdl { + padding-left: 1em; + text-indent: -1em; + padding-right: 0; +} + +.tdc {text-align: center;} +.tdc.chap { + font-size: 110%; + padding-top: 1.5em; + padding-bottom: .5em; +} + +.tdr { + text-align: right; + vertical-align: bottom; + padding-left: .3em; + white-space: nowrap; +} + +.pagenum { + position: absolute; + right: .25em; + text-indent: 0; + text-align: right; + font-size: 70%; + font-weight: normal; + font-variant: normal; + font-style: normal; + letter-spacing: normal; + line-height: normal; + color: #acacac; + border: .0625em solid #acacac; + background: #ffffff; + padding: .0625em .125em; +} + +.figcenter { + margin: 2em auto 2em auto; + text-align: center; + page-break-inside: avoid; +} +.figright { + float: right; + clear: right; + margin-left: 2em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-right: 10%; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; + min-width: 20%; + max-width: 50%; + page-break-inside: avoid; +} +.x-ebookmaker-2 .figright { + float: none; + clear: none; + margin: 1em auto 1em auto; + min-width: 0; + max-width: 100%; +} + +img { + padding: 1em 0 0 0; + max-width: 100%; + height: auto; +} + +.caption {text-align: center; margin-top: 0;} + +.blockquot { + margin: 1.5em 5% 1.5em 5%; + font-size: 95%; +} + +.blockquot.hang p {padding-left: 1.5em; text-indent: -1.5em;} +.x-ebookmaker .blockquot {margin: 1.5em 3% 1.5em 3%;} + +.hang { + text-align: justify; + padding-left: 1.5em; + text-indent: -1.5em; +} +.x-ebookmaker .hang {margin: .5em 3% 2em 3%;} + +.blockquot.hang2 { + font-size: 100%; + width: 80%; + margin: 1em auto 1.5em auto; +} +.blockquot.hang2 p { + font-size: 100%; + padding-left: 1.5em; + text-indent: -1.5em; + line-height: 1.3; +} + +.transnote { + border: .3em double gray; + font-family: sans-serif, serif; + margin-left: 5%; + margin-right: 5%; + margin-top: 4em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + padding: 1em; +} +.x-ebookmaker .transnote { + page-break-before: always; + page-break-after: always; + margin-left: 2%; + margin-right: 2%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + padding: .5em; +} + +.covernote {visibility: hidden; display: none;} +.x-ebookmaker .covernote {visibility: visible; display: block; text-align: justify} + +.wspace {word-spacing: .3em;} +.wspace2 {word-spacing: .7em;} +.wspace3 {word-spacing: .95em;} + +span.locked {white-space:nowrap;} +.pagenum br {display: none; visibility: hidden;} +cite {font-style: normal;} /*citations are not italicized in this book*/ + + /* ]]> */ </style> +</head> + +<body> +<div style='text-align:center'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 75654 ***</div> + +<div class="transnote section"> +<p class="center larger">Transcriber’s Note</p> + +<p>Larger versions of most illustrations may be seen by right-clicking them +and selecting an option to view them separately, or by double-tapping and/or +stretching them.</p> + +<p class="covernote">The cover of this eBook was the original Title page.</p> + +<p><a href="#Transcribers_Notes">Additional notes</a> will be found near the end of this ebook.</p> +<div> </div> +</div> + +<div class="section"> +<h1>THE STORY OF UTOPIAS</h1> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div> + +<div class="section center vspace wspace p2"> +<p class="xxlarge bold"> +THE<br> +STORY OF UTOPIAS</p> + +<p>IDEAL COMMONWEALTHS<br> +AND<br> +SOCIAL MYTHS</p> + +<p class="p2">BY<br> +<span class="larger">LEWIS MUMFORD</span></p> + +<p>With an Introduction<br> +by<br> +HENDRIK WILLEM VAN LOON</p> + +<p class="p2">“<i class="wspace2">A Map of the World that</i><br> +<i>does not include Utopia is not</i><br> +<i class="wspace3">worth even glancing at.</i>...”</p> + +<p class="p2">GEORGE G. HARRAP  & CO.  LTD.<br> +LONDON CALCUTTA SYDNEY</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div> + +<div class="section center p4"> +<p class="smaller"> +<i>Published 1923</i><br> +<i>by</i> <span class="smcap">George G. Harrap & Co. Ltd.</span><br> +<i>39–41 Parker Street, Kingsway, London, W.C.2</i> +</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<h2 class="nobreak" id="ACKNOWLEDGMENTS">ACKNOWLEDGMENTS</h2> + +<p>The first outline of this book dates back ten years; and +since then I have woven it and rewoven it in my mind. The +actual work of composition was started by a suggestion +from Mr. Van Wyck Brooks; and without Mr. Brooks’ +encouragement I should perhaps never have begun or +carried through the task. The general background of ideas +has been heavily colored by my contacts with Professor +Patrick Geddes, through his books and by correspondence; +and I owe a debt to him I have not always been able to +acknowledge in direct reference or in quotation marks. I +take the opportunity here to express the hearty gratitude +which might otherwise have been conveyed in the more +archaic form of a dedication.</p> + +<p>In the revision of the <abbr>MS.</abbr> I have been blessed with the +generous advice and criticism of a number of friends; in +particular, Mr. Clarence Britten, Mr. Herbert Feis, Mr. +Geroid Robinson, and Miss Sophia Wittenberg, each of +whom performed a unique service. To Messrs. Victor +Branford and Alexander Farquharson of the Sociological +Society of Great Britain I am indebted for many +pertinent suggestions. My thanks are also due to the +editors of The Freeman for permission to use extracts from +two articles: Towards a Humanist Synthesis and Beauty +and the Picturesque. Finally, Mr. Hendrik van Loon’s +friendly interest calls for a departing beam of gratitude.</p> + +<p class="right"> +<span class="smcap">Lewis Mumford.</span> +</p> + +<p class="in0">New York City.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +</div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CONTENTS">CONTENTS</h2> + +<p class="center"> +<i>Introduction by Hendrik Willem van Loon, Ph.D.</i></p> + +<table id="toc"> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER ONE</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How the will-to-utopia causes men to live in two worlds, and how, therefore, we re-read the Story of Utopia—the other half of the Story of Mankind.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_9">9</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER TWO</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How the Greeks lived in a New World, and utopia seemed just round the corner. How Plato in the Republic is chiefly concerned with what will hold the ideal city together.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_27">27</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER THREE</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How something happened to utopia between Plato and Sir Thomas More; and how utopia was discovered again, along with the New World.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_57">57</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER FOUR</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How the new Humanism of the Renascence brings us within sight of Christianopolis; and how we have for the first time a glimpse of a modern utopia.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_79">79</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER FIVE</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How Bacon and Campanella, who have a great reputation as utopians, are little better than echoes of the men who went before them.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_101">101</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER SIX</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How something happened in the eighteenth century which made men “furiously to think,” and how a whole group of utopias sprang out of the upturned soil of industrialism.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_111">111</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER SEVEN</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How some utopians have thought that a good community rested at bottom on the right division and use of land; and what sort of communities these land-animals projected.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_131">131</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER EIGHT</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How Étienne Cabet dreamed of a new Napoleon called Icar, and a new France called Icaria; and how his utopia, with that which Edward Bellamy shows us in Looking Backward, gives us a hint of what machinery might bring us to if the industrial organization were nationalized.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_149">149</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER NINE</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How William Morris and W. H. Hudson renew the classic tradition of utopias; and how, finally, Mr. H. G. Wells sums up and clarifies the utopias of the past, and brings them into contact with the world of the present.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_171">171</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER TEN</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How the Country House and Coketown became the utopias of the modern age; and how they made the world over in their image.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_191">191</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER ELEVEN</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How we reckon up accounts with the one-sided utopias of the partisans.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_235">235</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc chap" colspan="2">CHAPTER TWELVE</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl">How the half-worlds must go, and how eutopia may come; and what we need before we can build Jerusalem in any green and pleasant land.</td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_265">265</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Bibliography</span></td> + <td class="tdr"><a href="#toclink_309">309</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +</div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_ix">ix</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="INTRODUCTION">INTRODUCTION</h2> +</div> + +<figure id="i_ix" class="figcenter" style="max-width: 113em;"> + <img src="images/i_ix.jpg" width="1796" height="565" alt=""></figure> + +<p>It is a sunny day and I am sitting on the top of a mountain.</p> + +<p>Until this morning, it had been the mountain of a fairy story +that was twenty centuries old.</p> + +<p>Now, it is a mighty hill and I can feel its warm coat of white +reindeer-moss, and if I were willing to stretch out my hand, I +could pluck the red berries that are in full bloom.</p> + +<p>A hundred years from now it will be gone.</p> + +<p>For it is really a large chunk of pure iron, dumped by a +playful Providence in the very heart of Lapland.</p> + +<p>Do you remember an old tale of Norse mythology? How +somewhere, far in the north, there stood a high peak of iron, +which was a hundred miles high and a hundred miles wide? +And how a little bird came to it once every thousand years to +sharpen its beak? And how, when the mountain was gone, a +single second of all eternity would have passed by?</p> + +<p>I heard it told as a child.</p> + +<p>I remembered it always, and I told it to my own boys when +they began to learn history. It seemed the invention of some +prehistoric Hans Christian Andersen. It belonged to the imaginary +scenery of our dreams.</p> + +<p>The story has come true, and I have found my old mountain +where I least expected it.</p> + +<p>To make the cycle of coincidence perfect, this hill was named +after a bird. The Lapp, with a fine sense of sound, called the +ptarmigan “Kiru.” Kirunavaara no longer hears the shrill +“kiru-kiru” of rising birds. Twice a day it listens to the +terrific detonation of half a hundred charges of dynamite.</p> + +<p>Then it is shaken by the little trains which carry the rock to +the valley.</p> + +<p>In the evening, it sees the lights of the large electric engines<span class="pagenum" id="Page_x">x</span> +which hoist the valuable metal across the arctic wilderness of +Lake Tornotrask.</p> + +<p>Two months later, the ore has been melted and worked into +those modern articles of trade which go by the name of bridges +and automobiles and ships and apartment houses and a thousand +other things which once promised to elevate man from the +ranks of the beasts of burden.</p> + +<p>What has become of that promise, the survivors of the last +eight years know with great if gruesome accuracy.</p> + +<p>Even the humble Lapp has heard of the great upheaval, and +has asked why the white people should kill each other when the +whole world was full of reindeer and when God has given us +the hills and the plains so that forever there should be food +enough for the long days of summer and the longer nights of +the endless winter.</p> + +<figure id="i_x" class="figcenter" style="max-width: 112em;"> + <img src="images/i_x.jpg" width="1791" height="610" alt=""></figure> + +<p>But the ways of the Lapp are not the ways of the white man.</p> + +<p>These simple followers of a pure and much undiluted nature +follow the even tenor of their ways as their ancestors did, five +and ten thousand years ago.</p> + +<p>We, on the other hand, have our engines and we have our +railroad trains and we have our factories and we cannot get rid +of these iron servants without destroying the very basis of our +civilization. We may hate these ungainly companions, but we +need them. In time to come, we shall know how to be their +masters. Then Plato shall give us a revised Republic where all +the houses are heated by steam and where all the dishes are +washed by electricity.</p> + +<p>We are not suffering from too much machinery, but from too +little. For let there be enough iron servants and more of us +shall be able to sit on the tops of mountains and stare into the +blue sky and waste valuable hours, imagining the things that +ought to be.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_xi">xi</span></p> + +<p>The Old Testament used to call such people prophets. They +raised strange cities of their hearts’ delight, which should be +based exclusively upon righteousness and piety. But the greatest +of all their prophets the Jews killed to make a Roman holiday.</p> + +<p>The Greeks knew such wise men as philosophers. They allowed +them great freedom and rejoiced in the mathematical precision +with which their intellectual leaders mapped out those theoretical +roads which were to lead mankind from chaos to an ordered state +of society.</p> + +<p>The Middle Ages insisted with narrow persistence upon the +Kingdom of Heaven as the only possible standard for a decent +Christian Utopia.</p> + +<p>They crushed all those who dared to question the positive existence +of such a future state of glory and content. They built it of +stone and precious metals, but neglected the spiritual fundament.</p> + +<figure id="i_xi" class="figcenter" style="max-width: 113em;"> + <img src="images/i_xi.jpg" width="1799" height="657" alt=""></figure> + +<p>And so it perished.</p> + +<p>The sixteenth and seventeenth centuries fought many bitter wars +to decide the exact nature of a whitewashed Paradise, erected +upon the crumbling ruins of the mediæval church.</p> + +<p>The eighteenth century saw the Promised Land lying just across +the terrible bulwark of stupidity and superstition, which a thousand +years of clerical selfishness had erected for its own protection +and safety.</p> + +<p>There followed a mighty battle to crush the infamy of ignorance +and bring about an era of well-balanced reason.</p> + +<p>Unfortunately, a few enthusiasts carried the matter a trifle too +far.</p> + +<p>Napoleon, realist-in-chief of all time, brought the world back to +the common ground of solid facts.</p> + +<p>Our own generation drew the logical conclusion of the Napoleonic +premises.</p> + +<p>Behold the map of Europe and see how well we have wrought.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_xii">xii</span></p> + +<p>For alas! this world needs Utopias as it needs fairy stories. It +does not matter so much where we are going, as long as we are +making consciously for some definite goal. And a Utopia, however +strange or fanciful, is the only possible beacon upon the uncharted +seas of the distant future.</p> + +<figure id="i_xii_1" class="figcenter" style="max-width: 112em;"> + <img src="images/i_xii_1.jpg" width="1788" height="600" alt=""></figure> + +<p>It encourages us in our efforts. Sometimes the light is hidden by +the clouds and for a moment we may lose our way. Then the +faint light once more breaks through the darkness and we press +forward with new courage.</p> + +<p>And when life is dull and meaningless (the main curse of all +existence) we find consolation in the fact that a hundred years +from now, our children shall reach the shore for which we were +bound when we ourselves left the bridge and were lowered to the +peaceful bottom of the ocean.</p> + +<figure id="i_xii_2" class="figcenter" style="max-width: 113em;"> + <img src="images/i_xii_2.jpg" width="1798" height="617" alt=""></figure> + +<p>And now the sun has gone down and a chill wind blows from +Kebnekajse, where the wild geese of little Nils Holgerson live +amidst the endless silence of the eternal snow. Soon the top shall +be hidden in the mist and I shall have to find my way back by +the noise of the steam shovels, plying their elephantine trade at +the foot of the first terrace.</p> + +<p>The mountain of my fairy story once more will be the profitable +investment of a Company of Iron-mongers.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_xiii">xiii</span></p> + +<p>But that does not matter.</p> + +<p>Lewis Mumford, for whom I am writing this, will understand +what I mean.</p> + +<p>And I shall be content.</p> + +<figure id="i_xiii" class="figright" style="max-width: 18em;"> + <img src="images/i_xiii.jpg" width="1053" height="212" alt=""> + <figcaption class="caption"> + <p class="right">Hendrik Willem van Loon</p> + </figcaption> +</figure> + +<p class="p2"> +Kiruna, Lapland,<br> +<span class="in4">14 Sept., 1922.</span> +</p> + +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">9</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_ONE"><span id="toclink_9"></span>CHAPTER ONE</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How the will-to-utopia causes men to live in two +worlds, and how, therefore, we re-read the Story of +Utopias—the other half of the Story of Mankind.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">11</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="THE_STORY_OF_UTOPIAS"><span class="large">THE STORY OF UTOPIAS</span></h2> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_a">CHAPTER ONE</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">Utopia</span> has long been another name for the unreal +and the impossible. We have set utopia over against +the world. As a matter of fact, it is our utopias that +make the world tolerable to us: the cities and mansions +that people dream of are those in which they finally +live. The more that men react upon their environment +and make it over after a human pattern, the more continuously +do they live in utopia; but when there is a +breach between the world of affairs and the overworld +of utopia, we become conscious of the part that the +will-to-utopia has played in our lives, and we see our +utopia as a separate reality.</p> + +<p>It is the separate reality of utopia that we are +going to explore in the course of this book—Utopia +as a world by itself, divided into ideal commonwealths, +with all its communities clustered into proud cities, +aiming bravely at the good life.</p> + +<p>This discussion of ideal commonwealths gets its form +and its color from the time in which it is written. +Plato’s Republic dates from the period of social disintegration +which followed the Peloponnesian War; +and some of its mordant courage is probably derived +from the hopelessness of conditions that came under<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">12</span> +Plato’s eye. It was in the midst of a similar period of +disorder and violence that Sir Thomas More laid the +foundations for his imaginary commonwealth: Utopia +was the bridge by which he sought to span the gap between +the old order of the Middle Age, and the new +interests and institutions of the Renascence.</p> + +<p>In presenting this history and criticism of utopias we +are perhaps being pulled by the same interests that led +Plato and More onwards, for it is only after the storm +that we dare to look for the rainbow. Our fall into a +chasm of disillusion has stimulated us to discuss in +a more thorough way the ultimate goods, the basic +aims, the whole conception of the “good life” by which, +in modern times, we have been guided. In the midst of +the tepid and half-hearted discussions that continue +to arise out of prohibition laws and strikes and “peace” +conferences let us break in with the injunction to talk +about fundamentals—consider Utopia!</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>Man walks with his feet on the ground and his head +in the air; and the history of what has happened on +earth—the history of cities and armies and of all the +things that have had body and form—is only one-half +the Story of Mankind.</p> + +<p>In every age, the external scenery in which the human +drama has been framed has remained pretty much the +same. There have been fluctuations in climate and +changes in terrain; and at times a great civilization, +like that of the Mayas in Central America, has arisen +where now only a thick net of jungle remains; but the +hills around Jerusalem are the hills that David saw;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">13</span> +and during the historic period the drowning of a city +in the Netherlands or the rise of a shifting bank of +real estate along the coast of New Jersey is little more +than the wearing off of the paint or a crack in the +plaster. What we call the material world constantly +changes, it goes without saying: mountains are stript +of trees and become wastes, deserts are plowed with +water and become gardens. The main outlines, however, +hold their own remarkably well; and we could +have travelled better in Roman days with a modern +map than with the best chart Ptolemy could have +offered us.</p> + +<p>If the world in which men live were the world as it +is known to the physical geographer, we should have +a pretty simple time of it. We might follow Whitman’s +advice, and live as the animals, and stop whining for +all time about our sins and imperfections.</p> + +<p>What makes human history such an uncertain and +fascinating story is that man lives in two worlds—the +world within and the world without—and the world +within men’s heads has undergone transformations +which have disintegrated material things with the power +and rapidity of radium. I shall take the liberty of calling +this inner world our idolum (ido′lum) or world +of ideas. The word “ideas” is not used here precisely +in the ordinary sense. I use it rather to stand for +what the philosophers would call the subjective world, +what the theologians would perhaps call the spiritual +world; and I mean to include in it all the philosophies, +fantasies, rationalizations, projections, images, and +opinions in terms of which people pattern their behavior. +This world of ideas, in the case of scientific +truths, for example, sometimes has a rough correspondence<span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">14</span> +with what people call the world; but it is important +to note that it has contours of its own which are quite +independent of the material environment.</p> + +<p>Now the physical world is a definite, inescapable +thing. Its limits are narrow and obvious. On occasion, +if your impulse is sufficiently strong, you can +leave the land for the sea, or go from a warm climate +into a cool one; but you cannot cut yourself off from +the physical environment without terminating your +life. For good or ill, you must breathe air, eat food, +drink water; and the penalties for refusing to meet +these conditions are inexorable. Only a lunatic would +refuse to recognize this physical environment; it is +the substratum of our daily lives.</p> + +<p>But if the physical environment is the earth, the +world of ideas corresponds to the heavens. We sleep +under the light of stars that have long since ceased +to exist, and we pattern our behavior by ideas which +have no reality as soon as we cease to credit them. +Whilst it holds together this world of ideas—this +idolum—is almost as sound, almost as real, almost as +inescapable as the bricks of our houses or the asphalt +beneath our feet. The “belief” that the world was +flat was once upon a time more important than the +“fact” that it was round; and that belief kept the +sailors of the medieval world from wandering out of +sight of land as effectively as would a string of gun-boats +or floating mines. An idea is a solid fact, a +theory is a solid fact, a superstition is a solid fact as +long as people continue to regulate their actions in +terms of the idea, theory, or superstition; and it is +none the less solid because it is conveyed as an image +or a breath of sound.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">15</span></p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>This world of ideas serves many purposes. Two of +them bear heavily upon our investigation of utopia. +On one hand the pseudo-environment or idolum is a +substitute for the external world; it is a sort of house +of refuge to which we flee when our contacts with +“hard facts” become too complicated to carry through +or too rough to face. On the other hand, it is by means +of the idolum that the facts of the everyday world are +brought together and assorted and sifted, and a new +sort of reality is projected back again upon the external +world. One of these functions is escape or +compensation; it seeks an immediate release from the +difficulties or frustrations of our lot. The other attempts +to provide a condition for our release in the +future. The utopias that correspond to these two +functions I shall call the utopias of escape and the +utopias of reconstruction. The first leaves the external +world the way it is; the second seeks to change it +so that one may have intercourse with it on one’s own +terms. In one we build impossible castles in the air; +in the other we consult a surveyor and an architect +and a mason and proceed to build a house which meets +our essential needs; as well as houses made of stone +and mortar are capable of meeting them.</p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>Why, however, should we find it necessary to talk +about utopia and the world of ideas at all? Why +should we not rest secure in the bosom of the material +environment, without flying off into a region apparently +beyond space and time? Well, the alternative<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">16</span> +before us is not whether we shall live in the real world +or dream away our time in utopia; for men are so +constituted that only by a deliberate discipline—such +as that followed by a Hindu ascetic or an American +business man—can one or the other world be abolished +from consciousness. The genuine alternative for most +of us is that between an aimless utopia of escape and +a purposive utopia of reconstruction. One way or the +other, it seems, in a world so full of frustrations as +the “real” one, we must spend a good part of our +mental lives in utopia.</p> + +<p>Nevertheless this needs a qualification. It is plain +that certain types of people have no need for private +utopias and that certain communities seem to be without +them. The savages of the Marquesas whom Hermann +Melville described seem to have had such a jolly +and complete adjustment to their environment that, +except for the raids of hostile tribes—and this turned +out to be chiefly sport which only whetted their appetites +for the feast that followed—everything needed +for a good life at the South Sea level could be obtained +by direct attack. The Marquesans had no need to +dream of a happier existence; they had only to grab it.</p> + +<p>At times, during childhood perhaps, life has the +same sort of completeness; and without doubt there are +many mature people who have manufactured out of +their limitations a pretty adequate response to a narrow +environment; and have let it go at that. Such +people feel no need for utopia. As long as they can +keep their contacts restricted, only a deliberate raid +from the outside world would create such a need. They +are like the sick man in the parable of the Persian poet, +whose only desire was that he might desire something;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">17</span> +and there is no particular reason to envy them. People +who will not venture out into the open sea pay the +penalty of never having looked into the bright eyes of +danger; and at best they know but half of life. What +such folk might call the good life is simply not good +enough. We cannot be satisfied with a segment of +existence, no matter how safely we may be adjusted to +it, when with a little effort we can trace the complete +circle.</p> + +<p>But there have been few regions, few social orders, +and few people in which the adjustment has not been +incomplete. In the face of perpetual difficulties and +obstructions—the wind and the weather and the impulses +of other men and customs that have long outlived +their use—there are three ways, roughly, in which +a man may react. He may run away. He may try +to hold his own. He may attack. Looking around at +our contemporaries who have survived the war, it is +fairly evident that most of them are in the first stage +of panic and despair. In an interesting article on The +Dénouement of Nihilism, Mr. Edward Townsend Booth +characterized the generation born in the late eighties +as suffering a complete paralysis of will, or else, “if +any initiative remains to them, they emigrate to Europe +or the South Sea Islands, or crawl off into some quiet +corner of the United States—but most of them continue +where they were stricken in a state of living +death.”</p> + +<p>Speaking more generally, running away does not +always mean a physical escape, nor does an “attack” +necessarily mean doing something practical “on the +spot.” Let us use Dr. John Dewey’s illustration and +suppose that a man is denied intercourse with his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">18</span> +friends at a distance. One kind of reaction is for him +to “imagine” meeting his friends, and going through, +in fantasy, a whole ritual of meeting, repartee, and +discussion. The other kind of reaction, as Dr. Dewey +says, is to see what conditions must be met in order to +cement distant friends, and then invent the telephone. +The so-called extrovert, the type of man who has no +need for utopias, will satisfy his desire by talking to +the nearest human being. (“He may try to hold his +own.”) But it is fairly plain that the extrovert, from +the very weakness and inconstancy of his aims, is incapable +of contributing anything but “good nature” +to the good life of the community; and in his hands +both art and invention would probably come to an +end.</p> + +<p>Now putting aside the extrovert, we find that the two +remaining types of reaction have expressed themselves +in all the historic utopias. It is perhaps well that we +should see them first in their normal, everyday setting, +before we set out to explore the ideal commonwealths +of the past.</p> + +<p>More or less, we have all had glimpses of the utopia +of escape: it is raised and it collapses and it is built up +again almost daily. In the midst of the clanking +machinery of a paper factory I have come across a +moving picture actress’s portrait, stuck upon an inoperative +part of the machine; and it was not hard to +reconstruct the private utopia of the wretch who +minded the levers, or to picture the world into which he +had fled from the roar and throb and muck of the machinery +about him. What man has not had this utopia +from the dawn of adolescence onwards—the desire to +possess and be possessed by a beautiful woman?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">19</span></p> + +<p>Perhaps for the great majority of men and women +that small, private Utopia is the only one for which +they feel a perpetual, warm interest; and ultimately +every other utopia must be translatable to them in +some such intimate terms. Their conduct would tell +us as much if their words did not confess it. They +leave their bleak office buildings and their grimy factories, +and night after night they pour into the cinema +theater in order that they may live for a while in a +land populated by beautiful, flirtatious women and +tender, lusty men. Small wonder that the great and +powerful religion founded by Mahomet puts that utopia +in the very foreground of the hereafter! In a sense, +this is the most elementary of utopias; for, on the +interpretation of the analytical psychologist, it carries +with it the deep longing to return to and remain at +rest in the mother’s womb—the one perfect environment +which all the machinery and legislation of an eager +world has never been able to reproduce.</p> + +<p>In its most elemental state, this utopia of escape +calls for a complete breach with the butcher, the baker, +the grocer, and the real, limited, imperfect people that +flutter around us. In order to make it more perfect, +we eliminate the butcher and baker and transport ourselves +to a self-sufficient island in the South Seas. For +the most part, of course, this is an idle dream, and if we +do not grow out of it, we must at any rate thrust other +conditions into it; but for a good many of us, idleness +without a dream is the only alternative. Out of such +fantasies of bliss and perfection, which do not endure +in real life even when they occasionally bloom into existence, +our art and literature have very largely grown. +It is hard to conceive of a social order so complete and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">20</span> +satisfactory that it would rob us of the necessity of +having recourse, from time to time, to an imaginary +world in which our sufferings could be purged or our +delights heightened. Even in the great idyll painted +by William Morris, women are fickle and lovers are +disappointed; and when the “real” world becomes a +little too hard and too sullen to face, we must take +refuge, if we are to recover our balance, into another +world which responds more perfectly to our deeper +interests and desires—the world of literature.</p> + +<p>Once we have weathered the storm, it is dangerous +to remain in the utopia of escape; for it is an enchanted +island, and to remain there is to lose one’s +capacity for dealing with things as they are. The +girl who has felt Prince Charming’s caresses too long +will be repulsed by the clumsy embraces of the young +man who takes her to the theater and wonders how +the deuce he is going to pay the rent if they spend +more than a week on their honeymoon. Moreover, life +is too easy in the utopia of escape, and too blankly +perfect—there is nothing to sharpen your teeth upon. +It is not for this that men have gone into the jungle +to hunt beasts and have cajoled the grasses and roots +to be prolific, and have defied, in little open boats, the +terror of the wind and sea. Our daily diet must have +more roughage in it than these daydreams will give us +if we are not to become debilitated.</p> + +<p>In the course of our journey into utopia we shall +remain a little while in these utopias of escape; but +we shall not bide there long. There are plenty of +them, and they dot the waters of our imaginary world +as the islands that Ulysses visited dotted the Ægean +Sea. These utopias however belong to the department<span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">21</span> +of pure literature, and in that department they occupy +but a minor place. We could dispense with the whole +lot of them, bag and baggage, in exchange for another +Anna Karenin or The Brothers Karamazov.</p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>The second kind of utopia which we shall encounter +is the utopia of reconstruction.</p> + +<p>The first species represents, the analytical psychologist +would tell us, a very primitive kind of thinking, +in which we follow the direction of our desires without +taking into account any of the limiting conditions +which we should have to confront if we came back to +earth and tried to realize our wishes in practical affairs. +It is a vague and messy and logically inconsequent +series of images which color up and fade, which +excite us and leave us cold, and which—for the sake +of the respect our neighbors have for our ability to +add a ledger or plane a piece of wood—we had better +confine to the strange box of records we call our brain.</p> + +<p>The second type of utopia may likewise be colored +by primitive desires and wishes; but these desires and +wishes have come to reckon with the world in which +they seek realization. The utopia of reconstruction is +what its name implies: a vision of a reconstituted environment +which is better adapted to the nature and +aims of the human beings who dwell within it than the +actual one; and not merely better adapted to their +actual nature, but better fitted to their possible developments. +If the first utopia leads backward into +the utopian’s ego, the second leads outward—outward +into the world.</p> + +<p>By a reconstructed environment I do not mean +merely a physical thing. I mean, in addition, a new +set of habits, a fresh scale of values, a different net of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">22</span> +relationships and institutions, and possibly—for almost +all utopias emphasize the factor of breeding—an alteration +of the physical and mental characteristics of the +people chosen, through education, biological selection, +and so forth. The reconstructed environment which +all the genuine utopians seek to contrive is a reconstruction +of both the physical world and the idolum. +It is in this that the utopian distinguishes himself from +the practical inventor and the industrialist. Every +attempt that has been made to domesticate animals, +cultivate plants, dredge rivers, dig ditches, and in +modern times, apply the energy of the sun to mechanical +instruments, has been an effort to reconstruct the environment; +and in many cases the human advantage has +been plain. It is not for the utopian to despise +Prometheus who brought the fire or Franklin who captured +the lightning. As Anatole France says: “Without +the Utopians of other times, men would still live in +caves, miserable and naked. It was Utopians who +traced the lines of the first city.... Out of generous +dreams come beneficial realities. Utopia is the +principle of all progress, and the essay into a better +future.”</p> + +<p>Our physical reconstructions however have been limited; +they have touched chiefly the surfaces of things. +The result is that people live in a modern physical +environment and carry in their minds an odd assortment +of spiritual relics from almost every other age, +from that of the primitive, taboo-ridden savage, to the +energetic Victorian disciples of Gradgrind and Bounderby. +As Mr. Hendrik van Loon pithily says: “A +human being with the mind of a sixteenth century +tradesman driving a 1921 Rolls-Royce is still a human<span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">23</span> +being with the mind of a sixteenth century tradesman.” +The problem is fundamentally a human problem. The +more completely man is in control of physical nature, +the more urgently we must ask ourselves what under +the heavens is to move and guide and keep in hand the +controller. This problem of an ideal, a goal, an end—even +if the aim persist in shifting as much as the magnetic +north pole—is a fundamental one to the utopian.</p> + +<p>Except in the writings of the utopians, and this +is an important point to notice in our travels through +utopia, the reconstruction of the material environment +and the reconstitution of the mental framework of the +creatures who inhabit it, have been kept in two different +compartments. One compartment is supposed to +belong to the practical man; the other to the idealist. +The first was something whose aims could be realized +in the Here and Now; the other was postponed very +largely to the sweet by-and-bye. Neither the practical +man nor the idealist has been willing to admit that he +has been dealing with a single problem; that each has +been treating the faces of a single thing as if they were +separate.</p> + +<p>Here is where the utopia of reconstruction wins +hands down. It not merely pictures a whole world, but +it faces every part of it at the same time. We shall +not examine the classic utopias without becoming +conscious of their weaknesses, their sometimes disturbing +idiosyncrasies. It is important at present that we +should realize their virtues; and should start on our +journey without the feeling of disparagement which +the word utopian usually calls up in minds that have +been seduced by Macaulay’s sneer that he would rather +have an acre in Middlesex than a principality in utopia.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">24</span></p> + +<h3>6</h3> + +<p>Finally, be convinced about the reality of utopia. +All that has happened in what we call human history—unless +it has left a building or a book or some other +record of itself—is just as remote and in a sense just +as mythical as the mysterious island which Raphael +Hythloday, scholar and sailor, described to Sir Thomas +More. A good part of human history is even more +insubstantial: the Icarians who lived only in the mind +of Étienne Cabet, or the Freelanders who dwelt within +the imagination of a dry little Austrian economist, have +had more influence upon the lives of our contemporaries +than the Etruscan people who once dwelt in Italy, although +the Etruscans belong to what we call the real +world, and the Freelanders and Icarians inhabited—Nowhere.</p> + +<p>Nowhere may be an imaginary country, but News +from Nowhere is real news. The world of ideas, beliefs, +fantasies, projections, is (I must emphasize +again) just as real whilst it is acted upon as the post +which Dr. Johnson kicked in order to demonstrate that +it was solid. The man who wholly respects the rights +of property is kept out of his neighbor’s field perhaps +even more effectively than the man who is merely forbidden +entrance by a no-trespass sign. In sum, we +cannot ignore our utopias. They exist in the same +way that north and south exist; if we are not familiar +with their classical statements we at least know them +as they spring to life each day in our own minds. We +can never reach the points of the compass; and so no +doubt we shall never live in utopia; but without the +magnetic needle we should not be able to travel intelligently<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">25</span> +at all. It is absurd to dispose of utopia by +saying that it exists only on paper. The answer to +this is: precisely the same thing may be said of the +architect’s plans for a house, and houses are none the +worse for it.</p> + +<p>We must lose our sense of remoteness and severity +in setting out on this exploration of ideal commonwealths, +as some of the fine minds of the past have +pictured them. Our ideals are not something that we +can set apart from the main facts of our existence, as +our grandmothers sometimes set the cold, bleak, and +usually moldy parlor apart from the living rooms of +the house: on the contrary, the things we dream of +tend consciously or unconsciously to work themselves +out in the pattern of our daily lives. Our utopias are +just as human and warm and jolly as the world out of +which they are born. Looking out from the top of a +high tenement, over the housetops of Manhattan, I can +see a pale tower with its golden pinnacle gleaming +through the soft morning haze; and for a moment all +the harsh and ugly lines in the landscape have disappeared. +So in looking at our utopias. We need not +abandon the real world in order to enter these realizable +worlds; for it is out of the first that the second +are always coming.</p> + +<p>Finally, an anticipation and a warning. In our +journey through the utopias of the past we shall not +rest content when we have traversed the whole territory +between Plato and the latest modern writer. If the +story of utopia throws any light upon the story of +mankind it is this: our utopias have been pitifully weak +and inadequate; and if they have not exercised enough +practical influence upon the course of affairs, it is because,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">26</span> +as Viola Paget says in Gospels of Anarchy, they +were simply not good enough. We travel through utopia +only in order to get beyond utopia: if we leave the domains +of history when we enter the gates of Plato’s Republic, +we do so in order to re-enter more effectively the +dusty midday traffic of the contemporary world. So +our study of the classic utopias will be followed by an +examination of certain social myths and partial utopias +that have played an important part in the affairs of +the Western World during the last few centuries. In +the end, I promise, I shall make no attempt to present +another utopia; it will be enough to survey the foundations +upon which others may build.</p> + +<p>In the meanwhile, our ship is about to set sail; and +we shall not heave anchor again until we reach the +coasts of Utopia.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">27</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_TWO"><span id="toclink_27"></span>CHAPTER TWO</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How the Greeks lived in a New World, and utopia +seemed just round the corner. How Plato, in the +Republic, is chiefly concerned with what will hold +the ideal city together.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">29</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_2">CHAPTER TWO</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">Before</span> the great empires of Rome and Macedonia +began to spread their camps through the length and +breadth of the Mediterranean world, there was a time +when the vision of an ideal city seems to have been +uppermost in the minds of a good many men. Just as +the wide expanse of unsettled territory in America +caused the people of eighteenth century Europe to +think of building a civilization in which the errors and +vices and superstitions of the old world might be left +behind, so the sparsely settled coasts of Italy, Sicily, +and the Ægean Islands, and the shores of the Black +Sea, must have given men the hope of being able to +turn over a fresh page.</p> + +<p>Those years between six hundred and three hundred +B.C. were city-building years for the parent cities of +Greece. The city of Miletus is supposed to have begotten +some three hundred cities, and many of its fellows +were possibly not less fruitful. Since new cities +could be founded there was plenty of chance for variation +and experiment; and those who dreamed of a more, +generous social order could set their hands and wits to +making a better start “from the bottom up.”</p> + +<p>Of all the plans and reconstruction programs that +must have been put forward during these centuries, +only a scant handful remains. Aristotle tells us about +an ideal state designed by one, Phaleas, who believed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">30</span> +like Mr. Bernard Shaw in a complete equality of property; +and from Aristotle, too, we learn of another +utopia which was described by the great architect, city +planner, and sociologist—Hippodamus. Hippodamus +was one of the first city planners known to history, +and he achieved fame in the ancient world by designing +cities on the somewhat monotonous checkerboard design +we know so well in America. He realized, apparently, +that a city was something more than a collection of +houses, streets, markets, and temples; and so, whilst +he was putting the physical town to rights, he concerned +himself with the more basic problem of the social +order. If it adds at all to our sense of reality in going +through utopia, let me confess that it is ultimately +through the inspiration and example of another Hippodamus—Patrick +Geddes, the town planner for +Jerusalem and many other cities—that this book about +utopias came to be written. In many ways the distance +between Geddes and Aristotle or Hippodamus seems +much less than that which separates Geddes and Herbert +Spencer.</p> + +<p>When we look at the utopias that Phaleas and Hippodamus +and Aristotle have left us, and compare them +with the Republic of Plato, the differences between them +melt into insignificance and their likenesses are apparent. +It is for this reason that I shall confine our +examination of the Greek utopia to that which Plato +set forth in <cite>the Republic</cite>, and qualified and broadened in +<cite>The Laws</cite>, <cite>The Statesman</cite>, and <cite>Critias</cite>.</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>Plato’s Republic dates roughly from the time of +that long and disastrous war which Athens fought with<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">31</span> +Sparta. In the course of such a war, amid the bombast +that patriotic citizens give way to, the people who keep +their senses are bound to get pretty well acquainted with +their enemy. If you will take the trouble to examine +Plutarch’s account of the Laws of Lycurgus and Mr. +Alfred Zimmern’s magnificent description of the Greek +Commonwealth you will see how Sparta and Athens +form the web and woof of the Republic—only it is an +ideal Sparta and an ideal Athens that Plato has in +mind.</p> + +<p>It is well to remember that Plato wrote in the midst +of defeat; a great part of his region, Attica, had been +devastated and burned; and he must have felt that +makeshift and reform were quite futile when a Peloponnesian +war could make the bottom drop out of his world. +To Plato an ill-designed ship of state required more +than the science of navigation to pull it through stormy +waters: if it was in danger of perpetually foundering, +it seemed high time to go back to the shipyards and +inquire into the principles upon which it had been put +together. In such a mood, I suggest parenthetically, +we today will turn again to fundamentals.</p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>In describing his ideal community Plato, like a +trained workman, begins with his physical foundations. +So far from putting his utopia in a mythical island of +Avilion, where falls not hail nor rain nor any snow, +it is plain that Plato was referring repeatedly to the +soil in which Athens was planted, and to the economic +life which grew out of that soil. Since he was speaking +to his own countrymen, he could let a good many things<span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">32</span> +pass for common knowledge which we, as strangers, +must look into more carefully in order to have a firmer +sense of his utopian realities. Let it be understood that +in discussing the physical side of the Republic, I am +drawing from Aristotle as well as Plato, and from such +modern Greek scholars as Messrs. Zimmern, Myres, and +Murray.</p> + +<p>Nowadays when we talk about a state we think of an +expanse of territory, to begin with, so broad that we +should in most cases be unable to see all its boundaries +if we rose five miles above the ground on a clear day. +Even if the country is a little one, like the Netherlands +or Belgium, it is likely to have possessions that are +thousands of miles away; and we think of these distant +possessions and of the homeland as part and parcel of +the state. There is scarcely any conceivable way in +which a Dutchman in Rotterdam, let us say, possesses +the Island of Java: he does not live on the island, he +is not acquainted with the inhabitants, he does not +share their ideas or customs. His interest in Java, if +he have an interest at all, is an interest in sugar, coffee, +taxes, or missions. His state is not a commonwealth in +the sense that it is a common possession.</p> + +<p>To the Greek of Plato’s time, on the contrary, the +commonwealth was something he actively shared with +his fellow citizens. It was a definite parcel of land +whose limits he could probably see from any convenient +hilltop; and those who lived within those limits had +common gods to worship, common theaters and gymnasia, +and a multitude of common interests that could +be satisfied only by their working together, playing +together, thinking together. Plato could probably not +have conceived of a community with civilized pretensions<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">33</span> +in which the population was distributed at the +rate of ten per square mile; and if he visited such a +territory he would surely have said that the people +were barbarians—men whose way of living unfitted +them for the graces and duties of citizenship.</p> + +<p>Geographically speaking, then, the ideal commonwealth +was a city-region; that is, a city which was +surrounded by enough land to supply the greater part +of the food needed by the inhabitants; and placed convenient +to the sea.</p> + +<p>Let us stand on a high hill and take a look at this +city-region; the sort of view that Plato himself might +have obtained on some clear spring morning when he +climbed to the top of the Acropolis and looked down +on the sleeping city, with the green fields and sear upland +pastures on one side, and the sun glinting on the +distant waters of the sea a few miles away.</p> + +<p>It is a mountainous region, this Greece, and within +a short distance from mountain top to sea there was +compressed as many different kinds of agricultural and +industrial life as one could single out in going down +the Hudson valley from the Adirondack Mountains to +New York Harbor. As the basis for his ideal city, +whether Plato knew it or not, he had an “ideal” section +of land in his mind—what the geographer calls the +“valley section.” He could not have gotten the various +groups which were to be combined in his city, had they +been settled in the beginning on a section of land like the +coastal plain of New Jersey. It was peculiarly in +Greece that such a variety of occupations could come +together within a small area, beginning at the summit +of the valley section with the evergreen trees and the +woodcutter, going down the slope to the herdsman and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">34</span> +his flock of goats at pasture, along the valley bottom +to the cultivator and his crops, until at length one +reaches the river’s mouth where the fisher pushes out to +sea in his boat and the trader comes in with goods +from other lands.</p> + +<p>The great civilizations of the world have been +nourished in such valley sections. We think of the river +Nile and Alexandria; the Tiber and Rome, the Seine +and Paris; and so on. It is interesting that our first +great utopia should have had an “ideal” section of +territory as its base.</p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>In the economic foundations of the Republic, we +look in vain for a recognition of the labor problem. +Now the labor problem is a fundamental difficulty in +our modern life; and it seems on the surface that Plato +is a little highbrow and remote in the ease with which +he gets over it. When we look more closely into the +matter, however, and see the way in which men got their +living in the “morning lands”—as the Germans call +them—we shall find that the reason Plato does not offer +a solution is that he was not, indeed, confronted by a +problem.</p> + +<p>Given a valley section which has not been ruthlessly +stript of trees; given the arts of agriculture and herding; +given a climate without dangerous extremes of +heat and cold; given the opportunity to found new colonies +when the old city-region is over-populated—and +it is only by an exercise of ingenuity that a labor problem +could be invented. A man might become a slave +by military capture; he did not become a slave by being +compelled, under threat of starvation, to tend a machine.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">35</span> +The problem of getting a living was answered +by nature as long as men were willing to put up with +nature’s conditions; and the groundwork of Plato’s +utopia, accordingly, is the simple agricultural life, the +growing of wheat, barley, olives, and grapes, which +had been fairly well mastered before he arrived on the +scene. As long as the soil was not washed away and +devitalized, the problem was not a hard one; and in +order to solve it, Plato had only to provide that there +should be enough territory to grow food on, and that +the inhabitants must not let their wants exceed the +bounties of nature.</p> + +<p>Plato describes the foundations of his community +with a few simple and masterly touches. Those who +feel that there is something a little inhuman in his +conception of the good life, when he is discussing the +education and duties of the ruling classes, may well +consider the picture that he paints for us here.</p> + +<p>Plato’s society arises out of the needs of mankind; +because none of us is self-sufficing and all have many +wants; and since there are many wants, many kinds +of people must supply them. When all these helpers +and partners and co-operators are gathered together +in a city the body of inhabitants is termed a state; +and so its members work and exchange goods with one +another for their mutual advantage—the herdsman gets +barley for his cheese and so on down to the complicated +interchanges that occur in the city. What sort of +physical life will arise out of this in the region that +Plato describes?</p> + +<p>Well, the people will “produce corn and wine and +clothes and shoes and build houses for themselves.... +They will work in summer commonly stript and barefoot,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">36</span> +but in winter substantially clothed and shod. They +will feed on barley and wheat, baking the wheat and +kneading the flour, making noble puddings and loaves; +these they will serve up on a mat of reeds or clean +leaves; themselves reclining the while upon beds of yew +or myrtle boughs. And they and their children will +feast, drinking of the wine which they have made, wearing +garlands on their heads, and having the praises of +the gods on their lips, living in sweet society, and having +a care that their families do not exceed their means; +for they will have an eye to poverty or war.”</p> + +<p>So Socrates, in this dialogue on the Republic, +describes to his hearers the essential physical elements +of the good life. One of his hearers, Glaucon, asks +him to elaborate it a little, for Socrates has limited +himself to bare essentials. It is the same sort of objection, +by the way, that M. Poincaré, the physicist, +made to the philosophy of Tolstoy. Socrates answers +that a good state would have the healthy constitution +which he has just described; but that he has no objection +to looking at an “inflamed constitution.” What +Socrates describes as an inflamed constitution is a mode +of life which all the people of Western Europe and +America at the present day—no matter what their +religion, economic status, or political creed may be—believe +in with almost a single mind; and so, although it +is the opposite of Plato’s ideal state, I go on to present +it, for the light it throws on our own institutions and +habits.</p> + +<p>The unjust state comes into existence, says Plato +through the mouth of Socrates, by the multiplication +of wants and superfluities. As a result of increasing +wants, we must enlarge our borders, for the original<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">37</span> +healthy state is too small. Now the city will fill up +with a multitude of callings which go beyond those +required by any natural want; there will be a host of +parasites and “supers”; and our country, which was +big enough to support the original inhabitants, will +want a slice of our neighbor’s land for pasture and tillage; +and they will want a slice of ours if, like ourselves, +they exceed the limits of necessity and give themselves +up to the unlimited accumulation of wealth. “And +then we shall go to war—that will be the next thing.”</p> + +<p>The sum of this criticism is that Plato saw clearly +that an ideal community must have a common physical +standard of living; and that boundless wealth or unlimited +desires and gratifications had nothing to do +with a good standard. The good was what was necessary; +and what was necessary was not, essentially, +many goods.</p> + +<p>Like Aristotle, Plato wanted a mode of life which +was neither impoverished nor luxurious: those who +have read a little in Greek history will see that this +Athenian ideal of the good life fell rather symbolically +between Sparta and Corinth, between the cities which +we associate respectively with a hard, military life and +with a soft, super-sensuous æstheticism.</p> + +<p>Should we moderate our wants or should we increase +production? Plato had no difficulty in answering this +question. He held that a reasonable man would moderate +his wants; and that if he wished to live like a +good farmer or a good philosopher he would not attempt +to copy the expenditures of a vulgar gambler +who has just made a corner in wheat, or a vulgar +courtesan who has just made a conquest of the vulgar +gambler who has made a corner in wheat. Wealth and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">38</span> +poverty, said Plato, are the two causes of deterioration +in the arts: both the workman and his works are likely +to degenerate under the influence of either poverty or +wealth, “for one is the parent of luxury and indolence, +and the other of meanness and viciousness, and both +of discontent.”</p> + +<p>Nor does Plato have one standard of living for his +ruling classes and another for the common people. To +each person he would give all the material things necessary +for sustenance; and from each he would be prepared +to strip all that was not essential. He realized +that the possession of goods was not a means of getting +happiness, but an effort to make up for a spiritually +depauperate life: for Plato, happiness was what one +could put into life and not what one could loot out of +it: it was the happiness of the dancer rather than the +happiness of the glutton. Plato pictured a community +living a sane, continent, athletic, clear-eyed life; a +community that would be always, so to say, within +bounds. There is a horror of laxity and easy living in +his Republic. His society was stripped for action. +The fragrance that permeates his picture of the good +life is not the heavy fragrance of rose-petals and incense +falling upon languorous couches: it is the +fragrance of the morning grass, and the scent of +crushed mint or marjoram beneath the feet.</p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>How big is Plato’s community, how are the people +divided, what are their relations? Now that we have +discussed the lay out of the land, and have inquired into +the physical basis of this utopia, we are ready to turn<span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">39</span> +our attention to the people; for it is out of the interaction +of folk, work, and place that every community—good +or bad, real or fancied—exists and perpetuates +itself.</p> + +<h3>6</h3> + +<p>It follows almost inevitably from what we have said +of Plato’s environment, that his ideal community was +not to be unlimited in population. Quite the contrary. +Plato said that “the city may increase to any size +which is consistent with its unity; that is the limit.” +The modern political scientist, who lives within a national +state of millions of people, and who thinks of +the greatness of states largely in terms of their population, +has scoffed without mercy at the fact that Plato +limited his community to an arbitrary number, 5,040, +about the number that can be conveniently addressed +by a single orator. As a matter of fact there is nothing +ridiculous in Plato’s definition: he was not speaking of +a horde of barbarians: he was laying down the foundations +for an active polity of citizens: and it is plain +enough in all conscience that when you increase the +number of people in a community you decrease the +number of things that they can share in common. Plato +could not anticipate the wireless telephone and the +daily newspaper; still less would he have been likely +to exaggerate the difference which these instrumentalities +have made in the matters that most intimately +concern us; and when he set bounds to the population +his city would contain, he was anticipating by more +than two thousand years the verdict of modern town +planners like Mr. Raymond Unwin.</p> + +<p>People are not the members of a community because<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">40</span> +they live under the same system of political government +or dwell in the same country. They become genuine +citizens to the extent that they share certain institutions +and ways of life with similarly educated people. +Plato was primarily concerned with providing conditions +which would make a community hold together +without being acted upon by any external force—as +the national state is acted upon today by war or the +threat of war. This concern seems to underlie every +line of the Republic. In attacking his problem, the +business of supplying the physical wants of the city +seemed relatively unimportant; and even though Greece +in the time of Plato traded widely with the whole Mediterranean +region, Plato did not mistake commercial +unity for civic unity. Hence in his scheme of things +the work of the farmer and the merchant and the trader +was subordinate. The important thing to consider was +the general conditions under which all the individuals +and groups in a community might live together +harmoniously. This is a long cry from the utopias of +the nineteenth century, which we will examine later; +and that is why it is important to understand Plato’s +point of view and follow his argument.</p> + +<h3>7</h3> + +<p>To Plato, a good community was like a healthy body; +a harmonious exercise of every function was the condition +of its strength and vitality. Necessarily then a +good community could not be simply a collection of individuals, +each one of whom insists upon some private +and particular happiness without respect to the welfare +and interests of his fellows. Plato believed that goodness<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">41</span> +and happiness—for he would scarcely admit that +there was any distinct line of cleavage between these +qualities—consisted in living according to nature; that +is to say, in knowing one’s self, in finding one’s bent, +and in fulfilling the particular work which one had the +capacity to perform. The secret of a good community, +therefore, if we may translate Plato’s language into +modern political slang, is the principle of function.</p> + +<p>Every kind of work, says Plato, requires a particular +kind of aptitude and training. If we wish to have good +shoes, our shoes must be made by a shoemaker and +not by a weaver; and in like manner, every man has +some particular calling to which his genius leads him, +and he finds a happiness for himself and usefulness to +his fellows when he is employed in that calling. The +good life must result when each man has a function to +perform, and when all the necessary functions are adjusted +happily to each other. The state is like the +physical body. “Health is the creation of a natural +order and government in the parts of the body, and +the creation of disease is the creation of a state of +things in which they are at variance with the natural +order.” The supreme virtue in the commonwealth is +justice; namely, the due apportionment of work or +function under the rule of “a place for every man and +every man in his place.”</p> + +<p>Has any such society ever come into existence? Do +not too hastily answer No. The ideal in Plato’s mind +is carried out point for point in the organization of +a modern symphony orchestra.</p> + +<p>Now Plato was not unaware that there were other +formulas for happiness. He expressly points out however +that in founding the Republic he does not wish to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">42</span> +make any single person or group happier beyond the +rest; he desires rather that the whole city should be in +the happiest condition. It would be easy enough “to +array the husbandmen in rich and costly robes and to +enjoin them to cultivate the ground only with a view +to their pleasure,” and so Plato might have conferred a +spurious kind of felicity upon every individual. If +this happened, however, there would be a brief period +of ease and revelry before the whole works went to pot. +In this Plato is a thoroughgoing realist: he is not looking +for a short avenue of escape; he is ready to face +the road with all its ups and downs, with its steep +climbs as well as its wide vistas; and he does not think +any the worse of life because he finds that its chief enjoyments +rest in activity, and not, as the epicureans +of all sorts have always believed, in a release from +activity.</p> + +<h3>8</h3> + +<p>Plato arrives at his apportionment of functions by +a method which is old-fashioned, and which anybody +versed in modern psychology would regard as a “rationalization.” +Plato is trying to give a firm basis to +the division of classes which he favored; and so he compares +the community to a human being, possessed of +the virtues of wisdom, valour, temperance, and justice. +Each of these virtues Plato relates to a particular +class of people.</p> + +<p>Wisdom is appropriate to the rulers of the city. +Thus arises the class of guardians.</p> + +<p>Valour is the characteristic of the defenders of the +city and hence a military class, called auxiliaries, appears.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">43</span></p> + +<p>Temperance, or agreement, is the virtue which relates +to all classes.</p> + +<p>Finally, there comes justice. “Justice is the ultimate +cause and condition of all of them.... If a question +should arise as to which of these four qualities +contributed most by their presence to the excellence +of the State whether the agreement of rulers and subjects +or the preservation in the soldiers of the opinion +which the law ordains about the true nature of dangers, +or wisdom and watchfulness in the rulers would claim +the palm, or whether this which I am about to mention,” +namely, “everyone doing his own work and not being +a busybody—the question would not be easily determined.” +Nevertheless, it is plain that justice is the +keystone of the Platonic utopia.</p> + +<p>We must not misunderstand Plato’s division of +classes. Aristotle criticizes Plato in terms of a more +simple system of democracy; but Plato did not mean +to institute a fixed order; within his Republic the +Napoleonic motto—<i lang="fr">la carrière est ouverte aux talents</i>—was +the guiding principle. What lay beneath Plato’s +argument was a belief which present-day studies in +psychology seem likely to confirm; a belief that children +come into the world with a bent already well marked +in their physical and mental constitutions. Plato advocated, +it is true, an aristocracy or government by the +best people; but he did not believe in fake aristocracies +that are perpetuated through hereditary wealth and +position. Having determined that his city was to +contain three classes, rulers, warriors, and workers, +his capital difficulty still remained to be faced; how +was each individual to find his way to the right class,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">44</span> +and under what conditions would he best fulfill his functions +there?</p> + +<p>The answers to these questions bring us to the boldest +and most original sections of the Republic: the part +that has provoked the greatest amount of antagonism +and aversion, because of its drastic departure from the +rut of many established institutions—in particular, individual +marriages and individual property.</p> + +<p>In order to perpetuate his ideal constitution Plato +relies upon three methods: breeding, education, and a +discipline for the daily life. Let us consider the effect +of these methods upon each of the classes.</p> + +<p>We may dismiss the class of artisans and husbandmen +very briefly. It is not quite clear whether Plato +meant his system of marriage to extend to the members +of this class. As for education, it is clear that he saw +nothing to find fault with in the system of apprenticeship +whereby the smith or the potter or the farmer +trained others to follow his calling; and so he had no +reason for departing from methods which had proved, +on the whole, very satisfactory. How satisfactory +that system was, indeed, we have only to look at an +Athenian ruin or vase or chalice to find out. Any improvements +that might come about in these occupations +would result from the Platonic rule of justice; and +Plato followed his own injunction strictly enough to +keep away from other people’s business.</p> + +<p>This of course seems an odd and hasty manner of +treatment, as I said before, to those of us who live in a +world where the affairs of industry and the tendencies +of the labor movement are forever on the carpet. But +Plato justifies his treatment by saying that “when shoemakers +become bad, and are degenerate, and profess to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">45</span> +be shoemakers when they are not, no great mischief +happens to the state; but when the guardians of the +law and the State are not so in reality, but only in +appearance, you see how they entirely destroy the +whole constitution, if they alone shall have the privilege +of an affluent and happy life.” Hence Plato concentrates +his attack upon the point of greatest danger: +while the shoemaker, as a rule, knows how to mind his +own business, the statesman is for the most part unaware +of the essential business which he has to mind; +and tends to be negligent even when he has some dim +notion as to what it may be—being all too ready to +sacrifice it to golf or the favors of a beautiful woman. +As we saw in Plato’s original description of the State, +the common folk would doubtless have a good many +of the joys and delights traditional in the Greek cities; +and doubtless, although Plato says nothing one way or +the other, they would be permitted to own such property +as might be needed for the conduct of their business +or the enjoyment of their homes. The very fact that +no definite rule was prescribed for them, makes us +suspect that Plato was willing to let these things go +on in the usual way.</p> + +<p>The next class is known as the warriors, or auxiliaries. +They are different in character from the +guardians who rule the state; but frequently Plato +refers to the guardians as a single class, including the +auxiliaries; and it seems that they figured in his +mind as the temporal arm of that class. At any +rate, the auxiliaries as they are painted in the Critias, +which was the dialogue in which Plato attempted to +show his Republic in action, dwelt by themselves within +a single enclosure; and had common meals and common<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">46</span> +temples of their own; and so we may surmise that +their way of life was to be similar to that of the higher +guardians, but that it was not capable of being pushed +to the same pitch of development on the intellectual +side. These warriors of Plato are, after all, not so +very much unlike the regular or standing army in a +modern State: they have a life of their own within the +barracks, they are trained and drilled to great endurance, +and they are taught to obey without question +the Government. When you examine the naked business +of the warriors and artisans, you discover that +Plato is not, for all the difference in scale, so very far +away from modern realities. Apart from the fact +that women were permitted an equal place with men +in the life of the camp and the gymnasium and the +academy, the real difference comes in the matter of +breeding and selection. At last we approach the Governors, +or the Guardians.</p> + +<p>How does the Guardian achieve his position and +power? Plato is a little chary of answering this question; +he hints that it can only happen at the beginning +if a person with the brains of a philosopher happen to +be born with the authority of a king. Let us pass this +by. How are the Guardians born and bred? This is +the manner.</p> + +<p>For the well-being of the state the Guardians have +the power to administer medicinal lies. One of these +is to be told to the youth when their education has +reached a point at which it becomes possible for the +Guardians to determine their natural talents and +aptitudes.</p> + +<p>“Citizens, we shall say to them in our tale, you are +brothers, yet God has framed you differently. Some<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">47</span> +of you have the power to command, and these he has +composed of gold, wherefore also they have the greatest +honor; others of silver, to be auxiliaries; others again +who are to be husbandmen and craftsmen he has made +of brass and iron; and the species will generally be +preserved in the children. But as you are of the same +original family, a golden parent will sometimes have a +silver son, or a silver parent a golden son. And God +proclaims to the rulers, as a first principle, that before +all things they should watch over their offspring, and +see what elements mingle in their nature, for if the +son of a golden or silver parent has an admixture of +brass and iron, then nature orders a transposition of +the ranks; and the eye of the ruler must not be pitiful +towards his child because he has to descend in the scale +and will become a husbandman or artisan, just as there +may be others sprung from the artisan class who are +raised to honor, and become guardians and auxiliaries.”</p> + +<p>As the safeguard of this principle of natural selection +of functions, Plato proposed a system of common +marriage. “The wives of these guardians are to be +common, and their children are also common, and no +parent is to know his own child, nor any child his +parent. Starting from the day of the hymeneal, the +bridegroom who was then married will call all the male +children who are born ten and seven months afterwards +his sons, and the female children his daughters, and +they will call him father.... And those who were +born at the same time they will term brothers and +sisters, and they are not to intermarry.” One of the +features of this system is that the best stocks—the +strongest and wisest and most beautiful—are to be encouraged +to reproduce themselves. But this is not<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">48</span> +worked out in detail. There is to be complete freedom +of sexual selection among the guardians; and those +who are most distinguished in their services are to have +access to a great number of women; but beyond encouraging +the guardians to be prolific, Plato did not +apparently consider the possibilities of cross-breeding +between the various classes.</p> + +<p>On the whole, one may say that Plato puts it up to +the Guardians to perpetuate themselves properly, and +indicates that this is to be one of their main concerns. +His good breeding was biological breeding, not social +breeding. He recognized as some of our modern +eugenists have failed to—that good parents might +throw poor stock, on occasion, and that abject parents +might have remarkably good progeny. Even if the +Guardians are to be encouraged to have good children, +Plato provides that the children themselves must prove +their goodness before they are in turn recognized as +Guardians. As for the children of the baser sort—well, +they were to be rigorously limited to the needs +and resources of the community. Plato lived at a +time when a great many children were born only to be +murdered through “exposure” as it was called; and +he had no qualms, apparently, about letting the Guardians +send the children with a bad heredity into the discard. +If his population could not grow properly in +the sunlight without getting rid of the weeds, he was +prepared to get rid of the weeds. People who were +physically or spiritually too deformed to take part in +the good life were to be eliminated. Plato, like a robust +Athenian, was for killing or curing a disease; and he +gave short shrift to the constitutional invalids.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">49</span></p> + +<h3>9</h3> + +<p>But to breed Guardians is only one-half the problem. +The other half comes under the heads of education and +discipline; and when Plato discusses these things, he +is not speaking, as a modern college president perhaps +would, of book-learning alone; he is referring to all +the activities that mold a person’s life. He follows the +older philosopher, Pythagoras, and anticipates the +great organizer, Benedict, by laying down a rule of +life for his guardians. He did not imagine that disinterested +activities, spacious thoughts, and clear vision +would arise in people who normally put their personal +comfort and “happiness” above the necessities of their +office.</p> + +<p>Let us recognize the depth of Plato’s insight. It is +plain that he did not despise what a modern psychologist +would call “the normal biological career.” For the +great majority of people happiness consisted in learning +a definite trade or profession, in doing one’s daily +work, in mating, and when the tension of the day relaxed, +in getting enjoyment and recreation in the +simple sensualities of eating, drinking, singing, love-making, +and what not. This normal biological career is +associated with a home, and with the limited horizons +of a home; and a host of small loyalties and jealousies +and interests are woven into the very texture of that +life.</p> + +<p>Each home, each small circle of relatives and friends, +tends to be a miniature utopia; there is a limited community +of goods, a tendency to adjust one’s actions to +the welfare of the little whole, and a habit of banding +together against the world at large. But the good,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">50</span> +contrary to the proverb, is frequently the enemy of the +better; and the little utopia of the family is the enemy—indeed +the principal enemy—of the beloved community. +This fact is notorious. The picture of a trade union +leader which Mr. John Galsworthy portrays in Strife, +whose power to act firmly in behalf of his group is +sapped by the demands made by family ties, could be +matched in a thousand places. In order to have the +freedom to act for the sake of a great institution, a +person must be stript of a whole host of restraining +ties and sentimentalities. Jesus commanded his followers +to leave their families and abandon their worldly +goods; and Plato, in order to preserve his ideal commonwealth, +laid down a similar rule. For those who as +guardians were to apply the science of government to +public affairs, a private life, private duties, private +interests, were all to be left behind.</p> + +<p>As to the education of the Guardians, I have scarcely +the space to treat the more formal part of it in detail; +for among other things, as Jowett points out, the +Republic is a treatise on education; and Plato presents +a fairly elaborate plan. The two branches of Greek +education, music and gymnastic, applied in the student’s +early years to the culture of the body and the culture +of the mind; and both branches were to be followed in +common by both sexes. Instruction during the early +part of a child’s life was to be communicated through +play activities, as it is today in the City and Country +School in New York; and only with manhood did the +student approach his subjects in a more formal and +systematic manner. In the course of this education the +students were to be tested again and again with respect +to their mental keenness and tenacity and fortitude;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">51</span> +and only those who came through the fire purified and +strengthened were to be admitted to the class of +guardians.</p> + +<p>The daily life of the Guardians is a rigorous, military +regime. They live in common barracks, and in order +to avoid paying attention to private affairs, instead +of minding the good of the whole community, no one +is allowed to “possess any substance privately, unless +there be a great necessity for it”; next, Plato continues, +none shall have any dwelling or storehouse into which +whoever inclines may not enter; and as for necessaries, +they shall be only such as brave and temperate warriors +may require, and as they are supported by other +citizens, they shall receive such a reward of their +guardianship as to have neither an overplus nor a +deficit at the end of the year. They shall have public +meals, as in encampments, and live in common. They +are to refrain from using gold and silver, as all the +gold and silver they require is in their souls.</p> + +<p>All these regulations, of course, are for the purpose +of keeping the Guardians disinterested. Plato believed +that the majority of people did not know how to mind +public business; for it seemed to him that the ordering +of a community’s life required a measure of science +which the common man could not possibly possess. Indeed, +in a city of a thousand men he did not see the +possibility of getting as many as fifty men who would be +sufficiently well versed in what we should today call +sociology to deal intelligently with public affairs—for +there would scarcely be that many first-rate draughts +players. At the same time, if the government is to be +entrusted to a few, the few must be genuinely disinterested. +If they possessed lands and houses and money<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">52</span> +in a private way they would become landlords and +farmers instead of Guardians; they would be hateful +masters instead of allies of the citizens; and so “hating +and being hated, plotting and being plotted against, +more afraid of the enemies within than the enemies +without, they would drag themselves and the rest of the +state to speedy destruction.”</p> + +<p>It remains to take a glance at the manhood and +later life of the Guardians.</p> + +<p>As young men, the Guardians belong to the auxiliaries; +and since they are not permitted to perform any +of the manual arts—for skill in any of the trades tended +to make a man warped and one-sided, like the symbolic +blacksmith god, Hephæstos—their physical edge was +maintained by the unceasing discipline of the gymnasium +and “military” expeditions. I put military in +quotation marks, because a greater part of the warriors’ +time is spent not in war but in preparation for +war; and it is plain that Plato looked upon war as an +unnecessary evil, for it arose out of the unjust state; +and therefore he must have resorted to warlike discipline +for the educational values he found in it. From thirty-five +to fifty the potential Guardians undertake practical +activities, commanding armies and gaining experience +of life. After fifty, those who are qualified devote themselves +to philosophy: out of their experience and their +inner reflection they figure the essential nature of the +good community; and on occasion each guardian +abandons divine philosophy for a while, takes his turn +at the helm of the state, and trains his successors.</p> + +<h3>10</h3> + +<p>What is the business of the Guardian? How does<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">53</span> +Plato’s ideal statesman differ from Julius Cæsar or +Mr. Theodore Roosevelt?</p> + +<p>The business of the Guardian is to manufacture liberty. +The petty laws, regulations, and reforms with +which the ordinary statesman occupies himself had +nothing to do, in Plato’s mind, with the essential business +of the ruler. So Plato expressly foregoes making +laws to regulate marketing, the affairs of industry, +graft, bribery, theft, and so forth; and he leaves these +matters with the curt indication that men can be left +to themselves to devise on a voluntary basis the rules +of the game for the different occupations; and that +it is not the business of the Guardian to meddle in such +matters. In a well-founded state, a great number of +minor maladjustments would simply fall out of existence; +whilst in any other state, all the tinkering and +reforming in the world is quite powerless to amend its +organic defects. Those make-believe statesmen who +try their hand at legislation and “are always fancying +that by reforming they will make an end of the dishonesties +and rascalities of mankind,” do not know +that in reality they are trying to cut away the heads +of a hydra.</p> + +<p>The real concern of the Guardians is with the essential +constitution of the state. The means that they +employ to perfect this constitution are breeding, +vocational selection, and education. “If once a +republic is set a-going, it proceeds happily, increasing +as a circle. And whilst good education and nurture +are preserved, they produce good geniuses; and good +geniuses, partaking of such education, produce still +better than the former, as well in other respects, as with +reference to propagation, as in the case of other animals.”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">54</span> +All the activities of the Republic are to be +patterned after the utopia which the Guardians see +with their inward eye. So gradually the community +becomes a living unity; and it exhibits the health of +that which is organically sound.</p> + +<h3>11</h3> + +<p>What do we miss when we look around this utopia +of Plato’s? Contacts with the outside world? We may +take them for granted. Downy beds, Corinthian girls, +luxurious furniture? We can well spare them. The +opportunity for a satisfactory intellectual and physical +life? No: both of these are here.</p> + +<p>What Plato has left out are the poets, dramatists, +and painters. Literature and music, in order to contribute +to the noble education of the Guardians, are +both severely restricted in theme and in treatment. +Plato has his limitations; and here is the principal +one: Plato distrusted the emotional life, and whilst +he was prepared to do full homage to man’s obvious +sensualities, he feared the emotions as a tight-rope +walker fears the wind; for they threatened his balance. +In one significant passage he classifies “love” with +disease and drunkenness, as a vulgar misfortune; and +though he was ready to permit the active expression +of the emotions, as in the dance or the sexual act, he +treated the mere play upon the feelings, without active +participation, as a form of intemperance. Hence a +great deal of music and dramatic mimicry was taboo. +Foreign as this doctrine sounds to the modern reader, +there is perhaps more than a grain of sense in it: +William James used to teach that no one should passively<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">55</span> +experience an emotion at a concert or a play +without trying to express that emotion actively as soon +as he could make the opportunity. At any rate, let us +leave this problem which Plato opens up with a free +mind; and note here in passing that in the utopia of +William Morris novels drop naturally out of existence +because life is too active an ecstasy to be fed with the +pathetic, the maudlin, and the diseased.</p> + +<h3>12</h3> + +<p>As we leave this little city of Plato’s, nestling in the +hills, and as the thin, didactic voice of Plato, who has +been perpetually at our elbows, dies away from our +ears—what impression do we finally carry away?</p> + +<p>In the fields, men are perhaps plowing the land for +the autumn sowing; on the terraces, a band of men, +women, and children are plucking the olives carefully +from the trees, one by one; in the gymnasium on the +top of the Acropolis, men and youths are exercising, +and as they practice with the javelin now and then it +catches the sun and glints into our eye; apart from +these groups, in a shaded walk that overlooks the city, +a Guardian is pacing back and forth, talking in quick, +earnest tones with his pupils.</p> + +<p>These are occupations which, crudely or elaborately, +men have always engaged in; and here in the Republic +they engage in them still. What has changed? What +has profoundly changed is not the things that men do, +but the relations they bear to one another in doing +them. In Plato’s community, servitude and compulsion +and avarice and indolence are gone. Men mind their +business for the sake of living well, in just relations<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">56</span> +to the whole community of which they are a part. +They live, in the strictest sense, according to nature; +and because no one can enjoy a private privilege, each +man can grow to his full stature and enter into every +heritage of his citizenship. When Plato says no to the +institutions and ways of life that men have blindly +fostered, his eyes are open, and he is facing the light.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">57</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_THREE"><span id="toclink_57"></span>CHAPTER THREE</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How something happened to utopia between Plato and +Sir Thomas More; and how utopia was discovered +again, along with the New World.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">59</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_3">CHAPTER THREE</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">There</span> is a span of nearly two thousand years between +Plato and Sir Thomas More. During that time, in +the Western World at any rate, utopia seems to disappear +beyond the horizon. Plutarch’s Life of Lycurgus +looks back into a mythical past; Cicero’s essay +on the state is a negligible work; and St. Augustine’s +City of God is chiefly remarkable for a brilliant journalistic +attack upon the old order of Rome which reminds +one of the contemporary diatribes of Maximilian +Harden. Except for these works there is, as far as I +can discover, scarcely any other piece of writing which +even hints at utopia except as utopia may refer to a +dim golden age in the past when all men were virtuous +and happy.</p> + +<p>But while utopia dropt out of literature, it did not +drop out of men’s minds; and the utopia of the first +fifteen hundred years after Christ is transplanted to the +sky, and called the Kingdom of Heaven. It is distinctly +a utopia of escape. The world as men find it +is full of sin and trouble. Nothing can be done about +it except to repent of the sin and find refuge from the +trouble in the life after the grave. So the utopia of +Christianity is fixed and settled: one can enter into the +Kingdom of Heaven if a passport has been granted, +but one can do nothing to create or mold this heaven. +Change and struggle and ambition and amelioration<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">60</span> +belong to the wicked world, and bring no final satisfaction. +Happiness lies not in the deed, but in having +a secure credit in the final balance of accounts—happiness, +in other words, lies in the ultimate compensation. +This world of fading empires and dilapidated cities +is no home except for the violent and the “worldly.”</p> + +<p>If the idea of utopia loses its practical hold during +this period, the will-to-utopia remains; and the rise of +the monastic system and the attempts of the great popes +from Hildebrand onward to establish a universal empire +under the shield of the church show that, as always, +there was a breach between the ideas which people carried +in their heads and the things which actual circumstances +and going institutions compelled them to do. +There is no need to consider these partial, institutional +utopias until we get down to the nineteenth century. +What concerns us now is that the Kingdom of Heaven, +as a utopia of escape, ceased to hold men’s allegiance +when they discovered other channels and other possibilities.</p> + +<p>The shift from a heavenly utopia to a worldly one +came during that period of change and uneasiness which +characterized the decline of the Middle Age. Its first +expression is the “Utopia” of Sir Thomas More, the +great chancellor who served under Henry VIII.</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>In the introduction to More’s “Utopia” one gets a +vivid impression of the forces that were stirring men’s +minds out of the sluggish routine into which they had +settled. The man who is supposed to describe the +commonwealth of Utopia is a Portuguese scholar,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">61</span> +learned in Greek. He has left his family possessions +with his kinsmen and has gone adventuring for other +continents with Americus Vesputius. This Raphael +Hythloday is the sort of sunburnt sailor one could +probably have encountered in Bristol or Cadiz or Antwerp +almost any day during the late part of the fifteenth +century. He has abandoned Aristotle, whom the +schoolmen had butchered and had made pemmican of, +and through his conquest of Greek he has come into +possession of that new learning which stems back to +Plato; and his brain is teeming with the criticisms and +suggestions of a strange, pagan philosophy. Moreover, +he has been abroad to the Americas or the Indies, +and he is ready to tell all who will listen of a strange +land on the other side of the world, where, as Sterne +said of France, “they do things better.” No institution +is too fantastic but that it might exist—on the +other side of the world. No way of life is too reasonable +but that a philosophical population might follow +it—on the other side of the world. Conceive of the +world of ideas which Greek literature had just opened up +coming headlong against the new lands which the magnetic +compass had given men the courage to explore, +and utopia, as a fresh conception of the good life, +becomes a throbbing possibility.</p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>In setting out for Utopia Sir Thomas More left +behind a scene which in its political violence and economic +maladjustment looks queerly like our own. Indeed, +there are a good many passages which need only +have a few names altered and the language itself cast<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">62</span> +into modern English in order to serve as editorial comment +for a radical weekly review.</p> + +<p>Consider this man Raphael Hythloday, this errant +member of the intelligentzia. Life as he knows it in the +Europe of his day no longer has a hold upon him. The +rich are fattening upon the poor; land is being gathered +into big parcels, at least in England; and turned over +into sheep runs. The people who used to cultivate the +land are compelled to leave their few acres and are +thrown on their own resources. Soldiers who have returned +from the wars can find nothing to do; disabled +veterans and people accustomed to live as pensioners on +the more prosperous have become destitute. Extravagant +luxury grows on one hand; misery on the other. +Those who are poor, beg; those who are proud, steal; +and for their pains the thieves and the vagrants are +tried and sentenced to the gibbet, where by dozens they +hang before the eyes of the market crowds.</p> + +<p>Just as today, people complain that the laws are +not strict enough or that they are not enforced; and +everyone stubbornly refuses to look at the matter +through Raphael Hythloday’s eyes and to see that the +robbery and violence which are abroad are not a cause +of bad times but a result of them.</p> + +<p>What can a man of intelligence do in such a world?</p> + +<p>More’s friend, Peter Giles, who is represented as the +sponsor for Raphael, wonders why a man of Raphael’s +talent does not enter into the service of the king—in +short, go in for politics. Raphael answers that he +does not wish to be enslaved; and he cannot try to fetch +happiness on terms so abhorrent to his disposition, +for “most princes apply themselves more to the affairs +of war than to the useful arts of peace, and are more<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">63</span> +set on acquiring new kingdoms right or wrong than on +governing those they possess.” There is no use trying +to tell them about the wiser institutions of the +Utopians: if they could not refute your arguments they +would say that the old ways were good enough for their +ancestors and are good enough for them, even though +they have willingly let go of all the genuinely good +things that might have been inherited from the past.</p> + +<p>So much for the help an intelligent man might give +on domestic problems. As for international affairs, it +is a mess of chicane and intrigue and brigandage. +While so many people of influence are advising preparedness +and “how to carry on the war,” what chance +would a poor intellectual like Hythloday have if he +stood up and said that the government should withdraw +their armies from foreign parts and try to improve +conditions at home, instead of oppressing the people +with taxes and spilling their blood without bringing +them a single blessed advantage, whilst their manners +are being corrupted by a long war, and their laws fall +into contempt, with robbery and murder on every hand.</p> + +<p>More, through the tongue of Raphael Hythloday, is +painting a picture of the life he sees about him; but in it +we seem to see every feature of our own national countenance.</p> + +<p>This unhonored and disoriented intellectual is the +very emblem of some of our best spirits today. Rack +and ruin have gone too far to admit of any sort of +repair except that which proceeds from the bottom up; +and so Hythloday freely admits that “as long as there +is any property, and while money is the standard of +all other things, I cannot think that a nation can be +governed either justly or happily; not justly, because<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">64</span> +the best things will fall to the share of the worst men; +nor happily, because all things will be divided among +a few (and even these are not in all respects happy), +the rest being left to be absolutely miserable.” In +short, says Hythloday, there is no salvation except +through following the practices of the Utopians.</p> + +<p>So the new world of exploration brings us within +sight of a new world of ideas, and the beloved community, +whose seed Plato had sought to implant in men’s +minds, springs up again, after a fallow period of almost +two thousand years. What sort of country is it?</p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>Geographically viewed, the island of Utopia exists +only in More’s imagination. All that we can say of it +is that it is two hundred miles broad, shaped something +like a crescent, with an entrance into its great +bay which lends itself to defence. There are fifty-four +cities in the island; the nearest is twenty-four +miles from its neighbor, and the farthest is not more +than a day’s march distant. The chief town, Amaurot, +is situated very nearly in the center; and each city has +jurisdiction over the land for twenty miles around; +so that here again we find the city-region as the unit +of political life.</p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>The economic base of this commonwealth is agriculture, +and no one is ignorant of the art. Here and there +over the countryside are great farm-houses, equipt for +carrying on agricultural operations. While those who +are well-adapted for rural life are free to live in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">65</span> +open country the whole year round, other workers are +sent by turns from the city to take part in the farm-labor. +Every farmstead or “family” holds no less than +forty men and women. Each year twenty of this family +come back to town after two years in the country; and +in their place another twenty is sent out from the town, +so that they may learn the country work from those +who have had at least a year’s experience.</p> + +<p>Agricultural economics is so well advanced that the +countryside knows exactly how much food is needed +by the whole city-region; but the Utopians sow and +breed more abundantly than they need, in order that +their neighbors may have the overplus. Poultry-raising +is also highly advanced. The Utopians “breed an +infinite multitude of chickens in a very curious manner; +for the hens do not sit and hatch them, but vast numbers +of eggs are laid in a gentle and equal heat, in order +to be hatched”—in short, they have discovered the +incubator!</p> + +<p>During the harvest season the country magistrates +inform the city magistrates how many extra hands are +needed for reaping; a draft of city workers is made, +and the work is commonly done in short order.</p> + +<p>While every man, woman, and child knows how to +cultivate the soil, since each has learned partly in +school and partly by practice, every person also has +some “peculiar trade to which he applies himself, such +as the manufacture of wool or flax, masonry, smith’s +work or carpenter’s work”; and no trade is held in +special esteem above the others. (That is a great jump +from the Republic where the mechanic arts are considered +base and servile in nature!) The same trade +usually passes down from father to son, since each<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">66</span> +family follows its own special occupation; but a man +whose genius lies another way may be adopted into a +family which plies another trade; and if after he has +learnt that trade, he wishes still to master another, +this change is brought about in the same manner. +“When he has learned both, he follows that which he +likes best, unless the public has more occasion for the +other.”</p> + +<p>The chief and almost the only business of the magistrates +is to see that no one lives in idleness. This does +not mean that the Utopians wear themselves out with +“perpetual toil from morning to night, as if they were +beasts of burden,” for they appoint eight hours for +sleep and six for work, and the rest of the day is left +to each man’s discretion. They are able to cut down +the length of time needed for work, without our so-called +labor saving machinery, by using the services of +classes which in More’s time were given for the most +part to idleness—princes, rich men, healthy beggars, +and the like. The only exception to this rule of labor +is with the magistrates—who are not in the habit of +taking advantage of it—and the students, who upon +proving their ability are released from mechanical operations. +If there is too great a surplus of labor, men +are sent out to repair the highways; but when no +public undertaking is to be performed, the hours of +work are lessened.</p> + +<h3>6</h3> + +<p>So much for the daily industrial life of the Utopians. +How are the goods distributed?</p> + +<p>Between the city and the country there is a monthly +exchange of goods. This occasion is made a festival,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">67</span> +and the country people come into town and take back +for themselves the goods which the townspeople have +made; and the magistrates “take care to see it given +to them.” In back of this direct interchange of goods +between town and country, between household and +household, there are doubtless regulations; and it is +simply our misfortune that Raphael Hythloday did not +think it necessary to go into them. Within the cities, +we must add, there are storehouses where a daily market +takes place.</p> + +<p>As with the business of production, the family is the +unit of distribution; and the city is composed of these +units, rather than of a multitude of isolated individuals. +“Every city is divided into four equal parts, and in the +middle of each there is a marketplace; what is brought +hither, and manufactured by the several families, is +carried from thence to houses appointed for that purpose, +in which all things of a sort are laid by themselves; +and thither every father goes and takes whatever he +or his family stand in need of, without either paying +for it or leaving anything in exchange. There is no +reason for giving denial to any person, since there is +such plenty of everything among them; and there is no +danger of a man’s asking for more than he needs; they +have no inducements to do this, since they are sure +they shall always be supplied.”</p> + +<p>More goes on to explain this direct system of exchange, +and to justify it. “It is the fear of want that +makes any of the whole race of animals either greedy +or ravenous, but besides fear, there is in man a pride +that makes him fancy it a particular glory to excel +others in pomp and excess. But by the laws of the +Utopians there is no room for this. Near these markets<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">68</span> +are others for all sorts of provisions, where there +are not only herbs, fruits, and bread, but also fish, +fowl, and cattle. There are also, without their towns, +places appointed near some running water for killing +their beasts, and for washing away their filth.”</p> + +<p>In addition to the monthly apportionment of goods +by the local magistrates, the great council which meets +at Amaurot once a year undertakes to examine the +production of each region, and those regions that suffer +from a scarcity of goods are supplied out of the +surplus of other regions, “so that indeed the whole +island is, as it were, one family.”</p> + +<p>Taking it all together, there is pretty much the same +standard of well-being that we found in the Republic. +More recognizes the instinct for self-assertion and the +exhibitionist element in man’s makeup; but he does not +pander to it. The precious metals are held in contempt: +gold is used to make chamberpots and chains for +slaves; pearls are given to children who glory in them +and enjoy them while they are young and are as much +ashamed to use them afterwards as they are of their +puppets and other toys. Gaudy clothes and jewelry +are likewise out of fashion in Utopia. The shopkeepers +of Bond Street and Fifth Avenue would break their +hearts here; for it is impossible to spend money or to +spend other people’s labor on articles which lend themselves +solely to conspicuous display, and are otherwise +neither useful nor beautiful. Contrast More’s Utopia +with St. John’s vision of heaven, and the worldly Utopia +seems quite naked and austere. Two hundred years +later, in Penn’s city of Philadelphia, we might have fancied +that we were walking about the streets of Amaurot.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">69</span></p> + +<h3>7</h3> + +<p>The town life of the Utopians, as I have explained, +rests upon rural foundations; there is such a mixture +of town and country as Peter Kropotkin sought to +realize in his sketch of “Fields, Factories, and Workshops.” +Let us conjure up the town of Amaurot and +see in what sort of environment the townspeople spend +their days. Our Utopian city, alas! reminds us somewhat +of its rivals in latter-day America; for Raphael +tells us that he who knows one of their towns knows +all of them.</p> + +<p>Amaurot lies on the side of a hill; it is almost a +square, two miles on each side; and it faces the river +Anider which takes its rise eighty miles above the +town, and gets lost in the ocean sixty miles below. The +town is compassed by a high, thick wall; the streets +are convenient for carriages and sheltered from the +winds; and the houses are built in rows so that a whole +side of the street looks like a single unit. (It was so +that the great people built their houses in eighteenth +century London and Edinburgh, as Belgrave Square, +Charlotte Square, and the great Adelphi Mansion designed +by the Brothers Adam show us.) The streets +are twenty feet broad; and in back of the houses are +gardens, which everyone has a hand in keeping up; +and the people of the various blocks vie with each other +in ordering their gardens, so that there is “nothing +belonging to the whole town that is more useful and +more pleasant.”</p> + +<p>In every street there are great halls, distinguished +by particular names, and lying at an equal distance +from each other. In each hall dwells the magistrate<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">70</span> +of a district, who rules over thirty families, fifteen living +on one side and fifteen on another; and since a family +consists of not more than sixteen and not less than ten +people, this magistrate—or Philarch as he is called—is +the “community leader” of some four hundred +people.</p> + +<p>In these halls everyone meets and takes his principal +meal. The stewards go to the market place at a particular +hour, and, according to the number of people in their +halls, carry home provisions. The people who are in +hospitals—which are built outside the walls and are so +large they might pass for little towns—get the pick of +the day’s food. At the hours of dinner and supper the +whole block is called together by a trumpet, and everybody +joins company, except such as are sick or in hospital, +just as the students and fellows to this day eat +their principal meal in an Oxford college. The dressing +of meat and the ordering of the tables belongs to the +women; all those of every family taking their place by +turns. In the same building there is a common nursery +and chapel; and so the women who have children to care +for labor under no inconvenience.</p> + +<p>The midday meal is dispatched unceremoniously; but +at the end of the day music always accompanies the +meals, perfumes are burnt or sprinkled around, and they +“want nothing that may cheer up their spirits.” Bond +Street and Fifth Avenue may weep about the absence of +conspicuous waste in Utopia; but at supper time, at +any rate, William Penn would be uncomfortable. There +is the odor of an uncommonly good club in the description +of the final meal of the day: the smell of the barracks +or the poorhouse, which we should find later in +Robert Owen’s common halls, does not intrude for an<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">71</span> +instant. More, when you examine him closely, does not +altogether forget the mean sensual man who dwells occasionally +in all of us!</p> + +<h3>8</h3> + +<p>Now that we have laid the foundations of the material +life, we must observe the limitations that are laid upon +the daily activities of the Utopians. This brings us to +the government.</p> + +<p>The basis of the Utopian political state, as in the +economic province, is the family. Every year thirty +families choose a magistrate, known as a Philarch; and +over every ten Philarchs, with the families subject to +them, there is an Archphilarch. All the Philarchs, who +are in number 200, choose the Prince out of a list of +four, who are named by the people of the four divisions +of the city. The Prince is elected for life, unless he be +removed on suspicion of attempting to enslave the +people. The Philarchs are chosen for a single year; +but they are frequently re-elected. In order to keep +their rulers from conspiring to upset the government, +no matter of great importance can be set on foot without +being sent to the Philarchs, “who, after they have +communicated it to the families that belong to their +divisions, and have considered it among themselves, +make report to the senate; and upon great occasions +the matter is referred to the council of the whole +island.”</p> + +<p>Recollect that each household is an industrial as well +as a domestic unit, as was usual in the Middle Age, and +you will perceive that this is an astute combination of +industrial and political democracy on a genuine basis +of common interest.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">72</span></p> + +<p>The greater part of the business of the government +relates to the economic life of the people. There are +certain other matters, however, which remain over for +them; and these affairs constitute a blot on More’s +conception of the ideal commonwealth. One of them is +the regulation of travel; another is the treatment of +crime; and a third is war.</p> + +<p>It is interesting to note that on two subjects which +More is mightily concerned to rectify in his own country—crime +and war—he establishes conditions which +are pretty far from being ideal or humane in his Utopia. +A. E. has well said that a man becomes the image of +the thing he hates. Everything that Raphael brings +up against the government of England in the Introduction +to Utopia could be brought with almost equal +force, I believe, against the very country which is to +serve as a standard.</p> + +<p>While any man may travel if there is no particular +occasion for him at home—whether he wishes to visit +friends or see the rest of the country—it is necessary +for him to carry a passport from the Prince. If he +stay in any place longer than a night he must follow +his proper occupation; and if anyone goes out of the +city without leave or is found wandering around without +a passport, he is punished as a fugitive, and upon +committing the offense a second time is condemned to +slavery. This is a plain example of unimaginative +harshness; and it is hard to explain away; indeed, I +have no intention to.</p> + +<p>Apparently More could not conceive of a perfectly +happy commonwealth for the majority of men if they +still had to perform certain filthy daily tasks, like the +slaughtering of beef; and so he attempts to kill two<span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">73</span> +birds with one stone: he creates a class of slaves, and +he fills this class by condemning to it people who have +committed venial crimes. In doing this, he overlooks +the final objection to slavery in all its forms; namely, +that it tends to corrupt the master.</p> + +<p>Since we are discussing the conditions that undermine +More’s commonwealth, we may remark that war, +too, remains; the difference being that the Utopians +attempt to do by strategy, corruption, and what we +should now call propaganda what less intelligent people +do by sheer force of arms. If the Utopian incubator +anticipates the modern invention, their method of conducting +war likewise anticipates our modern technique +of undermining the enemy’s morale: these Utopians, in +the good and the bad, are our contemporaries! Among +the just causes of war the Utopians count the seizure +of territory, the oppression of foreign merchants, and +the denial of access to land to nations capable of cultivating +it. They take considerable pains to keep their +“best sort of men for their own use at home, so they +make use of the worst sort of men for the consumption +of war.” In other words, they regard war as a means, +among other things, of weeding out undesirable elements +in the community.</p> + +<p>It is a relief to turn away from these residual +iniquities to marriage and religion!</p> + +<p>In marriage there is a curious mixture of the personal +conception of sexual relations, which is the +modern note, with a belief in certain formal specifications +which was the distinctly mediæval quality. Thus +on one hand the Utopians take care that the bride and +the bridegroom are introduced to each other, in their +nakedness, before the ceremony; and the grounds for<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">74</span> +divorce are adultery and insufferable perverseness. +When two people cannot agree they are permitted to +escape the bond by mutual agreement under approval +granted by the Senate after strict inquiry. On the +other hand, unchastity is sternly punished, and those +who commit adultery are condemned to slavery and +not given the privilege of a second marriage.</p> + +<p>In religion there is complete toleration for all creeds, +with this exception: that those who dispute violently +about religion or attempt to use any other force than +that of mild persuasion are punished for breaking the +public peace.</p> + +<h3>9</h3> + +<p>There is not the space to follow the life of the +Utopians in all its details. It is time to discuss the +world of ideas by which these Utopians chart their +daily activities. This exposition of the basic Utopian +values has been so admirably put by Sir Thomas More +himself that the greater part of our conclusion will +inevitably fall within quotation marks.</p> + +<p>The Utopians “define virtue thus: that it is a living +according to Nature, and think that we are made by +God for that end; they believe that a man then follows +Nature when he pursues or avoids things according to +the direction of reason.... Reason directs us +to keep our minds as free from passion and as cheerful +as we can, and that we should consider ourselves bound +by the ties of good-nature and humanity to use our +utmost endeavors to help forward the happiness of all +other persons; for there never was any man such a +morose and severe pursuer of virtue, such an enemy +to pleasure, that though he set hard rules for men<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">75</span> +to undergo much pain, many watchings and other +rigors, yet did not at the same time advise them to do +all they could to relieve and ease the miserable, and +who did not represent gentleness and good nature as +amiable dispositions.... A life of pleasure is +either a real evil, and in that case we ought not to +assist others in their pursuit of it, but, on the contrary, +to keep them from it all we can, as from that which is +most hurtful and deadly; or if it is a good thing, so +that we not only may but ought to help others to it, +why then ought not a man to begin with himself? Since +no man can be more bound to look after the good of +another than after his own....</p> + +<p>“Thus as they define Virtue to be living according to +Nature, so they imagine that Nature prompts all people +to seek after pleasure, as the end of all they do. They +also observe that in order to further our supporting the +pleasures of life, Nature inclines us to enter into +society; for there is no man so much raised above the +rest of mankind as to be the only favorite of Nature, +who, on the contrary, seems to have placed on a level +all those that belong to the same species. Upon this +they infer that no man ought to seek his own conveniences +so eagerly as to prejudice others; and therefore +they think that all agreements between private persons +ought to be observed, but likewise that all those laws +ought to be kept, which either a good prince has published +in due form, to which a people that is neither +oppressed with tyranny nor circumvented by fraud, +has consented, for distributing these conveniences of +life which afford us all our pleasures.</p> + +<p>“They think it is an evidence of true wisdom for a +man to pursue his own advantages, as far as the laws<span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">76</span> +allow it. They account it piety to prefer public good +to one’s private concerns; but they think it unjust for +a man to seek for pleasure by snatching another man’s +pleasures from him.</p> + +<p>“Thus upon an inquiry into the whole matter, they +reckon that all our actions, and even all our virtues, +terminate in pleasure, as in our chief end and greatest +happiness; and they call every motion or state, either +of body or mind, in which Nature teaches us to delight, +a pleasure. They cautiously limit pleasure only to +those appetites to which Nature leads us; for they say +that Nature leads us only to those delights to which +reason as well as sense carries us, and by which we +neither injure any other person nor lose the possession +of greater pleasures, and of such as draw no troubles +after them.”</p> + +<p>Thus the Utopians discriminate between natural +pleasures and those which have some sting or bitterness +concealed in them. The love of fine clothes is +considered by Utopians as a pleasure of the latter sort; +likewise is the desire of those who possess fine clothes +to be kowtowed to by other people. Men who heap up +wealth without using it are in the same class; and those +who throw dice or hunt—for in Utopia hunting is +turned over to the butchers, and the butchers are +slaves.</p> + +<p>Now Utopians “reckon up several sorts of pleasures +which they call true ones; some belong to the body and +others to the mind. The pleasures of the mind lie in +knowledge, and in that delight which the contemplation +of truth carries with it; to which they add the joyful +reflections on a well-spent life; and the assured hopes +of a future happiness. They divide the pleasures of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">77</span> +the body into two sorts; the one is that which gives our +senses some real delight, and is performed, either by +recruiting nature, and supplying those parts which +feed the internal heat of life by eating and drinking; +or when nature is eased of any surcharge that oppresses +it; when we are relieved from sudden pain, or that which +arises from satisfying the appetite which Nature has +wisely given for the propagation of the species. There +is another kind of pleasure that arises neither from our +receiving what the body requires, nor its being relieved +when overcharged, and yet by a secret, unseen virtue +affects the senses, raises the passions, and strikes the +mind with generous impressions; this is the pleasure +that arises from music. Another kind of bodily +pleasure is that which arises from an undisturbed and +vigorous constitution of body, when life and active +spirits seem to actuate every part. This lively health, +when entirely free from all mixture of pain, of itself +gives an inward pleasure ... and Utopians reckon +it the foundation and basis of all the other joys of life, +since this alone makes the state of life easy and desirable; +and when this is wanting a man is really capable +of no other pleasure.” The crowning pleasure of the +Utopian is the cultivation of the mind; and the leisure +hours of the people, as well as the professional scholars, +are spent in the lecture hall and the study.</p> + +<h3>10</h3> + +<p>Such are the goals for which the Utopians direct +their social order. These values are, I need scarcely +point out, rooted in the nature of man, and not in any +set of external institutions. The aim of every Utopian<span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">78</span> +institution is to help every man to help himself. When +we put the matter in these bald phrases, what More +brings forward seems weak and platitudinous. Behind +it all, however, is a vital idea: namely, that our attempts +to live the good life are constantly perverted by our +efforts to gain a living; and that by juggling gains and +advantages, by striving after power and riches and +distinction, we miss the opportunity to live as whole +men. People become the nursemaids of their furniture, +their property, their titles, their position; and so they +lose the direct satisfaction that furniture or property +would give.</p> + +<p>To cultivate the soil rather than simply to get away +with a job; to take food and drink rather than to earn +money; to think and dream and invent, rather than to +increase one’s reputation; in short, to grasp the living +reality and spurn the shadow—this is the substance +of the Utopian way of life. Power and wealth and +dignity and fame are abstractions; and men cannot live +by abstractions alone. In this Utopia of the New +World every man has the opportunity to be a man +because no one else has the opportunity to be a monster. +Here, too, the chief end of man is that he should +grow to the fullest stature of his species.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">79</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_FOUR"><span id="toclink_79"></span>CHAPTER FOUR</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How the new Humanism of the Renascence brings us +within sight of Christianopolis; and how we have +for the first time a glimpse of a modern utopia.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">81</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_4">CHAPTER FOUR</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">A hundred</span> years pass, and the man who next conducts +us into Utopia is a Humanist scholar. After +the manner of his time, he answers to the latinized +name, Johann Valentin Andreæ. He is a traveller, a +social reformer, and above all things a preacher; and +so the vision he imparts to us of Christianopolis seems +occasionally to flicker into blackness whilst he moralizes +for us and tells us to the point of tedium what his +views are concerning the life of man, and in particular +the conceptions of Christianity which his countrymen, +the Germans, are debating about. Sometimes, when we +are on the point of coming to grips with his utopia, +he will annoy us by going off on a long tirade about +the wickedness of the world and the necessity for fastening +one’s gaze upon the life hereafter—for Protestantism +seems just as other-worldly as Catholicism. It is +the Humanist Andreæ rather than the Lutheran Andreæ +who paints the picture of a Christian city. While +Andreæ sticks to Christianopolis his insight is deep, +his views are sound, and his proposals are rational; +and more than once he will amaze us by putting forward +ideas which seem to leap three hundred years +ahead of his time and environment.</p> + +<p>It is impossible to get rid of the personal flavor of +Andreæ: his fine intelligence and his candor make our +contacts with Christianopolis quite different from the +dreary guidebook sketches which some of the later<span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">82</span> +utopians will inflict upon us. The two other utopians +who wrote in the same half century as Andreæ—Francis +Bacon and Tommaso Campanella—are quite second-rate +in comparison; Bacon with his positively nauseating +foppishness about details in dress and his superstitious +regard for forms and ceremonials, and Campanella, +the lonely monk whose City of the Sun seems a +marriage of Plato’s Republic and the Court of Montezuma. +When Bacon talks about science, he talks like +a court costumer who is in the habit of describing the +stage properties for a masque; and it is hard to tell +whether he is more interested in the experiments performed +by the scientists of the New Atlantis or the +sort of clothes they wear while engaged in them. There +is nothing of the snob or the dilettante about Andreæ: +His eye fastens itself upon essentials, and he never +leaves them except when—for he is necessarily a man of +his age—he turns his gaze piously to heaven.</p> + +<p>This teeming, struggling European world that Andreæ +turns his back upon he knows quite well; for he +has lived in Herrenburg, Koenigsbrunn, Tuebingen, +Strassburg, Heidelberg, Frankfurt, Geneva, Vaihingen, +and Calw; and he is in correspondence with learned men +abroad, in particular with Samuel Hartlib, who lives +in England, and with John Amos Comenius. Like the +Chancellor in Christianopolis, he longs for an “abode +situated below the sky, but at the same time above the +dregs of this known world.” Quite simply, he finds +himself wrecked on the shore of an island dominated by +the city of Christianopolis. After being examined as +to his ideas of life and morals, his person, and his culture, +he is admitted to the community.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">83</span></p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>This island is a whole world in miniature. As in the +Republic, the unit once more is the valley section, for +the “island is rich in grain and pasture fields, watered +with rivers and brooks, adorned with woods and vineyards, +full of animals.”</p> + +<p>In outward appearance, Christianopolis does not +differ very much from the pictures of the cities one +finds in seventeenth century travel books, except for a +unity and orderliness that these cities sometimes lack. +“Its shape is a square whose side is 700 feet, well fortified +with four towers and a wall.... It looks therefore +towards the four quarters of the earth. Of buildings +there are two rows, or if you count the seat of the +government and the storehouses, four; there is only one +public street, and only one marketplace, but this one is +of a very high order.” In the middle of the city there +is a circular temple, a hundred feet in diameter; all the +buildings are three stories; and public balconies lead +to them. Provision against fire is made by building +the houses of burnt stone and separating them by fire-proof +walls. In general, “things look much the same +all around, not extravagant nor yet unclean; fresh air +and ventilation are provided throughout. About four +hundred citizens live here in religious faith and peace +of the highest order.” The whole city is divided into +three parts, one to supply food, one for drill and exercise, +and one for looks. The remainder of the island +serves the purposes of agriculture, and for workshops.</p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>When we look back upon the Republic, with its external +organization so plainly modeled upon military<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">84</span> +Sparta, we see the camp and the soldier giving the pattern +to the life of the whole community. In Utopia, +the fundamental unit was the farmstead and the family; +and family discipline, which arises naturally enough in +rural conditions, was transferred to the city. In +Christianopolis, the workshop and the worker set the +lines upon which the community is developed; and whatever +else this society may be, it is a “republic of workers, +living in equality, desiring peace, and renouncing +riches.” If Utopia exhibits the communism of the family, +Christianopolis presents the communism of the +guild.</p> + +<p>Industrially speaking, there are three sections in +Christianopolis. One of them is devoted to agriculture +and animal husbandry. Each of these departments has +appropriate buildings, and directly opposite them is a +rather large tower which connects them with the city +buildings; under the tower a broad vaulted entrance +leads into the city, and a smaller one to the individual +houses. The dome of this tower roofs what we should +call a guildhall, and here the citizens of the quarter +come together as often as required to “act on sacred +as well as civil matters.” It is plain that these workers +are not sheep led by wise shepherds, as in the Republic, +but the members of autonomous, self-regulating groups.</p> + +<p>The next quarter contains the mills, bake-shops, +meat-shops, and factories for making whatever is done +with machinery apart from fire. As Christianopolis +welcomes originality in invention, there are a variety of +enterprises within this domain; among them, paper +manufacturing plants, saw mills, and establishments +for grinding and polishing arms and tools. There are +common kitchens and wash houses, too; for, as we shall<span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">85</span> +see presently, life in this ideal city corresponds to +what we experience today in New York, London, and +many another modern industrial city.</p> + +<p>The third quarter is given over to the metallurgical +industries, as well as to those like the glass, brick, and +earthenware industries which require constant fire. It +is necessary to point out that in planning the industrial +quarters of Christianopolis, these seventeenth century +Utopians have anticipated the best practice that has +been worked out today, after a century of disorderly +building. The separation of the city into zones, the +distinction between “heavy” industries and “light” industries, +the grouping of similar industrial establishments, +the provision of an agricultural zone adjacent +to the city—in all this our garden cities are but belated +reproductions of Christianopolis.</p> + +<p>Moreover, in Christianopolis, there is a conscious +application of science to industrial processes; one +might almost say that these artisans believed in +efficiency engineering; for “here in truth you see a testing +of nature herself. The men are not driven to a +work with which they are unfamiliar, like pack-animals +to their task, but they have been trained before in an +accurate knowledge of scientific matters,” on the theory +that “unless you analyze matter by experiment, unless +you improve the deficiencies of knowledge by more +capable instruments, you are worthless.” The dependence +of industrial improvement upon deliberate scientific +research may be a new discovery for the practical +man, but it is an old story in Utopia.</p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>What is the character of this artisan democracy?<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">86</span> +The answer to this is summed up in one of those sayings +that Andreæ, in the midst of his energetic exposition, +drops by the way.</p> + +<p>“To be wise and to work are not incompatible, if +there is moderation.”</p> + +<p>So it follows that “their artisans are almost entirely +educated men. For that which other people think is +the proper characteristic of a few (and yet if you consider +the stuffing of inexperience by learning, the characteristic +of too many already) this, the inhabitants +argue, should be attained by all individuals. They say +that neither the substance of letters is such, nor yet the +difficulty of work, that one man, if given enough time, +cannot master both.”</p> + +<p>“Their work, or as they prefer to hear it called, ‘the +employment of their hands,’ is conducted in a certain +prescribed way, and all things are brought into a public +booth. From here every workman receives out of the +stock on hand whatever is necessary for the work of +the coming week. For the whole city is, as it were, one +single workshop, but of all different sorts and crafts. +The ones in charge of these duties are stationed in the +small towers at the corners of the wall; they know +ahead of time what is to be made, in what quantity, and +of what form, and they inform the mechanics of these +items. If the supply of material in the work booth is +sufficient, the workmen are permitted to indulge and +give free play to their inventive genius. No one has +any money, nor is there any use for any private money; +yet the republic has its own treasury. And in this +respect the inhabitants are especially blessed, because +no one can be superior to the other in the amount of +riches owned, since the advantage is rather one of power<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">87</span> +and genius, and the highest respect that of morals and +piety. They have very few working hours, yet no less +is accomplished than in other places, as it is considered +disgraceful by all that one should take more rest and +leisure time than is allowed.”</p> + +<p>In addition to the special trades, there are “public +duties to which all citizens have obligation, such as +watching, guarding, harvesting of grain and wine, +working roads, erecting buildings, draining ground; +also certain duties of assisting in the factories which +are imposed upon all in turn according to age and sex, +but not very often nor for a long time. For even +though certain experienced men are put in charge of +all the duties, yet when men are asked for, no one refuses +the state his services and strength. For what we +are in our homes, they are in their city, which they not +undeservedly think a home. And for this reason it is +no disgrace to perform any public function.... Hence +all work, even that which is considered rather irksome, +is accomplished in good time, and without much difficulty, +since the promptness of the great number of +workmen permits them easily to collect or distribute the +great mass of things.”</p> + +<p>In this Christianopolis, as Mr. Bertrand Russell +would put it, the creative rather than the possessive +impulses are uppermost. Work is the main condition +of existence, and this good community faces it. It is a +pretty contrast to the attitude of the leisured classes +who, as Andreæ says, with an entirely mistaken sense +of delicacy shrink from touching earth, water, stones, +coal, and things of that sort, but think it grand to +have in their possession to delight them “horses, dogs, +harlots and other similar creatures.”</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">88</span></p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>The place of commerce in this scheme of life is simple. +It does not exist for the sake of individual gain. Hence +no one engages in commerce on his own hook, for such +matters are put in the hands of “those selected to attend +to them,” and the aim of commerce is not to gain money +but to increase the variety of things at the disposal of +the local community; so that—and again Andreæ steps +in for emphasis—“we may see the peculiar production +of each land, and so communicate with each other that +we may seem to have the advantages of the universe in +one place, as it were.”</p> + +<h3>6</h3> + +<p>The constitution of the family in Christianopolis +follows pretty definitely upon the lines dictated by +urban occupations; for Andreæ is a city man, and since +he does not despise the advantages city life can give, he +does not shrink from their consequences. One of these +consequences is, surely, the restriction of domesticity, +or rather, the projection in the city at large of the +functions that in a farmstead would be carried on +within the bosom of the family.</p> + +<p>When a lad is twenty-four and a lass is eighteen, they +are permitted to marry, with the benefit of Christian +rites and services, and a decorous avoidance of drunkenness +and gluttony after the ceremony. Marriage is a +simple matter. There are no dowries to consider, no +professional anxieties to face, no housing shortage to +keep one from finding a home, and above all, perhaps, +no landlord to propitiate with money, since all houses +are owned by the city and are granted and assigned to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">89</span> +individuals for their use. Virtue and beauty are the +only qualities that govern a marriage in Christianopolis. +Furniture is provided with the house out of +the public store. If in Utopia the families are grouped +together in a patriarchal household, such as More himself +maintained at Chelsea, in Christianopolis they consist +of isolated couples, four, at most six people in all, +a woman, a man, and such children as are not yet of +school age.</p> + +<p>Let us visit a young couple in Christianopolis. We +reach the house by way of a street, twenty feet broad, +faced by houses with a wide frontage on the street, some +forty feet in length, and of from fifteen to twenty-five +feet in depth. In our crowded towns, today, where +people pay for land by the front foot, the frontage is +narrow and the houses are deep; and as a result there is +a dreadful insufficiency of light and air; but in Christianopolis, +as in some of the older European towns, the +houses are built to get a maximum of air and sunlight. +If it is raining when we make our visit, a covered walk, +five feet wide, supported by columns twelve feet high, +will shelter us from the rain.</p> + +<p>Our friends live, we shall say, in one of the average +apartments; so they have three rooms, a bathroom, a +sleeping apartment, and a kitchen. “The middle part +within the tower has a little open space with a wide +window, where wood and the heavier things are raised +aloft by pulleys”—in short, a dumbwaiter. Looking +out from the window in the rear, we face a well-kept +garden; and if our host is inclined to give us wine, he +may let us take our pick from among the cobwebs of a +small private cellar in the basement, where such things +are kept. If it is a cold day, the furnace is going; or<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">90</span> +if we happen to make our visit in the summer time, the +awnings are drawn.</p> + +<p>Our host makes apologies, perhaps, for a litter of +wood and shavings that occupies a corner of the +kitchen, for he has just been putting up a few shelves +in his spare time, and has borrowed a kit of tools from +the public supply house. (Since he is not a carpenter, +he has no need for these tools the rest of the year; and +other people can have their turn at them.) Coming +from Utopia, one of the things that strikes us is the +absence of domestic attendance; and when we ask our +hostess about it, she tells us that she will not have anyone +to wait upon her until she is confined.</p> + +<p>“But isn’t there a lot of work for you to do all by +yourself?” we shall ask.</p> + +<p>“Not for anybody with a college training,” she will +answer. “You see that our furnishings are quite simple; +and since there are no gimcracks to be dusted, no +polished tables to be oiled, no carpets to be swept, and +nothing in our apartment that is just for show to prove +that we can afford to live better than our neighbors, +the work is scarcely more than enough to keep one in +good health and temper. Of course, cooking meals +is always something of a nuisance; and washing up is +worse. But my husband and I share the work together, +in everything but sewing and washing clothes, and you +would be surprised how quickly everything gets done. +Work is usually galling when somebody else is taking +his ease while one is doing it; but where husband and +wife share alike, as in Christianopolis, there is really +nothing to it. If you’ll stay to dinner, you’ll find out +how easily it goes. Since you haven’t brought your<span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">91</span> +rations, my husband will get some cooked meats in the +public kitchen, and that will do for all of us.”</p> + +<p>“No one need be surprised at the rather cramped +quarters,” Andreæ hastens to interject. “People who +house vanity ... can never live spaciously enough. +They burden others and are burdened themselves, and +no one measures their necessities, nay even their comforts, +easily otherwise than by an unbearable and unmovable +mass. Oh, only those persons are rich who +have all of which they have real need, who admit nothing +else, merely because it is possible to have it in +abundance.”</p> + +<p>Carried to its extreme, you will find this philosophy +put once for all in Thoreau’s Walden. We have got +our bearings in Utopia, I believe, when we have determined +what a life abundant consists of, and what will +suffice for it.</p> + +<h3>7</h3> + +<p>Suppose that our friends have children. During the +early years of their life they are in the care of their +mother. When they have completed their sixth year, +the children are given over to the care of the community, +and both sexes continue in school through the +stages of childhood, youth, and early maturity. “No +parent gives closer or more careful attention to his +children than is given here, for the most upright preceptors, +men as well as women, are placed over them. +Moreover,” the parents “can visit their children, even +unseen by them, as often as they have leisure. As this +is an institution for the public good, it is managed +agreeably as a common charge for all the citizens. +They see to it that the food is appetizing and wholesome,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">92</span> +that the couches and beds are clean and comfortable, +and that the clothes and attire of the whole +body are clean.... If diseases of the skin or body are +contracted, the individuals are cared for in good time; +and to avoid the spreading of infection, they are +quarantined.”</p> + +<p>There is scarcely need to examine the program of +study except in its broad outlines. It is enough to +observe that “the young men have their study period in +the morning, the girls in the afternoon, and matrons +as well as learned men are their instructors.... The +rest of their time is devoted to manual training and +domestic art and science, as each one’s occupation is +assigned to his natural inclination. When they have +vacant time they are permitted to engage in honorable +physical exercises either in the open spaces of the town +or in the field.”</p> + +<p>Two points, however, deserve our attention. The +first is that the school is run as a miniature republic. +The second is the calibre of the instructors. “The instructors,” +says our zealous humanist, “are not men +from the dregs of human society nor such as are useless +for other occupations, but the choice of all the +citizens, persons whose standing in the Republic is +known and who very often have access to the highest +positions of the state.”</p> + +<p>The last phrase again transports me back to the +modern world. I see this fine humanist ideal budding +in another place. This time it is a summer school in +the hills of New Hampshire, where the children govern +themselves in the classroom, where there is no punishment +except temporary exclusion from the group, and +where, above all, each instructor is chosen because of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">93</span> +his creative practice in the subject which he teaches: a +highly gifted composer teaches music, an athlete teaches +gymnastics, a poet teaches literature. Then I think +of all the casual and wasted talents of people who for +little more than the asking would share their love of +the arts and sciences with little children, if only those +who are in charge of little children were not too blind +or too fearful to make use of them. Faraday’s classic +lectures on the physics of the candle, and Ruskin’s +addresses to a young ladies’ boarding school on the +function of literature—such things might be multiplied. +It is not the creation of this utopian method that is +difficult; for the thing has already been done: what we +need is its extension. Then children might come to +school as gaily as they do in Peterborough, N. H., on +the lush summer mornings; and people would not turn +their backs on learning any more than they would turn +their backs on life. If anyone thinks that Johann +Andreæ’s prescription for a teaching staff is an impossible +one, let him visit the Peterborough School, and +examine its records and achievements.</p> + +<p>It remains to record the further stages of learning. +The halls of the central citadel are divided into twelve +departments, and except for the armory, the archives, +the printing establishment, and the treasury, these halls +are devoted entirely to the arts and sciences.</p> + +<p>There is, to begin with, a laboratory of physical +science. “Here the properties of metals, minerals, and +vegetables, and even the life of animals, are examined, +purified, increased, and united for the use of the human +race and in the interests of health.... Here men learn +to regulate fire, make use of air, value the water, and +test the earth.”</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">94</span></p> + +<p>Next to this laboratory is a Drug Supply House, +where a pharmacy is scientifically developed, for the +curing of physical disease, and adjoining this is a school +of medicine, or as Andreæ reports, “a place given over +to anatomy.... The value of ascertaining the location +of the organs and of assisting the struggles of nature +no one would deny, unless he be as ignorant of himself +as are the barbarians.... The inhabitants of Christianopolis +teach their youth the operations of life and +the various organs, from the parts of the physical +body.”</p> + +<p>We come now then to a Natural Science laboratory +which is in effect a Museum of Natural History, an +institution founded in Utopia a century and a half +before a partial and inadequate substitute—a mere extension +of the curio chamber of a Country House—was +presented to an admiring world as the British Museum. +“This,” as Andreæ says, “cannot be too elegantly described,” +and I heartily agree with him; for he paints +the picture of a museum which the American Museum +at New York or South Kensington in London has only +begun to realize within the last decade or two of their +existence.</p> + +<p>“Natural history is here seen painted on the walls in +detail, and with greatest skill. The phenomena of the +sky, views of the earth in different regions, the different +races of men, representations of animals, the forms of +growing things, classes of stones and gems, are not only +on hand and named, but they even teach and make +known their nature and qualities.... Truly is not +recognition of things of the earth much easier of competent +demonstration if illustrative materials are at +hand and if there is some guide to the memory? For<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">95</span> +instruction enters altogether more easily through the +eyes than through the ears, and much more pleasantly +in the presence of refinement than among the base. +They are deceived who think it is impossible to teach +except in dark caves and with a gloomy brow. A liberal +minded man is never so keen as when he has his instructors +on confidential terms.”</p> + +<p>Going farther, we find a mathematics laboratory and +a department of mathematical instruments. The first +is “remarkable for its diagrams of the heavens, as the +hall of physics for its diagrams of the earth.... A +chart of the star-studded heavens and a reproduction +of the whole shining host above were shown,” ... and +also “different illustrations representing tools and +machines, small models, figures of geometry; instruments +of the mechanical arts, drawn, named, and explained.” +I cannot help expressing my admiration here +for the concrete imagination of this remarkable scholar: +he deliberately anticipated, not in the vague, allegorical +form that Bacon does, but as lucidly as an architect +or a museum curator, the sort of institute which South +Kensington, with its Departments of Physical and +Natural Science, or perhaps the Smithsonian in America, +has just begun to resemble. If our museums had +begun with the ideal Andreæ had in mind, instead of +with the miscellaneous rubbish which was the nucleus of +their collections—and still remains the nucleus in many +of the less advanced institutions—the presentation of +the sciences would be a more adequate thing than it is.</p> + +<p>Does Andreæ leave the fine arts out of his picture? +By no means. “Opposite the pharmacy is a very roomy +shop for pictorial art, an art in which the city takes +the greatest delight. For the city, besides being decorated<span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">96</span> +all over with pictures representing the various +phases of the earth, makes use of them especially in +the instruction of youth and for rendering learning +more easy.... Besides, pictures and statues of +famous men are to be seen everywhere, an incentive +of no mean value to the young for striving to imitate +their virtue.... At the same time also, the beauty of +forms is so pleasing to them that they embrace with a +whole heart the inner beauty of virtue itself.”</p> + +<p>At the summit of art and science we naturally find +in Christianopolis the temple of religion. Alas! the +hand of Calvin has been busy in Christianopolis—recollect +that Andreæ once lived in Geneva and admired its +ordinances—and attendance at prayers is compulsory. +In order to get an idea of this great circular temple, +three hundred sixteen feet in circumference and seventy +feet high, we must think of a colossal moving picture +theater in a modern metropolis. The comparison is not +essentially sacrilegious; and I believe that those who +will take the trouble to look below the surface will find +without difficulty the common denominator between the +profane and the ecclesiastical institution. (Attendance +at motion pictures, I must quickly add for the benefit +of the future historian, has not yet been made compulsory +in the modern metropolis.)</p> + +<p>One-half of the temple is where the public gatherings +take place; and the other is reserved for the distribution +of the sacraments and for music. “At the same time, +the sacred comedies, by which they set so much store, +and are entertained every three months, are shown in +the temple.”</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">97</span></p> + +<h3>8</h3> + +<p>We have discussed folk, work, and place in Christianopolis; +and we have dealt in an admittedly sketchy +fashion with culture and art. We must now turn attention +to the polity; and here we must note that Andreæ’s +description shifts for once to an allegorical plane, and +departs not a little from the realism of his treatment +of science and the arts.</p> + +<p>At the bottom of the polity there are glimpses of a +local industrial association, meeting in the common +halls that are provided in the towers of each of the +industrial quarters; and we gather that to represent +the city at large twenty-four councilmen are chosen, +while as the executive department there is a triumvirate +consisting of a Minister, a Judge, and a Director of +Learning, each of whom is married, for metaphorical +point, to Conscience, Understanding, and Truth, respectively. +“Each one of the leaders does his own duty, +yet not without the knowledge of others; all consult +together in matters that concern the safety of the +state.”</p> + +<p>In the censorship of books, Christianopolis reminds +us of the Republic; in the exclusion of lawyers it calls +up nearly every other utopia; and in its attitude +towards crime it has a temperance and leniency that is +all its own, for “the judges of this Christian city observe +this custom especially, that they punish most +severely those misdeeds which are directed straight +against God, less severely those which injure men, and +lightest of all those who harm only property. As the +Christian citizens are always chary of spilling blood,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">98</span> +they do not willingly agree upon the death sentence as +a form of punishment.... For anyone can destroy a +man but only the best can reform.”</p> + +<p>How shall we sum up this government? Let Andreæ +speak his own words; for he has reached the innermost +shrine of Christianopolis and perceives the center of +activity in the state.</p> + +<p>“Here religion, justice, and learning have their +abode, and theirs is the control of the city.... I often +wonder what people mean who separate and disjoint +their best powers, the joining of which might render +them blessed as far as may be on earth. There are those +who would be considered religious, who throw off all +things human; there are some who are pleased to rule, +though without any religion at all; learning makes a +great noise, flattering now this one, now that, yet applauding +itself most. What finally may the tongue do +except provoke God, confuse men, and destroy itself? +So there would seem to be a need of co-operation which +only Christianity can give—Christianity which conciliates +God with men and unites men together, so that +they have pious thoughts, do good deeds, know the +truth, and finally die happily to live eternally.”</p> + +<p>There are some who might object to this statement +on the ground that it smacked too heartily of supernatural +religion; but it remains just as valid if we +translate it into terms whose theological reactions have +been neutralized. To have a sense of values, to know +the world in which they are set, and to be able to distribute +them—this is our modern version of Andreæ’s +conception of religion, learning, and justice. A little +search might uncover another expression of the Humanist<span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">99</span> +ideal as complete and magnificent as this; but I +doubt if it would find a better one. In essence, this +blunt and forthright German scholar is standing +shoulder to shoulder with Plato: his Christianopolis is +as enduring as the best nature of men.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">101</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_FIVE"><span id="toclink_101"></span>CHAPTER FIVE</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How Bacon and Campanella, who have a great reputation +as utopians, are little better than echoes of +the men who went before them.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">103</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_5">CHAPTER FIVE</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">A Genoese</span> sea-captain is the guest of a Grand +Master of the Knights Hospitaller. This sea-captain +tells him of a great country under the equator, dominated +by the City of the Sun. The outward appearance +of this country is a little strange—the city with its +seven rings named after the seven planets, and its four +gates that lead to the four quarters of the earth, and +the hill that is topt by a grand temple, and the walls +covered with laws and alphabets and paintings of natural +phenomena, and the Rulers—Power, Wisdom, and +Love—with the learned doctors, Astrologus, Cosmographus, +Arithmeticus, and their like: it is an apparition +such as never yet was seen on land or sea. Small +wonder, for this City of the Sun existed only in the +exotic brain of a Calabrian monk, Tommaso Campanella, +whose Utopia existed in manuscript before +Andreæ wrote his Christianopolis.</p> + +<p>We shall not stay long in the City of the Sun. After +we have become familiar with the outward color and +form of the landscape, we discover, alas! that it is not +a foreign country we are exploring, but a sort of picture +puzzle put together out of fragments from Plato +and More. As in the Republic, there is a complete +community of property, a community of wives, and an +equality of the sexes; as in Utopia, the younger people +wait upon the elders; as in Christianopolis, science is<span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">104</span> +imparted, or at least hinted at, by demonstration. +When one subtracts what these other Utopian countries +have contributed, very little indeed remains.</p> + +<p>But we must not neglect to observe two significant +passages. One of them is the recognition of the part +that invention might play in the ideal commonwealth. +The people of the City of the Sun have wagons that are +driven by the wind, and boats “which go over the waters +without rowers or the force of the wind, but by a marvelous +contrivance.” There is a very clear anticipation +of the mechanical improvements which began to multiply +so rapidly in the eighteenth century. At the tale +end of the sea-captain’s recital, the Grand Master exclaims: +“Oh, if you knew what our astrologers say of +the coming age, that has in it more history within a +hundred years than all the world had in four thousand +years before! Of the wonderful invention of printing +and guns, and the use of the magnet....” With the +mechanical arts in full development, labor in the City +of the Sun has become dignified: it is not the custom to +keep slaves. Since everyone takes his part in the common +work, there is not more than four hours’ work to +be done per day. “They are rich because they want +nothing; poor because they possess nothing; and consequently +they are not slaves to circumstances, but +circumstances serve them.”</p> + +<p>The other point upon which Campanella’s observation +is remarkably keen is his explanation of the relation +of private property and the private household to +the commonwealth. Thus:</p> + +<p>“They say that all private property is acquired and +improved for the reason that each one of us by himself +has his own home and wife and children. From this<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">105</span> +self-love springs. For when we raise a son to riches +and dignities, and leave an heir to much wealth, we +become either ready to grasp at the property of the +state, if in any case fear should be removed from the +power which belongs to riches and rank; or avaricious, +crafty, and hypocritical, if any is of slender purse, +little strength, and mean ancestry. But when we have +taken away self-love, there remains only love for the +state.”</p> + +<p>How shall the common Utopia keep from being neglected +through each one’s concern for his little private +utopia?</p> + +<p>This is the critical problem that our utopians have +all to face; and Campanella loyally follows Plato in his +solution. It is perhaps inevitable that each utopian’s +personal experience of life should enter into his solution, +and overwhelmingly give it color; and here the +limitations of our utopians are plain. More and +Andreæ are married men, and they stand for the individual +family. Plato and Campanella were bachelors, +and they proposed that men should live like monks or +soldiers. Perhaps these two camps are not so far away +as they would seem. If we follow the exposition of that +excellent anthropologist, Professor Edward Westermarck, +we shall be fairly well convinced, I believe, that +marriage is a biological institution, and thorough promiscuity +is, to say the least, an unusual form of mating. +Plato perhaps recognized this when he left us in doubt +as to whether a community of wives would be practiced +by his artisans and husbandmen. So he perhaps paves +the way for a solution by which the normal life for the +great majority of men would be marriage, with its individual +concerns and loyalties, whilst for the active,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">106</span> +creative elements in the community a less secluded form +of mating would be practiced. The painter, Van Gogh, +has given us a kernel to chew on when he says that the +sexual life of the artist must be either that of the monk +or the soldier, for otherwise he is distracted from his +creative work.</p> + +<p>We may leave this question in the air, as long as we +realize that all our utopias rest upon our ability to discover +some sort of a solution.</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>Francis Bacon’s New Atlantis is not a utopia in the +sense that I have explained our principle of selection in +the preface to the bibliography. It is only a fragment, +and not very good as fragments go; and it would drop +out altogether from our survey were it not for the +hugely over-rated reputation that Bacon has as a +philosopher of natural science—indeed, as <em>the</em> philosopher +after Aristotle.</p> + +<p>The greater part of Bacon’s ideas are anticipated +and more amply expressed by Andreæ. When we have +deleted Bacon’s multitudinous prayers and exhortations, +when we have disposed of his copious descriptions +of jewels and velvets and satins and ceremonial regalia, +we find that the core of his commonwealth is Salomon’s +House, sometimes known as the College of the Six Days’ +Works; which he describes as the noblest foundation +that ever was upon earth, and the lantern of the +kingdom.</p> + +<p>The purpose of this foundation is the “knowledge of +the causes and secret motions of things; and the enlarging +of the bounds of human empire, to the effecting of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">107</span> +all things possible.” The material resources of this +foundation are manifold. It has laboratories dug into +the sides of hills, and observatories with towers half a +mile high; it has great lakes of salt and fresh water +which seem to anticipate the marine laboratories we +know today; and it has engines for setting things in +motion. Besides this, there are spacious houses where +physical demonstrations are made, and sanatoria where +various novel cures are attempted; there are experimental +agricultural stations, too, where grafts and +crosses are tried. Add to this pharmaceutical laboratories, +industrial laboratories, and numerous houses +devoted to such things as experiments with sounds, +lights, perfumes, and tastes—which Bacon presents in +a wild farrago without any regard to the essential +sciences to which the work he describes is related—and +one has a tally of the “riches of Salomon’s House.”</p> + +<p>Twelve fellows of the college travel into foreign lands +to bring back books and abstracts, and reports on +experiments and inventions. Three make a digest +of experiments. Three collect the experiments of all +the mechanical arts, and also of practices which are not +brought into the arts. Three try new experiments. +Three devote themselves to classifications; and another +three, known as dowry men or benefactors, look into +the experiments of their fellows and cast about for +means of applying them to human life and knowledge. +Three fellows consult with the whole body of scientific +workers and plan new channels of investigation; and +three, who are called interpreters of nature, attempt to +raise the results of particular investigations into +general observations and axioms.</p> + +<p>In telling all this, as in the rest of his New Atlantis,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">108</span> +Bacon is incredibly childish and incoherent: he gives +such a description of Salomon’s House as a six-year-old +schoolboy might give of a visit to the Rockefeller +Foundation. Beneath these maladroit interpretations, +however, we see that Bacon had a grasp on some of the +fundamentals of scientific research, and of the part that +science might play in the “relief of man’s estate.” It +is nothing more than a hint, this New Atlantis; but a +word to the wise is enough; and as we look about the +modern world we see that, in its material affairs at any +rate, the great scientific institutes and foundations—the +United States Bureau of Standards, for one—play +a part not a little like that of the College of the Six +Days’ Works.</p> + +<p>Campanella with his dream of powerful mechanical +inventions, in which he had been anticipated by +Leonardo, and Bacon with his sketch of scientific institutes—with +these two utopians we stand at the entrance +to the utopia of means; that is to say, the place in +which all that materially contributes to the good life +has been perfected. The earlier utopias were concerned +to establish the things which men should aim for in life. +The utopias of the later Renascence took these aims +for granted and discussed how man’s scope of action +might be broadened. In this the utopians only reflected +the temper of their time; and did not attempt to remold +it. As a result of our preoccupation with the means, +we in the Western World live in an inventor’s paradise. +Scientific knowledge and mechanical power we have to +burn; more knowledge and more power than Bacon or +Campanella could possibly have dreamed of. But today +we face again the riddle that Plato, More, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">109</span> +Andreæ sought to answer: what are men to do with their +knowledge and power?</p> + +<p>As we skip here and there through the Utopias of the +next three centuries, this question gets more deeply +impregnated in our minds.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">111</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_SIX"><span id="toclink_111"></span>CHAPTER SIX</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How something happened in the eighteenth century +which made men “furiously to think,” and how a +whole group of utopias sprang out of the upturned +soil of industrialism.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">113</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_6">CHAPTER SIX</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">There</span> is a gap in the Utopian tradition between the +seventeenth century and the nineteenth. Utopia, the +place that must be built, faded into no-man’s land, +the spot to which one might escape; and the utopias of +Denis Vairasse and Simon Berington and the other +romancers of this in-between period are in the line of +Robinson Crusoe rather than the Republic.</p> + +<p>One finds the clue to this lapse in Tiphaigne de la +Roche’s Giphantia, a sketch of what was and what is +and what will be, and in particular, an inquiry into the +“Babylonian” mode of life. The author of Giphantia +tells a parable about Sophia, the incarnation of Wisdom, +who rejects the offers of the spendthrift, the +merchant, the soldier, and the student, and accepts +the suit of a diffident fellow who had retired in solitude +to the country, to spend his days like a cultivated +gentleman. One remembers the way in which Montaigne +spent his declining years; one remembers Voltaire; and +one sees how deeply the ideal of Robinson Crusoe—a +cultivated Robinson Crusoe, surrounded with books +and beyond the reach of any king and court—colored +the deepest aspirations of this period. Rousseau, writing +about the corrupting influence of the arts and +sciences, and Chateaubriand, seeking the noble savage +in the American wilderness and finding him in his own +bosom—these men struck the dominating note of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">114</span> +eighteenth century. In a society that was already +painfully artificial and “arranged” the institutes of +Lycurgus and Utopus must have seemed as repressive +as those of Louis XIV. So almost two centuries pass +before we find any fresh regions to explore in Utopia.</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>The Utopia of Sir Thomas More, and those of the +later men of the Renascence, arose, as I have pointed +out, from the contrast between the possibilities that lay +open beyond the sea and the dismal conditions that +attended the breakdown of the town economy of the +Middle Age. Like Plato’s Republic, it attempted to +face the difficult problem of transition.</p> + +<p>In the course of the next three centuries the adventure +of exploring and ransacking strange countries +loses its hold upon men’s imagination; and a new type +of activity becomes the center of interest. The conquest +of alien countries and the lure of gold do not +indeed die out with this new interest; but they are +subordinated to another type of conquest—that which +man seeks to effect over nature. Here and there, particularly +in Great Britain, untrained men “with a practical +turn” begin to busy themselves with improving +the mechanical apparatus by which the day’s labor is +done. A retired barber, named Arkwright, invents a +spinning frame, a Scotchman named MacAdam discovers +a new method of laying roads; and out of +a hundred such inventions during the late eighteenth +and early nineteenth centuries a new world comes +into existence—a world in which energy derived from +coal and running water takes the place of human<span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">115</span> +energy; in which goods manipulated by machinery +take the place of goods woven or sawed or hammered +by hand. Within a hundred years the actual world +and the idola were transformed.</p> + +<p>In this new world of falling water, burning coal, and +whirring machinery, utopia was born again. It is easy +to see why this should have happened, and why about +two-thirds of our utopias should have been written +in the nineteenth century. The world was being visibly +made over; and it was possible to conceive of a different +order of things without escaping to the other side of +the earth. There were political changes, and the monarchic +state was tempered by republicanism; there were +industrial changes, and two hungry mouths were born +where one could feed before; and there were social +changes—the strata of society shifted and “faulted,” +and men who in an earlier period would have been +doomed to a dull and ignominious round, perhaps, +took a place alongside those whom inheritance had +given all the privileges of riches and breeding.</p> + +<p>In contrast to all these fresh possibilities were the +dismal realities which were easily enough perceived by +people who stood outside this new order, or who by +temperament revolted against the indignities and repressions +and vilenesses that accompanied it. It is +not my particular business here to deal with the facts +of history; but unless one understands the facts of +history, the utopias which I am about to present lose +a good part of their meaning. Those machines whose +output was so great that all men might be clothed; +those new methods of agriculture and new agricultural +implements, which promised crops so big that all men +might be fed—the very instruments that were to give<span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">116</span> +the whole community the physical basis of a good life +turned out, for the vast majority of people who possessed +neither capital nor land, to be nothing short of +instruments of torture.</p> + +<p>I do not speak too harshly of the early industrial +age; it is impossible to speak too harshly. Take the +trouble to read Robert Owen’s “Essay on the Formation +of Character” (Manchester: 1837) and learn +what conditions were like in a model factory run by +an enlightened employer: it is a picture of unmitigated +brutality. One must go back to the blackest periods +of ancient slavery for a parallel, if indeed one would +find it, for the Pyramids that were built under the lash +have a certain grandeur and permanence which justify +their existence, whilst the goods which were produced +in Yorkshire through the maimed bodies of pauper +children proved to be as impermanent as the lives that +were sacrificed in making them.</p> + +<p>Those who were inside this new order—the Gradgrinds +and Bounderbys whom Dickens pictures in +“Hard Times”—sought to realize their utopia of the +Iron Age on earth. When we are through with the +genuine utopians we shall examine the idola by which +all the “practical” men of the nineteenth century, Marx +as well as Macaulay, patterned their behavior. Those +who stood out against this new order were not so much +opposed to the new methods as to the purposes for +which they were being used: they felt that an orderly +conquest of Nature had turned into a wild scramble +for loot, and that all the goods industrialism promised +were being lost, for the benefit of a few aggressive and +unsocialized individuals. With the host of critics and +interpreters and reformers that arose in the nineteenth<span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">117</span> +century we shall have a little reckoning to make presently: +those who concern us here however belong to the +stock of Plato, More, and Andreæ, in that they attempted +to see society as a whole, and to protect a +new order which would be basically sound as well as +superficially improved. Yet with the exception of the +utopias which revolted against industrialism these +nineteenth century essays are partial and one-sided; +for they tend to magnify the importance of the industrial +order as much as Gradgrind and Bounderby did, +and in doing this they lose sight of the whole life of +man. These industrial utopias are no longer concerned +with values but with means; they are all instrumentalist. +I doubt whether an intelligent peasant in India +or China would get out of the whole batch of these +utopias a single idea which would have any bearing on +the life that he has experienced—so little of human +significance remains when the problems of mechanical +and political organization have been disposed of!</p> + +<p>One symptom of this lack of individuality, this lack +of what, in the old-fashioned sense used to be called a +philosophy, is the fact that we can treat all these industrial +utopias in groups. The first of these group-utopias +I shall call, perhaps somewhat arbitrarily, the +Associationists.</p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>Among the Associationists, the most influential +utopian is Charles François Marie Fourier. He was +a prolific and incoherent writer, and his Utopia, if the +truth be told, exists as <span lang="la">disjecta membra</span> rather than as +a single work; but in his case I make an exception to +the criterion of selection; because in every other respect<span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">118</span> +he has a claim upon our attention. This Fourier was a +dry little French commercial traveller, whose personal +fortune was lost in the French revolution and whose +hopes for founding a real eutopia were blasted by the +July revolution of 1830. Again and again he transferred +himself from one line of goods to another in +order to increase the area of the territory he covered +and learn more of the workings of society; and so in +his writings a wealth of concrete detail goes hand in +hand with personal crotchets and the opinionativeness +which arises almost inevitably out of an undisciplined +solitude. What follows is a distillation of Fourier’s +thought, with the lees and orts left in the bottom of the +flask.</p> + +<p>Fourier differs largely from the early utopians +in that he is concerned first of all not with modifying +human nature but with finding out what it actually is. +His utopia is to be based upon an understanding of +man’s actual physical and mental makeup, and its institutions +are to be such as will permit man’s original +nature to function freely. The motive which draws +his community together is attraction; the power which +sets his institutions going is “the passions.” Under the +head of passions—the original biological equipment—Fourier +gives a list of tendencies which corresponds +roughly with the modern psychologist’s list of instincts.</p> + +<p>Fourier takes these passions as “given”; his utopia +is not designed to “effect any change in our passions +... their direction will be changed without +changing their nature.” As Brisbane says in his Introduction +to Fourier’s philosophy, social institutions +are to these passional forces what machinery is to material +forces. A good community, according to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">119</span> +Fourier, is one which will bring all these passions into +play, in their complex actions and interactions.</p> + +<p>As in the Republic, the ideal behind Fourier’s utopia +is harmony; for man has a threefold destiny; namely, +“an industrial destiny, to harmonize the material world; +a social destiny, to harmonize the passional or moral +world; and an intellectual destiny, to discover the laws +of universal order and harmony.” What was at fault +with modern civilized societies was that they were incomplete, +and in their functioning they created a social +dissonance. To overcome this, says Fourier, men must +unite into harmonious associations which will give play +to all their activities, and which, by erecting common +institutions, will do away with the waste arising in +the individual’s attempts to do for himself all the things +which would be done by a complete community.</p> + +<p>For this perfect association Fourier provides minute +plans and tables; but the general plan can be outlined +with brevity.</p> + +<p>First of all, Fourier, too, goes back to the valley +section. The initial nucleus of his utopia is to consist +of a company of 1,500 or 1,600 persons, owning a good +stretch of land comprising at least a square league. +Since this experimental phalanx, as Fourier called it, +would have to stand alone, and without the support +of neighboring phalanxes, there will in consequence of +this isolation be many gaps in “attraction,” and “many +passional calms to dread in its workings.” To overcome +this, Fourier insists that it is necessary to locate the +phalanx on soil fit for a variety of functions. “A flat +country, such as Antwerp, Leipsic, Orleans, would be +totally unsuitable ... owing to the uniformity of +land surface. It will therefore be necessary to select<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">120</span> +a diversified region, like the surroundings of Lausanne, +or at the very least, a fine valley, provided with a stream +of water and a forest, like the valley of Brussel or of +Halle.”</p> + +<p>This domain would be laid out in fields, orchards, +vineyards, and so forth, according to the nature of the +soil and industrial requirements. By devotion to horticulture +and arboriculture, Fourier figures, an intensive +development would supply abundantly the needs of the +colony. The main economic occupation of the phalanx +would be agricultural—this is perhaps the great distinction +between Fourier and later Utopians—but all +the arts would be practiced within the phalanstery, +since otherwise the association would be incomplete.</p> + +<p>The principle of the association is concretely embodied +in a vast edifice in the center of the domain: +“a palace complete in all its appointments serving as +the residence of the associates. In this palace there +are three wings, corresponding to the Material, the +Social, and the Intellectual domains. In one wing are +the workshops and halls of industry. In another are +the library, the scientific collections, museums, artists’ +studios, and the like. In the center, devoted to the +social element, are banquet halls, a hall of reception, +and grand salons. At one end of the palace is a Temple +of the Material Harmonies, devoted to singing, music, +poetry, dancing, gymnastics, painting, and so forth. +At the other end is the Temple of Unityism, to celebrate +with appropriate rites man’s unity with the universe. +On the summit there is an observatory with +telegraph and signal tower, for communication with +other phalanxes.</p> + +<p>The phalanx men are associationists; but it follows<span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">121</span> +from Fourier’s theory of the passions that they have +private interests as well as public ones; and these +private interests are permitted to flourish as long as +they do not interfere with social solidarity. Thus they +avoid the waste inherent in private housekeeping by +having public kitchens, where, incidentally, the children +are trained from an early age at cooking, as they are +today in one or two experimental schools: nevertheless +it is possible to dine in solitude as well as in company. +By the same token, every member of the phalanx is +guaranteed a minimum of food, clothing, lodging, and +even amusements without respect to work; at the same +time, private property is sanctioned, and each member +extracts from the common store a dividend in proportion +to the amount of stock he holds in the association. +This dividend, it must be qualified, is considerably reduced +by the fact that a system of profit sharing replaces +the pure wage system. There is thus a sort of +balance between private self-seeking and the maintenance +of the public good.</p> + +<p>In order to manufacture goods economically, large +scale production is introduced wherever possible, and +the division of labor is forced to its ultimate limits. +Fourier takes account of the resulting monotony, however, +and suggests that the monotony be corrected by +having recourse to changing tasks and occupations +from time to time. In commercial exchange, the +phalanx acts as a unit; it constitutes a great self-governing +body which traffics in surplus goods with +similar associations, without any middleman, in something +of the manner, perhaps, that the Co-operative +Wholesale Societies do today.</p> + +<p>By abolishing the individual household, the phalanx<span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">122</span> +gives a new freedom to women; and Fourier does not +see how it is possible to maintain the system of monogamic +proprietorship once women have a free choice +of mates. So the women of the phalanx are not intellectual +nonentities; and since they no longer preside +over the individual home, they help run the whole +community. Is it necessary to add the common +nurseries, the common schools, the informal education +of the children, and the number of other things which +follow from this emancipation?</p> + +<p>Perhaps one of the most remarkable characteristics +of this utopia is its utilization of a moral equivalent +for war, long before Professor William James invented +the phrase. One of the great functions of the phalanx +is the assemblage of productive armies even as “civilization” +assembles destructive ones. There is a fine +passage in which Fourier pictures an industrial army +of golden youths and maidens, “instead of devastating +thirty provinces in a campaign, these armies will have +spanned thirty rivers with bridges, re-wooded thirty +barren mountains, dug thirty trenches for irrigation, +and drained thirty marshes.” It is for lack of such +industrial armies, says Fourier, that civilization is unable +to produce anything great.</p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>What strikes us when we put together the fragments +of Fourier’s utopia—as one might put together a jigsaw +puzzle—is the fact that he faces the variety and +inequality of human nature. Instead of erecting a +standard for men to live up to, and rejecting mankind +as unfit for utopia because the standard is far beyond<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">123</span> +its height, the standard itself is founded upon the utmost +capacity which a community might be able to +exhibit. Fourier meets human nature half-way: he +endeavors to project a society which will give regular +channels to all its divergent impulses, and prevent them +from spilling unsocially all over the landscape. In his +statement of this aim there are plenty of weaknesses +and absurdities; and I confess that it is hard to take +this pathetic little man seriously; but when one has +grappled with Fourier’s thought one discovers that +there is something to take.</p> + +<p>Fourier died without persuading anyone to give a +trial to his scheme of association; and yet his work +was not without its practical influence. The Brook +Farm experiment in America was a fumbling attempt to +plant a phalanstery without paying any attention to +the conditions which Fourier would have rigorously +imposed; and the “familistere” of the great steel works +of Godin at Guise, in France, is another direct result +of Fourier’s inspiration. He remains, I believe, the +first man who had a plan for colonizing the wilderness +of industrial barbarism that existed at the beginning +of the nineteenth century, and redeeming that wilderness +to civilization.</p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>The name of Robert Owen is usually associated with +utopianism; but his work belongs more to the “real” +world than to the idola of utopia; and I pass over him +with the briefest mention, for his projects for a model +industrial town have more of the flavor of a poor colony +than that of a productive human society. Let us grant +him good intentions, organizing ability, and moral<span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">124</span> +fervor: without doubt he is a noble figure, even when +his attitude is strained and his tone strident. The +series of essays he wrote on love and marriage are +marked by fine sympathy and common sense; and it +is to be regretted that they are not as widely known +as his plans for a new moral world. If this little note +can repair the neglect, I have done Owen ample justice: +as an active figure in English and American public life +he is properly a subject for the social historian. With +Owen I must also dismiss John Ruskin, who began in +the last quarter of the nineteenth century to develop +plans for a “Guild of St. George.” This guild was to +form a little island of honest labor and sound education +in the midst of the turbid sea of industrialism; but it +did not embrace the whole of society, and it was utopian +only in the sense that the Oneida Community, let us +say, was utopian. While they are full of pregnant +suggestions, the plans for the Guild are as fragmentary +as the New Atlantis.</p> + +<h3>6</h3> + +<p>One of the neglected utopias of the mid-nineteenth +century is that of James Buckingham.</p> + +<p>James Buckingham was one of those erratic men +of affairs which the fertile soil of British individualism +produces, and which hard British common sense persistently +ignores. Like Owen, Buckingham was acquainted +with industrial and commercial affairs from +the inside: he travelled widely and wrote upon various +matters with that copious, amateurish dogmatism and +spirit which marks him, perhaps, as the philistine +counterpart of John Ruskin. If the utopias of the +past express the ideals of the soldier, the farmer, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">125</span> +the artisan, the community which Buckingham projected +represents the ideal of the bourgeoisie. Buckingham’s +Victoria is the ideal aspect of that Coketown +which in a later chapter we shall attempt to describe.</p> + +<p>We talk loosely of the individualism of the nineteenth +century; but in reality it was a period that was thriving +with associations. The scope of joint stock companies +and philanthropic societies had immeasurably widened. +Along with the Mudfog Association, “for the advancement +of everything,” which Dickens satirized, there +sprang up a hundred different societies for performing +some special function in the industrial system or realizing +some particular purpose in society. Buckingham +gives us a picture of his contemporaries which is also +a criticism:</p> + +<p>“We have the government of the country itself, passing +acts of parliament for the better drainage of towns, +and a more ample supply of water and air for ventilation.... +Hence, too, arise associations of noblemen +and others for building model lodging houses for +the labouring classes; associations for improving the +dwellings of the poor; societies for providing baths and +bath houses for families unable to procure such conveniences +for themselves; associations for establishing +suburban villages for the working classes, and to get +them at night at least out of the crowded haunts and +vicious atmosphere of the towns. And hence we have +Temperance Societies, Tract Societies, Home Missions, +Asylums for Repentant Magdalens, Homes for Seaman +out of Employ, and Houses of Refuge for the Destitute, +with soup kitchens and other modes of temporary +relief....”</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">126</span></p> + +<p>What does this all come to? Let Buckingham +answer:</p> + +<p>“They are, after all, mere palliatives, and do not +reach the seat of the disease.... This can only +be done by uniting the disjointed efforts of all these +well-meaning but partially curative bodies into one, +in order to achieve, by their union of means, influence, +and example, the erection of a “Model Society,” with +its model farms, model pastures, model mines, model +manufactures, model town, model schools, model workshops, +model kitchens, model libraries, and places of +recreation, enjoyment, and instruction; all of which +could be united in one new Association.”</p> + +<p>Without inquiring too closely into what a model +pasture may be, we may admit that the notion behind +Buckingham’s proposal was not unsound. The industrial +society of his day was in an inchoate, indeed +in a chaotic state. In order to sift out the necessary +institutions and put them on a firm basis, it was the +better part of wisdom to start anew on a fresh area +of land and attempt to plan the development of the +community as a whole. It is true that in this proposal +of Buckingham’s there is none of Fourier’s brilliant +intuitions of a true social order, and none of Ruskin’s +critical inquiry into what composed a good life: +Buckingham took contemporary values for granted. +What he sought to do was to realize these values completely, +and in orderly fashion. Here are the elements +of his proposal.</p> + +<p>There is to be formed a model town association, with +a limited liability, for the purpose of building a new +town called Victoria. The town is to contain every +improvement in “position, plan, drainage, ventilation,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">127</span> +architecture, supply of water, light, and every other +elegance and convenience.” Its size is to be about a +mile square and the number of inhabitants is not to +exceed 10,000. A suitable variety of manufactures +and handicraft trades is to be established near the edge +of the town; and the town itself is to be surrounded by +farm land 10,000 acres broad. All of the lands, houses, +factories, and materials are to be the property of the +company, and not of any individual; and this property +is to be held for the benefit of all in proportion as their +shares entitle them. No person is to be a member of +the company or an inhabitant of the town except one +who is a bona fide shareholder to the extent of at least +twenty pounds, and who is ready to subscribe to a +drastic series of blue laws which, while permitting freedom +in religious worship and preventing child labor, do +away with liquor, drugs, and even tobacco.</p> + +<p>In addition to these provisions there are to be common +laundries, kitchens, refectories, and nurseries; and +medical advice is to be given free, at home or in the +hospital, as in the army and navy. Education is to be +undertaken by the community. Justice, it should be +noted by those who are acquainted with an experiment +which has recently been started in New York, is to be +administered by competent arbitrators under a written +code of laws, without the expense, delay, and uncertainty +of ordinary legal proceedings. All members are +to sign declarations accepting arbitration and waiving +other legal proceedings against members of the +company.</p> + +<p>All these affairs, especially the manner in which the +town is to be built, are worked out in considerable detail; +thus the size and character of the houses are set<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">128</span> +forth on the plan, and it is provided that each workingman +is to occupy at least one entire and separate +room for himself; whilst each married couple without +children gets two rooms, and each family in which there +are children is to occupy at least three rooms for domestic +purposes. I have set down all these details +baldly because the plan itself is a bald one; and no +amount of fine writing will embellish it. Buckingham’s +society is not based upon a thoroughgoing criticism of +human institutions: the ends for which this society +exists are doubtless those which were held good and +proper by the Macaulays and the Martineaus. What +is interesting in Buckingham’s utopia is the definite +plans and specifications, accompanied by drawings; for +this is surely one of the first attempts to put a problem +in social engineering on a basis from which an +engineer or an architect could work.</p> + +<p>Buckingham thought that, given a successful model +town, the rest of England might in time be colonized +by the surplus population, and thus the old centers of +black industry would be wiped out. Nor was Buckingham +altogether deceived. His utopia was a limited one, +but out of his limitations has come success. In 1848 +this utopia was a chimera; in 1898, Mr. Ebenezer +Howard reconstructed it and set it forth in a persuasive +little book called Tomorrow, and as a direct result of +the plans advocated by Mr. Howard, a flourishing +garden city called Letchworth has come into existence; +which in turn has propagated another garden city, +called Wellwyn; and at the same time has, by example, +paved the way for numerous garden villages and +garden suburbs in various parts of Europe and in +America.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">129</span></p> + +<p>With this mid-Victorian theorist, we pass over from +a pre-scientific method of thinking to one which sacrifices +the artistic imagination to a realistic grasp of the +facts; and in this passage something is gained and +something is lost. Buckingham gains by confining his +proposals to what is immediately practicable. He +loses by not having the imaginative energy to criticize +the ways, means, and ends that are sanctioned by current +practise. If utopia begins with Plato’s glorious +dream of an organic community, the image of the just +man made perfect, it cannot end with Buckingham’s +invention of a shell. Nevertheless, through the nineteenth +century the superficial utopians, the shell-builders, +are dominant; and we must continue to examine +them.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">131</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_SEVEN"><span id="toclink_131"></span>CHAPTER SEVEN</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How some Utopians have thought that a good community +rested at bottom on the right division and +use of land; and what sort of communities these +land-animals projected.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">133</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_7">CHAPTER SEVEN</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">Before</span> the Industrial Revolution upset the balance +of social power, there were little villages in England +where, on a limited scale and to no very grand purpose, +a quiet and placid and fairly jolly existence must have +been the rule of things. These villages were those in +which the land was either held in freehold by small proprietors, +or where there still remained for the use of +each inhabitant certain common pastures and wastes. +Under this regime there was a fair degree of prosperity +with which only the wind and the weather and war +could interfere. Something of the savor of this life +Mr. W. H. Hudson finely conveys in his A Traveller +in Little Things; and a century ago Cobbett made a +series of excellent snapshots in his Rural Rides.</p> + +<p>When the mediæval order broke down the great proprietors +began to seize this common land; and during +the eighteenth century, under the incentive of big-scale +scientific agriculture, the seizure went on at a merry +pace. The peasant without land was forced to migrate +to the new towns, as the Hammonds have pictured in +their graphic work on the Town Laborer; and the +labor of the peasant and his family fed the machines +which the Watts and Arkwrights were developing in +the eighteenth century. Industrial progress and social +poverty went hand in hand. The period before the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">134</span> +Industrial Revolution seemed in comparison a real +utopia; and the key to this utopia was the land.</p> + +<p>The importance of land in the constitution of civil +society was emphasized by the Diggers of Cromwell’s +time; one of them, Gerard Winstanley, wrote a minor +utopia to prove that the land should be held in common; +and this view was reinforced—without the communism—in +a purely political utopia called Oceana +by James Harrington, who lived during the same +period. Harrington advocated such a distribution of +land that the landed gentry should be the leaders, and +the commonalty should have the preponderance of +power.</p> + +<p>Out of all the modern utopias with which we have to +reckon there are two, in particular, in which the common +possession of land is the foundation of every other +institution. These are Spensonia and A Visit to Freeland.</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>The early part of the nineteenth century is remarkable +for the fact that men of common stock, usually +self-educated, began to apply their wits to improving +the conditions of the class to which they belonged; and +in particular there was in London a peasant named +William Cobbett, a tailor named Francis Place, and a +stationer named Thomas Spence who devoted a good +part of what remained over from their working days +to plans for bettering man’s estate.</p> + +<p>Thomas Spence had a shop in High Holborn from +which he published little pamphlets of rough philosophy, +called Pig’s Meat; in 1795 he issued A Description +of Spensonia, which was followed in 1801 by The<span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">135</span> +Constitution of Spensonia: A Country in Fairyland +situated between Utopia and Oceana; brought from +thence by Captain Swallow. Spence’s title to have +written a complete utopia rests upon the fact that he +proposes a return to an environment which had once +been, in its fashion, complete.</p> + +<p>Spensonia begins with a parable about a father who +had a number of sons, who built them a ship for traffic, +and who provided that the profits of the enterprise +were to be shared in common. This ship is wrecked +upon an island; and the sons quickly awake to the conclusion +that if “they did not apply the Marine Constitution +given them by their father to their landed +property, they would soon experience inexpressible inconveniences. +They therefore declared the property +of the island to be the property of them all collectively, +in the same manner as the ship had been, and that they +ought to share the profits thereof in the same way. +The island they named Spensonia, after the ship which +their father had given them. They next chose officers +to mark out such portions of the land, as every person +or family desired to occupy, for which they were to +receive for the use of the public a certain rent according +to its value. This rent was applied to public uses +or divided among themselves as they thought proper. +But in order to keep up the remembrance of their rights, +they decreed that they should never fail to share at +rent-time, an equal dividend, though ever so small, and +though the public demands should be ever so urgent.... +As they had determined, when seeing that +every ship they should build and man, should ... +be the property of the crew, so, in conformity therewith, +they decreed that every district or parish which<span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">136</span> +they should people, should be the property of the inhabitants, +and the rent and police of the same at their +disposal.... A National Assembly or Congress +consisting of delegates from all the parishes takes care +of the national concerns, and defrays the expenses of +the state and matters of common utility, by a pound +rate from each parish without any other tax.”</p> + +<p>What is a parish and what is its work? Look around +the English countryside and see.</p> + +<p>A parish, to begin with, is a “compact portion of +the country, designedly not too large that it may the +more easily be managed by the inhabitants with respect +to its revenues and the police.”</p> + +<p>“The parishes build and repair houses, make roads, +plant hedges and trees, and in a word do all the business +of a landlord.... A parish has many heads to +contrive what ought to be done. Instead of debating +about mending the state, ... (for ours needs no +mending) we employ our ingenuity nearer home, and +the result of the debates are in every parish, how we +shall work such a mine, make such a river navigable, +drain such a fen, or improve such a waste. These +things we are all immediately interested in, and have +each a vote in executing.”</p> + +<p>There is a rough, homespun quality about this utopia, +and it needs a visit to the English villages of the New +Forest or the Chiltern Hills, where some of the common +lands have been kept, to see what a rural utopia +would be like if it could keep itself free from invaders +who sought to live off the fat of the land without contributing +their labor. Spence was not altogether blind +to the necessity of keeping watch over this constitution +of equality; and he places his utopia in the care of two<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">137</span> +guardian angels—Voting by Ballot and the Universal +Use of Arms—two angels which look less formidable +and potent in the twentieth century than they did in +the first decade of the nineteenth, when the first had +still to be tried, and when the second was not complicated +by the invention of machine guns and poison +gases.</p> + +<p>At the bottom of Spence’s Utopia, however, lies the +conviction which he shares with Plato and all the other +genuine utopians; namely, that in Thoreau’s words +less is accomplished by the thousands who are hacking +at the branches of evil than by one who is striking at +the root. Spence, it must be remembered, wrote in the +thick of the agitation for parliamentary reform which +was the keynote of so much nineteenth century activity—the +chartist movement, parliamentary socialism, and +the like, being so many rainbows in the bubble of +political effort which burst with such a bang when the +Great War broke out. Spence saw the futility of these +superficial demands. He said:</p> + +<p>“Thousands of abortive schemes are daily proposed +for redressing grievances and mending the constitution, +whereas, the shoes were so ill-made at first, and so worn, +rotten, and patched already, that they are not worth +the trouble or expense, but ought to be thrown to the +dunghill; and a new pair should be made, neat, tight, +and easy as for the foot of one that loves freedom and +ease. Then would your controversies about this and +the other way of cobbling, that continually agitate +you, be done away; and you would walk along the +rugged and dirty path of life easy and dry-shod.”</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">138</span></p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>The next utopia, Freeland, marks a transition between +the utopia in which the land alone is held by the +community and that in which land and capital and all +the machinery of production belong to a national +state.</p> + +<p>The writer of this utopia was an Austrian economist, +Theodor Hertzka; and he first published his view in +considerable detail, with reference to current economic +doctrines, in a book called Freeland: A Social Anticipation. +He condensed these doctrines in another book +called A Visit to Freeland, or the new Paradise Regained, +an attempt to picture his freeman’s commonwealth +in action.</p> + +<p>These books formed the center of a whirlwind of +agitation; a magazine sprang up; societies were organized +in various cities in Europe and America; and +a definite attempt was made to colonize a certain section +of Africa, selected by Hertzka; an attempt which, alas! +met with speedy failure as a result of the obtuseness +and international jealousy of various colonial officials. +The first book was published in 1889; and all this happened +in the early nineties. Perhaps the only practical +effect of it was—and this is mere conjecture—to turn +the thoughts of certain Zionists, like Israel Zangwill, +from establishing Zion in Jerusalem to building it up +again in some more suitable region in the heart of +Africa.</p> + +<p>Freeland may be described as an individualist Utopia +on a social foundation. Hertzka was filled with sympathy +and admiration for the doctrines that Adam +Smith set forth in The Wealth of Nations; and he desired<span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">139</span> +to realize a society in which the maximum amount +of individual freedom and initiative would prevail, especially +in industrial enterprises. This leads to a +paradox; namely, that in order to ensure freedom it +is impossible to practise laissez faire; for the effect of +laissez faire is to permit accidental aggregations of +wealth and power to threaten the freedom that less +fortunate individuals seek to enjoy. So far from +being an anarchist utopia, Freeland is a co-operative +commonwealth in which the State acts as an interested +party in the production and distribution of goods. This +differs from socialism in name; and it differed from the +practical socialist agitation of the time in that it relied, +not upon turning over established institutions in +Europe, but in turning over a new leaf in the Kenia +Highlands of Africa; but Hertzka’s “individualism” +comes to almost the same thing.</p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>A visit to Freeland teaches us little about the arts +of social life or the constitution of a good society. +What we can learn is one of the methods by which—on +hypothesis anyway—the industrial mechanism +might be controlled.</p> + +<p>In Freeland there are five fundamental laws; and +of these the first is the most important; namely, that:</p> + +<p>Every inhabitant has an equal right to the common +land and to the means of production which are furnished +by the state.</p> + +<p>The other fundamental laws have to do with the support +of women and children, old men, and those otherwise +unfit to work, all of whom have the right of maintenance,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">140</span> +corresponding to the amount of credit belonging +to the state; with the provision of universal +suffrage for all above twenty-five years of age; and +with the establishment of independent legislative and +executive branches of the government.</p> + +<p>Let us follow the visitor to Freeland as he makes +his first explorations in Edendale, its principal city, +and learns how affairs are conducted. If this is an +individualist utopia it is not by any means free from +the services of a bureaucracy; for first of all the visitor +turns to the Central Statistical Office, where records +are kept of the occupations that are open and the +amount of pay offered by each. “Every inhabitant of +Freeland,” our visitor finds, “has the right to become +a member of any business he pleases. One has only +to present oneself for this purpose; for the managers +only decide upon the manner in which the members are +to be employed, and not on the membership itself.” +In practice, the number of individuals with private +businesses and partnerships seems to be limited, for +big companies not merely operate factories but provide +restaurant service, build houses, and even supply +domestic service to private individuals and households.</p> + +<p>(The visitor has his boots blacked by one of these +associated menials, and his hostess explains how the +services of a caterer and a valet may be obtained by +calling up a central distributing agency.)</p> + +<p>The sole condition upon which a person or company +is allowed to engage in business is that the public be +kept informed of all business transactions. “The companies +are therefore obliged to conduct their book-keeping +openly. The prices at which goods are bought +and sold, the net profits and the number of workmen,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">141</span> +must be communicated at intervals which are fixed +according to the judgment of the central office.”</p> + +<p>Observe that Hertzka reckons with the fact that in +an industrial society, access to machinery is just as +important as access to the land, since, in a manner +of speaking, all our modern activities, even agriculture, +are parasitic upon machinery. Hence the collection +and distribution of capital is managed in the interests +of the whole community; the first being taken care of +by a yearly tax, which obviates the need—and perhaps +the possibility—of individual savings, whilst the capital +is distributed without interest to the companies that +make application for it. The community pays for the +plant through the added charge which is laid on consumers; +the credit advanced is cancelled out through +production. This arrangement does away with the +standing charge for capital which is maintained under +present day production for profit even after the original +capital has been paid off in dividends; and above all, +it does away with the practice of capitalizing increased +returns in such a way as to enlarge the amount of the +standing charge for capital. The social use of capital +to advance production, rather than to provide fixed +incomes for a rentier class, is recognized in Freeland.</p> + +<p>Since our visitor is an engineer, he turns to a plant +devoted to the manufacture of railway equipment; and +notes that it is run under the following statutes.</p> + +<p>1. Everyone is free to join the first Edendale Engine +and Railway Manufacturing Co., even if he also +belongs to other companies. Everyone is also permitted +to leave the company whenever he chooses. The +board of management decides in what branch of the +works the members shall be employed.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">142</span></p> + +<p>2. Every member is entitled to an amount of the +net proceeds of the company corresponding to the +quantity of work which is done.</p> + +<p>3. The amount of work is calculated according to +the number of hours, to which two per cent. is added to +that of the older members, and ten per cent. to foremen, +and ten per cent. for night work.</p> + +<p>4. The engineers are paid as if working from ten to +fifteen hours, according to ability. The value of the +manager is estimated in the general assembly.</p> + +<p>5. Out of the company’s profits a deduction is first +made towards repayment of capital, and after this the +tax to the state is deducted. The remainder is divided +among members.</p> + +<p>6. If the company is dissolved or liquidated, the +members are responsible in proportion to the amount of +profit which they get from revenues of the company, +and this responsibility for the amount which is still +pledged is proportionately laid upon new members. +When a member leaves the company, his responsibility +for debt which has already been contracted is not extinguished. +In case of dissolution, liquidation, or sale, +this responsibility corresponds to the claim of the responsible +member to the means of the company which +are in hand, or to his share in what is sold.</p> + +<p>7. The principal judicial body of the company is +the general assembly in which every member has the +same right to speak and exercise the same active and +passive right of choice. The general assembly makes +its determination by simply counting the majority of +votes. A majority of three quarters is necessary for +changing the statutes and for a dissolution or liquidation +of the company.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">143</span></p> + +<p>8. The general assembly practises its right either +directly or by means of chosen officials, who are answerable +to it for their actions.</p> + +<p>9. The business of the society is managed by a directorate +of three members who hold office at the will +of the general assembly. The subordinate functionaries +are chosen by the managers.</p> + +<p>10. The general assembly selects every year a committee +of inspection which consists of five members. +This body has to control and make a report upon the +books and the manner in which the company is conducted.</p> + +<p>Now, as a member of the company, our visitor would +have the amount he has earned credited to him at a +Central Bank, which keeps his accounts and sends him +an abstract every week; and through this bank he would +make the larger part of his disbursements. The products +of the company, moreover, are valued, stored, and +sold by a Central Warehouse, in much the same fashion +that under the present regime a manufacturer’s whole +output may be disposed of through a big department +store or a mail order house.</p> + +<p>Let us now sum this up. The collection and disposition +of capital belongs to the community; and the +total capital available for further production each year +is based directly upon the productive capacities of the +community, without the waste and leakage that arises +in present-day society though what Mr. Thorstein +Veblen calls the conspicuous waste—the futile expenditures—of +the leisured classes. That this collection of +a capital tax upon income would be any more difficult +than the present corporation tax or private income tax, +which is now dissipated to the extent of some 90 per<span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">144</span> +cent. or so upon armies and navies, is seriously to be +doubted. In addition to this, the process of open book-keeping +enables the Central Bank and the Central +Warehouse to have an accurate knowledge of potential +production, and thus there exists an accurate basis for +apportioning credit. At the same time the value of +commodities comes by this means to have a direct relation +to the costs of production rather than to what the +traffic will bear.</p> + +<p>On all these heads the trained economist will doubtless +have many points to contest; but in their broad +outlines there is no abrupt departure from current +practise in any of these items, and not much reason, +perhaps, why they should not be more thoroughly instituted.</p> + +<p>With the various ramifications of Edendale industry +and corporate finance it is not my business to deal; +we have gone far enough to see that very little indeed +remains when the question of means has been gone into.</p> + +<p>The chief good that Freeland seems to offer is freedom +in industrial enterprise. An association of men +can get land and capital on demand, and devote themselves +to either agriculture or manufacturing industry; +and the risk of failure is minimized by a complete +knowledge of the probable demand and probable supply +calculated by the statistical bureau. Failing an +outlet for industry through association, there remains +the land itself, for individual cultivation. “Every family +in Freeland dwells in its own house, and every house +is surrounded by its great garden, a thousand square +meters in extent. These houses are the private property +of the inhabitants, and serve, like the gardens, +for private use. The inhabitants of Freeland do not,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">145</span> +as a rule, recognize any kind of ownership of land; +they rather go upon the principle that the land must +be put in everyone’s hands to do with what he chooses. +This, in the most literal and wide sense of the word, +means that every inhabitant of Freeland can cultivate +every piece of land whenever he pleases. But this only +relates to the land which is set apart for cultivation, +and not that set apart for living upon.... The +inhabitants of Freeland have agreed, with regard to the +size and disposition of the land, serving for the creation +of a dwelling house, to form regulations, and a kind of +building court ... which has to determine what +ground is and what is not to be built upon, parcels +out the land for building, sees to the laying out of +streets, canals, and the like, and especially takes care +that not more than one building is erected upon one +building allotment.”</p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>What sort of life arises out of this kind of industrial +association, these provisions for the common use of +machinery and land? It is all rather dry and colorless, +a sort of picture postcard view of the Promised Land.</p> + +<p>We are told that there are a great number of public +buildings in Edendale—an administrative palace, the +Central bank, the University, the Academy of Arts, +three Public Libraries, four Theaters, the grand central +goods warehouse, a great number of schools and other +buildings. In addition, extraordinary means are taken +to provide for public cleanliness, and the aqueducts in +Edendale—we seem to be reading a Chamber of Commerce +report!—are “almost without any equal in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">146</span> +world,” moreover, “they are being extended daily.” +The refuse is cleaned away by a system of pneumatic +sucking apparatus. The streets are entirely macadamized. +Electric tramways cross them in every direction +and bind the suburbs to the town. Such glimpses as +we get of Edendale remind us, in fact, of a go-ahead +city in California or South Africa. The utopia of +Freeland is progressive enough in all conscience; for +many of these mechanical devices were only vague anticipations +in 1889; but it is progressive in a mechanical +sense; and when we examine it carefully, people +seem to live the same sort of life here as they do in a +“modern” European or American city.</p> + +<p>There are differences, of course; and I do not seek +to minimize their importance: the slum proletariat has +been abolished; everyone belongs to the middle class and +enjoys the felicities of a high-grade clerk or an engineer +or minor official. This is the peculiarity of our nineteenth +century utopians: they do not so much criticize +the goods of their times as demand more of them! +Buckingham and Hertzka, though they differ in details, +wish to extend middle class values throughout society—comfort +and security and a plenitude of soap and sanitation. +Even when the means they propose are revolutionary, +the institutions they would erect are conceived +very much in the image of current use and wont, and +are unspeakably tame.</p> + +<p>As we pass from Hertzka to Bellamy these facts glare +insistently at us. The slight air of tedium that I have +not been able to disguise in dealing with these utopias +arises, I believe, from our excessive familiarity with +their contents. Our nineteenth century utopias, if we +except those of Fourier and Spence and a few more<span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">147</span> +distinguished ones which we shall presently come to, do +not dream of a renovated world: they keep on adding +inventions to the present one. These utopias become +vast reticulations of steel and red-tape, until we feel +that we are caught in the Nightmare of the Age of +Machinery; and shall never escape. If this characterization +seem unjust, I beg the reader to compare the +utopias before Bacon with the utopias after Fourier, +and find out how little human significance remains in the +post-eighteenth century utopia when the machinery +for supporting the good life is blotted out. These +utopias are all machinery: the means has become the +end, and the genuine problem of ends has been forgotten.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">149</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_EIGHT"><span id="toclink_149"></span>CHAPTER EIGHT</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How Étienne Cabet dreamed of a new Napoleon called +Icar, and a new France called Icaria; and how his +utopia, with that which Edward Bellamy shows us +in Looking Backward, gives us a hint of what machinery +might bring us to if the industrial organization +were nationalized.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">151</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_8">CHAPTER EIGHT</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">Étienne Cabet</span> opened his eyes upon the year that +preceded the meeting of the National Assembly in 1788, +and closed them upon the Empire of Napoleon III.</p> + +<p>It would be foolish to give an account of Cabet’s +Voyage en Icarie without noting these facts; for the +reason that Cabet’s most impressionable years were +drenched with the flamboyant light of the Napoleonic +conquests and the Napoleonic tradition which remained +as an afterglow when the conquests themselves had +fallen below the horizon. The spectacle of a nationalized +church and a nationalized system of education, +extending their ministrations to the smallest commune +through a vast system of bureaucracy, must have given +a solidity to his dreams which the interruption of the +first Napoleon’s personal downfall could only have reinforced.</p> + +<p>To understand why the Journey to Icaria, as we +may call it, should have been one of the best sellers +among workingmen in 1845, and to see why Louis Blanc +should have attempted to set up an organization of +National Workshops in 1848, one must realize the historic +momentum of Napoleon’s dictatorship. Cabet +consciously or unconsciously idealized the Napoleonic +tradition; and in Icaria he consummated it. That +Cabet’s futile will-to-power should have led him, under +the inspiration of Owen, to the swamps of Missouri as<span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">152</span> +the leader of a little band of communist pioneers is an +ironic twist of circumstance: his Icaria was a national +state, with all its pomp and dignity and splendor, and +not a squalid collection of huts in the midst of a dreary +prairie. Cabet died in America, as much perhaps from +an outraged sense of dignity as from any physical +disease, and nothing came of his utopia until Edward +Bellamy gave it a fresh outline in Looking Backward.</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>With the romantic element in the Journey to Icaria—the +English lord and the Icarian family he visits, +and the various friendships and love affairs that are +outlined in its pages—I purpose to have nothing to do. +These things add an element of complication to Cabet’s +picture without doing very much to illuminate it.</p> + +<p>Icaria is a country divided into a hundred provinces +almost equal in extent and almost the same in population. +These provinces are in turn divided into ten communes, +which are likewise almost equal, and the provincial +capital is in the center of the province, whilst each +communal city is the center of the commune. The elegance +and precision of the decimal system has overlaid +the facts of geography and as one looks over the map of +the imaginary country one recalls the way in which +the French revolution divided France into arbitrary +administrative areas called departments, upsetting +those ancient regional groupings which corresponded, +roughly, with the natural units of soil, climate, population, +and historic continuity.</p> + +<p>In the midst of Icaria is the city of Icara. Icara is +a reconstructed Paris, built on a reconstructed Seine.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">153</span> +It is almost circular, cut into two equal parts by a +river whose banks have been straightened and enclosed +in two straight walls; and the bed has been deepened +to receive ocean vessels. In the middle of the city the +river divides into two arms, which form a rather big +circular island—though the islands formed naturally +by the division of a river are inevitably not circular!—and +here is the civic center, planted with trees, in the +midst of which stands a palace. There is a superb garden +elevated on a terrace; in the center, a vast column +surmounted by a colossal statue that dominates all the +buildings. On each side of the river is a big quay, +bordered by public offices. The effect is indubitably +metropolitan.</p> + +<p>The city is divided into quarters: Icara has sixty +communes of almost equal size. In each quarter is a +school, a hospital, a temple, shops, public places, and +monuments. The streets are straight and wide, the +city being traversed by fifty avenues parallel to the +river and fifty perpendicular to it. How it is possible +to reconcile this street plan with a circular city I have +no notion; and Cabet apparently did not take the +trouble to cast his verbal specifications into a definite +picture or plan. Each block has fifteen houses on each +side, with a public building in the middle, and one at +each end; and between the rows of houses are gardens +which the inhabitants of Icaria, like those of Utopia, +have a great pride in keeping up. The blocks are arranged +around squares, very much like those of Belgravia +and Mayfair in London; but the gardens are +public ones and are cared for by the inhabitants.</p> + +<p>The Icarian villages are almost as metropolitan as +the principal city itself. One notes a great preoccupation<span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">154</span> +with hygienic conveniences and sanitary regulations. +There are dust collectors of special model; the +sidewalks are covered with glass against rain; and the +stations for omnibuses are also covered. The streets +are well-lighted and paved. Stables, slaughter houses, +and hospitals are on the outskirts of the village. The +factories and warehouses are on the railway lines and +canals, and half the streets are closed to all traffic +except dog-carts.</p> + +<p>In sum, Icaria enjoys a highly sophisticated and +metropolitan form of life. Everything has been “arranged,” +everything has been “attended to.” There +are no upsetting complications and diversities. Even +the weather has been disposed of. Nothing short of a +very powerful and persistent organization could have +accomplished these things. What is this organization?</p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>In the beginning was Icar, the dictator who established +the government of Icaria, and out of Icar there +sprang a number of bureaux, departments, and committees. +Let us follow a typical Icarian through his +day, and examine the institutions he comes in contact +with.</p> + +<p>Our Icarian is an early riser by necessity, for at 6 +<span class="smcap">A. M.</span> breakfast is served in a restaurant or factory. +It is not a capricious breakfast; it is such a breakfast, +perhaps, as the guardians of Battle Creek, Michigan, +dream of. The food that is served in Icaria is regulated +by a committee of scientists; and while everybody has +all that is good for him, precisely what is good and in +what amounts, someone else has decided in advance.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">155</span> +So it is at present in our armies and navies, and to +some extent in our cheap lunchrooms, the difference +being that there remains, outside Icaria, the possibility +of breaking away from the routine and following caprice +and appetite without respect for the committee of +dietitians.</p> + +<p>When our Icarian has breakfasted, he goes to his +work, seven hours in summer, six in winter. He works +the same number of hours as every other Icarian, and +whether he works in the field or the workshop, the +products of his industry are deposited in public stores. +Who is his employer? The State. Who owns all the +instruments of production and service, down to the +horses and carriages? The State. Who organizes +the workers? The State. Who constructs the stores +and factories, attends to the cultivation of the ground, +has houses built, and makes all the things necessary +for clothing, lodging, and transport? The same. In +theory, the public is the sole proprietor and director of +industry; in practice—Cabet doesn’t tell us otherwise +and it necessarily follows in a system of national industry—a +body of engineers and officials have taken over +the dictatorship of Icar and are running the affairs of +the community.</p> + +<p>How familiar this Icaria seems to us. Utopia—<i lang="fr">c’est +la guerre</i>!</p> + +<p>When he is through with his work, our Icarian possibly +changes his clothes. Exactly what clothes are +necessary, and what are permissible has already been +prescribed by a committee on clothes; which comes to +saying that every Icarian’s dress is a uniform, even as +every Icarian is an official of the State. Eating, working, +dressing, sleeping—there is no getting away from<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">156</span> +State regulations. The uniformity that irks us in +modern life and that makes people who have some +remnant of free initiative in their makeup chafe in the +civil service, to say nothing of the army, is extended +to the last degree in Icaria. Napoleon’s conception of +a nation in arms is dominant; only now it is a nation +in overalls.</p> + +<p>Our Icarian’s father and mother were married after +a six-month interval of courtship. Since they took +advantage of the institution at the earliest moment +permitted by law, he was twenty and she was eighteen. +By education, they had been taught to look upon conjugal +fidelity as a desideratum; and they realized that +concubinage and adultery would be looked upon as +crimes by public opinion, even if these crimes were not +punished by law. Before our Icarian was born his +mother received public instruction on maternity.</p> + +<p>Up to the age of five our Icarian’s education was +domestic; but from the fifth to the seventeenth or eighteenth +year, domestic instruction was combined with +intellectual and moral education, under a program laid +down by a committee which had consulted all systems of +education, ancient and modern. His general or elementary +education was the same as that of every other +Icarian; but at seventeen for girls and eighteen for men, +his professional education began.</p> + +<p>The only industries or professions open to our +Icarians were those recognized and sanctioned by the +State; and every year a list is published telling the +number of workers needed in each profession. The +number of workers, in turn, is determined by a committee +on industry, which plans the amount of goods +that must be produced during the coming year. Our<span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">157</span> +Icarian begins work at eighteen, his sister at seventeen; +and he is exempt from work at sixty-five, while she +would be exempt at fifty. The republic, I may note +parenthetically, asks from each commune the sort of industrial +and agricultural production which goes best +with its natural resources; delivering its surplus production +to other communes and giving it, in turn, what +it may lack.</p> + +<p>Cabet describes all these institutions in the minutest +fashion, down to the noiseless window with which each +Icarian’s house is equipt; but the broad outlines of the +industrial and social system are contained in this picture. +What we see is a National State, abundantly +organized for war, and remaining on that footing in +the midst of its peace-time activities. What is not of +national importance, in this scheme of things, is of no +importance; and the people who decide what is or is +not of national importance are the officeholders—I find +it difficult to discover a utopian equivalent for this word +or to fancy any great improvement in utopia—in the +capital.</p> + +<p>The political activities that regulate these Icarian +institutions do not greatly reassure us. From each of +the thousand communes two deputies are chosen to +hold office for two years: this constitutes the national +representation. The basis of this system is the communal +assembly; and from this communal assembly the +provincial representatives are drawn. The national +executive consists of sixteen members, each with a special +department; and it is plain that here is the seat of +power; for exactly what business remains in the hands +of the two thousand legislators when the food committee +has determined the amount and variety of food, the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">158</span> +industrial committee the quantity and kind of manufactured +products, and the educational committee the +methods, subjects, and aims of education, it is a little +hard to determine.</p> + +<p>There are no newspapers and no means of organized +criticism, except the right of submitting propositions +to the popular assemblies. The only thing resembling +public opinion is the collective opinion of these assemblies. +The newspapers are published by the government, +one for the nation, one for the province, and one +for the commune; and they are devoted solely to the +presentation of news, divorced from opinion. For this +kind of political system, and for all the power that it +might presume to wield, there is a word in philosophy +which has no substitute—epiphenomenon. The popular +system of representation in Icaria is but a shadow of +that dictatorial power which was first wielded by Icar +and was in turn transmitted to the committees and +bureaux.</p> + +<p>If I have been criticizing Icaria in terms of the last +century of political experience, I can only plead that +it is because Icaria is so little like Utopia and so much +like the actual order of things. It must be prepared +to stand fire as a <i lang="fr">fait accompli</i>: indeed, in the early days +of the second Russian revolution it came near to being +a <i lang="fr">fait accompli</i>—there was more of Cabet than of +Marx perhaps in embryonic Soviet Russia! Icaria is +essentially not an ideal but an idealization; and it is +in order to keep the two from being confused that I +have emphasized its little weaknesses. What is good +in Icaria is what is good in the institution of an army; +what is bad is what is bad in the execution of a war. +If the good life could be perpetrated by a junta of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">159</span> +busybodies, as Plato would call them, Icaria would be +a model community.</p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>Looking backward into the future: that was the +paradox by which a young New England romancer, +Edward Bellamy, concerned like Thoreau and Emerson +and the rest of the great Concord school with +the well-being of his community, descended from literature +to sociology; and stirred the minds of thousands +of people in America in much the same fashion that +Theodor Hertzka, writing at the same time, stirred his +European contemporaries. Having begun to romanticize +about reality, Bellamy during the decade that +followed the publication of Looking Backward, devoted +himself to realizing his romance. In a later work, +Equality, he set forth his picture of the New Society +of the year 2000 in much greater detail; just as if +the popularity of his first work committed him to take +up seriously the tasks of the economist and the statesman.</p> + +<p>The chief pleasure, nowadays, in both of these books +is the familiar one of recognition; for if Bellamy did +not portray a better future he at any rate, like Mr. +H. G. Wells, in his early romances, outlined many +parts of a future that has for us, in the twentieth century, +become an actuality; a fact which makes us +realize very poignantly the limitations of his utopia. +In spite of a thin-lipped style, Bellamy handles his +story in a neat, workmanlike way, with a certain plausibility +and familiarity which doubtless explains the fact +that it can still be found, without any difficulty, on<span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">160</span> +the fiction shelves of our circulating public libraries.</p> + +<p>The preface to Looking Backward is dated: “Historical +Section Shawmut College, Boston, December 26, +2000.” In that preface the work is presented as an +avowed romance which will enable the readers of 2000 +to realize the gaps that separate them from their +ancestors, and to value the prodigious “moral and +material” transformation that has taken place in a few +generations. Julius West is a person whom our Shawmut +historian invents, to bridge the gap between the +two eras. Julius West, a young man of wealth, sensitive +to the ignominy of his position, and feeling that, as +a “rich man living among the poor, an educated man +among the uneducated,” he “was like one living in isolation +among a jealous and alien race.” In order to +overcome his insomnia West sleeps in a vaulted room in +the foundations of his house, and gets put to sleep by +a hypnotist; and so by a dramatic oversight he hibernates +for 113 years, and awakens among strange faces. +Needless to say, West has a love affair in the old world +which is carried on in the new, through a descendant of +the girl he meant to marry; and it is equally needless to +observe that he reawakens to the world of 1887 as soon +as the institutions of 2000 have been described and the +love affair has been resolved.</p> + +<p>Let us take West’s muzziness, his amazement, and +his sense of isolation for granted, and follow him as he +explores his new environment.</p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>If Plato cavalierly disposes of the labor problem of +the Republic by permitting things to remain pretty<span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">161</span> +much as they were, Bellamy makes the solution of +labor organization and the distribution of wealth the +key to every other institution in his utopia.</p> + +<p>In the United States of 1887 the growing organization +of labor and the aggregation of capital into trusts +were the two chief economic factors: Dr. Leete, Julius +West’s host, pictures how this aggregation and combination +were continued until, by a mere shift of gears, +“the epoch of trusts had ended in The Great Trust.” In +a word, “the people of the United States concluded to +assume the conduct of their own business, just as one +hundred years before they had assumed the conduct of +their own government, organizing now for industrial +purposes on precisely the same grounds that they had +organized for political purposes.” Was there any violence +in this transition? Ah no! everything had been +prepared beforehand by public opinion, the great corporations +had gradually trained everybody into an acceptance +of large-scale organization, and the final step +of merging all the big corporations into a national +corporation occurred without a jar. With the assumption +by the nation of the mills, machinery, railroads, +farms, mines, and capital in general, all the difficulties +of labor vanished, for every citizen became by virtue of +his citizenship an employee of the government, and was +distributed according to the needs of industry.</p> + +<p>In 2000 “the labor army” is not a figure of speech: +it is an army indeed, for the nation is a single industrial +unit, and the principle upon which the working +force is recruited is universal compulsory industrial +service. After a man’s education has been completed +in the common school system, which extends straight +through college, he must first serve a term of three<span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">162</span> +years in an unclassified labor army, which performs all +the rough and menial tasks of the community. When +this period is over, he is permitted to offer himself as +a recruit in any of the trades or professions which +may be declared open by the government, and can +train for his calling up to the age of thirty, in the +national schools and institutes. In order to attract +people into occupations where they are needed, the +hours are reduced and, for the dangerous trades, volunteers +are called for. There are however no discriminations +in pay. Every person is credited with a sum of +four thousand dollars per annum at the National Bank, +a sum which he receives because of his needs as a man +and not because of his capacity as a worker. Instead +of being rewarded for giving the full measure of his +energies and abilities, a man is penalized if he fails to +do so. It is possible to shift from one branch of the +service to another, under certain restrictions, even as +in the navy one can change one’s rating and apply for +service on a different ship or station, but except for +the possibility of retiring on a half-income at the age +of thirty-three, everyone must remain at work until he +is forty-five.</p> + +<p>To this rule there is one exception; and we may note +ironically that it is made in favor of the writer’s guild. +If a man produces a book he may name his own royalties, +and live as long from this income as the sale will +allow; and if he wishes to start a newspaper or a magazine, +and can get credit from a sufficient number of +other people to support his enterprise, there is nothing +to prevent him from remitting service to the amount +his guarantors are ready to deduct from their personal +income. In other words, a man must “either by<span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">163</span> +literary, artistic, or inventive productiveness indemnify +the nation for the loss of his services, or must get a +sufficient number of people to contribute to such an +indemnity.” This is the one open hole in our militarized, +industrial utopia; and I think it is the most +acceptable feature in the whole system. A community +organized as a single unit, directed by a general staff +at Washington, and perpetually exhibiting a herd complex +which every institution would naturally reinforce, +might not be a very genial shelter for the soul of an +artist; but if it were, this means of support would +doubtless be fair and excellent for the encouragement +of the arts.</p> + +<p>To go back to our army. The entire field of production +and distribution is divided into ten great departments, +each representing a group of allied industries; +and each particular industry is in turn represented +by a subordinate bureau, which has a complete +record of the plant and the force under its control, of +the present product, and of the means of increasing it. +The estimates of the distributive department, after +adoption by the administration, are sent as mandates +to the ten great departments, which allot them to the +subordinate bureaux, representing the particular industries, +and these set the men at work.... “After the +necessary contingents have been detailed for the various +industries, the amount of labor left for other employment +is expended in creating fixed capital, such as +buildings, machinery, engineering works, and so forth.”</p> + +<p>In order to safeguard the consumer from the caprices +of the administration, a new article must be produced +as soon as a certain guaranteed demand for it has been +established by popular petition, whilst an old article<span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">164</span> +must be continued to be produced as long as there are +customers for it, provision being made that the price +rise in accordance with the greater cost of production +per unit.</p> + +<p>Now the general of this industrial army is the president +of the United States. He is chosen from among +the corps commanders; and it is provided that every +officer in the army, from the president down to the +sergeant, must work his way up from the grade of +common laborer. The chief peculiarity of this system +consists in the way in which the voting is done. The +voters are all honorary members of the guild to which +they belong; that is, men who are over forty-five years +old; this applies not merely to the ten lieutenant generals, +but to the commander-in-chief, who is not eligible +for the presidency until he has been a certain number +of years out of office. The president is elected by vote +of all the men of the nation who are not connected with +the industrial army; for any other method, Bellamy +thinks, would be prejudicial to discipline. There are +various names for this practice: one of them is gerontocracy, +or government by the aged; and another, more +familiar, is “alumni control.” When we recollect that +the hardships of military service look rather mild and +pleasant to the man who has been mustered out, I doubt +if the youngsters in the industrial army would stand +much chance of having their lot improved if the initiative +for a change had to come from the alumni. Yet +we know what even the formation of a worker’s shop +committee would be in an industrial army: it would be +mutiny. As for criticism of the administration, that +would be treason; admiration for the practices of another +country would be disloyalty; and advocacy of a +change in the method of industry would be sedition.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">165</span></p> + +<p>True: corruption and bribe-taking and all the dirty +scandals that we associate today with a financial oligarchy +would be wiped out in utopia; but this merely +means that the defects of the old order would disappear +along with its virtues. What would remain would be +the defects that arise when a nation is in arms, and +when there is no escape, by travel or mental withdrawal, +from its institutions; in short, the defects of a state +of war. To call this a peaceful community is absurd: +one might as well call a battleship a pleasure-craft because +a modern one possesses a band and shows motion +pictures to the crew. The organization of this utopia +is an organization for war; and the one rule that such +a community would not tolerate is “live and let live.” +If this is the peace that “industrial preparedness” +ensures it is scarcely worth having. Any community +that liked this state of life would scarcely need the +constant exhortation of the recruiting sergeant or the +final compulsion of a conscription act.</p> + +<h3>6</h3> + +<p>The great part of Looking Backward is a discussion +of this perfected form of industrial organization; the +manner in which it is worked; and the effects of complete +economic equality in doing away with the necessity +for the greater part of the legal machinery of the present +day, since crimes with an economic motive would +almost, according to Bellamy, be unthinkable. Here +and there however we have glimpses of the social life of +this new age.</p> + +<p>First of all, there floats before our eyes the picture +of a vast body of superannuated persons, who for the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">166</span> +most part spend their time in a sort of country-club +existence. They can travel, because the other countries +in the world are likewise nationalized, and by a simple +system of book-keeping foreign credit for goods and +personal services can be transferred from one country +to another; and they can take up special vocations and +hobbies during their superannuated years; but it is +equally plain that their work has not done very much +to foster intellectual or emotional maturity, since in relation +to the citizens the state exists as a “Great White +Father”; and there is good reason perhaps for the +great interest in sport which characterizes Bellamy’s +utopia. Games are organized, apparently, upon lines +of industrial guild rivalry; just as one has sports nowadays +between rival battleship squadrons perhaps; for +“if bread is the first necessity of life, recreation is a +second, and the nation caters for both.” The demand +for bread and circuses, our guide explains, is recognized +in the year 2000 as a wholly reasonable one. +Both work and play are external to the citizen’s inner +trends and interests; and we should not be surprised +if an infantile element predominated in the character of +this happy republic.</p> + +<p>This externalism, this impersonality, seems to characterize +the whole scene. We follow Julius West and +his new love, Edith, into a modern shop, where everything +is displayed by sample, and an order for goods +is sent to a central warehouse, and along with undoubted +economies of space and time, we note that there +is an almost complete absence of personal contacts or +relationships: more than ever the worker has become +a cog in the machine, more than ever he deals with a +thin, barren, abstract world of paper notations, more<span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">167</span> +than ever his desire for social contacts is dammed +up; and so, more than ever, there must be occasion in +this new age for stimulants and socialities beside which +the roller coasters of Coney Island and the promiscuities +of a modern dance hall would be insipid things. +Bellamy does not show us what these compensatory institutions +would be: but he has invented a high-powered +engine of repression, and he does not fool us when he conceals +the safety-valve. Unless there is a safety-valve his +universal army, under a rigorous discipline for twenty-four +years, is bound to blow up the works. We can guess +when we read the cheap illustrated papers, when we go +to the movies, when we watch the behavior of the crowds +on Broadway, what this twenty-first century Utopia +would be like—it would be all that a modern city is, +exaggerated. In The New Society, Dr. Walter Rathenau +drew a picture of a socialized modern society, +moving along its present path without any change in +its aims and ideals; and that nightmare of his must be +added to Bellamy’s dream in order to define it.</p> + +<p>It is the same with every other institution. There +is a big communal restaurant in which each family of +the neighborhood has a private room; this is the place +where the principal meal is ordered by the family, and +served by young conscript waiters. Am I at fault if +I point out that this universal hostelry is a little too +elaborate and mechanical; that there is more promise of +a genuine utopia in Plato’s olives and cheese and beans, +simply served, than in the “perfection of catering and +cooking” which the new age boasts. So one could go +down the line and enumerate the mechanical marvels +which take the place of a fully humanized life; marvels +like the telephone concerts and sermons which astoundingly<span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">168</span> +anticipate by thirty-odd years the radio broadcasting +service which is now a prevalent mania in +America. Are these things, as Aristotle would have +said, the material bases of the good life, or are they +substitutes for the good life? There may have been +some doubt as to the answer in Bellamy’s time; but +I think there need not be any at present. In so far as +these instruments are consonant with humanized purposes +they are good; in so far as they are irrelevant +they are so much rubbish—idiotic rubbish. A free +public library is a good thing; but a free public library +devoted exclusively to distributing the novels of Gene +Stratton Porter and the uplift books of Mr. Orison +Swett Marden would not contribute so much as a useful +platitude towards a vivid and stimulating society.</p> + +<p>There is no escaping the problem of ends and the +problem of ends, if I may be permitted a pun, belongs +at the beginning. Subordinate to humanized ends, machinery +and organization—yes, complicated machinery +and organization—have undoubtedly a useful contribution +to make towards a good community; unsubordinated, +or subordinated only to the engineer’s conceptions +of an efficient industrial equipment and personnel, +the most innocent machine may be as humanly devastating +as a Lewis gun. All this Bellamy overlooked in +Looking Backward, and yet—something remains.</p> + +<p>What remains in Looking Backward is the honest +passion that inspired the man; the play of generous +impulses; the insistence that there is no fun for an +ordinarily imaginative person in dining with Dives +whilst Lazarus hangs around the table. Bellamy +wanted everyone to be equally educated, so that everyone +might be his companion; he wanted everyone to be<span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">169</span> +decently fed and sheltered; he wanted to take his share +in the dirty work and to see that accidents of wealth +did not keep other people from taking theirs. He +wanted private life to be simple and public life to +be splendid. He wanted men and women to mate with +each other without permitting this relationship to be +compromised by obligations to a father, a mother, or the +butcher, the baker, and the grocer. He wanted the +generous, the just, and the tender-hearted to be as well +endowed as the cold-hearted, the greedy, and the self-seeking. +He pleaded for an absence of artificiality and +restraint in the relations of the sexes; for such a candor +as has perhaps come into fashion again—thank +heaven!—today, a candor which permits women physical +freedom in dress, and a spiritual freedom in exhibiting +their love, and giving it freely. All this is to +the good. I do not question Bellamy’s fine motives; +I question only the outlets he imagined for them. There +is a breach between Bellamy’s conception of the good +life and the structure he erected to shelter it. This +breach is due, I believe, to an over-emphasis of the part +that wholesale mechanical organization, directed by a +handful of people, would play in such a reconstruction. +If Bellamy sometimes exaggerated the bad in modern +society, with its muddle of competitive privileges, he +likewise overestimated the good that it contained; and +he was more than fair to the present order of things +when he made the future so closely in its image.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">171</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_NINE"><span id="toclink_171"></span>CHAPTER NINE</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How William Morris and W. H. Hudson renew the +classic tradition of utopias; and how, finally, Mr. +H. G. Wells sums up and clarifies the utopias of +the past, and brings them into contact with the +world of the present.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">173</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_9">CHAPTER NINE</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">It</span> would be a pretty sad thing if the Utopias of the +nineteenth century were all of a piece with those of +Buckingham and Bellamy. In general we may say that +all the utopias of reconstruction had a deadly sameness +of purpose and a depressing singleness of interest; and +although they saw society whole, they saw the problem +of reconstructing society as a simple problem of industrial +reorganization. Fortunately, the utopias of escape +have something to contribute which the utopias of +reconstruction lack; and if William Morris, for example, +seems too remote from Manchester and Minneapolis +to be of any use, he is by that token a little nearer the +essential human realities: he knows that the chief dignity +of man lies not in what he consumes but in what +he creates, and that the Manchester ideal is—devastatingly +consumptive.</p> + +<p>Before I go into these utopias of escape, I wish to +point out the strange way in which the three utopias +we shall examine return as it were upon their classic +models, each of the returns being, it is fairly plain, +without the consciousness of the writer. Mr. W. H. +Hudson returns upon More; and in A Crystal Age the +farmstead and the family is the ultimate unit of social +life. In News from Nowhere the city of workers, such +as Andreæ dreamed of, comes again into being; and +in A Modern Utopia, with its order of Samurai, we are<span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">174</span> +ruled once more by a highly disciplined class of Platonic +guardians. Mr. Hudson is a naturalist with a deep +sympathy for the rural life of England; William Morris +was a craftsman who knew what the English town was +like before it had been blighted by industrialism; and +with both of these men we feel close to the essential +life of man and the essential occupations.</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>As the clouded vision of the traveller to the Crystal +Age clears, he finds himself received in a great Country +House, which is inhabited by a large group of men +and women who till the land and perform the simple +operations of weaving and stonecutting and the like. +All over the world, one gathers, these great country +houses dot the landscape. Each of them is no weekend +center of social life but a permanent home; indeed +their permanence is almost past believing; for in each +house traditions are carried back thousands of years. +The great cities and the complicated metropolitan customs +that they produced have long been wiped away, +as one might wipe away mold. The world has been +stabilized; the itch for getting and spending has disappeared. +Our traveller must bind himself to work +for a whole year in order to pay for the garments his +house-mates weave for him, garments whose texture and +cut have a classic turn.</p> + +<p>This household, I say, is the social unit of the Crystal +Age: the house-father administers the laws and +customs, and he dispenses the punishment of seclusion +when the visitor trespasses upon the code of the house. +The house-mates work together, eat together, play together,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">175</span> +and listen together to the music of a mechanical +instrument called the musical sphere. At night they +sleep in separate little cubicles which can be opened to +the night air. The horses and dogs of the Crystal Age +have a degree of intelligence which our common breeds +do not possess, so that the horses all but harness themselves +to the plow, and the dog teaches the traveller +when to leave off working the animals. Each household +has not merely its laws and traditions: it has its +literature; its written history; and the very girl with +whom the traveller falls in love bears a resemblance to +the sculptured face of an unhappy house-mother who +lived and suffered in the immemorial past. These houses, +these families, these social relations are built for endurance. +What is the secret of their strength?</p> + +<p>The secret of our Crystal Age Utopia is the secret of +the beehive: a queen bee. The Crystallites have done +away with the difficulties of mating by appointing one +woman, in every house, to be the house-mother, the +woman whose capital duty is to carry on the family: +the entire burden of each generation falls upon her +shoulders, and in return for the sacrifice she is treated +with the respect due to divinity, like the young man +who was chosen in the Kingdom of Montezuma, as the +tales have it, to represent the chief deity until at the +end of a year he was disembowelled. The wish of a +house-mother is a command; the word of the house-mother +is law. For a year before her retirement as +mother she is put into communion with the sacred books +of the house, and has at her command a store of +knowledge which the rest of the hive are not permitted +to share. It is she who keeps burning the fires of life.</p> + +<p>For all except the house-mother sex is a matter of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_176">176</span> +purely physical appearance. The Crystallites, if +we may speak irreverently, are “content with a +vegetable love—which would certainly not suit me” nor, +it appears, did it suit our traveller to the Crystal Age, +when he discovers that his passion could never be reciprocated +by his beloved, even if she so far transgressed +the laws of the household as to give way to him. +Against the appearance of passion and all the mortal +griefs that it carries with it, the house-mother possesses +a remedy. When in the murk of despair our +traveller turns to her for advice and consolation, she +gives him a phial of liquid. He drinks it in the belief +that it will make him as free from passion as his house-mates; +and he is not deceived; for—he dies.</p> + +<p>The social life of the household is not to be wrecked +by the storms and stresses of the individual’s passions. +The engines of life are no longer dangerous: the fuel +has been taken away! A “chill moonlight felicity” is +all that remains.</p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>There are times when one may look upon the whole +adventure of civilized life as a sort of Odyssey of domestication; +and in this mood the Crystal Age marks a +terminus upon that particular aspect of the adventure. +To the objection that this sort of utopia requires that +we change human nature, the answer, in terms of modern +biology, is that there is no apparent scientific +reason why certain elements in human nature should +not be selected and brought to the front, or why certain +others should not be reduced in importance and +eliminated. So, for all practical purposes, there is no +apparent reason why human nature should not be<span class="pagenum" id="Page_177">177</span> +changed, or why we should not be prepared to believe +that in times past it has been changed—communities +which selectively bred for pugnacity and aggression +committing suicide and opening the way for communities +which socially selected other traits that made for +survival. It is possible that in times past man has +done a great deal to domesticate himself and fit himself +for harmonious social life; and a utopia which rests +upon the notion that there should be a certain direction +in our breeding is not altogether luny; indeed, is nowadays +less so than ever before, for the reason that it is +possible to separate romantic love from physical procreation +without, as the Athenians did, resorting to +homosexuality.</p> + +<p>If A Crystal Age opens our minds to these possibilities +it is not to be counted purely as a romance; +in spite of the fact that as a romance it has passages +that rival Green Mansions. Between the individual +households and common marriages, the utopia of the +beehive is a third alternative which possibly remains to +be explored.</p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>There are regions in the world—I am thinking perhaps +of the table land of South Africa and the Mississippi +Valley—where if one dreamed about utopia the +apparatus to support it would be a gigantic network of +steel, and huge communities of people would naturally +flow together and coalesce in complicated patterns, +somewhat after the fashion of those which Mr. H. G. +Wells describes in When the Sleeper Awakens. It +would be almost impossible, I fancy, to dream of a simple +life and of handfuls of people in those parts of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">178</span> +earth: the simplicity would be barrenness, and a handful +of people would be lost.</p> + +<p>It is different with the valley of the Thames, that little +stream which begins a short way above Oxford and +meanders between banks of lush grass and bending +willows, down through Marlow, where musty ales have +long been made, past Windsor between the Great Park +and the Chiltern Hills, through Richmond and so down +to Hammersmith where one might perhaps ford the +river at low tide if an iron bridge did not carry one +across, till below the city of London the estuary becomes +a wide tide of water and expands proudly to meet +the sea. Nature has carved this valley to the human +scale: the houses are not dwarfed by the landscape; and +except for the huge warren of London—for which +nature is not responsible—there is a fitness between the +actor and the scene which, without offering any great +Olympian moments, gives the naïve and jolly and whole-hearted +effect that one finds in a good English hunting +print or, let us say, in Pickwick Papers. In such an +atmosphere, particularly as one thinks of it on a day +late in June, human nature bubbles naturally into good +nature, and whatever harshness remains, a tankard of +ale will drain away.</p> + +<p>It is in this valley of the Thames that William Morris +awoke to find his utopia, after returning to his home +in Hammersmith, the last really urban borough of +London as one goes upstream. From that landscape, +sweetened and freshened and ridden of cockney landmarks, +Morris evokes the spirit of the River God, as +Socrates and Phædrus, by the banks of the Ilyssus, call +forth the spirit of Pan.</p> + +<p>With all the grime and tedium of the dull ’eighties<span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">179</span> +lying upon his soul, Morris finds himself transported +to a world which has been cleansed by a revolution of +a greater part of the nineteenth century landmarks. +In the meanwhile, grass has laid a decent blanket over +many irretrievable ruins. The house in which he has +gone to bed is now a Guest House; and he is first received +into this refurbished world by a boatman who +takes him for a morning swim on the Thames, and +knows about the value of money only as a collector of +copper curios might. At breakfast, he finds himself +among a group of friendly people, who call him “Guest”; +and he is taken firmly and sweetly and quite serenely +in hand by the comely young women who preside over +the house. These women, like everyone else in the new +Thames valley, are healthy, full-blooded, athletic, sane, +and free from the puling maladies which idleness or +overwork gave to the women of the nineteenth century. +The other guests are a weaver who has come +down from the north to take a turn at the boatman’s +job while the latter goes up towards Oxford to help +gather in the hay, and a loquacious dustman in marvellous +greens and golds.</p> + +<p>In this new England, work has become what one +would call in the kindergarten “busy work”: in the simplification +of the standard of living and the release from +the pressure of artificially stimulated wants, the main +business of getting a living is easily performed, and +the chief concern of everyone is to do his work under +the pleasantest conditions possible—a demand which +brings back many of the handicrafts, and places a great +premium on manual skill. Although the mechanical +arts have been improved in certain directions, for in his +trip up the Thames our guest meets with a barge<span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">180</span> +driven by some internal engine, let us say by electricity, +a good many devices have been allowed to fall into +disuse, because, although the output in goods might +be greater, the work itself and the way of life it promotes +are not so beneficial as the simple methods of +hand labor. In every direction, simplicity and direct +action and the immediate supply and interchange of +goods out of local produce, has taken the place of the +monstrously complicated system of traffic that prevailed +in the earlier imperialistic world. Work is given freely, +and the proceeds of work exchanged freely, as a man +might give of his goods and services nowadays when he +welcomes a friend within his own house. A great part +of the energy of this new community has gone into +building; and architecture, sculpture, and painting +flourish in the townhalls and common dining halls of +which each village boasts.</p> + +<p>It follows from this that the big cities have disappeared. +London is again a congeries of villages, mingled +in great woodlands and meadows where in the +summer children roam about and camp and pick up the +simple occupations of rural life. Of all the proud +monuments of London that the nineteenth century left, +only the Houses of Parliament remain, as a storage-place +for dung. There are shops, where one takes for +the asking, and there are common halls where people +eat and have conversation, as they do now in restaurants—only +these new hostels are beautiful, spacious, +and well-served.</p> + +<p>Since economic pressure is absent, the people of the +Thames valley seem to live a life of leisure; but this +life of leisure is not the aimless leisure of the country +house, with its artificial stimulants, its artificial exercises,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">181</span> +and the like: the life of dignified leisure is a life +of work; in short, the life of the artist. If other +people have talked of the necessity for labor, the dignity +of labor, the heroism of labor, these simple Englishmen +have discovered the beauty of leisurely work—the +simple grace that follows when even the practical +arts are pursued as if they were liberal arts. In this +utopia the instinct of workmanship, the creative impulse, +has free play; and since the majority of people +are neither scholars nor scientists, as Sir Thomas More +would have had them, they find their fulfillment in adding +beauty to all the necessities of their daily toil. +Where the work itself leads purely to some useful end, +as in the growing of wheat or grass, the joy of work +arises out of the comradeship and good-feeling that +bind together those who perform it, and the comparative +lightness of the tasks that find many hands eager +almost to the point of competition to perform them.</p> + +<p>One looks at the faces of these people, and the effects +of their life are visible. Their women are ten or fifteen +years older than we should judge by their appearance; +and on every face is written the healthy +serenity that follows when people do good work, with +a good spirit, in a good place. There is a candor, a +plainness, a wholesomeness, an absence of furtive repressions +in their every gesture; and as far as men can be +satisfied and happy in a good environment, this community +is satisfied and happy. There are grumblers, it +goes without saying. One of them is a crusty old fellow +who has read ancient history and who sighs for +the cutthroat practices of the competitive era; and +there is another who complains of the tameness of +Utopian literature, as compared with that which dealt<span class="pagenum" id="Page_182">182</span> +with the miseries and warped passion of an earlier +age.</p> + +<p>The only wretchedness in this utopia comes out of the +essential human tragedy—the disparity between one’s +aims and one’s attainments, between one’s desires and +the circumstances that clog their fulfillment. How can +unhappiness be altogether wiped out as long as maids +are fickle and sexual passion strong? The boatman, +for example, has been mated with a beautiful girl +who leaves him for another man; but she tires of her +new love, and under the eyes of the Guest her uncle +brings the pair together, and the drama of courtship +and mating goes on all over again; for there are no +laws to bind people together when every fibre of their +being drives them apart; and in a civilization that +deals kindly even with its adults there is no difficulty +about giving the children all the care they need. For +the most part, those who suffer in love bear their burdens +manfully, without wailing over imaginary wrongs +which are associated with the worship of impossible +chastities and reticences; and they turn their balked +impulses into the channels of work and poetry as completely +as they know how.</p> + +<p>Is this the arcadian age of innocence all over again? +Are brutality and lust forever wiped out? Not at all. +In sudden passion even murders occur, no matter how +good and helpful the social order; but instead of compounding +murder with an additional murder, the guilty +person is left to his own remorse. Use and wont are +more powerful than law, and the whole guild that +earns its living from the frictions and dissidences of +our social life has dropt into limbo. By the same +token, the game of the ins and the outs, which we<span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">183</span> +call political government, has disappeared; for the +only matters in which our community is interested are +as to whether a new field is to be laid under the plow +or a bridge thrown over a stream or a townhall built; +and about such things the local community is competent +to decide, without lining up in a purely fictitious +antagonism.</p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>Sanity and health and good-will and tolerance—as +one sculls along the Thames, above Richmond, on a +Sunday morning, between boatloads of gay picnickers +and sauntering people, it is not impossible to imagine +a new social order developing on simple lines and bringing +these things into existence. With five million people +in England, and perhaps half a million in the Thames +valley, the thing would not be impossible. Then the +whole countryside would be dressed again in green; then +buildings would arise in the landscape like flowers out of +the ground; then the kindliness and spontaneous co-operation +of a happy holiday would be prolonged into +the workaday week. We should know how to spend our +time and with what to occupy our heads and hands, if +the great wen of London were removed from the Thames +valley, and all the cheap cockney things that London +has conjured into existence were to be blasted away. +We should know all these things, because William Morris +has told us about them; and we should do all these +things, because in our heart of hearts we realize that +they would satisfy.</p> + +<h3>6</h3> + +<p>The utopia that remains for consideration is the last +important one in point of time; and it is, curiously<span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">184</span> +enough, the quintessential utopia, for it is written with +a free and critical gesture, and with a succinct familiarity +towards the more important books that came before +it. Mr. H. G. Wells, it is true, has made more than +one excursion into an imaginary commonwealth: The +Time Machine is his earliest and The World Set Free +may possibly be considered as his latest. A Modern +Utopia combines the vivid fantasy of the first picture +with the more strict regard for present realities that +marks the second; and it is, altogether, a fine and lucid +product of the imagination.</p> + +<p>The assumption upon which Mr. Wells gains entrance +into his utopia differs from those shipwrecks +and somnambulisms in which our modern utopias have +been stereotyped. He conceives of a modern man, a +little thickset and protuberant, seated at a desk and +brooding over the possibilities of man’s future; and +gradually this image comes to life and defines his views, +and his voice rises into narrative in something like the +fashion of a lecturer, throwing from time to time his +illustrations of a New World upon the screen. He +enters utopia by hypothesis; that is, without any other +subterfuge than an act of the imagination; and in the +thickening realities of a utopian community, first discovered +in an Alpine pass, he finds himself in the company +of a sentimental botanist, who is sick with a love +affair and is maudlin about dogs, and who again and +again wrecks this exploration of utopia by dragging +into the midst of the scene some petty complication—about +his sweetheart or his doggie—that he has acquired +on earth!</p> + +<p>Where and what is this modern utopia? By hypothesis, +it is a globe identical with the one on which we<span class="pagenum" id="Page_185">185</span> +live; it has the same oceans and continents, the same +rivers and minor land-masses, the same animals and +plants; yes, even the same people, so that each one of +us has his utopian counterpart. Conveniently, this new +earth is located beyond Sirius; and for the most part +its history is parallel to ours; except that it had a +critical turn for the better at a not too remote period; +so that, while mechanical invention and science and +all that sort of thing is exactly on the same level as +ours, the scale and order is entirely different.</p> + +<p>The scale and order of things is indeed different. +Utopia is a world community; it is a single civilization +whose net of monorails and posts, whose identification +bureaux, whose rules of law and order are the same +in England as in Switzerland; and presumably the +same in Asia and Africa as in Europe. In every sense +it is a modern utopia. Machinery plays an important +part, and the absence of menial service is conspicuous +from the very first contacts in which our travellers get +the hospitality of an inn, and find that interior decoration +has verged towards the style of the modern lunchroom +and subway station, so that the whole room can be +redded, after use, by the guest himself. There is no +harking back to the past in industry, in architecture, or +in the mode of living. All that machinery has to offer +has been accepted and humanized: there is a cleanliness, +an absence of squalor and confusion, in this world-community, +which indicates that utopia has not been +purchased by evasion.</p> + +<p>The price of this order and spaciousness is not as +heavy as that which Bellamy was willing to pay in +Looking Backward. The land and its natural resources +are owned by the community and are in the custody of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_186">186</span> +regional authorities; and the means of communication +and travel are in the hands of one common administrative +body. There are great socialized enterprises such +as the railways, with planetary ramifications; there are +regional industries, and there are a good many minor +affairs which are still undertaken by private individuals +and companies. Farms are worked by a co-operative +association of tenant farmers, upon lines suggested by +Dr. Hertzka in Freeland. Perhaps the most remarkable +feature of utopian organization is the registration +of every individual, with his name, numeral, finger-print, +changes of residence and changes in life; all of which +is filed in a huge central filing office, to become part of +a permanent file upon the individual’s death. Utopian +registration gets our travellers into hot water, for +they are naturally mistaken for their utopian doubles; +but outside of its use in the story this little device +seems strangely beside the point, and it arose, I believe, +out of Mr. Wells’ temperamental regard for tidiness—tidiness +on a planetary scale—the tagging and labelling +of a well-conducted shop....</p> + +<p>The people of our Modern Utopia are roughly divided +into four classes: the kinetic, the poietic, the base, and +the dull. The kinetic are the active and organizing +elements in the community: as active kinetics they are +the managers, the enterprisers, the great administrators, +as passive kinetics they are the minor officials, the +innkeepers, the shoptenders, farmers, and the like. The +poietic are the creative elements in the community; the +“intellectuals” we should perhaps call them. This follows +in general the lines laid down by Comte—chiefs, +people, intellectuals, and emotionals, and perhaps something +of the same classification was outlined by More<span class="pagenum" id="Page_187">187</span> +in his Philarchs, people, priests, and scholars. This +division of classes is a very ancient one. In that old +Indian script, the Bhagavad Gita, we find that the population +is divided into Brahmans, Kshatriyas, Vaisryas, +and Sudras, and that their duties are “determined by +the modes that prevail in their separate natures.” The +residual classes of the base and the dull correspond +to the Sudras; they are, of course, the slag of the +community; and the active elements in this class, the +criminals, the habitual drunkards, and the like are exported +to various islands in the Atlantic where they +have organized a community of their own in which they +may practice fraud, chicane, and violence to their +hearts’ content.</p> + +<p>Like Plato, Mr. Wells is concerned to provide for the +education, discipline, and maintenance of people who +will be sufficiently disinterested and intelligent to keep +this vast organization a going concern—no ordinary +politician or captain of industry will do. Hence there +arises a class of Samurai. These Samurai are selected +by rigorous mental and physical tests out of youth +who are past twenty-five, up to which time they may +be foolish and unsettled and may sow their wild oats. +These Samurai have a high intellectual standard of +achievement. They live a simple life. They are under +strict moral discipline, and follow a minute regimentation +of dress and minor details of conduct. They cannot +marry out of their class. Once a year they are sent +out into the forests, the mountains, or the waste places +to shift for themselves; they go “bookless and weaponless, +without pen or paper, or money”; and they come +back again with a new hardness and fineness and fortification +of spirit. It is such an organization as might<span class="pagenum" id="Page_188">188</span> +have been evolved at the time of the Reformation had +the Order of Jesuits been able to effect a dictatorship +of Christendom. I say this without disparagement of +either the Jesuits or the Samurai, in order to point +out that these guardians of A Modern Utopia are plausible +historic characters. All the important economic +and political enterprises of the state, and important +vocations like that of the physician, are in the hands of +Samurai. They are as necessary to the social organization +of A Modern Utopia as the research laboratories, +which are provided by charter with each factory, are +necessary to its industrial organization.</p> + +<h3>7</h3> + +<p>The glimpses that one gets of this utopia are full of +color and light and movement; there are finely contained +cities, surrounded by wide suburban territories, cities +that are not built of paper and alabaster. Lovers +pass arm in arm through the streets in the twilight; +and there is a soft dignity in the women, with their +gay, sexually unemphatic dresses, that charms. There +are electric trains weaving silently on rails over the +landscape of Europe, crossing under the English Channel +by tube, and emerging in London with none of the +bustle, the grinding, or the dirt of a modern railway +ride. There are well-cultivated fields and adequate +inns. There are no obstreperous patriotisms, as one +suspects in Looking Backward; there is none of the +shirking one might fear in News from Nowhere. (While +our travellers are waiting to be identified they stay +for a while in a residential quadrangle at Lucerne, and +are given employment in a toy workshop.) There is +less dogmatism about creeds than in Christianopolis,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_189">189</span> +and an entire absence of menialism which contrasts with +More’s Utopia.</p> + +<p>This modern utopia brings together, compares, and +criticizes important points that all the other utopias +have raised; and it does all this with a deftness and a +turn of humor that speaks for Mr. Wells at his best. +Above all, A Modern Utopia strikes a new note, the +note of reality, the note of the daily world from which +we endeavor in vain to escape. More or less, all the +other utopias assume that a change has come over the +population; that it has been diminished; that the blind, +the lame, and the deaf have been cured; that the mean +sensual man has been converted and is ready to flap +his wings and sing Hallelujah! There is a minimum +of these assumptions in A Modern Utopia. It is above +all other things an accounting and a criticism; and so +it forms a fitting prelude to the remainder of this book.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">191</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_TEN"><span id="toclink_191"></span>CHAPTER TEN</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How the Country House and Coketown became the +utopias of the Modern Age; and how they made +the world over in their image.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_193">193</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_10">CHAPTER TEN</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">Now</span> that we have ransacked the literature of ideal +commonwealths for examples of the utopian vision and +the utopian method, there remains another class of +utopias which has still to be reckoned with, in order to +make our tally complete.</p> + +<p>All the utopias that we have dealt with so far have +been filtered through an individual mind, and whereas, +like any other piece of literature, they grew out of a +certain age and tradition of thought, it is dangerous to +overrate their importance either as mirrors of the existing +order or as projectors of a new order. While again +and again the dream of a utopian in one age has become +the reality of the next, as O’Shaughnessy sings in his +famous verses, the exact connection between the two +can only be guessed at, and rarely, I suppose, can it +be traced. It would be a little foolish to attempt to +prove that the inventor of the modern incubator was a +student of Sir Thomas More.</p> + +<p>Up to the present the idola which have exercised the +most considerable influence upon the actual life of the +community are such as have been partly expressed in a +hundred works and never perhaps fully expressed in +one. In order to distinguish these idola from those +that have occupied us till now, we should perhaps call +them collective utopias or social myths. There is a +considerable literature that relates to these myths<span class="pagenum" id="Page_194">194</span> +in French, one of the best known works being M. George +Sorel’s Reflections on Violence; and in practice it is +sometimes rather hard to tell where the Utopia leaves +off and the social myth begins.</p> + +<p>The history of mankind’s social myths has still in +the main to be written. There is a partial attempt at +this over a limited period in Mr. Henry Osborn Taylor’s +The Mediæval Mind; but this is only a beginning, +and other ages are almost untouched. The type of +myth that concerns us here is not the pure action myth +which M. Sorel has analyzed; we are rather interested +in those myths which are, as it were, the ideal content of +the existing order of things, myths which, by being +consciously formulated and worked out in thought, tend +to perpetuate and perfect that order. This type of +social myth approaches very closely to the classic +utopia, and we could divide it, similarly, into myths +of escape and myths of reconstruction. Thus the myth +of political freedom, for example, as formulated by the +writers of the American revolution, frequently serves +as an excellent refuge for disturbed consciences when +the Department of Justice or the Immigration Bureau +has been a little too assiduous in its harassment of political +agitators.</p> + +<p>Unfortunately, it has become a habit to look upon +our idola as particularly fine and exalted, and as representing +the better side of human nature. As a matter +of fact, the myths which are created in a community +under religious, political, or economic influences cannot +be characterized as either good or bad: their nature is +defined by their capacity to help men to react creatively +upon their environment and to develop a humane life. +We have still to recognize that a belief in these idola<span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">195</span> +is not by itself a creditable attitude. Even quite base +and stupid people are frequently governed by ideals; +indeed, it is the ideals that are in many cases responsible +for their baseness and stupidity. Neither is the habit +of responding to idola any evidence of rational thought. +People respond to “ideas”—that is, to word-patterns—as +they respond to the stimulus of light or heat, because +they are human beings and not because they are philosophers, +and they respond to projections, to idola, for +the same reason, and not because they are saints. Our +myths may be the outcome of rational thought and +practice or not; but the response to these myths is +not perhaps more than ten times in a hundred the result +of following the processes of reason from beginning +to end.</p> + +<p>We must think of our idola as a sort of diffused environment +or atmosphere, which differs in “chemical +content” and in extension with each individual. Some +of these idola have so uniformly taken possession of +men’s minds in a particular age that they are as much +a part of the environment a baby is born into as the +furniture of his house. The sociologists who follow +Émile Durkheim have called a certain part of these +idola collective representations but they are wrong, +I believe, when they limit these “representations” to +savage or ignorant groups for they are an important +part of every civilized person’s luggage. Parallel with +The Story of Mankind and with The Story of Utopias, +which I have just told, it would be amusing to write +The Story of Mankind’s Myths. This work, however, +would require the scholarship and industry of another +Leibniz, and all that I wish to do here is to put together +the chief social myths that have played a part in Western<span class="pagenum" id="Page_196">196</span> +Europe and America during the modern period, to +contrast these idola with the utopias of the past and the +partial remedies for the present, and to suggest the +bearing of all this upon any new departures we may +be ready to make.</p> + +<p>In selecting these idola—The Country House, Coketown, +the Megalopolis—I have been forced to gauge +their strength and test their quality very largely by +their actual results in the workaday world, and it is a +little hard to purify them from the various institutions, +old and new, in which they are mixt. Yet with all this +taint of actuality, these idola are scarcely as credible +as the Republic and it will help matters a little to +realize that we are still within the province of utopia, +and may exercise all the utopian privileges.</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>To understand the utopia of the Country House we +must jump back a few centuries in history.</p> + +<p>Anyone who has ranged through the European castles +that were built before the fourteenth century will +realize that they were no more built for comfort than +is a modern battleship. They were essentially garrisons +of armed men whose main occupation was theft, +violence, and murder; and every feature of their environment +reflected the necessities of their life. These +castles would be found beetling a cliff or a steep hill; +their walls and their buttresses would be made of huge, +rough hewn stones; their living arrangements would +resemble those of a barracks with an almost complete +lack of what we now regard as the normal decencies and +privacies, except possibly for the lord and his lady;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">197</span> +and the life of these feudal bands was necessarily a +crude and limited one.</p> + +<p>Up to the fourteenth century in Western Europe the +little fortified town, or the unfortified town that lay +beneath the protection of a garrison on a hill, was the +only other social unit that competed with the even +more limited horizons of the peasant’s village, or with +the spacious claims for the Here and the Hereafter +which were put forward by the Roman Church. To +dream of huge metropolises and farflung armies and +food brought from the ends of the earth would have +been wilder in those days than anything More pictured +in his Utopia.</p> + +<p>During the fifteenth century in England, and in +other parts of Europe the same thing seems to have +happened sooner or later, this life of agriculture and +warfare and petty trade was upset: the feudal power of +the reigning nobles was concentrated in the hands of +a supreme lord, the King; and the King and his archives +and his court settled in the National Capital, instead +of moving about from place to place in the troubled +realm. The territories of the feudal lords ceased to +be dispersed; their possessions were confined more and +more within what were called national boundaries; and +instead of remaining in their castles the great lords +gave up their crude, barbaric ways, and went up to the +capital to be civilized. In the course of time money +took the place of direct tribute; instead of receiving +wheat and eggs and labor, the lord came into possession +of a rent which could be figured in pence and pounds; +a rent which could be transferred to the new trading +cities for the goods which the rest of the world had +for sale. There is a fascinating picture of this change<span class="pagenum" id="Page_198">198</span> +in W. J. Ashley’s Economic History; and the old life +itself is outlined, with a wealth of significant detail, in +J. S. Fletcher’s Memorials of a Yorkshire Parish.</p> + +<p>At the same time that this change was taking place +in the physical life of Western Europe, a corresponding +change was taking place in the domain of culture. +Digging about the ruins of Rome and other cities, the +men of the late Middle Age discovered the remains of a +great and opulent civilization; and exploring the manuscripts +and printed books which were getting into general +circulation, they found themselves face to face +with strange conceptions of life, with habits of refinement, +ease, and sensuous luxury which the hard life +of the camp and the castle had never really permitted. +There followed a reaction against their old life which +was little less than a revulsion; and in that reaction +two great institutions fell out of fashion. Men ceased to +build castles to protect themselves against physical +dangers; and they left off entering monasteries in order +to fortify their souls for the Hereafter. Both the +spiritual and the temporal life began to shift to a +new institution, the Country House. The idolum of +the Country House drew together and coalesced; and +as a familiar symbol of this change the colleges at +Oxford which date from the Renascence can scarcely be +distinguished in architectural detail from the palaces +which the aristocracy were building in the same period; +while our banks and our political edifices to this day +bear almost universally the stamp of that Roman and +Grecian litter which men discovered on the outskirts +of the mediæval city.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">199</span></p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>We do not know the Country House until we realize, +to begin with, what its physical characteristics are +like. There are a great many descriptions which the +reader may consult if he does not happen to live in the +neighborhood of a great Country House: but perhaps +instead of examining the contemporary Country House +it will be well to go back to its beginnings, and see how +it was pictured in all its encrusted splendor at the first +movement of the Renascence—in the setting which François +Rabelais, in one of the few downright serious passages +in his great work, Gargantua, sought to provide +for the good life.</p> + +<p>Gargantua purposes to build a new Abbey which he +calls the Abbey of Theleme. This Abbey is to be in +every respect what the mediæval Abbey was not. Hence +to begin with, the Abbey, unlike the castle, is to lie +in the midst of the open country; and unlike the monastery, +it is to have no walls. Every member is to be +furnished with a generous apartment, consisting of a +principal room, a withdrawing room, a handsome closet, +a wardrobe, and an oratory; and the house itself is +to contain not merely libraries in every language, but +fair and spacious galleries of paintings. Besides these +lodgings there is to be a tilt-yard, a riding court, a +theatre, or public playhouse, and a natatory or place +to swim. By the river, for the Abbey is to be situated +on the Loire, there is to be a Garden of Pleasure, and +between two of the six towers of the hexagon, in which +form the building is arranged, there are courts for +tennis and other games. Add to this orchards full of +fruit trees, parks abounding with venison, and an archery<span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">200</span> +range, fill all the halls and chambers with rich +tapestries, cover all the pavements and floors with +green cloth—and the furnishing of the Abbey of +Theleme is complete.</p> + +<p>The costumes of the inmates are equally splendid +and elaborate. In order to have the accoutrements of +the ladies’ and gentlemen’s toilets more convenient, there +was to be “about the wood of Theleme a row of houses +to the extent of half a league, very neat and cleanly, +wherein dwelt the goldsmiths, lapidaries, jewellers, embroiderers, +tailors, gold drawers, velvet weavers, tapestry +makers, and upholsterers....” They were to +be “furnished with matter and stuff from the hands of +Lord Nausiclete, who every year brought them seven +ships from the Perlas and Cannibal Islands, laden with +ingots of gold, with raw silk, with pearls and precious +stones.”</p> + +<p>The women who are admitted to Theleme must be +fair, well-featured, and of sweet disposition; the men +must be comely and well-conditioned. Everyone is to +be admitted freely and allowed to depart freely; and +instead of attempting to practice poverty, chastity, and +obedience, the inmates may be honorably married, may +be rich, and may live at liberty.</p> + +<p>The liberty of Theleme is indeed complete; it is such +a liberty as one enjoys at a Country House to this day, +under the care of a tactful hostess; for everyone does +nothing except follow his own free will and pleasure, +rising out of his bed whenever he thinks good, and +eating, drinking, and laboring when he has a mind to +it. In all their rule and strictest tie of their order, as +Rabelais puts it, there is but one clause to be <span class="locked">observed—</span></p> + +<p>“Do what you please.”</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_201">201</span></p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>When we turn our attention from Rabelais’ conceit +of an anti-monastic order, we discover that he has +given us an excellent picture of the Country House, +and of what I shall take the liberty of calling Country +House culture. We see pretty much the same outlines +in the introduction to Boccaccio’s Decameron; it is +elaborately described in terms of that most complete of +Country Houses, Hampton Court, in Pope’s Rape of the +Lock; it is vividly pictured by Meredith in his portrait +of The Egoist; and it is analyzed in Mr. H. G. Wells’ +cruel description of Bladesover in Tono-Bungay, as +well as by Mr. Bernard Shaw in Heartbreak House. +Whether Mr. W. H. Mallock holds the pattern of +Country House culture up to us in The New Republic +or Anton Chekhov penetrates its aimlessness and futility +in The Cherry Orchard, The Country House is one +of the recurrent themes of literature.</p> + +<p>This renascence idolum of the Country House, then, +is powerful and complete: I know no other pattern +which has imposed its standards and its practices with +such complete success upon the greater part of European +civilization. While the Country House was in the +beginning an aristocratic institution, it has penetrated +now to every stratum of society; and although we may +not immediately see the connection, it is responsible, I +believe, for the particular go and direction which the +industrial revolution has taken. The Country House +standards of consumption are responsible for our Acquisitive +Society.</p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>Perhaps the shortest way to suggest the character<span class="pagenum" id="Page_202">202</span> +of Country House institutions is to say that they are +the precise opposite of everything that Plato looked +upon as desirable in a good community.</p> + +<p>The Country House is concerned not with the happiness +of the whole community but with the felicity of the +governors. The conditions which underly this limited +and partial good life are political power and economic +wealth; and in order for the life to flourish, both of +these must be obtained in almost limitless quantities. +The chief principles that characterize this society are +possession and passive enjoyment.</p> + +<p>Now, in the Country House possession is based upon +privilege and not upon work. The title to land which +was historically obtained for the most part through +force and fraud is the economic foundation of the Country +House existence. In order to keep the artisans and +laborers who surround the Country House at their +work, it is necessary to keep them from having access +to the land on their own account, provision always +being made that the usufruct of the land shall go to +the owner and not to the worker. This emphasis upon +passive ownership points to the fact that in the Country +House there is no active communion between the +people and their environment. Such activities as remain +in the Country House—the pursuit of game, for +instance—rest upon imitating in play activities which +once had a vital use or prepared for some vital function, +as a child’s playing with a doll is a preparation for +motherhood. The Country House ideal is that of a +completely functionless existence; or at best, an existence +in which all the functions that properly belong +to a civilized man shall be carried on by functionaries. +Since this ideal cannot be realized in the actual world,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_203">203</span> +for the reason that it is completely at odds with man’s +biological inheritance, it is necessary in the Country +House utopia to fill in by play and sport an otherwise +desirable vacuity.</p> + +<p>In the Country House literature and the fine arts +undoubtedly flourish: but they flourish as the objects +of appreciation rather than as the active, creative +elements in the community’s life; they flourish particularly +in the fashion that Plato looked upon as a corrupting +influence in the community. In the arts, a +gourmandizing habit of mind—the habit of receiving +things and being played upon by them—prevails; so +that instead of the ability to share creative ecstasy, +the chief canon of judgment is “taste,” a certain capacity +to discriminate among sensory stimuli, a capacity +which is essentially just as hospitable to a decomposing +cheese as to the very staff of life. The effect of this +gourmandism in the arts can be detected in every element +of the Country House from cellar to roof; for the +result has been to emphasize the collection of good +things rather than their creation, and there is an aspect +in which the Country House is little better than a +robber’s hoard or a hunter’s cache—a miniature anticipation +of the modern museums of natural history and +art.</p> + +<p>Observe the architecture of our Country House. If +it has been built in England during the last three hundred +years, the style is probably that bastard Greek +or Roman which we call Renascence architecture; if the +Country House was built in America during the last +thirty years, it is as likely as not a Tudor residence +with traces of castle fortification left here and there +on the façade. On the walls there will be plenty of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_204">204</span> +paintings; indeed a whole gallery may be devoted to +them. In all probability, however, the paintings have +been created in other times by men long since dead, +and in other countries: there may be a portrait by +Rembrandt, a Persian miniature, a print by Hokusai. +Some very fine element in the structure, a fireplace or +a bit of panelling, may have been removed piece by +piece from the original Country House in England, +Italy, or France; even as many features of the original +Country House were quarried, perhaps, from some +mediæval abbey. The very china that we use upon our +tables nowadays is a Country House importation which +took the place of pewter and earthenware; and wall +paper is another importation. From feature to feature +everything is derivative; everything, in the last analysis, +has either been stolen or purchased from the original +makers; and what has not been stolen or purchased +has been basely copied.</p> + +<p>The insatiability of the Country House to possess +art is only equalled by its inability to create it. In +the Country House, the arts are not married to the +community, but are kept for its pleasure.</p> + +<p>Let there be no confusion as to either the facts or +the ideal we are examining. There is a vast difference +between that fine mingling of traditions which is the +very breath of the arts, as the lover of classic Greek +statuary knows, and the rapacious imperialistic habit +of looting the physical objects of art which has been +the essence of the Country House method in modern +times, even as it seems to have been a couple of thousand +years ago in the Roman villa. A genuine culture +will borrow steadily from other cultures; but it will +go to them as the bee goes to the flower for pollen, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_205">205</span> +not as the beekeeper goes to the hive for honey. There +is a creative borrowing and a possessive borrowing; and +the Country House has in the main limited itself to +possessive borrowing. The Country House ideal, in +fact, is limitless possession: so the great Country House +masters have five or six houses, perhaps, in their name, +although they need but a single one to cover their +heads.</p> + +<p>Now the Country House idolum involves a dissociation +between the Country House and the community in +which it is placed. If you will take the trouble to +examine mediæval conditions, you will find that differences +of rank and wealth did not make a very great +difference between the life of the lord in his castle, and +his retainers: if the common man could not claim to be +as good as his lord, it is plain that the lord shared +most of the common man’s disabilities, and was, for all +the exaggerations of chivalry, just as ignorant, just +as illiterate, just as coarse. In the cities, too, the lowest +workman in the guild shared the institutions of his +masters: the churches, the guild pageants, and the +morality plays were all part and parcel of the same +culture.</p> + +<p>The Country House changed this condition. Culture +came to mean not a participation in the creative activities +of one’s own community, but the acquisition of +the products of other communities; and it scarcely matters +much whether these acquisitions were within the +spiritual or the material domain. There had of course +been the beginnings of such a split in mediæval literature, +with its vulgar Rabelaisian tales and its refined +romances of the court; but with the integration of the +Country House idolum, this divorcement was accentuated<span class="pagenum" id="Page_206">206</span> +in every other activity of the community. One +of the results of this split was that popular institutions +were deprived of their contacts with the general +world of culture, and languished away; or they were +transformed, as the public schools of England were +transformed into restricted upper class institutions. +Far more important than this, perhaps, was the fact +that each separate Country House was forced to obtain +for its limited circle all the elements that were +necessary to the good life in a whole community such +as Plato described. We shall deal with the effects of +this presently.</p> + +<h3>6</h3> + +<p>Let us admit what is valid in the utopia of the +Country House. Enjoyment is a necessary element in +achievement, and by its regard for the decent graces +of life, for such things as an ease in manners and a +fine flow of conversation and the clash of wits and a +sensitiveness to beautiful things, the Country House +was by all odds a humanizing influence. In so far as +the Country House fostered a belief in contemplation +and a desire for the arts apart from any uses that +might be made of them by way of civic advertisement; +in so far as it urged that all our pragmatic activities +must be realized in things that are worth having or +doing for themselves, the Country House was right, +eminently right. It was no snobbery on the part of +Russian soviet officialism when it opened up some of +its Country Houses as rest houses for the peasants and +workers, and then insisted that some of the airs of the +Country House should be acquired there, to replace +the rough usages of the stable, the dungpile, and the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_207">207</span> +field. Ruskin and Samuel Butler were possibly right +when they insisted that the perfect gentleman was a +finer product than the perfect peasant or artisan: +he is a finer product because he is essentially more alive. +Even by its emphasis upon appreciation the Country +House did no mean service; for it called attention to +the fact that there were more permanent standards—standards +which were common to the arts of Greece and +China—than those which were looked upon as sufficient +in the local region. In sum, the Country House +emphasized a human best, which was the sum of a +dozen partial perfections; and so all that was crude +and inadequate in the old regional cultures was brought +to light and criticized. All these virtues I admit; +and they hold just as good today as they ever did.</p> + +<p>The fatal weakness of Country House culture comes +out all the plainer for this admission. The Country +House did not see that enjoyment rested upon achievement, +and was indeed inseparable from achievement. +The Country House strove to put achievement in one +compartment and enjoyment in another; with the result +that the craftsman who no longer had the capacity to +enjoy the fine arts no longer had the ability to create +them. The effect of an isolated routine of enjoyment +is equally debilitating; for enjoyment, to the masters +of the Country House came too easily, with a mere +snap of the fingers, as it were, and the tendency of +connoisseurship was to set novelty above intrinsic +worth. Hence the succession of styles by which Country +House decoration has become a thing for mockery: +Chinese in one age, Indian in another, Persian in the +next, with Egyptian, Middle African, and heaven knows +what else destined to follow in due order. There is<span class="pagenum" id="Page_208">208</span> +nothing to settle to, because there is no task to be done, +and no problem to work out; and as soon as the first +taste for a style gets exhausted it is speedily supplanted +by another.</p> + +<p>It would be impossible to calculate the extent to which +the Country House has degraded our taste but I have +little doubts as to the source of the degradation. The +stylicism which has perverted the arts and has kept a +congruent modern style from developing has been the +work of Country House culture. I remember well the +contempt with which a furniture manufacturer in the +Chiltern Hills told me about the way in which he +produced an original Sheraton: his knowledge of sound +furniture design was subordinated to some other person’s +knowledge of “style” and the miscarriage of the +man’s innate craftsmanship made him so mordant on +the subject that it seemed as though he had been reading +Thorstein Veblen’s Theory of the Leisure Class. +It is the same through all the arts. A visit to the industrial +sections of the Metropolitan Museum in New +York will show how dismally the taste for novelty, +which led the Sheratons and Chippendales to find +“classic motifs” in one age, causes the designers of +the present day to seek the motifs of Sheraton and +Chippendale. So much for what happened to the arts +when enjoyment and achievement are separated.</p> + +<h3>7</h3> + +<p>The industrial bearing of the Renascence ideal is +of capital importance.</p> + +<p>During the Middle Age the emphasis in industry was +upon the production of tangible goods; the craft guilds<span class="pagenum" id="Page_209">209</span> +set high standards in design and workmanship; and +the aim of the worker, in most of the trades, was to get +a living from his work, and not simply to get enough +money to free himself from the necessity of working. +This is a broad generalization, I need scarcely emphasize, +and there is plenty of evidence of pecuniary interests +under the best of conditions; but it seems fair to +say that the dominant ideals of the older industrial +order were industrial rather than commercial. In the +trading ventures that the Country House promoted +under its Drakes and Raleighs, ventures which were +needed to bring them “Ships from the Perlas and +Cannibal Islands,” the emphasis shifted from workmanship +to sale; and the notion of working and gambling to +acquire multifarious goods took the place of that earlier +ideal which Henry Adams so sympathetically described +in Mt. St. Michel and Chartres. Thus the good +life, as I have said elsewhere, was the Goods Life: it +could be purchased. If the whole community no longer +offered the conditions for this life, one might filch +what one wanted from the general store, and try to +monopolize for self or family all that was needed for +a good life in the community.</p> + +<p>What is the chief economic outcome of this ideal? +The chief outcome, I think, is to exaggerate the demand +for goods, and to cause an enormously wasteful duplication +of the apparatus of consumption. If the limit +to one’s possessions should be simply the extent of +one’s purse; if happiness is to be acquired through obtaining +the comforts and luxuries of life; if a man who +possesses a single house is considered fortunate, and a +man who possesses five houses five times as fortunate; +if there are no standards of living other than the insatiable<span class="pagenum" id="Page_210">210</span> +one that has been set up in the Country House—well, +then there is really no limit to the business of +getting and spending, and our lives become the mean +handiwork of coachman, cook, and groom. Our Country +House will not merely be a house: there will be a chapel, +an art gallery, a theater, a gymnasium, as François +Rabelais imagined. As the common possessions of the +community dwindle, the private possessions of individuals +are multiplied; and at last, there remains no other +community than a multitude of anarchic individuals, +each of whom is doing his best to create for himself a +Country House, notwithstanding the fact that the net +result of his endeavors—this is the drab tragedy and +the final thing to be said against it—is perhaps nothing +better than six inadequate rooms at the end of nowhere +in a Philadelphia suburb.</p> + +<p>The Country House, then, is the chief pattern by +means of which the mediæval order was transformed +into the modern order. It does not matter very much +whether the Country House is an estate on Long Island +or a cottage in Montclair; whether it is a house in +Golder’s Green or a family manor in Devonshire: these +are essentially affairs of scale, and the underlying identity +is plain enough. The idolum of the Country House +prevails even when quarters are taken up in the midst +of the metropolis. More than ever the Country House +today tries to make up by an abundance of physical +goods for all that has been lost through its divorce +from the underlying community; more than ever it +attempts to be self-sufficient within the limits of suburbia. +The automobile, the phonograph, and the radio-telephone +have only served to increase this self-sufficiency; +and I need not show at length how these instrumentalities<span class="pagenum" id="Page_211">211</span> +have deepened the elements of acquisitiveness +and passive, uncreative, mechanical enjoyment.</p> + +<p>The Country House’s passionate demand for physical +goods has given rise to another institution, Coketown; +and it is the idolum of Coketown, the industrial age’s +contribution to the Country House, that we have now +to consider.</p> + +<h3>8</h3> + +<p>The chief difference between the individual utopias +of the nineteenth century and the “collective representation” +of Coketown is that these individual utopias were +concerned to repair certain points where Manchester, +Newark, Pittsburgh, and Elberfeld-Barmen fell short +of the ideal. In repairing these points, Bellamy and +Hertzka were ready to alter the conventional arrangements +by which property and land were held, and capital +was accumulated. The final end however was the same; +and the differences are therefore more apparent than +real.</p> + +<p>If the illustrative example of the Country House is +in the Abbey of Theleme, that of Coketown is in the +sharp picture of industrialism which Charles Dickens +presents in Hard Times.</p> + +<p>Coketown, as Dickens sees it, is the quintessence of +the industrial age. It is perhaps one of the few idola +of the modern world which has no parallel in any earlier +civilization that we have been able to explore. In order +to understand what Coketown brought into the world, +we must realize that before Coketown came into existence +the center of every important European city consisted +of a marketplace, shadowed over by a Cathedral, +a Market Court, and a Guildhall; and frequently there<span class="pagenum" id="Page_212">212</span> +would be an adjacent university. This was the typical +formation. The various quarters of the city were +subordinated to these central institutions, and the +work which was carried on within the city’s walls was +more or less concretely realized in the local community.</p> + +<p>Coketown, on the other hand, was the outcome of +other conditions and necessities. The center of Coketown’s +activity was the mill, set at first in the open +country near falling water, and then as coal was +applied to steam engines, removed to areas more accessible +to the coal fields. The factory became the new +social unity; in fact it became the only social unit; +and, as Dickens sharply put it, “the jail looked like +the town hall, and the town hall like the infirmary”—and +all of them looked like the factory, a gaunt building +of murky brick that once was red or yellow. The +sole object of the factory is to produce goods for sale; +and every other institution is encouraged in Coketown +only to the extent that it does not seriously interfere +with this aim.</p> + +<p>What are the outward physical aspects of Coketown? +To begin with, the city is laid out by an engineer; +it is laid out with a mathematical correctness and +with a complete disregard for the amenities. If there +are hills where Coketown ought to stand, the hills are +leveled; if there are swamps, the swamps are filled; if +there are lakes, the lakes are drained away. The pattern +to which Coketown’s activities are fitted is that of +the gridiron; there are no deviations and no allowances +in the working out of this plan; never will a street +swerve as much as a hair’s breadth to save a stand of +trees or open up a vista. In the matter of transportation +and intercourse, the aim of Coketown is to “get<span class="pagenum" id="Page_213">213</span> +somewhere”; and it fancies that by laying down +straight lines and joining them in rectangles this aim is +expedited; despite the demonstration in every city of +older growth that a radial system of intercommunication +is much more economical than the gridiron. As a +result, there is no terminus to any of the avenues of +Coketown; for they begin on a draughting board and +end in infinity. It is impossible to approach from the +front the jails, hospitals, and sanatoria of which Coketown +boasts; the tendency is to run past them. So +much for the physical layout of the industrial city; +what remains is obscured by smoke.</p> + +<p>The factory is the center of Coketown’s social life; +and it is here that the greater part of the population +spend their days. At its purest, that is to say, during +the first half of the nineteenth century, and in a great +many centers to this day, the factory is the only institution +that provides anything like a social life, in spite +of the fact that the unremitting toil which accompanies +its routine reduces the graces of social intercourse to +such a minimum that drunkenness and copulation are +the only amusements which the inhabitants can engage +in as a relief from their noble duty of providing the +rest of the world with necessities, comforts, luxuries, +and nullities.</p> + +<p>The Coketown idolum has been disintegrating a little +during the last two decades, under the influence of the +garden cities movement, and I am aware that in certain +departments I am celebrating a lost cause and an abandoned +idealism; but there still remain in acres and acres +of workingmen’s dwellings, such as one finds in Battersea +and Philadelphia, and in old-fashioned railway +stations, and in buildings like the Mechanics Halls of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_214">214</span> +Pittsburgh and Boston, a notion of what Coketown +stood for when Coketown, the Frankenstein which had +been created by the Country House, had not been repudiated +by its master.</p> + +<p>Coketown is devoted to the production of material +goods; and there is no good in Coketown that does not +derive from this aim. The only enjoyment which those +who are inured to the Coketown routine can participate +in is mechanical achievement; that is to say, activity +along industrial and commercial lines; and the only +result of this achievement is—more achievement. It +follows that all the standards of Coketown are of a +quantitative kind; so many score of machines, so many +tons of gew-gaws, so many miles of piping, so many +dollars of profit. The opportunities for self-assertion +and constructiveness in such a community are practically +boundless; and I can never confront the mechanical +felicities of a printing plant without realizing how +fascinating these opportunities are, and how deeply +they satisfy certain elements in our nature. The unfortunate +thing about Coketown, however, is that these +are the only sort of opportunities that are available; +and work whose standards are of a qualitative sort, the +work of scholars and artists and scientists, is either +frozen out of the community by deliberate ostracism, +or is hitched to the machine; the artist, for example, +being compelled to sing the praises of Coketown’s goods +or to paint the portrait of Coketown’s supreme esthetic +achievement—the Self-Made Man.</p> + +<p>In its pristine state, Coketown is not a complete community. +So it is natural that the idolum should have +provided certain additions. In the first place, the +activities of Coketown, whether they are beneficial or<span class="pagenum" id="Page_215">215</span> +wasteful, satisfy only certain elements in the human +makeup; and although much may be done by compulsory +education to discipline the younger generation to +the machine, and to show them the necessity of doing +nothing which would interfere with the continued activity +of the machine—for work in Coketown, as Samuel +Butler fearfully predicted in Erewhon, is in the main +simply attendance upon machinery—here and there +the igneous instincts of the workers will break through +the solidified layer of habit which the school and the +factory have produced, and the arcane energies of +the population will flow either into the Country House +or into that other simulacrum of the civic life, Broadway.</p> + +<p>Coketown for the workaday week, the Country House +for the weekend, is the compromise that has been practically +countenanced; although the country houses of the +working classes may be nothing more than a diminutive +extension of the urban slum near sea or mountain. But +it must be admitted that there is a permanent Country +House and a permanent Coketown population in the +more ideal aspects of the order. Mr. Wells in the +Time Machine has given a picture of Coketown which +is perhaps a little exuberant in some of its details—the +picture of a happy and careless Country House +population, living on the surface of the earth, mid all +the graces of a jolly weekend, and that of the factory +population, the Morlocks, living in the bowels of the +earth and performing the necessary industrial functions. +Mr. Wells’ presentation is a little exaggerated, +however, and we must be content here with such a plain +and outright description as Messrs. Bounderby and +Gradgrind would approve of.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_216">216</span></p> + +<p>In the Coketown scheme of things, all that does not +contribute to the physical necessities of life is called a +comfort; and all that does not contribute either to comforts +or necessities is called a luxury. These three +grades of good correspond to the three classes of the +population: the necessities are for the lower order of +manual workers, together with such accessory members +as clerks, teachers, and minor officials; the comforts are +for the comfortable classes, that is, the small order of +merchants, bankers, and industrialists; while the luxuries +are for the aristocracy, if there is such an hereditary +group, and for such as are able to lift themselves +out of the two previous orders. Chief among the luxuries, +it goes without saying, are art and literature and +any of the other permanent interests of a humane life.</p> + +<p>Let us note what an improvement the three classes +of Coketown are upon the three classes in Plato’s +Republic. The custom of limiting the earnings of the +working classes to the margin of subsistence is +singularly effective in keeping them occupied with the +business of production—as long as there is no overplus +in the market to throw them out of work—and it +is thus a safeguard of efficiency and industry which +Plato, who was deplorably obtuse in these matters, did +not provide. It is likewise obvious that the life of a +middle class citizen, with plenty to eat and drink, with +his life protected by the policeman, his pocketbook protected +by the insurance company, his spiritual happiness +protected by the church, his human sympathies +protected by the charity organization society, his intelligence +protected by the newspaper, and his economic +privileges protected by the State—this middle class +citizen is, after all, a much more fortunate and happy<span class="pagenum" id="Page_217">217</span> +individual than those Platonic warriors whose life was +a perpetual effort to keep the edge on their bodies and +minds. As for the Guardians of the State, it is plain +that Plato did not offer them any inducement to do +their work which would attract a normal commercial +man: anyone who was worth a hundred thousand dollars +a year would have thought twice before assuming +leadership in Plato’s impoverished commonwealth, +whereas in Coketown he would find that his simple ability +to make money would be taken as sufficient proof +of his education, his insight, and his wisdom in every +department of life. More than that, Coketown, when +all is said and done, welcomes the artist with a cordiality +that puts Plato to shame: Coketown can afford its +luxuries since, when you look at the matter squarely, +a rare painting might be worth as much as a rare postage +stamp; and it is accordingly an acceptable addition +to the Coketown milieu.</p> + +<p>Coketown has, in fact, only one question for the arts +to answer: What are they good for? If the answer +can be expressed in money, the art in question is taken +to be almost as satisfactory as a device to save labor, to +increase speed, or to multiply the output.</p> + +<h3>9</h3> + +<p>There is one phenomenon still to be accounted for in +the economy of Coketown; one monumental instrument +without which the wheels of Coketown would become +clogged and the very breath of Coketown be extinguished.</p> + +<p>I refer to the rubbish heaps.</p> + +<p>The aim of production in Coketown is naturally more<span class="pagenum" id="Page_218">218</span> +production, and it is only by making things sufficiently +shoddy to go to pieces quickly, or by changing the +fashion sufficiently often, that the machinery of Coketown +can for the most part be kept running. The rage +and fury of Coketown’s production has to be balanced +off by an equal rage and fury of consumption—continence +would be fatal. As a result, nothing in Coketown +is finished or permanent or settled: these qualities +are another name for death. Coketown makes china to +be broken, clothes to be worn out, and houses to be torn +down; and if something remains over from an earlier +age which made things more soundly, it is either incarcerated +in a museum, and derided as the monument of +a non-progressive age, or it is demolished as a nuisance. +So powerful is the idolum of Coketown that in the +workaday world building after building continues to +meet with irreparable ruin at the hands of barbarians +from Coketown: why, I have even seen innocent little +half-timbered fifteenth century cottages whose fronts +were obliterated by a nineteenth century plasterer, in +the name of progress.</p> + +<p>The status of every family in Coketown can be told +by the size of its rubbish heap. In fact, to “make a +pile” in the markets of Coketown is ultimately to make +another pile—of dust and junk and litter—on the edge +of the town where the factory district dribbles off into +the open country. So in Coketown consumption is not +merely a necessity: it is a social duty, a means of keeping +“the wheels of civilization turning.” At times there +appears to be a possibility that this utopia may defeat +its purposes by producing goods at such a pace that +the rubbish heaps will fall behind the demands of the +market; and while this mars the theoretic perfection<span class="pagenum" id="Page_219">219</span> +of the Coketown social organization, it is offset by +periods of war, when the market is practically inexhaustible, +and Coketown’s prosperity increases to a +point at which the working classes are on the point of +becoming the comfortable classes without having had +sufficient previous training to make their contribution +to the rubbish heap—a serious pass, amidst which confusion +the working classes of Coketown might take to +reducing their working days and enjoying their leisure +without sufficient consumptive effort.</p> + +<p>This, then, is the idolum of Coketown. There are +certain features in it which need to be noticed. The +first is that there is a certain solid reality in Coketown +that remains when all its pretensions and idiocies have +been incinerated. An environment that is devoted solely +to the production of material goods is obviously no sort +of environment for a good community, for life is more +than a matter of finding what we shall eat and wherewithal +we shall be clothed: it is an interaction with a +whole world of landscapes, living creatures and ideas, +in comparison with which Coketown is a mere blister +on the earth’s surface. Nevertheless, with respect to +the business of melting steel and building roads and +performing certain essential industrial operations, the +aims of Coketown are, up to a certain point, relevant: +we have already encountered them in Andreæ’s Christianopolis. +There is no need to dismiss the good that +lies inside of industrialism because it does not embrace +the good that lies beyond it.</p> + +<p>Up to a certain point, then, using mechanical power +rather than human power is good; so is large-scale production, +so is the division of labor and division of operation; +so is rapid transportation; so is the accurate<span class="pagenum" id="Page_220">220</span> +methodology of the engineer; and so are various other +features in the modern industrial world. One might +even say a word for efficiency, as against “doing things +rather more or less.” Coketown made the horrid mistake +of believing that all these things were good in +themselves. New factories, for example, drew a bigger +population into the city: Coketown did not perceive +that, as Plato pointed out, beyond a certain point the +city as a social unit would cease to exist. Bigger and +better was Coketown’s motto; and it resolutely refused +to see that there was no necessary connection between +these adjectives. The whole case for and against Coketown +rests upon our admission of the phrase “up to a +certain point.” Up to a certain point, industrialism +is good, especially in its modern, neotechnic, electrical +phase: Coketown, on the other hand, believes that there +is no limit to the usefulness of industrialism.</p> + +<p>Up to a certain point—but what point? The answer +is, up to the point at which the cultivation of a humane +life in a community of humane people becomes difficult +or impossible.</p> + +<p>Men come together, says Aristotle, to live; they remain +together in order to live the good life. This +determination of the good life is the only check and +balance that we can have upon Coketown; and it is +perhaps because we have been so little concerned with +it that the practical effect of the Coketown idolum has +been so devastating. “Invention and organization,” as +Mr. George Santayana admirably points out, “which +ought to have increased leisure by producing the necessaries +of life with little labor, have only increased the +population, degraded labor, and diffused luxury.” +William Morris conceived that men in the future might<span class="pagenum" id="Page_221">221</span> +discard many complicated machines because they could +live more happily, aye, work more happily without +them. Whether indeed a good part of modern organization +and machinery could be scrapt is perhaps a +debatable question: but the possibility of scrapping it +is at least conceivable once we become more interested +in the actual result of industrialism upon the life and +happiness of the people who are part of the organization +than we are in the profits which pile up upon +paper, and are finally realized in an ever-growing +rubbish heap.</p> + +<h3>10</h3> + +<p>By what means can the Country House keep Coketown +working for it? The idolum of the Country +House, which was built up during the Renascence, and +the idolum of Coketown, which was formed in the early +part of the nineteenth century, are obviously two +separate worlds; and in order that each might be +realized in our daily life, it was necessary that some +connecting tissue be manufactured to keep them together. +This tissue was the social myth, the collective +utopia, of the National State.</p> + +<p>There is a sense in which we may look upon the +National State as a fact; but that great philosopher +of the National State, Mazzini, realized that the +National State had continually to be willed; and its +existence lies plainly, therefore, on a different plane +from the existence of a bit of territory, a building, or +a city. In fact, it is only by the persistent projection +of this utopia for the last three or four hundred years +that its existence has become credible; for all the minute +descriptions which the political historian gives to the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_222">222</span> +National State, its origins and its institutions and its +people, read a good deal like that fine story which Hans +Andersen told about the king who walked the streets +naked because two rascally tailors had persuaded him +that they had woven and cut up for him a beautiful +outfit of clothes.</p> + +<p>It will help us to appreciate this beautiful fabrication +of the National State if we turn aside for a moment and +glance at the actual world as it is known to the geographer +and the anthropologist. Here are the physical +facts in defiance of which the utopia of nationalism has +been clapped together.</p> + +<h3>11</h3> + +<p>The earth that the geographer surveys is divided into +five great land masses. These land masses in turn can +be broken up into a number of natural regions, each of +which has within its rough and approximate frontiers +a certain complex of soil, climate, vegetation, and, arising +out of these, certain primitive occupations which +the inhabitants of the region originally practiced and +later, through the advance of trade and invention, +elaborated. Between these natural regions there are +occasionally frontiers, such as the barrier of the Pyrenees +which separates “France” from “Spain”; but these +barriers have never altogether prevented movements of +population from one area to another. In order to have +a more faithful knowledge of regional groupings in +certain important areas, the reader might with profit +consult Professor Fleure’s Human Geography in Western +Europe. (London: Williams and Norgate.)</p> + +<p>These natural regions are the groundwork of human +regions; that is, the non-political grouping of population<span class="pagenum" id="Page_223">223</span> +with respect to soil, climate, vegetation, animal life, +industry and historic tradition. In each of these human +regions we find that the population does not consist of +a multitude of atomic individuals: on the contrary, +when the geographer plots houses and buildings on a +topographic map, he finds that people and houses +cohere together in groups of more or less limited size, +called cities, towns, villages, hamlets. Normally, a vast +amount of intercourse takes place between these groupings; +and in the Middle Age, before the utopia of the +National State had been created, the pilgrim and the +wandering scholar and the journeyman and the strolling +player could have been met with on all the highways +of Europe. Under the dispensation of the National +State, however, the population, as the German +economist Buecher points out, tends to be more settled, +and we transport goods rather than people. It is important +to realize that, so far as the geographer can +discover, this trade and intercourse between local +groups has been a part of Western European civilization +since Neolithic times, at least: it takes place continually +between individuals and corporate groups in +one place and another, and as far as geographical facts +are concerned might more easily exist between Dover +and Calais, let us say, than between Calais and Paris.</p> + +<p>Now the interesting thing about the utopia of the +National State is that it has only the most casual relation +to the facts of geography. Wherever it suits the +purposes of the Guardians of the State, the facts are +ignored, and an artificial relation is <em>willed</em> into existence. +The human communities which the regional +sociologist recognizes do not always coincide with those +which the statesman wishes to incorporate as “national<span class="pagenum" id="Page_224">224</span> +territory,” and when this conflict occurs, the idea +rather than the reality triumphs, if necessary by brute +force.</p> + +<p>In the utopia of the National State there are no +natural regions; and the equally natural grouping of +people in towns, villages and cities, which, as Aristotle +points out, is perhaps the chief distinction between man +and the other animals, is tolerated only upon the fiction +that the State hands over to these groups a portion of +its omnipotent authority, or “sovereignty” as it is +called, and permits them to exercise a corporate life. +Unfortunately for this beautiful myth, which generations +of lawyers and statesmen have labored to build up, +cities existed long before states—there was a Rome on +the Tiber long before there was a Roman Imperium—and +the gracious permission of the state is simply a +perfunctory seal upon the accomplished fact.</p> + +<p>Instead of recognizing natural regions and natural +groups of people, the utopia of nationalism establishes, +by the surveyor’s line, a certain realm called national +territory, and makes all the inhabitants of this territory +the members of a single, indivisible group, the +nation, which is supposed to be prior in claim and +superior in power to all other groups. This is the only +social formation that is officially recognized within the +national utopia. What is common to all the inhabitants +of this territory is thought to be of far greater +importance than any of the things that bind men together +in particular civic or industrial groups.</p> + +<p>Let us look at this world of national utopias. The +contrast between the politician’s map and the geographer’s +would be little less than amazing were our eyes +not used to it, and were we not taught in modern times<span class="pagenum" id="Page_225">225</span> +to look upon it as inevitable. Instead of the natural +grouping of land masses and regions, one finds a multitude +of quite arbitrary lines: boundaries like those that +separate Canada and the United States or Belgium and +the Netherlands are just as frequent as the natural +frontier of sea that surrounds England. Sometimes +these national territories are big, and sometimes they +are little; but the bigness of empires like those of +France, England, or the United States is not due to +any essential identity of interests between the sundry +communities of these empires, but to the fact that they +are forcibly held together by a political government. +National lines, in other words, continue to exist only +as long as the inhabitants continue to act in terms of +them; are ready to pay their taxes to support customs +bureaux, immigration offices, frontier patrols, and +educational systems; and are prepared, in the last extremity, +to lay down their lives to prevent other groups +from crossing these imaginary lines without permission.</p> + +<p>The chief concern of the national utopia is the support +of the central government, for the government is +the guardian of territory and privilege. The principal +business of that government is to keep the territory +properly defined, and to increase its limits, when possible, +so as to make the taxable area larger. By stressing +the importance of these concerns, and constantly +playing up the dangers of rivalry from other national +utopias, the State builds a bridge between the Country +House and Coketown, and persuades the workers in +Coketown that they have more in common with the +classes that exploit them than they have in common +with other groups within a more limited community. +It would seem that this reconciliation of Coketown and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_226">226</span> +the Country House is little less than miraculous, even +as an ideal; and perhaps it would be interesting to +examine a little more carefully the apparatus by which +this is effected.</p> + +<h3>12</h3> + +<p>The chief instrument of the National State is Megalopolis, +its biggest city, the place where the idolum of +the National Utopia was first created, and where it is +perpetually willed into existence.</p> + +<p>In order to grasp the quintessential character of +Megalopolis we must shut our eyes to the palpable +earth, with its mantle of vegetation and its tent of +clouds, and conceive what might be made of the human +landscape if it could be entirely fabricated out of paper; +for the ultimate aim of the Megalopolis is to conduct +the whole of human life and intercourse through +the medium of paper.</p> + +<p>The early life of a young citizen in Megalopolis is +spent in acquiring the tools by which paper may be +used. The names of these tools are writing, reading, +and arithmetic; and once upon a time these constituted +the main elements in every Megalopolitan’s education. +There was, however, a good deal of dissatisfaction, on +paper, against this somewhat barren curriculum, and +so at a fairly early date in the history of Megalopolis, +various other subjects, such as literature, science, +gymnastics, and manual training were added to the +curriculum—on paper. It is indeed possible for a +Megalopolitan student to know the atomic formula of +clay without ever having seen it in the raw earth, to +handle pine wood in the workshop without having +walked through a pine forest, and to go through the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_227">227</span> +masterpieces of poetic literature without having experienced +a single emotion which would prepare him to +appreciate anything different from one of the influential +Megalopolitan magazines, “Smutty Stories”, but +as long as his hours of attendance can be recorded on +paper, and as long as he can give a satisfactory +account of his studies on an examination paper, his +preparation for life is practically complete; and so he +is graduated with a paper certificate of education into +the industries of Coketown, or into the multitudinous +bureaus of Megalopolis itself.</p> + +<p>The end of this period of paper tutelage is but a +prelude to its continuation in another form; for the +religious care of paper is the Megalopolitan’s life work. +The daily newspaper, the ledger, the card index are the +means by which he now makes contact with life, whilst +the fiction magazine and the illustrated paper are the +means by which he escapes from it. Through the translucent +form of paper known as celluloid, it has been +possible to do away on the stage with flesh-and-blood +people; and therefore the drama of life, as the Megalopolitan +story writers tell it, can be enacted at one +remove from actuality. Instead of his travelling, the +world moves before the Megalopolitan, on paper; instead +of his venturing forth on the highways of the +world, adventure comes to him, on paper; instead of +his getting him a mate, his bliss may be all but consummated—on +paper. In fact, so accustomed does the +Megalopolitan become to experiencing all his emotions +on paper that he can be entertained by the representation +of a static bowl of flowers on a moving picture +screen; while his cockney ignorance of nature is so vast +that a certain vaudeville performer, seeking to amuse<span class="pagenum" id="Page_228">228</span> +him by imitating the calls of birds and beasts, finds it +wise to have moving pictures taken of the rooster, the +dog, and the cat, in order to give his mimicries reality +in minds destitute of any personal image.</p> + +<p>The notion of direct action, direct intercourse, direct +association, is a foreign one to Megalopolis. If any +action is to be taken by the whole community, or by +any group in it, it is necessary to carry it through the +Megalopolitan parliament, and have it established on +paper, after innumerable people, who have no genuine +concern in the matter, have committed their views about +it to paper. If any intercourse is to be carried on, it +must be largely conducted on paper; and if that medium +is not directly available, subsidiary instruments, like +the telephone, are used. The chief form of association +in Megalopolis is that by political party, and it is +through the political party that the Megalopolitan +expresses his views, on paper, as to what is necessary +to amend the paper constitution or promote the welfare +of the paper community; albeit he realizes that the +promises made by political parties are written on what +Megalopolitans in their more cynical moments call +“non-negotiable” paper, and will probably never pass +into currency.</p> + +<p>By its traffic in Coketown’s multifarious goods and +by its command over certain kinds of paper known +as mortgages or securities, Megalopolis ensures a supply +of real foods and real staples from the countryside. +Through incessant production of books, magazines, +newspapers, boilerplate features, and syndicated matter, +Megalopolis ensures that the idolum of the National +Utopia shall be kept alive in the minds of the underlying +inhabitants of the country. Finally, by the devices<span class="pagenum" id="Page_229">229</span> +of “national education” and “national advertising” +all the inhabitants of the National Utopia are +persuaded that the good life is that which is lived, on +paper, in the capital city; and that an approximation +to this life can be achieved only by eating the food, +dressing in the clothes, holding the opinions, and purchasing +the goods which are offered for sale by Megalopolis. +So the chief aim of every other city in the +National Utopia is to become like Megalopolis; its chief +hope is to grow as big as Megalopolis; its boast is that +it is another Megalopolis. When the denizens of +Megalopolis dream of a better world, it is only a paper +perfection of that National Utopia which Edward Bellamy +looked forward to in Looking Backward.</p> + +<p>Working in connection with the Machine Process of +Coketown, the Megalopolis erects a standard of life +which can be expressed in commercial terms, on paper, +even if it does not offer any tangible satisfaction in +goods and services and perfections. The chief boast +of this standard is its uniformity; that is, its equal +applicability to every person in the community without +respect to his history, his circumstances, his needs, his +actual rewards. Hence such goods as Megalopolis creates +in profusion are for the most part in the line of +plumbing and sanitary devices which, if they do not +exactly heighten the joy of living, at any rate make +the routine of Megalopolitan life a little less formidable.</p> + +<p>The total result of these standards and uniformities +is that what was originally a fiction in time becomes a +fact. Whereas the inhabitants of the national utopia +may originally have been as diverse as the trees in a +forest, they tend to become, under the influence of +education and propaganda, as similar as telegraph<span class="pagenum" id="Page_230">230</span> +poles along a road. It is not a little to the credit of +Megalopolis that the National Utopia has pragmatically +justified itself. It has created the sort of mental +environment on paper which is necessary to a smooth +adjustment of Coketown and the Country House. What +is Megalopolis, in fact, but a paper purgatory which +serves as a medium through which the fallen sons of +Coketown, the producer’s hell, may finally attain the +high bliss of the Country House, the consumer’s +Heaven?</p> + +<h3>13</h3> + +<p>It should be plain that in describing the National +Utopia and Megalopolis I have been trying to outline +what Plato would call the pure form. It is equally +clear, I trust, that the pure form is an idolum to which +any existing national state or metropolis approximates +only so far as the idolum does not conflict too grossly +with the real men and women, the real communities, the +real regions, the real workaday occupations which continue, +despite the reign of these idola, to exist, and to +occupy our main attention. Formal education has not +altogether taken the place of vital education; loyalty +to the state has not altogether succeeded as a substitute +for deeper allegiances and affiliations: occasionally, +here and there, people meet each other face to face, +they eat real food, dig in real earth, smell real flowers +instead of coal tar perfumes that arise from paper +bouquets, and embark quite madly on real love affairs. +It is true that these realities are a disturbing influence: +they are always threatening to undermine the idola +which the politicians and journalists and academic +handymen unite so valiantly to build up; but there they<span class="pagenum" id="Page_231">231</span> +are—and even the most stubborn idealist cannot help +himself from occasionally confronting the world that +he denies!</p> + +<p>If you and I were perfect citizens of Megalopolis, +we should never let anything come between us and our +loyalty to the State: when the State called for our +taxes, we should never think regretfully of the amusements +we must forego in order to pay them; when the +State demanded that we go to war, nothing like the +claims of a family or an occupation or a moral conviction +would ever step between us and our national +duty. By the same token, we should never eat any +other food than that which had been nationally advertized, +and never buy anything direct from the producer +when we might buy it from a third person in Megalopolis; +we should never read any literature that is not +produced in our own country, never desire any other +climate than our own country can boast, and never seek +to find in any other culture, remote in space or time, +the things which we seem to miss in our own environment. +If only this utopia of nationalism could be +realized completely it would be self-sufficient; and there +would be nothing on earth, in heaven, or in the waters +over the earth which did not bear the authentic trademark +of Megalopolis.</p> + +<h3>14</h3> + +<p>The picture of the National Utopia that I have +drawn is perhaps a little too black to stand out clearly; +and I must now add a few high lights for definition.</p> + +<p>As in Coketown, there was a point up to which +efficiency in mechanical production was a good thing, +so in the national utopia there is a point up to which<span class="pagenum" id="Page_232">232</span> +uniformity is a good thing. The National State seems +historically to have arisen in some part through the +relief which the people of the Middle Age experienced +in being able to travel under the protection of the +King’s law along the King’s highway, and their discovery +that common laws and customs, common weights and +measures, were on the whole an advantage over a multitude +of senseless irregularities which continued to exist +in particular neighborhoods. It was a distinct triumph +for the good life when the men of London and the men +of Edinburgh, let us say, realized that they had something +in common as citizens of a single country, and +emphasized the likenesses which bound them as men +rather than the antagonisms that separated them as +cities. If the National State erected barriers of trade +against other countries, it at any rate broke down +barriers that had long existed in even more limited +regions, and that have long continued to exist in certain +cities in Italy and France. So much is to the good.</p> + +<p>But uniformity is not a good in itself. It is a good +only in so far as it promotes association and social +intercourse. In breaking down minor barriers, the +State created major ones, and it created national +uniformities in regions where they were meaningless. +Moreover, nationalism is inimical to cultural unity, and +it perpetuates irrelevant conflicts in the Kingdom of +the Spirit where there should be neither slave nor free, +neither white nor black, neither citizen nor outlander. +As a matter of fact, the two great international +cultural vehicles of the Middle Age—the Latin Language +and the Roman Church—were broken down by +the propagation of a National Language, that spoken +at the National Capital, and a National Church, that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_233">233</span> +which was subservient to the State; and nothing that +nationalism has done since has repaired this loss. On +one hand, the idolum of the National State is too narrow, +because the world of culture is man’s common +inheritance, and not the mere segment of it which is +called “national literature” or “national science.” And +on the other hand, the idolum is too big, for the reason +that there is no bond except a paper one between men +who are as far apart as Bermondsey and Bombay, or +New York and San Francisco. The temporal community, +as Auguste Comte finely pointed out, is local, +restricted, and multiform; this is its essential nature +and limitation. The spiritual community is universal. +It was a great cultural misdemeanor when the National +Utopia, in its extension as imperialism, sought to make +the spiritual community restricted and the temporal +community universal; and it is this heresy to the good +life which makes all the pretensions of the national +utopia so shabby and insincere.</p> + +<h3>15</h3> + +<p>If Coketown and the Country House and the +National Utopia had remained on paper, they would +doubtless be entertaining and edifying contributions to +our literature. Unfortunately, these social myths have +been potent; they have given a pattern to our lives; and +they are the source of a great many evils that threaten, +like stinking weeds, to choke the good life in our communities. +It is not because these myths are utopias +that I have been criticizing them so assiduously; it is +rather because they continue to work such wholesale +damage. Hence it has seemed worth while to point out +that they are on pretty much the same level of reality<span class="pagenum" id="Page_234">234</span> +as the Republic or Christianopolis. We may perhaps +approach our social institutions a little more courageously +when we realize how completely we ourselves +have created them; and how, without our perpetual +“will to believe” they would vanish like smoke in the +wind.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_235">235</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_ELEVEN"><span id="toclink_235"></span>CHAPTER ELEVEN</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How we reckon up accounts with the one-sided utopias +of the partisans.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_237">237</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_11">CHAPTER ELEVEN</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">There</span> have been many periods when men did not +think it possible to make life in the community reach +much higher levels than it had attained, without working +a change upon human nature. The working of this +change has been one of the chief preoccupations of +religion; but no one can pretend that it has met, during +the historic period, with any overwhelming success. +In the eighteenth century men became impatient with +the ministrations of institutional religion, and sought +to effect an improvement in the common life by a different +method—by improving the political, economic, and +social mechanisms of society.</p> + +<p>Up to this time the only method that had seemed +feasible for improving the technique of social organization +was the mandate of law. Although Aristotle, for +instance, predicted that slavery would come to an end +on the condition that the shuttle should weave by itself +and the lyre play without human hand, no one in the +Greek community of his time saw very much likelihood +of improvement through mechanical inventions or wholesale +innovations in agriculture; and no one, apparently, +concerned himself seriously with the mechanical side of +affairs.</p> + +<p>It was the same during the Middle Age. If the men +of that time were not exuberantly happy over their<span class="pagenum" id="Page_238">238</span> +civilization, they had the dogmatic conviction that +nothing very satisfactory could come of a race that +had inherited the curse of Adam—a race whose only +salvation could come when its individuals were purged +one by one of sin, and delivered, by the intercession of +the saints and the grace of God, into a more benignly +constituted afterworld. One might relieve the pressure +a little if the shoe pinched, perhaps, but scarcely anyone +dreamed of travelling in seven-league boots, or of +establishing an Arcadia in which boots could be dispensed +with. It was foolish to look for a more perfect +society in a world that was rife with imperfect men.</p> + +<p>The Renascence, as we have seen, changed all this. +Presently a school of philosophers followed on the heels +of the utopians who devoted themselves to preparing +fairly minute plans and specifications for the social +order. In the beginning, these plans were devoted to +politics and criminal reform, like those of Rousseau, +Beccaria, Bentham, Jefferson, Godwin, and the eighteenth +century reformers generally; in the nineteenth +century the main accent was economic, and a number of +movements arose which could be traced back to the +semi-scientific investigations of Adam Smith, Ricardo, +Proudhon, Malthus, Marx, and perhaps half a dozen +other thinkers of outstanding importance, among whom +we should perhaps include such latter day figures as +Mill, Spencer, and Henry George.</p> + +<p>All of these thinkers have in one way or another +influenced our thoughts and deflected our actions; and +if one adds to this galaxy the reforming elements which +remained in the churches and the missionary brotherhoods +and the philanthropic organizations, we can +observe, growing up in the nineteenth century, a multitude<span class="pagenum" id="Page_239">239</span> +of partisan organizations and movements, each of +which is strenuously bent on realizing its private and +partisan utopia. It is these private and partisan +utopias that I purpose to make a slight reckoning with +in the present chapter; but the field is such a huge and +formidable one that I shall limit my criticism in the +main to those that attempted to effect a change in the +economic order.</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>For all the activities that men engage in we have +separate words. This is a great misfortune; for in +using these words we tend to believe that each action +takes place in a separate compartment. Instead of +beginning with a whole man interacting in a whole community, +we are likely to consider only a partial man in +a partial community, and by a mental sleight of hand, +before we know it, we have let the part stand for the +whole. It is this sort of abstraction, I believe, that has +been responsible for a good deal of fallacious thinking +with regard to the place of industry in the community. +The economists seem to have made the error first by +talking of a creature whom they called the Economic +Man, a creature who had no instincts but those of +construction and acquisition, no habits but of working +and saving, and no other ultimate purpose than to +become such a captain of industry as would make him +a candidate for the biographic sketches of Mr. Samuel +Smiles, and his present successors in the newspapers and +popular magazines.</p> + +<p>Now this Economic Man was the embodiment of +honest labor and rapacious greed. Out of the better +quality, Karl Marx painted the picture of the faithful<span class="pagenum" id="Page_240">240</span> +laborer in Coketown whose masters swindled him out of +the “surplus value” he produced; out of the worse +quality classical economists like Ricardo painted an +equally entrancing picture of the beneficent capitalist, +through whose foresight, organizing ability, and boldness +business could be conducted on a scale a simpler +age had scarcely dreamed of. It was out of these conceptions, +as they were elaborated and rationalized in +books like Porter’s Progress of the Nineteenth Century +and Marx’s Capital, that there grew up the +notion that the only fundamental problem in the modern +world was the labor problem—the problem as to who +should control industry, who should profit by its advances, +and who should own the complicated instruments +by which it was conducted.</p> + +<p>Our business here is not to examine the various +programs that were offered during the last century in +answer to these problems; merely to catalog them with +the barest explanation of their purpose would be an +imposing task, were it not for the fact that it has been +neatly done for us by Mr. Savel Zimand. It is enough +to see here the common element in capitalism, copartnery, +State Socialism, Guild Socialism, Co-operation, +Communism, Syndicalism, the One Big Union, Trades +Unionism, and the like; whether these movements represent +actual facts, like capitalism, copartnery, or trades +unionism, or whether they are simply projections, like +Syndicalism and the One Big Union.</p> + +<p>If our excursion through the classic utopias has been +of any use, it must have shown us how pathetic is this +notion that the key to a good society rests simply on +the ownership and control of the industrial plant of the +community. Is it any less absurd when we confess that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_241">241</span> +most of the movements which were founded upon this +assumption were actuated by generous and humane +motives, and that Francis Place, the tailor of Charing +Cross, who believed in a radical application of laissez +faire principles, was just as sincere a believer in the +common weal as Karl Marx, who predicted a dictatorship +of the proletariat? If a great many of these programs +have had the notion that industrial machinery, +under socialism or guildism or co-operation was to be +used for the common benefit, what was lacking was any +common notion as to what the common benefit was.</p> + +<p>All that was common to these partisan utopias was +a desire to get rid of positive evils such as overwork or +starvation or irregularity of employment. In their +rejection of the existing order of Coketown, with its +rubbish heaps for the disposal of material waste, and +its jails, hospitals, sanatoria, doss houses, Salvation +Army Headquarters, and charitable organizations for +the disposal of the human excrement of industrialism—in +turning their backs upon these things and asserting +the simple elements of human dignity, all our radical +programs were right and inevitable. To reject what +industrial society had to offer its members in the filthy +factory districts and wretched slums of Coketown was +obviously to reject barbarism and degradation of the +worst sort: the incredible thing about the industrial +revolution, indeed, is not that there were a few riots +here and there against the use of machinery, but that +the industrial population has not been in a state of +continual insurrection, and that the industrial towns +have not been looted and razed again and again. It is +nothing less than a tribute to the fundamental good +nature and sweetness of human beings that the strikes<span class="pagenum" id="Page_242">242</span> +by which the workers have expressed their sense of +grievance have not demolished the material hovels that +today stand upright in the valleys of York-Riding, in +the valleys of the Ohio and its tributaries, or in that +terrible slum which stretches in back of the Jersey +meadows from Elizabeth into Patterson. There are +many districts in these areas which are scarcely worth +the respect of orderly demolition. To give a grim +rejection to the society that produced them only mildly +meets the situation. They should be destroyed by +trumpets and God’s wrath—like Jericho!</p> + +<p>So much for what is sound and valid in the various +one-sided programs for reform. But if their attitude +towards the past performances of industrialism was +sound, their gesture towards the future, and their +attitude towards the whole milieu, was little less than +indifferent. There were to be certain gains in money +wages, in political control, in the distribution of products, +and so forth; but the realization of these gains +was never projected in any very vivid way—a vague +fellowship in peace and plenty under gay red banners +was all that was left over when the current efforts to +“educate the masses,” “revise the constitution,” or +“organize the revolution” were taken for granted.</p> + +<p>In his Socialism: Utopian and Scientific, Friedrich +Engels made a plea for a realistic method of thought, +which limited itself to a here and now, as against what +he derided as the utopian method, the attempt on the +part of a single thinker to give a detailed picture of +the society of the future. Yet at the present time it is +easy to see that if the utopian socialism of Owen has +been ineffective, the realistic socialism of Marx has been +equally ineffective; for while Owen’s kind of socialism<span class="pagenum" id="Page_243">243</span> +has been partly fulfilled in the co-operative movement, +the dictatorship of the proletariat rests upon very +shaky foundations, and such success as it has had is +due perhaps as much to Marx’s literary picture of +what it would be like as to anything else. I do not +doubt that the partisan movements have achieved many +specific gains; consumer’s co-operation alone has in +England measurably lightened the physical burden of +existence for a great many people. Their weakness +consists in the fact that they have not altered the contents +of the modern social order, even when they have +altered the method of distribution; and in addition, a +good many of these partisan utopias, for lack of any +definite and coherent scheme of values, crumble away as +soon as they meet the opposition of such powerful collective +utopias as Coketown or the Country House. In +America, particularly, the labor movement is paralyzed +by this perpetual movement into the bourgeoisie—concretely +speaking, into Suburbia and the Country House—and +in Great Britain much the same sort of dereliction +can be observed within the narrower group from +which the leaders of the trades unions and the Labor +Party are drawn.</p> + +<p>Hence also the less interesting problem of the Tired +Radical, which Mr. Walter Weyl suggestively outlined. +There is indeed a pertinent criticism of the paper environment +of Megalopolis, in the tenacious way in which +people continue to cling to abstract programs and to +movements which never approach perceptibly nearer +their fulfillment. The marvel is that the concrete +utopia of the Country House has not exercised a more +potent influence than it actually does. When one compares +the vast amount of agitation during the last<span class="pagenum" id="Page_244">244</span> +century—the Chartist Movement, the Socialist Movement, +the International Peace Movement—with the +actual results in the reconstruction of work, place, and +people, or with the actual effects any reconstruction +has had upon our polity, our culture, our art—it is +surprising that these movements have had any effective +claim upon our allegiance. Men will indeed work for +an idea—the notion that they will not is a superstition—but +sooner or later the spirit must be made +manifest in the flesh, and if it never comes to birth, or +at best is an abortion, the idea is bound to wither +away.</p> + +<p>How long would the parliamentary clatter of socialism +have mechanically kept on—had it not been for +the dislocation of war? How long could its abstract +programs have remained in the air, before coming down +to specifications? I obviously cannot answer these +questions; but it seems plain enough that our radical +programs have had simply a sentimental interest: they +moved people without giving them a specific task, they +stirred them emotionally without giving them an outlet, +and so, at best, they are but partial utopias of +escape, using the powers of organization, collective +meetings, and <span lang="pt">pronunciamentos</span> to take the place of +the emotional stimuli which the avowed utopia of escape, +like News from Nowhere, supplies by introducing a +beautiful girl. In this aspect, the Socialist Party, +with its revolutionary demands, did not differ in its +psychological performance from the Republican Party, +which specialized in the rhetorical device of the full +dinner pail; nor did it differ in any fundamental way +from the defunct Progressive Party, which for a time +believed in a new heaven and earth to follow the initiative,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_245">245</span> +referendum, and recall with an intensity of moral +conviction beside which the social revolutionist was +positively tame.</p> + +<p>Who doubts the honesty and sincerity of most of the +members of these parties? Who doubts their devotion +to revolution or “uplift”? It is all beside the point. +A machine which doesn’t work because it is badly constructed +is just as useless as one that doesn’t work +because its maker is a deliberate fraud; and all the +sincerity and good will and honesty doesn’t make any +one a smile the happier. It is about time that we +faced the facts and realized that in all our sundry +mechanisms of reform “there is a screw loose somewhere.” +This pregnant metaphor of the industrial +age is usually applied to neurotic disorder; and I am +using it in the present context with fell intentions. +I mean that the utopia of the partisan is, psychologically +speaking, a fetish; that is to say, it is an attempt +to substitute the part for the whole, and to pour into +the part all the emotional content that belongs to the +whole. When a man gets hold of a lady’s handkerchief +or garter, and behaves towards that object with as +much intensity and interest as he would towards its +flesh and blood owner, the handkerchief or garter is +said to be a fetish. I hazard the judgment that Socialism, +Prohibition, Proportional Representation, and +the various other abstract “isms” are the fetishes of +the partisan: they are attempts to make some particular +instrument or function of the community stand for +the whole. It is doubtless much easier to filch a handkerchief +than to win a girl. By the same token, it is +easier to concentrate on the use of liquor or the ownership +of machinery and land than upon the totality of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_246">246</span> +a community’s activities. It is easier indeed; but it +is fatal; for the result of this fetishism is perhaps that +the girl remains unmated, and the society fails to undergo +any fundamental change. Moreover, the reforming +elements in society become incapacitated by their +practice of fetishism to take a normal part in the community’s +activities; and remain so much waste material—at +best, they wander between two worlds, “one +dead, the other powerless to be born.”</p> + +<p>We know these disoriented reformers, these disillusioned +revolutionaries, these tired radicals; we could +mention names if it were not so needless and so cruel. +Apart from anything else, their original mistake was +to keep their problem within the compartment of politics +and economics, instead of venting it to the wide +world. They forgot that the adjustment of some single +activity or institution, without respect to the rest, +begged the very difficulty they were trying to overcome. +If they were anti-militarists, they saw the world +simply as an armed camp; if they were socialists, they +saw it as a gigantic mechanism of exploitation; and +alas! they saw only so much of the world as would conveniently +fit within these diagrams. The world is perhaps +an armed camp and a mechanism of exploitation; +it is all that and much more; but any attempt to deal +with it on a wholesale plan by eliminating all the qualifying +elements in the problem is bound to encounter +the brute nature of things; and if the nature of things +is essentially antagonistic, the reform itself will fail.</p> + +<p>To say all this is to emphasize the obvious. If any +further emphasis were needed it would be necessary only +to compare the doctrines of Marx, as expounded by +Lenin at the beginning of the Russian Revolution, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_247">247</span> +the doctrines of Lenin, as tempered by experience and +circumstance a few years later.</p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>There was still another weakness that characterized +all the partisan utopias of the nineteenth century. That +weakness was their externalism.</p> + +<p>If the mediæval thinkers were convinced that, on the +whole, nothing could be done to rectify men’s institutions, +while men themselves were so easily bitten by +corruption, their successors in the nineteenth century +committed the opposite kind of error and absurdity: +they believed that human nature was unsocial and +obstreperous only because the church, the state, or the +institution of property perverted every human impulse. +Men like Rousseau, Bentham, Godwin, Fourier, and +Owen might be miles apart from one another in their +criticism of society, but there was an underlying consensus +in their belief in human nature. They looked +upon human institutions as altogether external to men; +these were so many straitjackets that cunning rulers +had thrown over the community to make sane and kindly +people behave like madmen; and they could conceive of +changing the institutions without changing the habits +and redirecting the impulses of the people by whom +and for whom they had been created. If one devised +neat political constitutions, with plenty of checks and +balances, or laid out pauper colonies and invited the +countryside to make use of them—well, all would be to +the good.</p> + +<p>There was, it is true, one great exception to this +notion that institutions might be reformed without, in +that process, making over men. I refer to the belief<span class="pagenum" id="Page_248">248</span> +in education which accompanied these classic criticisms +of human institutions; for this seems to point to a perception +that men needed a special training and discipline +before they could enter freely into the life of a +reconstituted community. But upon examination, this +exception melts away. The emphasis in the new programs +of education was upon the formal, institutional +acquirement of the apparatus of knowledge; and they, +too, began with the clean slate of a new generation, +whereas the critical difficulty was that of getting the +adult community sufficiently educated, in a realistic +sense, to be able to make over its educational institutions; +and in this respect the reformers were just as +much in Cuckooland as—well, Campanella. So it follows +that the Country House and Coketown shared +honors in building up the new educational organizations; +and the outcome of the sort of education that +the public school and college provided was to make +these redoubtable utopias practically unassailable.</p> + +<p>Besides, there were the adults: consider Robert +Owen!</p> + +<p>Robert Owen, one of the most sanguine advocates of +popular education, was himself a living example of the +need for a different kind of discipline than his narrow +and homiletic mind, with its childish interpretation of +religious belief and its equally childish rationalism, was +capable of framing. No one ever frustrated so many +good ideas, from the plan of garden cities down to the +project for co-operative production than this same +Owen, whose bumptiousness, arrogance, and conceit +were bound to provoke reactions in other people which +would have defeated the plans of Omnipotence itself. +The capital difficulty was to get any sort of social improvement<span class="pagenum" id="Page_249">249</span> +in a world that was full of refractory Owens. +A locomotive may, in a sense, be a more perfect thing +than the man who made it; but no social order can be +better than the human beings who take part in it; for +whereas the locomotive can stand apart from its operatives +and perform all its functions effectively even if +the workers themselves are deficient in every other respect +than mechanics, with a social order the product +and the producer continue to be one.</p> + +<p>Not merely does a community need a Buddha, let us +say, before it can produce Buddhism; it needs a whole +succession of Buddhas if the religion itself is not to +fritter away into the hideous ecclesiastical grind it became +in Thibet. This principle has a general application. +The social critics of the last century confused +the mechanical problem of transforming an institution +or of creating a new organization with the personal and +social problem of spurring people to effect the transformation +and see it through. Their tactics were +those of a general who would go into battle without +training his army; their strategy was that of the +demagogue who talks of a million armed men springing +up overnight. The personal problem, the problem of +education, was as easy as that!</p> + +<p>If we are to account for the poverty of our achievements +in renovating the community, in contrast with +the enormous amount of quite justifiable economic and +political agitation, research, and criticism, it is perhaps +not altogether fair to put the entire burden of failure +upon the partisan’s lop-sided utopia. The plans of +our reformers have indeed been weak and jerrybuilt in +themselves; but that is not all. What has perhaps +been even more conspicuously lacking has been people<span class="pagenum" id="Page_250">250</span> +who are accessible to the existing knowledge, people +whose minds have been trained to play freely with the +facts, people who have learned the fine and exacting +art of co-operating with their fellows; people who are +as critical of their own mental processes and habits of +behavior as they are of the institutions they wish to +alter. As Viola Paget says: “The bulk of thinking +and feeling intended to help on human improvement +has not really been good enough for the purpose. Not +good enough in the sense of not sufficiently impersonal +and disciplined.”</p> + +<p>Between our programs, our utopias, and their fulfillment +there has usually dropt a thick veil of personalities; +and were the plan itself the collaborate product +of the best minds of the race; as Mr. H. G. Wells +satirically pictured in Boon, it would still have to take +its chances with the wild asses of the devil that human +weakness, apathy, greed, lust for power, might release. +Walt Whitman said of Carlyle that behind the tally of +his work and genius stood the stomach, and gave a sort +of casting vote. So one may say of every social movement, +that behind the tally of its theoretic background +and its concrete programs stand human beings—hale +and sick, neurotic and stable, well-intentioned and +malicious—and give the casting vote.</p> + +<p>Anyone who has read an important book, and then +met the author, who has respected an apparently significant +social movement, and then met the leaders behind +the scenes, will realize how frequent is the difficulty +of reconciling theoretic agreement with the inaccessibilities +and prejudices and repugnances of particular +personalities. No one can join the work of even the +most trivial sort of committee—be it a delegation to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_251">251</span> +shake hands with the Congressman or a body designated +to revise the rules of a tennis club—without discovering +how the work in hand is perpetually being balked and +diverted by the play of personalities.</p> + +<p>It is not a little significant that popular speech gives +the word “personalities” a derogatory meaning. Again +and again the success or failure in large collaborations +hinges upon human factors that have no bearing on the +question at issue. Pope’s satiric words about wretches +hanging that jurymen may dine touches the point +neatly. Our programs for reconstruction that have not +reckoned with the perpetual cussedness of human nature +and have no method for exorcising it are as shallow as +those older theologies which sought to make men live +in grace without altering the social order in which +they functioned. Perhaps they could learn something +from the story of that ancient agitator who cured +the blind, the maimed, the sick, and the halt before he +bade them enter into the Kingdom of Heaven. Emerson +well said in his essay on Man the Reformer that it was +stupid to expect any real or permanent change from +any social program which was unable to regenerate or +convert—these are religious phases for a common +psychological phenomenon—the people who are to engineer +it and carry it through.</p> + +<p>It would be so easy, this business of making over the +world, if it were only a matter of creating machinery. +There has probably never been lacking the sort of +energy and talent that is needed for this sort of work; +and at any rate, during the last three centuries, with +the growth of technology, the mechanical services at +the command of our engineers and organizers are huge +and adequate. Unfortunately, we are still in the same<span class="pagenum" id="Page_252">252</span> +ditch that Carlyle mordantly pointed out in his essay +on Characteristics: Given a world of knaves, we are +trying by various cunning devices to produce an honesty +from their united action. I do not share Carlyle’s +contempt for human nature in the raw, but he is quite +right, I believe, in making fun of the superficiality of +our partisan utopias. These utopias were so concerned +to alter the shell of the community’s institutions that +they neglected to pay attention to the habits of the +creature itself—or its habitat. That is why mechanical +devices play such an important part, perhaps, in all +these utopias, from Jeremy Bentham, with his Panopticon +method of reforming criminals, down to the hideous +cog-and-wheel utopia of Edward Bellamy.</p> + +<p>The conceptions of human life that our reforming +groups have had have been pretty thin and unsatisfying. +Any adequate conception of a new social order would, +it seems to me, include the scenery, the actors, and the +play. It is a mark of our immaturity that we never +seem able to get beyond the scene shifting. Our social +theorists, in so far as they consider the actors at all, +are inclined to treat them as mechanical puppets. As +for the play itself—the universal drama of courtship +and trial and adventure and contest and achievement, +in which every human being is potentially the hero or +heroine—the play itself has hardly entered into their +consciousness. Their values have not been human +values: they have been such values as have been authenticated +by commerce and industry, values such as efficiency, +fair wages, and what not. These, at any rate, +have been the immediate objects of effort, and if human +values hung vaguely in the background, they were to +be realized in a distant and unascertainable future. So<span class="pagenum" id="Page_253">253</span> +one often feels that no matter how base and deteriorated +the modern community is, it nevertheless retains +in its totality a greater measure of human values than +many of the groups that have attacked its inadequacy +have to offer.</p> + +<p>All this comes out pretty plainly in the attitude of +the labor groups towards the current situation. +Whether they are organized for political action or for +industrial warfare, their aims are curiously similar. +In the very act of contending against the present order, +they have accepted the ends for which that order stands +and have been content to demand simply that they be +universalized. This perhaps accounts for the essential +uncreativeness of the labor movement. By a revolution +they do not mean a transvaluation of values: they mean +a dilution and spreading out of established practices +and institutions. There may indeed be plenty of excuse +for this attitude in any particular situation—a +group of unorganized and semi-destitute workers such +as those in many American steel plants—but the worst +of it is that this attitude characterizes the more advanced +and economically secure groups, and creeps into +such ultimate programs as one can deduce from attempts +to create workers’ educational institutions—as +if a change in ownership or the balance of power +would alter the face of Coketown so that its fires would +no longer burn and its cinders no longer smut.</p> + +<p>I have emphasized what is the weakness, as it seems +to me, of the labor movement; not because I am necessarily +out of sympathy with any particular measure +that might be proposed, but because it illustrates upon +an enormous scale the point which I desire to make. +The prohibition movement, or the charity organization<span class="pagenum" id="Page_254">254</span> +movement—towards both of which I feel, on the +contrary, a cordial antipathy—would serve just as +well for illustration; for they all have this common +distinction: they lack any explicit, consciously projected +humane ends which would make any particular +measure that they might offer justified.</p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>Let me now anticipate the answer which this criticism +will probably meet. To some people it will seem that +the current movements for reform are inevitably +secular; that they have no business to concern themselves +with the ultimate faith of men; that they inevitably +deal with a limited here and now, a dollar more of +wages, a drop less of liquor, a touch more of uniformity, +and so forth. In short, our partial utopias need not +concern themselves with any of the questions that have +to do with the life of the spirit.</p> + +<p>The simple answer to this crude philosophy is—so +much the worse for them. The breach between the institutions +that deal with the material life and those +that deal with the ideal life results either in a complete +dissociation, by which each set of institutions becomes +paralytic and imbecile; or, as so often happens, in a +capitulation of the spiritual power to the temporal, +and its complete engrossment in temporal ends. I am +aware that these phrases, “spiritual” and “temporal,” +have a certain old-fashioned smell; but they precisely +express my meaning: it is plain that every community +contains the corresponding institutions—one group +being devoted to values and the other to means. When +our reforms are not touched by a sense of values, the +result is that purely temporal ends are taken as ultimate,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_255">255</span> +and we have such notions as efficiency or organization +regarded as the very touchstone of social improvement. +This is scarcely an improvement over the +old order of things, with which we are now so dismally +familiar—the state in which our values were not fertilized +by any intercourse with the concrete and actual +world about us, and so remained remote and sterile. In +short, unless our reformers concern themselves with +the ultimate values of men, with what constitutes a +good life, they are bound to pander to such immediate +faiths and superstitions as the National State, Efficiency, +or the White Man’s Burden.</p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>There is a final criticism of the partial utopias: our +one-sided reforms have had this fatal defect—they are +one-sided. This partisanship was expressed by their +relation to the facts upon which their programs were +based, and in their attitude towards the people who +were to be affected by them.</p> + +<p>The mood of partisanship has been that of a lawyer +who is getting up an argument and is looking for such +facts as will bolster up his case. That mood is inimical +to free and intelligent thought: its object is rhetorical +triumph. Now it happens that in all the matters which +intimately concern a community, a person’s attitude +towards the facts not merely seems more important than +the facts themselves, but seems so deucedly important +that the facts are ignored. The attitude of a group +of Southern whites who will lynch a negro on the report +that he has raped a white woman before they investigate +the truth of the assertion is a bestial exaggeration of a +very natural human tendency. Men are built for action<span class="pagenum" id="Page_256">256</span> +rather than thought; or rather, since thought, on the +psychologist’s interpretation, is inhibited action, the +business of inhibition naturally comes a little hard to +us; and when we are in a place where we have the rough +choice of pushing through the obstacle, under a strong +impulse of resentment (instinct of pugnacity) or may +quietly withdraw from the obstacle, survey it, and frame +a plan of action to circumvent it, our fundamental +impulse is to follow the first mode.</p> + +<p>It is easy to see, for example, how the hideous human +suffering which accompanied the growth of the capitalist +organization—and still exists!—caused the socialists +to concentrate attention upon the subjects of ownership +and profits, and long blinded them to the specific +problems of organization, distribution, and control +within the industries that might be affected by the +program of socialization. This concentration upon the +particular aspect of a problem, like the concentration +upon a particular aspect of the solution, has the weakness +of ignoring the total situation, and it too crudely +simplifies the difficulties. In their haste to arrive at +solutions and remedies—for the life of man is short and +the needs of the moment are pressing—the partisans +neglect to make a complete tally of the facts; and they +are too ready to let “common knowledge” take the place +of a thorough investigation of the data.</p> + +<p>This weakness arises out of an almost instinctive +tendency towards partisanship; and it is one of the +reasons that partisanship continues. If nothing else +prevents groups from getting together, their failure +to agree about the facts, and their lack of a method for +getting at the facts and focussing them, is responsible. +If an examination of the facts did nothing else, it might<span class="pagenum" id="Page_257">257</span> +show at least the impossibility of drawing any conclusion +from them, and it might warn the partisan to step +warily. Thus the testimony that was offered for and +against Prohibition came from fairly high authorities +on both sides; and if there had been anything like right +reason in the strategically stronger camp, it would +have convinced those who were interested in the welfare +of the community that nothing could be wisely +done while the very basis for judgment—scientific +knowledge as to the place of alcoholic stimuli in the life +of the human organism—had not been established.</p> + +<p>It is of course conceivable that men will quarrel and +split when they are fully apprised of the facts: we may +well remember the story of the British ambassador who +confessed to his French colleague that the reason he +did not get on very well with the Americans was that +both countries unfortunately spoke the same language; +but it is inconceivable that they should ever reach an +intelligent agreement before they are in common possession +of the facts. By ignoring the necessity for substantiating +his claims and assertions the partisan frequently +not merely fails to see his whole problem in all +its implications, but also prevents any one else from +seeing it. Even when the partisan is not intentionally +blind, he lacks the discipline which is essential to an +open-eyed judgment of the case. What that discipline +may be I shall attempt to discuss in the next chapter.</p> + +<p>The second weakness of partisanship is that it breaks +the community into vertical divisions, and promotes +fictitious antagonisms and kinships which run against +the horizontal affiliations and loyalties of a man’s life. +This tendency was nicely illustrated in a play by Mr. +St. John Ervine, called Mixed Marriage, which dealt<span class="pagenum" id="Page_258">258</span> +with the love affair of a young girl and a young man +who were separated by the religions that had been +handed down by their parents. In Mr. Ervine’s +wretched little Ulster community, these religions served +as an excuse to keep people from being friendly and +decent to their neighbors. Now it is obvious that +mating, and making friends with those who have common +interests and sentiments, and mixing freely within +the whole community, are highly important horizontal +interests; they tend to unite people in a common bond +which is fundamental for the reason that these interests +and activities are essentially human. The antagonism +between two Christian sects, on the other hand, undermines +the good life as a whole, because it insists that +there is no other good than a religious good—a good +embodied in a pope, or in the practice of scoffing at a +pope—while it is obvious to anyone who has possession +of his senses that kissing a pretty girl is good, and +having a friendly pipe with one’s neighbor is good, and +that institutions which prevent one from doing these +things at appropriate times are perverted and antisocial. +It is true that people who emphasize religious +interests take “high ground,” as the saying is, and +that those who value the friendly pipe seem by implication +to take low ground: but what the partisans fail +to see is that there is a good human case for low ground, +and that, for the great majority of people it may prove +to be not merely the only practicable ground, but in +its own right a good and sufficient one.</p> + +<p>Now for Catholic and Protestant in Mr. St. John +Ervine’s play one may substitute Democrat and Republican, +White Guard and Red Guard, Socialist and +Financier, Prohibitionist and anti-Prohibitionist and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_259">259</span> +the results will be just as deplorably the same. There +are any number of interests in a well-wrought life which +lie altogether beyond these categories, and it is the +chief misdemeanor of partisanism, as opposed to +utopianism, that it tends to slight these general interests, +and either bring them into the service of the “ism” +or urge that they be neglected in devotion to the +“cause.” The first method has been used by the apostles +of nationalism. The National State, recognizing that +art and culture and science could not be altogether engrossed +in the strategy of political warfare, promptly +put these goods in the pigeon hole labelled national +resources. The partisans of the State talked about +American science as opposed to German science, of +Italian art as opposed to French art; and thus emphasized +the things which men in America had with +other Americans in order to mark off more clearly the +things they had apart from men of similar interests in +other countries. The same thing happened in the Russian +communist state, with its attempt to set aside the +common cultural heritage of mankind at large and define +a purely proletarian culture. The results in every +case are, I believe, incurably mischievous; and those +who would promote the good life must cease this infantile +practice of asserting vainly that “my father +knows more than your father,” “my mother is more +beautiful than your mother”—and so on.</p> + +<p>For the most part the second method has been indefatigably +used. In the political state the partisans +make a great show of the gulf which separates the +political party in power from that which is outside, and +every other interest in life is supposed to be secondary +to this abysmal cleavage. In relatively crude communities,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_260">260</span> +like the United States and Ireland, these differences +seem to be taken by the great mass of people at +their face value; whereas in England, which at least +has the virtues of disillusion, it is the great tradition of +Parliament that all the animosities of the floor are +ignored in the bar of the House of Commons, while all +the congenialities and convivialities that bind men together +are emphasized. Lest I be accused of prejudice +where none exists, let me add that in the most substantial +reconstruction movement that Ireland possesses—I +refer to agricultural co-operation as promoted by Sir +Horace Plunkett and A. E.—the horizontal interests +which bind men together as farmers and members of a +local community are successfully emphasized to the +exclusion of irrelevant vertical differences, at least in +matters touching the organization and conduct of the +Irish Agricultural Organization Society; and that, as +far as I can see, this single organization has done more +to promote the good life in Ireland than any other +institution, with the possible exception of the equally +non-partisan literary association which grew up in +Dublin under the leadership of A. E., William Butler +Yeats, Lady Gregory, and the rest of that fine and +glorious crew.</p> + +<p>Obviously, it is not altogether for nothing that men +have joined together in vertical organizations which +are as broad as a continent, let us say, or the European +world. There is a sense in which the Christians of +Jerusalem have more in common with the Christians +of Rome than they have with the Jews and Mohammedans +of their local region. In the same way, I find +myself more deeply drawn to certain friends of mine +in Bombay and London than I am towards my next<span class="pagenum" id="Page_261">261</span> +door neighbor, with whom the only recognizable bond +is our common animus against a rapacious landlord. +So long as the vertical affiliation with people of the +same views in politics or religion or philosophy is a +spiritual affiliation a great deal of good may come out +of it. When, however, the things that draw people together +as members of a vertical group are used as a +means of inflicting similar opinions or practices upon +the local community, without respect to its regional +qualities, the results are little less than disastrous. +The rain falls on the just and the unjust; more than +that, the food that we grow, the houses that we build, +the roads that we lay down, the thoughts that we think, +belong to us as members of the human species who have +inherited the earth and the fullness thereof; and it is +absurd to let differences in our idola prevent us from +participating equally in this common heritage.</p> + +<p>At long last, the things that unite human beings as +human beings, the social inheritance that enables them +to realize their stature as human beings, are more important +than any particular element that the partisan +may lay hold of. Whether our partisanism consists in +being first and foremost an American or first and foremost +a Theosophist, it tends to limit the world with +which we may have commerce and so impoverishes the +personality. The person who insists upon being a +hundred per cent. American has by that very emphasis +become something less than half a man. By fastening +attention upon a segment of the world, the partisan +creates a segment of a personality. It is these segments +or sects that any movement which aims at a +general good in the community must contend against. +So long as work for the common welfare meets with<span class="pagenum" id="Page_262">262</span> +irrelevant partisanisms, so long will we lack the means +of creating whole men and women; and so long will the +main concerns of civilization be side-tracked.</p> + +<h3>6</h3> + +<p>What a vision these partisan utopias present! They +are like the scattered bones that the prophet saw in the +terrible valley, and one doubts whether even the breath +of the Lord could knit them together again into real +bodies....</p> + +<p>One of these partisan utopias issues from a bundle +of red-tape; everything is filed and ticketed and labelled +there; and anything in life that cannot be treated in +this fashion does not exist. Another is a mechanical +contraption; somehow it seems to litter little mechanical +contraptions; and its aim is, it would seem, to do away +with vegetation and reproduction, so that everything +under the sun might be performed with the sterile accuracy +of the machine. A third utopia of the partisan +calls human beings, with all their color and thickness, +“individuals,” and makes the good life a matter of legal +relationships without any regard to their necessities in +time and space; such a utopia could almost be carried +in one’s pocket, so much is it a matter of verbal statement. +We need not go down the line. Singly, it is +plain that not one of these utopias would create a happy +community; while if all of these partisanisms could be +realized the result could scarcely be anything else than +discord—such a discord as now exists and every day +becomes more raucous.</p> + +<p>It would seem that we are at an impasse. Even if I +have absurdly exaggerated the futility of the reformers +and revolutionaries, their lack of any fundamental program<span class="pagenum" id="Page_263">263</span> +and their inability to conceive an essential reorientation +in modern society, come out pretty plainly. If +our analysis did not prove this, the atmosphere of disillusion +which we breathe today, and which permeates +every branch of literature, would tell as much. In so far +as we have accepted the modern social order we are +in ruin; and the next war that now threatens will, if +it actually comes to pass, only carry the ruin a little +further. In so far as we have pinned our hopes to +current movements for reconstruction or revolution, +our plans are sickly and debilitated. In fact, the only +genuine signs of life seem to be in regions like Ireland, +Denmark, India, and China, which have stood +outside the movement of industrial civilization and have +retained the values of an order which elsewhere has +been undermined and almost destroyed. It is not a +pretty situation to face; and small wonder that we +are so slow and so reluctant to face it. Whichever +way we look, bankruptcy seems to threaten us.</p> + +<p>It is time we endeavored to cash in the paper roubles +of the partisan. If our civilization is to hold together +we must place its intellectual currency on a new basis; +we must exchange our abstract idealisms, our abstract +programs, our paperized pursuit of happiness for some +of the golden coinage of life, even though we cannot +have our gold without mixing it with baser metals.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_265">265</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_TWELVE"><span id="toclink_265"></span>CHAPTER TWELVE</h2> + +<div class="blockquot hang2"> + +<p>How the half-worlds go, and how eutopia may come; +and what we need before we can build Jerusalem in +any green and pleasant land.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> +<div> </div> +</div></div> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_267">267</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_12">CHAPTER TWELVE</h2> +</div> + +<h3>1</h3> + +<p><span class="firstword">The</span> sort of thinking that has created our utopias +has placed desire above reality; and so their chief fulfillment +has been in the realm of fantasy. This is true +of the classic utopias that we have surveyed, and it is +true—though not perhaps quite so apparent—of the +partial utopias that were formulated by the various +reconstruction movements during the last century.</p> + +<p>While the classic utopias have so far been nearer to +reality that they have projected a whole community, +living and working and mating and spanning the gamut +of man’s activity, their projections have nevertheless +been literally up in the air, since they did not usually +arise out of any real environment or attempt to meet the +conditions that this environment presented. This defect +has been suggested by the very name of Utopia, +for as Professor Patrick Geddes points out, Sir Thomas +More was an inveterate punster, and Utopia is a mock-name +for either Outopia, which means no-place, or +Eutopia—the good place.</p> + +<p>It is time to bring our utopian idola and our everyday +world into contact; indeed, it is high time, for the +idola that have so far served us are now disintegrating +so rapidly that our mental world will soon be as empty +of useful furniture as a deserted house, while wholesale +dilapidation and ruin threaten the institutions that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_268">268</span> +once seemed permanent. Unless we can weave a new +pattern for our lives the outlook for our civilization is +almost as dismal as Herr Spengler finds it in Der +Untergang des Abendlandes. Our choice is not between +eutopia and the world as it is, but between eutopia +and nothing—or rather, nothingness. Other civilizations +have proved inimical to the good life and have +failed and past away; and there is nothing but our own +will-to-eutopia to prevent us from following them.</p> + +<p>If this dissipation of Western Civilization is to cease, +the first step in reconstruction is to make over our inner +world, and to give our knowledge and our projections +a new foundation. The problem of realizing the +potential powers of the community—which is the fundamental +problem of eutopian reconstruction—is not +simply a matter of economics or eugenics or ethics as +the various specialist thinkers and their political followers +have emphasized. Max Beer, in his History of +British Socialism, points out that Bacon looked for +the happiness of mankind chiefly in the application of +science and industry. But by now it is plain that if +this alone were sufficient, we could all live in heaven +tomorrow. Beer points out that More, on the other +hand, looked to social reform and religious ethics to +transform society; and it is equally plain that if the +souls of men could be transformed without altering +their material and institutional activities, Christianity, +Mohammedanism, and Buddhism might have created an +earthly paradise almost any time this last two thousand +years. The truth is, as Beer sees, that these two conceptions +are still at war with each other: idealism and +science continue to function in separate compartments;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_269">269</span> +and yet “the happiness of man on earth” depends upon +their combination.</p> + +<p>If we are to build up genuine eutopias, instead of +permitting ourselves to pattern our behavior in terms +of fake utopias like Coketown, the Country House, the +National State, and all the other partial and inadequate +myths to which we have given allegiance, we must +examine anew the idola which will assist us in reconstituting +our environment. So we are forced to consider +the place of science and art in our social life, +and to discuss what must be done in order to make +them bear more concretely upon “the improvement of +man’s estate.”</p> + +<h3>2</h3> + +<p>There was a time when the world of knowledge and +the world of dreams were not separated; when the artist +and the scientist, for all practical purposes, saw the +“outside world” through the same kind of spectacles.</p> + +<p>What we call “science” today was in its primitive +state part and parcel of that common stock of knowledge +and belief which makes up a community’s literature, +or, as Dr. Beattie Crozier would have said, its +“Bible.” The departure of science from this main body +of literature begins for the Western World, probably, +with the death of Plato and the institution of Aristotle’s +collections in natural history; and from that point onwards +the separate sciences, increasingly isolate themselves +from the general body of knowledge, and utilize +methods which had been unknown to the earlier philosophers +and sages; so that by the time the twentieth +century dawns the process of differentiation has been +completed, and philosophy, once the compendium of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_270">270</span> +the sciences, has disappeared except as a sort of impalpable, +viscous residue.</p> + +<p>When Aristotle divided his writing into the exoteric +and esoteric groups, into the popular and the scientific, +he definitely recognized the existence of two separate +branches of literature, two different ways of taking +account of the world, two disparate methods of approaching +its problems. The first branch was that of +the philosophers, the prophets, the poets, and the plain +people. Its background was the generality of human +experience: its methods were those of discussion and +conference: its criteria were those of formal dialectics: +its interests were specifically those of the community, +and nothing human was foreign to it. With the petrification +of Greek thought that followed the collapse +of the Alexandrian school, the second branch was slow +in coming into its own. As late as the eighteenth century +its adherents were called natural philosophers, to +distinguish them from the more humane variety; and +it is only with the nineteenth century that the subject +became universally known as science and its practitioners +as scientists.</p> + +<p>In the Phædrus Socrates had expressed the humanist +outlook of literature by saying: “Trees and fields, you +know, cannot teach me anything, but men in the city +can.” The shortest way of describing the attitude of +science is to say that it resolutely turned its back on +men in the city and devoted itself to the trees and fields +and stars and the rest of brute nature. If it paid attention +to men at all it saw them—if we may abuse an +old quotation—as trees walking. Socrates had said: +Know thyself. The scientist said: Know the world that +lies outside man’s dominion. As science progressed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_271">271</span> +these attitudes became more rigid, unfortunately, and a +conflict grew up between literature and science, between +the humanities and natural philosophy, which has given +both art and science the peculiar twist we shall presently +examine.</p> + +<p>Now the developments in modern science go back, +through the Arabic thinkers, to ancient Greece; but +the great advances that have been made date back +scarcely three centuries. On the basis of the precise +knowledge of physical relations which became available +in mathematics, physics, mechanics, and chemistry the +startling changes which have been crudely labelled the +“industrial revolution” were carried through. If the +essential relationship between the world of ideas and +the world of action were ever in doubt, the industrial +revolution, especially in its later phases, would be a +final demonstration; for beneath the ostensible skyscrapers, +subways, factories, telephone lines, and +sewers of the modern industrial city lie the immaterial +foundations of western physical science, laid down stone +by stone in the remote, theoretic researches of Boyle, +Faraday, Kelvin, Leibniz, and the rest of that great +galaxy. With the far reaching effect of the idola of +physical science it is hardly necessary to deal. Everyone +realizes how dependent the advance in technology +has been upon theoretic science, even though the scientist +himself, as Kropotkin pointed out, is sometimes slow +in admitting the debt of science itself to practical invention. +The actual world of machinery is at present, +it seems fair to say, a parasite upon this body of +knowledge, and it would speedily starve to death if the +host were annihilated.</p> + +<p>Science has provided the factual data by means of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_272">272</span> +which the industrialist, the inventor, and the engineer +have transformed the physical world; and without +doubt the physical world has been transformed. Unfortunately, +when science has furnished the data its +work is at an end: whether one uses the knowledge of +chemicals to cure a patient or to poison one’s grandmother +is, from the standpoint of science, an extraneous +and uninteresting question. So it follows that while +science has given us the means of making over the world, +the ends to which the world has been made over have +had, essentially, nothing to do with science. Accordingly, +as I have suggested, the idola of the Country +House and Coketown and the National State, which +were built up by literature and art, have given the +effective direction to these transformations. So far, +science has not been used by people who regarded man +and his institutions scientifically. The application of +the scientific method to man and his institutions has +hardly been attempted.</p> + +<p>Even when one qualifies this last generalization, its +outline remains pretty sharp. The development of +what are called the social sciences was dimly outlined +in Bacon’s <cite>Novum Organon</cite>; but it was not till the +eighteenth century, with Quesnay and Montesquieu, +that the movement gained any real headway, and down +to this day a large part of what is called science in +Economics, Politics, and Sociology is only disguised +literature—work in which the jargon of science is accepted +as a substitute for the scientific method of arriving +at factual truth, and in which the effort to mold +conduct overwhelms the attempt to reach correct conclusions. +Indeed, among the economists and sociologists +there has been a persistent dribble of discussion<span class="pagenum" id="Page_273">273</span> +as to whether or not their subjects entitled them to +the august designation of scientists.</p> + +<p>It is not without reason that the social and human +sciences have been distrusted by the devotees of physical +science, so that, for example, the British Association +has long had a single section devoted to the social +sciences in which Sociology, the mother of them all, is +permitted to enter as a subclassification of Anthropology! +The nearer the investigator gets to man, the +more easily he is overwhelmed with the complexity of +his subject; and the more tempted he is to adopt the +swift and easy partisan methods of the novelist, the +poet, the prophet. The mere concealment of this act +of seduction under the rough, grey cover of scientific +jargon means frequently that the social scientist has +added to the offense of not being a good scientist by not +even being a good literary man.</p> + +<p>Hence there is a great gap between the more external +part of the world which has been affected by +science, and that part, nearer to man and man’s institutions, +which has yet for the greater part to be conquered. +While the physical equipment of New York +compares with that of fourth century Athens as Athens +itself would compare with an Aurignacian cave, the life +of men in the city is perhaps more disordered and futile +and incomplete than the author of the Republic found +it. The moral of this contrast need hardly be pointed +in so many words. The idolum of science is incomplete; +for it chiefly touches life in its physical sector; and it +remains to complete the span so that every activity and +condition may be described, measured, and grasped in +scientific terms. With the vast modern improvement in +our physical arrangements in view, it must occur to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_274">274</span> +almost anyone that a permanent advance in social life +depends upon a much more thorough and realistic acquaintance +with the facts than the social sciences have +yet been able to provide. Before an army moves over +the land it is well for it to have moved in someone’s +mind over a topographic map. Lacking such maps, +all our day to day improvements have been wasteful +sallies into eutopia, proceeding without order, without +a sufficient equipment, and without any general plan.</p> + +<h3>3</h3> + +<p>There is a point up to which each science may well +be left to cultivate its field for its own sake, without +any regard for the fruits. Mr. Thorstein Veblen, in +The Place of Science in Civilization, has well pointed +out the way in which science arises out of idle curiosity; +and science, studied and advanced for its own sake, is +surely one of the great playthings of the race. In this +aspect, while science seeks a quite different path to the +contemplative life than art takes, its end is the same—the +dominant interest is an esthetic one, the joy of pure +perception. Science is thus a sort of world in itself, +and it is self-sufficient: there is no need for it to make +contact with the real world in which we fight and love +and earn our daily bread. In its own world, science is +no better and no worse than theosophy or astrology or +fables about deity.</p> + +<p>But the divorce of science from the daily life of the +community is not altogether an advantage. If it fosters +a whole-hearted cultivation of science for its own values, +it tends to lose sight of realities without which its +values are meaningless. It is hard perhaps to locate<span class="pagenum" id="Page_275">275</span> +the point at which science, divorced from every day +realities, ceases to have any social relevance; but it +seems to me that such a point exists; and when the +sciences remain disparate and unrelated one to the +other, they tend to pass over from a public world to the +private world of the specialist; and the knowledge +which obtains in that world can with difficulty be +brought out again to irrigate the common life of the +community; or if it is brought out, as bacteriology is +brought out in relation to the treatment of disease, it +is divorced from a consideration of the total situation +in a way that makes so many specialist advances in +medicine, for example, the stamping ground for the +fanatic.</p> + +<p>This loss of contact, I believe, is highly dangerous; +for it lessens the effect of scientific discipline upon daily +affairs quite as much as a cloistered religion, by erecting +impossible sanctions, opens the way for much unalloyed +slackness and baseness, and by demanding that Pistol +and Falstaff live like Christ prevents these biological +rapscallions from achieving so much as the level of +Robin Hood. The upshot of this dissociation of science +and social life is that superstition takes the place of +science among the common run of men, as a more easily +apprehended version of reality.</p> + +<p>Today the whole corpus of knowledge is in an anarchic +state, and it lacks order precisely because it lacks +any definite relations to the community which creates +it, and for which it, in turn, provides the spectacles +through which the world is seen. Against the gains +that have come from the increasing specialization of +the sciences, we have to set off the losses which the community +suffers from the development of crude forms<span class="pagenum" id="Page_276">276</span> +of science, and from quackeries like astrology and spiritualism +which succeed in giving a complete account of +man’s place in the universe in terms that are fairly intelligible +to the lay mind. It seems to me, then, that +in the cultivation of the sciences a definite hierarchy +of values must be established which shall have some +relation to the essential needs of the community. The +independence of science from human values is a gross +superstition: the desire for order, for security, for +esthetically satisfactory patterns—along with the desire +for fame or the favor of princes—have all played +their parts in the development of science. Though the +logic of science may discount the human factor as far +as possible in its internal operations, it is because men +have placed a certain value upon disinterested intellectual +operations that these activities are pursued in +modern communities to the exclusion of other interests +and claims.</p> + +<p>Let us put the problem concretely. A community +which cultivates chemical science to the point at which +it is able to wipe out a whole city by a few explosions +of poisonous gas is in a pretty treacherous situation. +If the science that it possesses has not helped to found +a eutopia, it has at any rate provided the foundations +for a kakotopia, or bad place: in short, for a hell. +Indeed scientific knowledge has not merely heightened +the possibilities of life in the modern world: it has +lowered the depths. When science is not touched by a +sense of values it works—as it fairly consistently has +worked during the past century—towards a complete +dehumanization of the social order. The plea that each +of the sciences must be permitted to go its own way +without control should be immediately rebutted by<span class="pagenum" id="Page_277">277</span> +pointing out that they obviously need a little guidance +when their applications in war and industry are so +plainly disastrous.</p> + +<p>We must be prepared to recognize that “truths” do +not stand together on a high and lofty pedestal: some +are important and some are trivial, some are innocent +and some are dangerous, and while the pursuit of truth +is a good in itself—<em>and complete freedom in that pursuit +is a</em> <span lang="la">sine qua non</span> <em>of a good social life</em>—certain +departments of investigation may need to be offset and +corrected by work in other fields. In a modern Western +European community, a sociological insight into the +causes and conditions of war and peace is a needed corrective +to the crudities of applied physical science and +without such correction the mere increase of scientific +knowledge, of which we boast so vacuously, may be +highly inimical to the practice of the good life in the +community.</p> + +<h3>4</h3> + +<p>If the sciences are to be cultivated anew with respect +for a definite hierarchy of human values, it seems to me +that the sciences must be focussed again upon particular +local communities, and the problems which they +offer for solution. Just as geometry in Egypt arose +out of the need for annually surveying the boundaries +that the Nile wiped out, and as astronomy developed +in Chaldea in order to determine the shift of the seasons +for the planting of crops, as geology in modern +times developed out of the questions that a practical +stone mason, like Hugh Miller, found himself confronted +with—so may the sciences which are today incomplete +and partial develop along the necessary lines by a survey<span class="pagenum" id="Page_278">278</span> +of existing conditions and intellectual resources in +a particular community.</p> + +<p>On one hand, science must be in contact with the +whole idolum of scientific thought—with that vast overworld +of scientific effort which is the product of no +single place or people or time. On the other hand, +it must be related to the definite local community, limited +in time and in space, in which its researches and +its speculations will be realized and applied. Out of +these surveys of existing conditions we should find, I +believe, that in social psychology, in anthropology, in +economics there are a vast number of facts and relations +which remain to be described; and that, similarly, +certain departments like craniology and jurisprudence +and folklore have been vastly overcultivated in proportion +to any genuine importance that their researches +may have upon our control over the community’s development. +Such an investigation would bring out, +above all, the weakness of contemporary sociological +thought, with its diabetic flatulence of special sociologies, +and its lack of any general agreement as to the +field which is to be cultivated.</p> + +<p>Apart from its great function as a plaything, science +is valuable only to the extent that its researches can be +brought to bear upon the conditions in a particular +community, in a definite region. The difference between +science as a plaything and science as an instrument +for enabling us to establish more effective relations with +other men and with the rest of our environment, is the +difference between firing a shot at a target and firing +at a buck for provender. The practice one gets in +firing at a target is great fun, and incidentally it +improves one’s marksmanship; such idle sport is perhaps<span class="pagenum" id="Page_279">279</span> +one of the stigmata of a civilized community. +Nevertheless, unless one’s skill can be definitely brought +home it remains a personal achievement; and the community +as a whole is not a pound of meat the better +for it. If science is to play the significant part that +Bacon and Andreæ and Plato and the other great +humanists desired it to, it must be definitely brought +home and realized in our here and now.</p> + +<p>The need for this humanization of science has already +been perceived in Great Britain. During the last decade +a movement has gathered headway in the schools +and extended itself to associations outside the schools. +The title of this movement is “Regional Survey,” and +its point of origin is, I believe, the Outlook Tower +in Edinburgh which was well described more than two +decades ago as the “world’s first sociological laboratory.”</p> + +<p>The aim of the Regional Survey is to take a geographic +region and explore it in every aspect. It differs +from the social survey with which we are acquainted +in America in that it is not chiefly a survey of +evils; it is, rather, a survey of the existing conditions in +all their aspects; and it emphasizes to a much greater +extent than the social survey the natural characteristics +of the environment, as they are discovered by the +geologist, the zoologist, the ecologist—in addition to +the development of natural and human conditions in the +historic past, as presented by the anthropologist, the +archæologist, and the historian. In short, the regional +survey attempts a local synthesis of all the specialist +“knowledges.”</p> + +<p>Such a survey has been conducted in the Southeastern +counties of England under the auspices of various local<span class="pagenum" id="Page_280">280</span> +scientific societies; and the result of it is a complete +description of the community’s foundations, its past, its +manner of working and living, its institutions, its regional +peculiarities, and its utilization of physical, vital, +and social resources. Each of the sciences draws upon +its general body of knowledge to illuminate the points +under observation; and when problems arise which point +definitely to the lack of scientific or scholarly data, new +trails are opened and new territory defined.</p> + +<p>In looking at the community through the Regional +Survey, the investigator is dealing with a real thing +and not with an arbitrary idolum. In so far as the +local community has certain elements in common with +similar regions in other countries, or has absorbed +elements from other civilizations, these things will be +given their full value, instead of being disregarded because +they weaken the identity of the local community +with that precious myth, the National State. The +greater part of the data that is thus brought to light +may be plotted on a map, graphically presented in a +chart, or photographed. In Saffron Walden, England, +there is an admirable little museum devoted to such +an exhibition of its region; and in the Outlook Tower, +at Edinburgh, there used to be a library and an +apparatus of exhibition by which one could begin at +the point where one was standing and work outwards, +in thought, to embrace the whole wide world. Knowledge +that is presented in this fashion is available so +that whoever runs may read; it has every feature, +therefore, of popular science as it is purveyed in the +cheap newspaper and magazine, whilst it remains real +science and is not presented as something that verges +from a miracle to a superstition.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_281">281</span></p> + +<p>The knowledge embodied in the Regional Survey has +a coherence and pithiness which no isolated study of +science can possibly possess. It is presented in such a +form that it can be assimilated by every member of the +community who has the rudiments of an education, +and it thus differs from the isolated discipline which +necessarily remains the heritage of the specialist. Above +all, this knowledge is not that of “subjects,” taken as +so many water tight and unrelated compartments: +it is a knowledge of a whole region, seen in all its +aspects; so that the relations between the work aspect +and the soil aspect, between the play aspect and the +work aspect, become fairly simple and intelligible. +This common tissue of definite, verifiable, localized +knowledge is what all our partisan utopias and reconstruction +programs have lacked; and lacking it, have +been one-sided and ignorant and abstract—devising +paper programs for the reconstruction of a paper +world.</p> + +<p>Regional survey, then, is the bridge by which the +specialist whose face is turned towards the library and +the laboratory, and the active worker in the field, whose +face is turned towards the city and region in which he +lives, may come into contact; and out of this contact +our plans and our eutopias may be founded on such a +permanent foundation of facts as the scientist can build +for us, while the sciences themselves will be cultivated +with some regard for the human values and standards, +as embodied in the needs and the ideals of the local community. +This is the first step out of the present impasse: +we must return to the real world, and face it, +and survey it in its complicated totality. Our castles-in-air +must have their foundations in solid ground.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_282">282</span></p> + +<h3>5</h3> + +<p>The needed reorientation of science is important; +but by itself it is not enough. Knowledge is a tool +rather than a motor; and if we know the world without +being able to react upon it, we are guilty of that aimless +pragmatism which consists of devising all sorts of +ingenious machines and being quite incapable of subordinating +them to any coherent and attractive pattern.</p> + +<p>Now, men are moved by their instinctive impulses +and by such emotionally colored pattern-ideas or idola +as the dreamer is capable of projecting. When we +create these pattern-ideas, we enlarge the environment, +so that our behavior is guided by the conditions which +we seek to establish and enjoy in an imaginary world. +However crude the Marxian analysis of society may +have been, it at least had the merit of presenting a +great dream—the dream of a titanic struggle between +the possessors and the dispossessed in which every +worker had a definite part to play. Without these +dreams, the advances in social science will be just as +disorderly and fusty as the applications of physical +science have been in our material affairs, where in the +absence of any genuine scale of values, a patent collar +button is regarded as equally important as a tungsten +filament if the button happens to bring the inventor as +great a financial reward.</p> + +<h3>6</h3> + +<p>Up to about the middle of the seventeenth century, +before modern physical science had rigorously defined +its field, the breach between literature and science, +which Aristotle had made, was not altogether complete;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_283">283</span> +and while the humanist ideal was intact both literature +and science were regarded as coeval phases of man’s +intellectual activity. The two dominating figures of +the Renascence, Leonardo da Vinci and Michael Angelo, +were artists, technicians, and men of science; +and in a comparison between a translation of Michael +Angelo’s sonnets and a photograph of St. Peter’s the +sonnets come off rather well.</p> + +<p>The great contribution of the Renascence was the +ideal of fully energized human beings, able to span life +in all its manifestations, as artists, scientists, technicians, +philosophers, and what not. This ideal exercised +a powerful influence on lesser figures, like the +Admirable Crichton and Sir Walter Raleigh, and even +down to the time of Descartes it contributed to that +exuberance of the intellectual life which was the Renascence +at its best. When John Amos Comenius wrote +his remarkable little book called The Labyrinth of the +World and the Paradise of the Heart in 1623, he +combined the outlooks of science and art in a remarkable +synthesis; for the first part of this work is a +picturesque survey of the actual world as Comenius +found it, and the second a picture of the transition to +the heavenly world promised in the Christian religion. +The idea behind Comenius’ Labyrinth was the same +that inspired Andreæ; and were it not for the complete +otherworldliness of this theological utopia, the Paradise +of the Heart, Comenius’ discourse would take a +high place in the history of utopian thought.</p> + +<p>There is no genuine logical basis, as far as I can see, +in the dissociation of science and art, of knowing and +dreaming, of intellectual activities and emotional activities.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_284">284</span> +The division between the two is simply one of +convenience; for both these activities are simply different +modes in which human beings create order out +of the chaos in which they find themselves. Such is +the humanist view. As an instance of this, when the +Royal Society was projected in England in the middle +of the seventeenth century, Johann Andreæ advised his +friend Samuel Hartlib, then in London, not to neglect +the humanities while furthering the pursuit of the physical +sciences. Unfortunately, the men who gathered +together to form the Royal Society were specialists in +physical science; and in the lapse of the humanist tradition +through the religious acerbities of the time, they +had lost some of their desire for a complete life. As a +result, the original charter of the society confined its +work to the physical sciences.</p> + +<p>Insignificant as it now appears in the annals of science, +this decision seems to me to mark a definite turning +point in human thought. Henceforth the scientist was +to be one sort of person and the artist another; henceforth +the idolum of science and the idolum of art were +not to be cemented together in a single personality; +henceforth, in fact, the dehumanization of art and science +begins. It is interesting to note that with the +divorce of the humanities from science, art and science +entered upon separate careers which, for all their diversities, +are curiously similar. Both art and science, +for example, ceased to be the common property of the +community; and each of them split up into a multiplying +host of specialisms. In this process, art and +science made many notable advances; so that this +period is usually spoken of as a period of enlightenment +or progress; but the result on the community was<span class="pagenum" id="Page_285">285</span> +what we discovered in our examination of Coketown and +the Country House.</p> + +<h3>7</h3> + +<p>We must now consider the development of the arts +in the modern community. At the height of the Middle +Age, as in fifth century Athens, the arts formed together +a living unity. A citizen did not go into a +concert hall to hear music, to a church to say his +prayers, to a theatre to see a play, to a picture gallery +to view pictures: it was a mean town, indeed, that could +not boast a cathedral and a couple of churches; and +in these buildings, drama and music and architecture +and painting and sculpture were united for the purpose +of ringing changes on the emotional nature of men and +converting them to accept the theological vision of +otherworldly utopia.</p> + +<p>The splitting up of these arts into a number of separate +boxes was part of that movement towards individualism +and protestantism whose effects most people are +familiar with in the field of religion alone. Henceforward, +music, drama, painting, and the other arts developed +largely in isolation; and each of them was forced +to build up a separate world. The greater part of the +gains that were made in these worlds was not carried +over into the community at large, but remained the +possession of the artists themselves or their private +patrons and critics in the Country House. With such +exceptions as the Italian and Japanese woodcuts of +the eighteenth century, and the few survivals of ballad +and drama that slipt over from the Middle Age, popular +art became another name for all that was coarse +and stunted and depressed. The popular architecture<span class="pagenum" id="Page_286">286</span> +of the nineteenth century is the sordid little redbrick +rabbit hutch: popular religion is embodied in the +stunted sheet-iron or brick chapel (as it is called in +England) of the Baptists and Methodists: popular +music is the latest barrel organ lilt: popular painting +is the calendar lithograph: and popular literature is +the dime novel.</p> + +<p>The divorce of the art of the cultivated classes from +that of the whole community tended to deprive it of +any other standards than the artist himself was content +to erect. Here again the comparison with science +is curiously pertinent. The world of art is in a sense +a separate world, and it can be cultivated for a time +without reference to the desires and emotions of the +community out of which it has sprung. But the motto +“Art for art’s sake” turns out in practice to be something +quite different—namely, art for the artist’s sake; +and art which is produced in this manner, without any +external standard of performance, is frequently just an +instrument for overcoming a neurosis or enabling the +artist to restore his personal equilibrium. Divorced +from his community, the artist was driven back upon +himself: instead of seeking to create a beauty which +all men might share, he devoted himself to projecting +a poignant angle of his personal vision—an angle which +I shall call the picturesque. The cause of this divorce +I have already pointed out in the chapter on the +Country House; it is with the effects of this divorce, +for which the artist was not greatly to blame, that we +are here concerned.</p> + +<p>This conflict between “beauty” and the “picturesque” +is perhaps common to all the arts, and with sufficient<span class="pagenum" id="Page_287">287</span> +factual detail I might be able to trace its effects on +literature and music. For the sake of clearness and +simplicity I shall confine myself to painting and sculpture, +with the proviso that our conclusions will apply, +by and large, to the whole field.</p> + +<p>Let me emphasize, before going any further, that I +am using the terms “beauty” and the “picturesque” +in quite different senses from the vague ones that are +usually attached to them; and that I use them without +any preliminary judgment as to their place and value +in the good life. The picturesque, in the quite arbitrary +sense in which the word is used here, is an abstract +quality of vision, sound, or meaning which creates +what we might call pure esthetic experience. In painting, +the picturesque probably arose with the discovery, +on the part of the leisured classes in the Country +House, that it was possible to achieve rapture, a sort +of esthetic trance, a complete state of beatitude, by +the more or less prolonged contemplation of a pictorial +subject. Up to the time of this discovery, painting +was simply a branch of interior decoration; the great +paintings of the Christian World served, for the public, +as illustrations to that outline of history which +mediæval theology provided: they had a habitat, a +social destination.</p> + +<p>With the splitting off of the picturesque from the +main body of ecclesiastical art, painting came into +its own as an end in itself, apart from any place +that it might have in the scheme of the community’s +affairs. The symptom of this change is the rise of +landscape painting: in the search for pure esthetic +experience the painter began to look for themes which +were divorced from any human interest but that of pure<span class="pagenum" id="Page_288">288</span> +contemplation. During the last century this split between +painting as a form of social art and painting as +a means of achieving contemplative ecstasy has become +deeper: even those academic painters who followed the +methods of the older artists no longer have the same +field to work in, whilst the revolutionist—the impressionists +of one period, the cubists of another, and the +post-impressionists or expressionists of a third—are +forced by the general irrelevance of art in Coketown +to produce work which only the more or less initiate +will appreciate.</p> + +<p>Now, I would not for worlds underrate the gains +which have been achieved by the divorce of art from the +whole life of the community. In their isolation from +the social group that produced them the modern artists +have been able to pursue their solitary way to limits +which the common man is probably incapable of reaching: +they have widened the field of esthetic delight and +have introduced new values into the world of painting, +values which will remain even though the disease which +created them disappears, just as one can salvage a +pearl from an oyster whose sickness is healed. The +view from the mountain top is none the worse because +many people are afflicted with dizziness and nausea +before they have reached the summit; and, like the +pursuit of truth, the pursuit of esthetic values is a +good in itself apart from any values which may be +realized in the community. On these terms, Cézanne and +Van Gogh and Ryder, to mention a few of the dead, will +hold their own, and keep the boundaries of art from +ever shrinking again, I trust, to its academic limits.</p> + +<p>Nevertheless, the effects of focussing on the picturesque<span class="pagenum" id="Page_289">289</span> +can no more be overlooked in art than the dangers +of specialization in science. It is almost a banality +to point out how, historically, as the picturesque developed +in art, beauty has tended to disappear from life. +Whilst the cultivated few have become gloriously alive +to more exquisite sensations than their ancestors had +probably ever experienced, the “mutilated many” have +been forced to live in great cities and in abject country +towns of a blackness and ugliness such as the world, +if we are to judge by the records that exist, has never +seen before. In other words, we have become more sensitive +to experiences—to the contents of our inner worlds—only +to become more callous to things, to the brash +surfaces of the world without. In our preoccupation +with the inner worlds we have to a large extent lost +our hold upon beauty, which, in the limiting sense in +which the word is used here, is the quality by which +anything, from a torso to a building, shows its adaptation +to an end and its sensitiveness to esthetic values—values +which are abstracted and intensified in the pure +picturesque—that are involved in such an adaptation. +In this sense, the beautiful, as Emerson said, rests on +the foundations of the necessary: it is the outward +token of an inward grace; its appearance is the manifestation +of a humanized life; and its existence and +development constitute, in fact, a sort of index to a +community’s vitality.</p> + +<p>The divorce of the artist from the community, and +the turning away of his energies from beauty, in which +the picturesque might be fulfilled, to the picturesque +itself, separate from any practical needs, has scarcely +been compensated by the advances that have been made +in the separate world of art. The result has been that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_290">290</span> +work which should have been done by artists of great +capacity has been done by people of minor or degraded +ability. Anonymous jerrybuilders have erected the +greater number of our houses, absurd engineers have +laid out our towns with no thought for anything but +sewers and paving contracts; rapacious and illiterate +men who have achieved success in business discourse to +the multitude on what constitutes the good life—and +so on. There is really no end to the number of things +which we do badly in the modern community, for want +of the artist to do them at all.</p> + +<p>This generalization applies to the whole range of +the arts. The greater part of the creative dreaming +and planning which constitutes literature and art has +had very little bearing upon the community in which we +live, and has done little to equip us with patterns, with +images and ideals, by means of which we might react +creatively upon our environment. Yet it should be obvious +that if the inspiration for the good life is to come +from anywhere, it must come from no other people than +the great artists. An intense social life, as Gabriel +Tarde pointed out in his fine utopian fantasy, Underground +Man, has “for its indispensable condition the +esthetic life and the universal propagation of the religion +of truth and beauty.” The common man, when he +is in love, has a little glimpse of the way in which the +drudgery of the daily world may be transmuted through +emotional stimulus; it is the business of the artist to +make the transmutation permanent, for the only difference +between the artist and the common man is that +the artist is, so to say, in love all the while. It is +out of the vivid patterns of the artist’s ecstasy that +he draws men together and gives them the vision to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_291">291</span> +shape their lives and the destiny of their community +anew.</p> + +<h3>8</h3> + +<p>No matter how the modern artist may use or fritter +away his abilities, it is plain that he has an enormous +reservoir of power at his disposal. What, for +instance, has made America so wholly devoted to the +conquest of material things? Why are we so given +over to collecting those vast miscellanies of goods which +are temptingly displayed in the advertising sections +of our illustrated weeklies and monthly magazines? +The necessity for ameliorating the hard, crude life of +the pioneer has indeed been an important influence; +but the traditions of this life in turn produced all the +minor “artists” or “artlings” who write and draw for +the popular papers, who create the plots of plays +and motion picture scenarios; and since most of these +poor wretches have never been educated in the humanist +sense to any degree—since they know no other environment +than New York or Los Angeles or Gopher Prairie, +since they are acquainted with the achievements of no +other age than their own, they have devoted themselves +wholeheartedly to idealizing a great many of the things +that are crude or ugly or stupid in their beloved community. +So the idola of business have been perpetuated +by “artlings” who themselves know only the standards +of the business man.</p> + +<p>Because of the limited horizons of the American +artist, therefore, the rising generation aspires after the +things that Messrs. Jack London, Rupert Hughes, +Scott Fitzgerald, and heaven knows who else have +thought good and fine; the younger generation talks<span class="pagenum" id="Page_292">292</span> +like the heroes and heroines of a melodrama by Mr. +Samuel Shipman, when they do not attain the higher +level of comic cuts; the younger generation thrills to +the type of beauty which Mr. Penryhn Stanlaws sets before +its gaze. The notion that the common man despises +art is absurd. The common man worships art +and lives by it; and when good art is not available he +takes the second best or the tenth best or the hundredth +best. The success of Mr. Eugene O’Neil, one of the few +playwrights of any girth who has contributed to the +American stage, proves that the only way that people +can be kept away from good art is by not providing it. +The younger generation might just as well have had +its idea-patterns shaped by Sophocles, Praxiteles, and +Plato, if our genuine artists were not so aloof to their +responsibilities, and if they were intellectually mature +enough to accept the full burden of their vocation. It +is a sign of a terrific neurosis—and no mark at all of +esthetic aptitude—that our genuine art is so completely +disoriented and so thoroughly out of touch with +the community. We must turn to a man of such +uneven parts as Mr. Nicholas Vachel Lindsay before +we have anything like a recognition of the classic rôle +of the artist.</p> + +<p>Art for the artist’s sake is largely a symptom of that +neurotic individualism which drives the artist out of a +public world which baffles him into a private world +where he may reign in solitude as an unruly demiurge. +Art for the public’s sake, on the other hand, substitutes +the vices of the extrovert for the vices of the +introvert. When I say that art must have some vital +contact with the community I do not mean, let me +emphasize, that the artist must cater to public whim<span class="pagenum" id="Page_293">293</span> +or demand. Art in its social setting is neither a personal +cathartic for the artist, nor a salve to quiet the +itching vanity of the community: it is essentially a +means by which people who have had a strange diversity +of experiences have their activities emotionally +canalized into patterns and molds which they are able +to share pretty completely with each other. Pure +art is inevitably propaganda. I mean by this that it +is meant to be propagated, and that in so far as it +fails to impregnate the community in which it exists +with its ideas and images, in so far as the community +is not changed for better or worse by its existence, its +claims are spurious. Propagandist art, on the other +hand, is inevitably impure since instead of bringing +people together on a common emotional plane, as men, +it tends to accentuate their differences, and to void +emotions which are proper to art into a realm where +the emotions of the missionary’s tent or the soapboxer’s +platform hold exclusive sway. It is just because +the “artist” in America has been impure in +motive—a propagandist for Pollyanna in the face of +Euripides, a propagandist for “just folks” in the face +of Swift, a propagandist for niceness in the face of +Rabelais—that he has failed miserably as an artist, +and has left our communities to stew so completely in +their own savorless juice.</p> + +<h3>9</h3> + +<p>For examples of what the artist might be, and what +his proper relation to the community might be when +he was mature enough to recognize it and discipline +himself to it, let us look at Mr. William Butler Yeats +or A. E. There are doubtless a good many other examples<span class="pagenum" id="Page_294">294</span> +that might be offered in Europe; but these are +particularly good; for the reason that with A. E. one +can see in his <cite>The National Being</cite> how the conceptions +of art enter into the tissues of all his plans for renovating +life in the Irish Countryside. In the work of these +artists and their fellows we have a clue to one of the +most promising attempts to establish a concrete eutopia +which shall rise out of the real facts of the everyday +environment and, at the same time, turn upon them +and mold them creatively a little nearer the heart’s +desire.</p> + +<p>In the account of Four Years which Mr. Yeats +published in The Dial he explains his attitude towards +the literature and social life of Ireland; and I recommend +that account to all the forlorn revolutionaries +and reformers who wonder why the dry bones of their +doctrines remain dry bones, instead of knitting themselves +together and becoming alive. This passage in +particular, defines the relation of the artist both to +the tradition of his art and to the community in which +he must find a root:</p> + +<p>“The Huxley, Tyndall, Carolus Duran, Bastien-Lepage +coven, asserted that an artist or a poet must +paint or write in the style of his own day, and this with +the Fairy Queen and the Lyrical Ballads and Blake’s +early poems in its ears, and plain to the eyes, in book +and gallery, those great masterpieces of later Egypt, +founded upon that work of the ancient kingdom already +further in time from Later Egypt than Later Egypt is +from us.” He dismisses this claim with the just assertion +that the artist is free to choose any style that suits +his mood and subject; for in the world of art time and +space are irrelevant; and he goes on to say, “We had in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_295">295</span> +Ireland imaginative stories, which the uneducated +classes knew and even sang, and might we not make +those stories current among the educated classes, rediscovering, +for the work’s sake, what I have called ‘the +applied arts of literature,’ the association of literature, +that is, with music, speech, and dance; and at last, it +might be, so deepen the political passion of the nation +that all, artist and poet, craftsman and day laborer, +would accept a common design. Perhaps even these +images, once created and associated with river and +mountain, might move of themselves and with some +powerful, even turbulent life, like those painted horses +that trample the rice-fields of Japan.”</p> + +<p>By citing Mr. Yeats’ conceptions I do not mean to +limit the artist to a single function—that of patterning +the good life. It is quite plain that pure esthetic +experience is a good in itself; and when the artist has +rendered this experience in a picture, a poem, a novel, +a philosophy, he has performed a unique and indispensable +piece of work. Could italics keep this passage +from being ignored I should employ them.</p> + +<p>What I have called the picturesque is in reality just +as self-sustaining and delightful as the radiant good +health which Sir Thomas More rated so highly in his +Utopia. If the community went to the dogs, it would +still be exuberantly self-sustaining, whilst anyone had +the time or the capacity to enjoy it. What I protest +against is the way in which the field of the genuine +artist, during these last three hundred years, has been +whittled away, so that it has become more and more a +mark of the artist to concern himself solely with the +narrow province of pure esthetic experience, and to +protest his complete aloofness from anything that lies<span class="pagenum" id="Page_296">296</span> +outside this realm. Such an attitude would have struck +Euripides or Milton or Goethe or Wagner as undignified +and stupid, I am sure, because art is as large +as life, and it does not gain in vigor or intensity by +reducing its scope to that of the puppet stage. The +point is that there is an artistic function to be performed +in the community, for the community, as well +as in the world of art, for those who are lifted up to art.</p> + +<p>“Nations, races, and individual men,” as Mr. Yeats +says again, “are unified by an image, or a bundle of +related images, symbolical and provocative of the state +of mind that is of all states of mind not impossible, the +most difficult to that man, race, or nation because only +the greatest obstacle that can be contemplated without +despair rouses the will to full intensity.”</p> + +<p>Whether these images shall be provided by patrioteers, +hack editors, politicians, advertising men and +commercialized “artists” or whether they shall be created +by genuine playwrights and poets and philosophers +is an important question. The function of creating +these images is an artistic one, and the artist who evades +his responsibility is making life for himself and his +kind more difficult, since in the long run a community +whose sacred literature is written by Colonel Diver +and Scadder and Jefferson Brick—the great heroes of +Civilization as the star of empire westward makes its +way—will make even the most solitary cultivation of +the arts a thorny and difficult task.</p> + +<p>In the good life, the purely esthetic element has a +prominent place; but unless the artist is capable of +moving men to the good life, the esthetic element is +bound to be driven farther and farther away from the +common realities, until the world of the artist will<span class="pagenum" id="Page_297">297</span> +scarcely be distinguishable from the phantasia of +dementia præcox. Already, the symptoms of this corrosive +futility have appeared in literature and painting +in Western Europe and America; and such light as +comes forth from this art is but the phosphorescence +of decay. If the arts are not to disintegrate utterly, +must they not focus more and more upon eutopia?</p> + +<h3>10</h3> + +<p>It comes to this then: our plans for a new social +order have been as dull as mud because, in the first +place, they have been abstract and cockney, and have +not taken into account the immense diversity and complexity +of man’s environment; and in the second place, +they have not created any vivid patterns that would +move men to great things. They have not been “informed +by science and ennobled by the arts.”</p> + +<p>Through the paralysis of the arts and sciences our +contemporary programs for revolution and reform have +done very little to lift our heads over the disorderly and +bedraggled environments in which we conduct our daily +business. This failure to create a common pattern for +the good life in each region has made such excellent +efforts as the garden city movement seem weak and +ineffectual when we place them alongside the towns that +mediæval civilization, which had such a common pattern, +created. Without the common background of eutopian +idola, all our efforts at rehabilitation—the new architecture, +the garden city movement, the electrification +of industry, the organization of great industrial guilds +such as the Building Trades have achieved in England +and the garment workers seem on the point of effecting<span class="pagenum" id="Page_298">298</span> +in America—without these common idola, I say, all +our practical efforts are spotty and inconsecutive and +incomplete. It was not, let us remember, by any legislative +device that the cities of the industrial age were +monotonously patterned in the image of Coketown. It +was rather because everyone within these horrid centers +accepted the same values and pursued the same +ends—as they were projected by economists like +Ricardo, industrialists like Stephenson, and lyric poets +like Samuel Smiles—that the plans of the jerrybuilder +and the engineer expressed to perfection the brutality +and social disharmony of the community. The same +process that gave us Coketown can, when our world of +ideas is transformed, give us something better than +Coketown.</p> + +<p>The chief use of the classic utopias that we have +surveyed is to suggest that the same methods which +are used by the utopian thinkers to project an ideal +community on paper may be employed, in a practical +way, to develop a better community on earth. The +weakness of the utopian thinkers consisted in the assumption +that the dreams and projects of any single +man might be realized in society at large. From the +bitter frustration of Fourier, Cabet, Hertzka, and even +John Ruskin those who are in search of the beloved +community may well take a warning. Where the critics +of the utopian method were, I believe, wrong was in holding +that the business of projecting prouder worlds +was a futile and footling pastime. These anti-utopian +critics overlooked the fact that one of the main factors +that condition any future are the attitudes and beliefs +which people have in relation to that future—that, as +Mr. John Dewey would say, in any judgment of practise<span class="pagenum" id="Page_299">299</span> +one’s belief in a hypothesis is one of the things that +affect its realization.</p> + +<p>When we have projected the pattern of an ideal +community and tend to warp our conduct in conformity +with that pattern, we overcome the momentum of actual +institutions. In feeling free to project new patterns, +in holding that human beings can will a change in their +institutions and habits of life, the utopians were, I +believe, on solid ground; and the utopian philosophies +were a great improvement over the more nebulous religious +and ethical systems of the past in that they saw +the necessity for giving their ideals form and life. +In fact, it has been in the pictures of ideal commonwealths +such as Plato’s that the “ideal” and the “actual” +have met.</p> + +<p>It is true that the pure utopians have overlooked the +fact that every institution has a momentum of its own: +its speed may be quickened or reduced, it may be +switched on another track, as the Roman Church +during the Reformation was switched from the main +line of civilization to a subsidiary route; and at times, +in the catastrophe of war or revolution, an institution +may jump the track altogether and be wrecked. The +critical problem for the eutopian, the problem of the +transition from one set of institutions to another, +from one way of life to another, was overlooked. Plato’s +Republic, for example, was a fairly attractive place; +but one wonders in what Greek city in the Fourth Century +B.C. the transition could have taken place. A +transition implies not merely a goal but a starting +point: if we are to move the world, as Archimedes +threatened to with his lever, we must have some ground +to stand on. It is only by paying attention to the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_300">300</span> +limitations of each region, and by allowing for the +driving force of history, that we can make the earth +come to terms with man’s idola. This is perhaps the +most difficult lesson that the eutopian must learn.</p> + +<h3>11</h3> + +<p>What, then, is the first step out of the present disorder? +The first step, it seems to me, is to ignore all +the fake utopias and social myths that have proved +either so sterile or so disastrous during the last few +centuries. There is perhaps no logical reason why the +myth of the national state should not be preserved; +but it is a myth which has done very little, on the whole, +to promote the good life, and has on the contrary done +a great deal to make the good life impossible; and to +continue to cling to it in the face of perpetual wars, +pestilences, and spiritual devastations is the sort of +fanaticism which will probably seem as blind and cruel +to future generations as persecutions for Christian +heresy do to the present one. On the same grounds, +there are a number of other social myths, like the proletarian +myth, which run so badly against the grain of +reality that they cannot be preserved without ignoring +a great many values which are essential to a humane +existence; and on pragmatic grounds it would be fine +and beneficial to drop them quickly into limbo. There +is no reason to think that there will be a quick conversion +from these myths: the holocaust of war has +only intensified the myth of the National State; and our +experience with religious myths suggests on the contrary +that the forms at any rate will be preserved long +after the last shred of reality has disappeared. But +the sooner those who are capable of intellectual criticism<span class="pagenum" id="Page_301">301</span> +abandon these particular myths, the sooner will +these idola fall into the state which has been happily +described as “innocuous desuetude.”</p> + +<p>If our knowledge of human behavior counts for anything, +however, we cannot put aside old myths without +creating new ones. The eighteenth century agnostics +very wisely realized that if they wished to maintain +the values which had been created by Deism, they could +not abandon God without inventing him all over again. +In turning away from obsolete and disastrous social +myths I do not suggest that we give up the habit of +making myths; for that habit, for good or bad, seems +to be ingrained in the human psyche. The nearest we +can get to rationality is not to efface our myths but +to attempt to infuse them with right reason, and to +alter them or exchange them for other myths when +they appear to work badly.</p> + +<p>Here is where we reap the full benefit of the great +utopian tradition. In turning away from the social +myths that hamper us, we do not jump blindly into a +blankness: we rather ally ourselves with a different +order of social myth which has always been vivified and +enriched by the arts and sciences.</p> + +<p>The idolum of eutopia which we may seek to project +in this or that region is not a <i lang="fr">carte blanche</i> which any +one may fill in at his will and caprice; certain lines +have already been fixed; certain spaces have already +been filled. There is a consensus among all utopian +writers, to begin with, that the land and natural resources +belong undividedly to the community; and even +when it is worked by separate people or associations, as +in Utopia and Freeland the increment of the land—the +economic rent—belongs to the community as a whole.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_302">302</span> +There is also a pretty common notion among the Utopians +that, as land is a common possession, so is work +a common function; and no one is let off from some +sort of labor of body or mind because of any inherited +privileges or dignities that he can point to. Finally, +there is the almost equally common notion, among the +utopians, that the perpetuation of the species leaves +plenty of room for improvement, and that, as far as +human knowledge and foresight are worth anything, it +should be applied to propagation; so that the most reckless +and ill-bred shall not burden the community with +the support of their offspring while those of finer +capacity are neglected or overwhelmed in numbers.</p> + +<p>Besides these general conditions for the good life +which the utopians unite to emphasize, there are certain +other points in the utopian tradition of which one +writer or another has given the classic statement.</p> + +<p>With Plato we see the enormous importance of birth +and education; we recognize the part good breeding, +in every sense of the word, must play in the good community. +Sir Thomas More makes us aware of the fact +that a community becomes a community to the extent +that it has shared possessions, and he suggests that the +local group might develop such a common life as the +old colleges of Oxford have enjoyed. When we turn to +Christianopolis, we are reminded that the daily life and +work of the community must be infused with the spirit +of science, and that an acute practical intelligence such +as we find today among the engineers need not be +divorced from the practice of the humanities. Even the +nineteenth century utopias have a contribution to make. +They remind us by their overemphasis that all the proud +and mighty idealisms in the world are so many shadows<span class="pagenum" id="Page_303">303</span> +unless they are supported by the whole economic fabric—so +that “eutopia” is not merely a matter of spiritual +conversion, as the ancient religions taught, but of economic +and geotechnic reconstruction. Finally, from +James Buckingham and Ebenezer Howard we can learn +the importance of converting the idolum of eutopia into +plans and layouts and detailed projections, such as a +townplanner might utilize; and we may suspect that a +eutopia which cannot be converted into such specific +plans will continue, as the saying is, to remain up in +the air.</p> + +<p>Taken together, there is a powerful impulse towards +creating a good environment for the good life in the +classic utopias we have examined: from one or another +utopia we may draw elements which will enrich every +part of the community’s life. By following the utopian +tradition we shall not merely escape from the fake +utopias that have dominated us: we shall return to +reality. More than that, we shall return upon reality +and perhaps—who can tell?—we shall re-create it!</p> + +<h3>12</h3> + +<p>In discussing the foundations of Eutopia I am conscious +of a certain abstractness in my method of argument; +conscious that I have not been a good utopian +in dealing with these proud idola that we may project +in every region. Let us come down to earth now and +realize what all this amounts to when we turn away +from the library and mingle again on the highways that +lead past our door.</p> + +<p>First of all, I conceive that we shall not attempt to +envisage a single utopia for a single unit called humanity; +that is the sort of thin and tepid abstraction<span class="pagenum" id="Page_304">304</span> +which the discipline of the Regional Survey will tend +to kill off even in people who are now inured by education +to dealing only in verbal things. All the human +beings on the planet are a unity only for the sake of +talking about them; and as far as that goes, there +is very little profitable conversation that can apply to +a Greenlander, a Parisian, and a Chinaman, except the +mere observation that they are all on the same little +boat of a planet and would probably be much +happier if they minded their own business and were +not too insistent about inflicting their institutions and +their idola upon their neighbors.</p> + +<p>We shall have to dismiss, as equally futile, the notion +of a single stratification of mankind, such as the working +class, serving as the foundation for our Eutopia: +the notion that the working class consists simply of +urban workers is a cockney imbecility, and as soon as +one rectifies it and includes the agricultural population, +we have “humanity” pretty much all over again. +Finally, if we are to give eutopia a local habitation +it will not be founded upon the National State, for the +National State is a myth which sane people will no more +sacrifice their lives to than they would hand their children +into the furnace of some tribal Moloch; and a +good idolum cannot be founded on the basis of a +bad one.</p> + +<p>As far as extent or character of territory goes, we +will remember that the planet is not as smooth as a +billiard ball, and that the limits of any genuine community +rest within fairly ascertainable geographic regions +in which a certain complex of soil, climate, industry, +institutional life and historic heritage has prevailed. +We shall not attempt to legislate for all these<span class="pagenum" id="Page_305">305</span> +communities at one stroke; for we shall respect William +Blake’s dictum that one law for the lion and the ox is +tyranny. There are some 15,000,000 local communities +in the world, the Postal Directory tells us; and +our eutopia will necessarily take root in one of these +real communities, and include within its co-operations +as many other communities, as have similar interests +and identities. It may be that our eutopia will embrace +a population as great as that in the Metropolis of +London or New York; but it is needless to say that the +land which lies beyond the limits of the metropolis will +no longer be regarded as a sort of subterranean factory +for the production of agricultural goods. In +sum, as Patrick Geddes has finely said, in the Kingdom +of Eutopia—the world Eutopia—there will be many +mansions.</p> + +<p>The inhabitants of our eutopias will have a familiarity +with their local environment and its resources, +and a sense of historic continuity, which those who +dwell within the paper world of Megalopolis and who +touch their environment mainly through the newspaper +and the printed book, have completely lost. The people +of Newcastle will no longer go to London for coals, +as the people in the provinces have in a sense been +doing this last century and more: there will be a more +direct utilization of local resources than would have +seemed profitable or seemly to the metropolitan world +which now has command of the market. In these varied +eutopias, it is safe to say, there will be a new realization +of the fact that a cultivated life is essentially a +settled life: their citizens will have discovered that the +great privilege of travelling from Brooklyn to Bermondsey, +and from Bermondsey to Bombay is scarcely<span class="pagenum" id="Page_306">306</span> +worth the trouble when the institutions of Brooklyn, +Bermondsey, and Bombay, and every other purely industrial +center, are identical—sanitary drinking devices +and canned goods and moving pictures being the same +wherever mechanical duplication of goods for a world +market has taken the place of direct adaptation to +local needs.</p> + +<p>It should not surprise us therefore if the foundations +of eutopia were established in ruined countries; that +is, in countries where metropolitan civilization has +collapsed and where all its paper prestige is no longer +accepted at its paper value. There was the beginning +of a genuine eutopian movement in Denmark after the +war with Germany in the ’sixties: under the leadership +of Bishop Gruntwig came a revival of folk traditions +in literature and a renascence of education which has +renewed the life of the Danish countryside and made +an intelligent farmer and an educated man out of the +boor. It would not be altogether without precedent +if such a eutopian renascence took place in Germany, +in Austria, in Russia; and perhaps on another scale +in India and China and Palestine; for all these regions +are now face to face with realities which the “prosperous” +paperism of our metropolitan civilization has +largely neglected.</p> + +<p>If the inhabitants of our Eutopias will conduct their +daily affairs in a possibly more limited environment than +that of the great metropolitan centers, their mental +environment will not be localized or nationalized. For +the first time perhaps in the history of the planet our +advance in science and invention has made it possible +for every age and every community to contribute to +the spiritual heritage of the local group; and the citizen<span class="pagenum" id="Page_307">307</span> +of eutopia will not stultify himself by being, let us say, +a hundred per cent Frenchman when Greece, China, +England, Scandinavia and Russia can give sustenance +to his spiritual life. Our eutopians will necessarily +draw from this wider environment whatever can be +assimilated by the local community; and they will thus +add any elements that may be lacking in the natural +situation.</p> + +<p>The chief business of eutopians was summed up by +Voltaire in the final injunction of Candide: Let us +cultivate our garden. The aim of the real eutopian is +the culture of his environment, most distinctly not the +culture, and above all not the exploitation, of some other +person’s environment. Hence the size of our Eutopia +may be big or little; it may begin in a single village; +it may embrace a whole region. A little leaven will +leaven the whole loaf; and if a genuine pattern for the +eutopian life plants itself in any particular locality +it may ramify over a whole continent as easily as Coketown +duplicated itself throughout the Western World. +The notion that no effective change can be brought +about in society until millions of people have deliberated +upon it and willed it is one of the rationalizations which +are dear to the lazy and the ineffectual. Since the first +step towards eutopia is the reconstruction of our idola, +the foundations for eutopia can be laid, wherever we +are, without further ado.</p> + +<p>Our most important task at the present moment is to +build castles in the air. We need not fear, as Thoreau +reminds us, that the work will be lost. If our eutopias +spring out of the realities of our environment, it will +be easy enough to place foundations under them. +Without a common design, without a grand design, all<span class="pagenum" id="Page_308">308</span> +our little bricks of reconstruction might just as well +remain in the brickyard; for a disharmony between +men’s minds betokens, in the end, the speedy dilapidation +of whatever they may build. Our final word is a +counsel of perfection. When that which is perfect has +come, that which is imperfect will pass away.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_309">309</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="BIBLIOGRAPHY"><span id="toclink_309"></span>BIBLIOGRAPHY</h2> +</div> + +<p><span class="firstword">For</span> the benefit of the reader who wishes to travel further +along the trails opened up in this survey of utopias, I +am giving a list of the principal books on the subject. This +list includes all the important utopias that are accessible +in English, as well as a few that are not; but it is not +exhaustive, for the region of Utopia has its swamps and +arid places as well as its fertile and cultivated land; and +no one but a scholarly explorer need attempt to enter the +more forbidding parts of the country.</p> + +<p>Needless to say, in dealing with our historic utopias I +had a rough criterion of selection. I set out to treat such +plans for the improvement of the human community as had +been embodied in complete pictures of an ideal commonwealth: +this excluded important essays in politics like +Hobbes’ Leviathan and Harrington’s Oceana; and it ruled +out any treatment of abstract idealisms which, however +important, did not exemplify the essential utopian method. +Next, I resolved to deal at length only with those utopias +which have exercised some influence on thought and life, +particularly in the Western European world. Third, I +sought to emphasize what was common in the methods and +ends of the classic utopias; making plain their relations +within the world of utopias and their relevance in the +present day, rather than attempting to show in any detail +the social milieu in which each utopian wrote. In dealing +with the nineteenth century my criterion became a little +shaky; and I frankly chose the nineteenth century utopias +on the basis of their association with temporal movements +like state socialism, the single tax, and syndicalism, rather<span class="pagenum" id="Page_310">310</span> +than because of their conformity to standards which served +to weed out irrelevant utopias in the earlier centuries. In +devoting a little space to Fourier and Spence and giving +short shrift to Owen I have tried to restore these interesting +and significant figures to the place that they deserve. +There will doubtless be disagreements over my selections +and the amount of space I have allotted to various writers; +but at least, where there has been madness there has also +been method.</p> + +<p>Certain parts of the argument are not covered by this +list of utopias. The best introductions to utopian literature +in general are in German; see R. Blueher’s excellent +pamphlet on Moderne Utopien; <cite lang="de">Ein Beitrag zur +Geschichte des Sozialismus</cite>, Bonn: 1920. While Mr. Van +Wyck Brooks put me independently on the trail of Rabelais’ +<cite>Abbey of Theleme</cite> I must acknowledge, with as much grace +as possible, that Herr Blueher anticipated me in grasping +this clue to Renascence culture; and if any credit is due, +he deserves it. The most exhaustive catalogue of pre-nineteenth +century utopias is contained in Kautsky’s <cite lang="de">Vorläufer +des Modernen Sozialismus</cite>. Max Beer’s <cite>History of +British Socialism</cite> has an excellent discussion of the relation +of the Utopians to socialism. See also Moritz Kaufmann’s +<cite>Utopias; or Schemes of Social Improvement, from +Sir Thomas More to Karl Marx</cite>, London: 1879. In the excellent +<cite>History of Utopian Thought</cite>, by Dr. J. O. Hertzler +(Macmillan: 1923), the phantasists are sympathetically +treated.</p> + +<p>The chapter on the Country House might well be prefaced +by Mr. Thorstein Veblen’s <cite>Theory of the Leisure +Class</cite>, a satire which seems to me unique in scholarship +and originality. The importance of our social myths and +our collective representations has been noted by a whole +school of French sociologists who follow Émile Durkheim; +and the dynamic force of ideas has been treated by Alfred +Fouillée. On both these topics there is a whole literature;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_311">311</span> +and it would give a sense of false simplicity to single out +any particular essay. There is a fairly popular discussion +of the place of myths and ideals in the George Sorel’s <cite>Reflexions +on Violence</cite>, and <cite>Benjamin Kidd’s Science of Power</cite> +(especially Chapter V.).</p> + +<p>As a loose illustration of the general method and outlook +embodied in this book I refer to the <cite>Making of the Future +Series</cite>, edited by Messrs. Patrick Geddes and Victor Branford +and published by Williams & Norgate, London. There +is an able exposition of the regionalist movement and of the +fundamental realities upon which this movement is based +in two books published in that series; namely, Professor +Fleure’s <cite>Human Geography in Western Europe</cite> and C. B. +Fawcett’s The <cite>Provinces of England</cite>. Two works by the +editors, <cite>The Coming Polity</cite> and <cite>Our Social Inheritance</cite> are +likewise suggestive. Professor Geddes is the outstanding +exponent of the Eutopian method both in thought and in +practical activity; and the reader should consult his <cite>City +Development</cite> (1904) and his <cite>Town-Planning towards +City Development: a Report to the Durbar of Indore</cite>, 2 +vols. Indore, 1918. Both of these books are mines from +which all sorts of precious thoughts can be quarried. Remaindered +copies of the first can be obtained from John +Grant, Bookseller, Edinburgh; while the second is sold by +Botsford, High Holborn, London. Professor Geddes’ +work exemplifies concretely a good part of what I have +sought to explain and define in not altogether adequate +prose.</p> +<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter"> +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_312">312</span></p> + +<h2 class="nobreak" id="UTOPIAS">UTOPIAS</h2> +</div> + +<div class="blockquot hang"> + +<p><span class="smcap">Plato</span> (427 B.C.–347 B.C.). <cite>The Republic</cite>. Translated +with notes and essays by Benjamin Jowett. Oxford: +1894. See also Plato’s <cite>Critias and Statesman</cite> in the +same edition. The Laws, which is a more detailed +attempt to work out the details of a good polity, is so +lacking in Plato’s original inspiration that, but for +Aristotle’s allusion to it, one would promptly take it +for the work of another hand.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">More, Sir Thomas</span> (1478–1535). <cite>Utopia</cite>. Published +originally in Latin in 1516. There are numerous modern +editions. See <cite>Ideal Commonwealths</cite>, edited by +Henry Morley.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Andreæ, Johann Valentin</span> (1586–1654). <cite>Christianopolis</cite>. +Published in 1619 and translated in 1916 by +Felix Emil Held under the title of <cite>Christianopolis: An +Ideal State of the 17th Century</cite>. Oxford University +Press. Mr. Held’s introduction contains an account +of Andreæ’s life.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Bacon, Francis</span> (1561–1626). <cite>The New Atlantis</cite>. Published +in 1627. Bacon contemplated writing a second +part which would deal with the laws of his ideal commonwealth. +See <cite>Ideal Commonwealths</cite>.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Campanella, Tomasso</span> (1568–1639). <cite>The City of the Sun</cite>. +Published in 1637 as Civitas Solis Poetica: Idea +Reipublicæ Philosophiæ. See <cite>Ideal Commonwealths</cite>.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_313">313</span> +<span class="smcap">Allais, Denis Vairasse d’</span> (—). <cite lang="fr">L’Histoire des Sevarambes</cite>. +Written in 1672 and translated into English as +<cite>The History of the Sevarites</cite>, written by one Captain +Siden, London: 1675. In Kautsky’s <cite lang="de">Vorläufer des +Modernen Sozialismus</cite> this utopia is given high praise +and is ranked as the French parallel of More’s Utopia; +but I feel that this is a sad error in judgment which +perhaps arose out of the bare fact that the first law of +the great dictator Sevarias was to put all private property +in the hands of the state, to be disposed of absolutely +by its authority, and to do away with distinctions +of rank and hereditary dignity. There is little that is +fresh or imaginative in Vairasse’s treatment, however, +and there is nothing like More’s detailed effort to +guard against usurpation of power by the ruling +classes. As simple fiction, the <cite>History of the Sevarites</cite> +is, however, readable. See also <cite lang="fr">L’Histoire des Galligènes</cite>, +by Tiphaigne de la Roche; likewise the excellent +satire, <cite>Giphantia</cite>. The description of Salentum, +under Mentor, in Fénélon’s <cite>Telemachus</cite> should +not be neglected. The Abbé Morelly’s <cite>Basiliade</cite> is +little more than a definition of his <cite lang="fr">Code de la Nature</cite>.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Mercier, Louis Sebastien</span> (1740–1814). <cite>Memoirs of the +Year 2500</cite>. Published in French in 1772 and translated +into English, Liverpool: 1802.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Spence, Thomas</span> (1750–1814). <cite>Description of Spensonia</cite>. +<cite>Constitution of Spensonia</cite>. London: 1795. Privately +printed at the Courier Press; Leamington Spa: 1917.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Fourier, Charles François Marie</span> (1772–1837). <cite lang="fr">Traité +de l’Association domestique agricole</cite>. 2 vols. 1822. +<cite lang="fr">Le Nouveau Monde Industriel</cite>. 2 vols. 1829. See +also Albert Brisbane in his <cite>General Introduction to +the Social Sciences</cite> (Fourier’s “Social Destinies”), +and <cite>Selections from the Works of Fourier</cite>, translated<span class="pagenum" id="Page_314">314</span> +by Julia Franklin, with an introduction by Charles +Gide, London: 1901.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Cabet, Étienne</span> (1788–1856). <cite lang="fr">Voyage en Icarie</cite>. Published +in 1845 and numerous editions followed during +the next five years; see that of the <cite lang="fr">Bureau du Populaie</cite>, +Paris: 1848.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Buckingham, James Silk</span> (1786–1855). <cite>National Evils +and Practical Remedies, with a plan for a model town</cite>. +London: 1848.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Bulwer-Lytton, E.</span> (1803–1873). <cite>The Coming Race; or +the New Utopia</cite>. London: 185—. A fantastic romance +about a people who live underground, possess +detachable wings, and command a potency known as +“vril.” It is perhaps not altogether without significance +that this new hierarchy of industrial angels was +conceived by Lytton in the same decade that saw the +building of the Crystal Palace.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Pemberton, Robert</span> (—). <cite>The Happy Colony</cite>. London: +1854. This is an appeal to the working class, somewhat +similar in temper and method to Buckingham’s +appeal to the middle class. Pemberton had an individual +system of psychology which he desired to apply +in education. This utopia has now only a limited historical +significance.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Bellamy, Edward</span> (1850–1898). <cite>Looking Backward</cite>; Boston: +1888. <cite>Equality</cite>; Boston: 1897.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Hertzka, Theodor</span> (1845–?). <cite>Freeland: A Social Anticipation</cite>. +First edition published in German, 1889; +English translation published by the British Freeland +Association in 1891. <cite>A Visit to Freeland, or the New +Paradise Regained</cite>. Translation published by the +above Association, London: 1894. The first work lays +the foundations for the utopia; the second is the ideal +commonwealth in action.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Morris, William</span> (1834–1896). <cite>News from Nowhere</cite>. +London: 1890. There have been numerous editions.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_315">315</span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Howard, Ebenezer</span> (1850–?). <cite>Garden Cities of Tomorrow</cite>. +London: 1902. First published as Tomorrow in +1898. Unique among utopian books in that its eutopia +has been partly realized. See numerous descriptions +of Letchworth, the first Garden City.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Hudson, W. H.</span> (—). <cite>A Crystal Age</cite>. London: 1906.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Thirion, Émile</span> (1825–?). <cite lang="fr">Neustria: Utopie Individualiste</cite>. +Paris: 1901. This is one of the rare, deliberately +individualistic utopias, founded on work, liberty, +and property. It assumes that a colony of Girondists +were able to establish themselves in South America.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Herzl, Theodor</span> (1860–1904). <cite>Altneuland</cite>. Leipzig: +1903.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Tarde, Gabriel</span> (1843–1904). <cite>Underground Man</cite>. London: +1905. A deft and well-conceived fantasy, full of +excellent criticism. Towards the past it is a utopia +of reconstruction, towards the future—but herein lies +much of its charm!—it is one of escape.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Wells, H. G.</span> (1866–?). <cite>A Modern Utopia</cite>. New York: 1905.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Cram, Ralph Adams</span> (1863–?). <cite>Walled Towns</cite>. Boston: +1919. Dr. Cram does not classify this work as a +utopia; but the honest critic cannot help giving it that +label. Dr. Cram sees no basis for eutopia without the +system of values and the sanctions perpetuated by the +Christian Church; since this leaves the greater part of +humanity in Darkness, I cannot agree with him. Dr. +Cram, however, is a fine scholar and a stimulating +critic; and if one could only grant his assumptions his +conclusions would be magnificent.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Morley, Henry.</span> <cite>Ideal Commonwealths; Plutarch’s +Lycurgus, More’s Utopia, Bacon’s New Atlantis, Campanella’s +City of the Sun, and a Fragment of Hall’s +<span lang="la">Mundus Alter et Idem</span></cite>, with an introduction by Henry +Morley. London: G. Routledge, 1886.</p> +</div> + +<div class="chapter transnote"> +<h2 class="nobreak" id="Transcribers_Notes">Transcriber’s Notes</h2> + +<p>Punctuation, hyphenation, and spelling were made +consistent when a predominant preference was found +in the original book; otherwise they were not changed.</p> + +<p>Simple typographical errors were corrected; unbalanced +quotation marks were remedied when the change was +obvious, and otherwise left unbalanced.</p> + +<p>Chapter One did not indicate the beginning of section “5”. Transcriber +added it by referencing an earlier edition of the book.</p> + +<p>Text mostly uses “utopia” but sometimes uses “eutopia”. Both retained here.</p> + +<p><a href="#Page_104">Page 104</a>: “the tale end” was printed that way.</p> + +<p><a href="#Page_224">Page 224</a>: “perfunctory seal upon” was printed +as “perfunctory real upon”; changed here.</p> + +<p><a href="#Page_231">Page 231</a>: “advertized” was printed that way.</p> + +<p><a href="#Page_294">Page 294</a>: “A. E.” was the pseudonym of George William Russell.</p> +<div> </div> +</div> + +<div style='text-align:center'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 75654 ***</div> +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/75654-h/images/cover.jpg b/75654-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9afa0dc --- /dev/null +++ b/75654-h/images/cover.jpg diff --git a/75654-h/images/i_ix.jpg b/75654-h/images/i_ix.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a1087e --- /dev/null +++ b/75654-h/images/i_ix.jpg diff --git a/75654-h/images/i_x.jpg b/75654-h/images/i_x.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4b72f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/75654-h/images/i_x.jpg diff --git a/75654-h/images/i_xi.jpg b/75654-h/images/i_xi.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..195c0e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/75654-h/images/i_xi.jpg diff --git a/75654-h/images/i_xii_1.jpg b/75654-h/images/i_xii_1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa96944 --- /dev/null +++ b/75654-h/images/i_xii_1.jpg diff --git a/75654-h/images/i_xii_2.jpg b/75654-h/images/i_xii_2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f9ee38 --- /dev/null +++ b/75654-h/images/i_xii_2.jpg diff --git a/75654-h/images/i_xiii.jpg b/75654-h/images/i_xiii.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1f4935 --- /dev/null +++ b/75654-h/images/i_xiii.jpg diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f53f3a --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #75654 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/75654) |
